Brussels, 17.9.2020

SWD(2020) 176 final

COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Accompanying the document

COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS

Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition







Investing in a climate-neutral future for the benefit of our people







{COM(2020) 562 final} - {SEC(2020) 301 final} - {SWD(2020) 177 final} - {SWD(2020) 178 final}


Table of contents

1Introduction: Political and legal context3

1.1Context of the initiative3

1.2Current policies and progress achieved4

2Problem definition8

2.1The 2030 climate target is insufficient8

2.2The 2030 climate and energy policy framework requires updating10

2.2.1    Review of climate legislation    11

2.2.2    Contribution of renewable energy and energy efficiency legislation    11

2.2.3    Difficult to abate emissions in the transport sector    13

2.2.4    Land use emissions    13

2.2.5    Non-CO2 emissions    13

2.3Expected evolution based on current policies13

3Why should the EU act?16

3.1Legal basis16

3.2Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action16

3.3Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action16

4Objectives: what is to be achieved?17

4.1General objectives17

4.2Specific objectives17

4.3Impacts assessed18

4.4Intervention logic18

5What are the available policy options19

5.1What is the baseline from which options are assessed?19

5.2Description of the policy options22

5.2.1    Policy options related to ambition    22

5.2.2    Policy options related to the policy framework    26

5.2.3    Policy interactions    40

5.3Options not addressed in the Impact Assessment41

5.4From policy options to policy scenarios42

6What are the impacts of increasing GHG ambition in the range of 50% to 55% reductions by 2030?48

6.1Relationship among climate and energy efficiency and renewable policy ambition levels48

6.1.1    Impacts of the scope of the GHG target    48

6.1.2    Impacts on renewables share and energy efficiency ambition levels    49

6.2Sectoral transitions to achieve 50% to 55% GHG reductions51

6.2.1    Energy system    53

6.2.2    Non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions, sectors and mitigation potential    58

6.2.3    The Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry Sector    60

6.3Environmental impacts of achieving combination of GHG/RES/EE ambition levels62

6.3.1    Air pollution and health    62

6.3.2    Synergies and trade-offs of bio-energy use and land management in the context of increase climate ambition with biodiversity    64

6.4Economic impacts of achieving combination of GHG/RES/EE ambition levels65

6.4.1    Energy system - economic impacts    65

6.4.2    Macro-economic impacts (GDP, competitiveness)    74

6.4.3    The COVID-19 crisis and how to ensure a swift green recovery    80

6.5Social impacts and just transition of achieving combinations of GHG/RES/EE ambition levels84

6.5.1    Impact on employment    84

6.5.2    Impact on households    89

6.6Assessment of the broad architecture of options on intensification of renewable energy, energy efficiency and transport policies92

6.7Impacts of ETS extension and interaction with the ESR96

6.7.1    Environmental impacts of policy aspects: impact on ETS and ESR    96

6.7.2    Economic impacts    102

6.7.3    Social and distributional impacts of policy aspects    104

6.7.4    Administrative impacts    105

6.8Climate and Energy Policy Architecture: ETS extension/carbon taxation and need to intensify energy and transport policies107

6.9Implications of ETS policy architecture for addressing carbon leakage risks111

6.10The role of the LULUCF policy architecture in achieving increased ambition in GHG removals112

7How will impacts be monitored and evaluated?118

8Comparing options and conclusions120

Glossary131

List of Figures138

List of Tables139


1Introduction: Political and legal context

1.1Context of the initiative 

1 Global warming is happening and is already affecting citizens, confirming the urgent case for action that science has presented for some time. Temperatures continue to break records and climate-related extreme events are more frequent and more intense. At the same time, low emission technologies and business models are becoming more competitive and Europe’s citizens have continued to call for stronger climate action, in line with the Paris Agreement goal of keeping global temperature increase well below 2°C and pursuing efforts to limit the increase to 1.5°C.

The President of the European Commission has made the European Green Deal a priority for her mandate from the start. The European Green Deal resets the Commission’s commitment to tackling climate and environmental-related challenges and introduces the green oath to “do no harm”. It is essential as a roadmap and a growth strategy towards a prosperous and healthy future. Its necessity and value has only grown in light of the very severe effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our health and economic well-being. Unprecedented near term investments will be needed to overcome the negative impact of the COVID-19 crisis on jobs, incomes and businesses. The Commission realises that the political choices we make today will define the future for the next generations.

That is why the European Commission wants to build a green, digital, inclusive, and resilient economy that is fit for the 21st century. The European Green Deal thus aims to transform the EU into a fairer and more prosperous society, with a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy where there are no net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050 and where economic growth is decoupled from resource use. The European Green Deal Communication 2 includes a dedicated roadmap with key policies and measures to further this transformation.

Globally greenhouse gas emissions are not on track to achieve the temperature goals of the Paris Agreement to keep global warming well below 2°C, and pursuing efforts to limit the increase to 1.5°C. EU action alone cannot deliver the required global emission reductions but the EU has accepted the challenge of demonstrating to our partners that increased climate ambition, economic prosperity and sustainable growth can go hand in hand.

2020 and the next major UN climate conference, COP 26, in Glasgow in 2021, will be important in this context. Parties are expected to update their Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) this year, following submission of their first NDCs back in 2015, as well as to submit long-term strategies outlining their visions for reducing emissions towards 2050 3 . By increasing its domestic 2030 greenhouse gas target, the EU would be in a position to update and enhance its NDC, in 2020 and before COP26, in line with the requests from the European Council and Parliament 4 . The EU has already submitted to the UNFCCC its Long-Term Strategy 5 , which confirms its objective of achieving a climate neutral EU by 2050.

1.2Current policies and progress achieved

2020 perspective

In 2007, the European Union adopted the first dedicated energy and climate policy package to address at the same time emissions reduction and energy sector reform. The package set national energy and climate targets for the year 2020 improved and extended the EU Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) 6 ; adopted legislative schemes for renewable energy (the Renewable Energy Directive – RED I) and energy efficiency (the Energy Efficiency Directive - EED) and put in place the 3rd package of energy market liberalisation. The implementation of the legislation that emerged clearly facilitated a faster transition to a decarbonised energy sector.

The EU is on track to overachieve its target under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) of reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 20% by 2020. In 2018 EU GHG emissions, excluding the UK and including emissions of all outgoing aviation were 20.7% below 1990 levels 7 . Including net absorptions and emissions of the EU’s Land-Use, Land-Use Change and Forestry sector, net emissions have reduced by 22% compared to 1990.

The EU has also set a 20% energy efficiency target for 2020. Final energy consumption in the EU28 8 fell by 5.8%, from 1194 Mtoe in 2005 to 1124 Mtoe in 2018. This is 3.5%above the 2020 final energy consumption target of 1086 Mtoe. Primary energy consumption in the EU28 decreased from 1721 Mtoe in 2005 to 1552 Mtoe in 2018 – a 9.8% drop. This is 4.65% above the 2020 target of 1483 Mtoe.

The third target for 2020 aims at a 20% share of renewable energy in gross final energy consumption. Renewable energy has been increasing continuously in the EU. Helped by Member States support policies, the share of renewable energy in gross final energy consumption grew from 9.6% to 18.9% in the period between 2004 and 2018. This result put the Union on track to reach its target for 2020 9 . Over this period, direct and indirect employments in renewable energy in the EU28 more than doubled, increasing from 660 000 to 1.51 million jobs 10 .

The European power system has coped with the rise of variable renewables. Policy and regulatory measures have been instrumental in developing interconnected and integrated trans-European electricity markets. Forty projects – of which 30 related to power networks – have been implemented under the TEN-E policy framework aimed at improving cross-border exchange.

2030 perspective

11 The EU’s existing climate target for 2030, to reduce emissions domestically by at least 40% compared to 1990, was set in 2014 in the context of an EU objective to achieve GHG emission reductions of 80-95% in 2050 compared to 1990. The GHG target was incorporated in the EU Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) to the Paris Agreement. It was implemented in three main pieces of legislation:

12 13 14 First the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) directive, which regulates GHG emissions from large point sources (mainly power sector and industry) and aviation was revised. The annual ETS cap reduction was increased and the Market Stability Reserve (MSR) was strengthened to address the surplus of EU allowances that has built up historically. Second the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR) was adopted setting binding emission trajectories and reduction objectives per Member State up to 2030, taking into account their different capabilities to reduce GHG emissions. Combined these two pieces of legislation would ensure emissions in the EU, excluding LULUCF and including aviation, decrease by 40% compared to 1990. Third the Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) Regulation was adopted. This ensures land use, land use change and forestry is included in the EU regulatory framework and requires the that the net sink from land use does not deteriorate compared to how it would have evolved continuing existing land use management practices. Any credits generated beyond the accounted sink can also contribute to achieve at least 40% GHG reductions and the EU NDC.

The EU also adopted a comprehensive update of its energy policy framework to facilitate the energy transition and to deliver on the EU’s commitments under the Paris Agreement. The Clean Energy for All Europeans package consists of eight legislative acts setting the European energy targets for 2030 and paving the way for their achievement. The new legal framework set an EU binding target of at least 32% for renewable energy sources in the EU’s energy mix and of at least 32.5% energy efficiency by 2030. Key roles are played by energy efficiency legislation, notably the amended Energy Efficiency Directive 15 as well as by the legislation related to renewables with the Renewable Energy Directive (RED II) recast 16 at its centre. The package also includes legislation to adapt the electricity market design to increasing shares of decentralised and variable generation assets.

If fully implemented with all targets fully met, this energy and climate legislation is expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by more than 40% in 2030 compared to 1990, as shown in section 5.1.

The Regulation of the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action has established an integrated energy and climate planning, monitoring and reporting framework 17 . It has created a unique system of energy and climate governance ensuring that the Union and its Member States can plan together and fulfil collectively the 2030 targets. Member States have, for the first time, prepared integrated National Energy and Climate Plans (NECPs) and a similar process of preparing National Forestry Accounting Plans was also followed for the establishment of key benchmarks for forestry accounting, under the LULUCF Regulation 18 .

All Member States have submitted their final NECPs. Based on the aggregation of the projections reflecting national measures currently planned, the Commission has made an analysis of total GHG emission reductions excluding the net LULUCF sink 19 : they are estimated to decrease by 41% by 2030 compared to 1990 20 , while in the non-ETS sectors excluding the net LULUCF sink the planned reductions amount to 32% compared to 2005 21 . The analysis also indicates that the share of renewable energy would reach between 33% and 33.7% and the levels of primary and final energy consumption would show a gap of 2.8 p.p. and 3.1 p.p. respectively compared to the target of at least 32.5% by 2030. Overall the final NECPs confirm that the EU legislation and Member States planned policies to achieve the current 2030 energy targets can lead to overachievement of the current 2030 climate target of at least 40% domestic GHG reductions but that currently planned policies still fall short of achieving the full implementation 2030 Energy Efficiency targets. In the 2020 State of the Energy Union report, the Commission will assess the individual final plans including in the context of current EU-level non-ETS, energy efficiency and renewable energy targets.

2050 climate neutrality

Following the Union's commitments to implement the ambitious Paris Agreement, which includes the need to develop a long term low greenhouse gas emission development strategy, the Commission set out in November 2018 its long-term strategic vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral EU in the Communication “A Clean Planet For All” 22 . The strategy shows how Europe can lead the way to climate neutrality while ensuring just transition and prosperity. By 2050 the EU would achieve net zero greenhouse gas emissions, with any remaining GHG emissions compensated by an equivalent amount of removals.

This allowed for a broad societal debate on the opportunities and challenges related to this transition, including in depth discussions in EU Member States, the European Parliament and different Council formations. In 2019, first the European Parliament 23 and subsequently the European Council 24 endorsed the long-term EU objective of climate neutrality by 2050. The European Union submitted in March 2020 its long-term strategy, including this objective, to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) 5.

The objective of climate neutrality by 2050 is at the heart of the European Green Deal presented by the Commission in December 2019. In the first European Climate Law 25 , the Commission proposed to translate the political commitment into a legal obligation for the Union that provides for increased investment certainty. The Climate Law proposal also aims to integrate an updated Union’s 2030 climate target, as well as a trajectory which can allow the Commission to assess periodically progress towards the 2050 objective. Defining this starting point of the trajectory in the proposed Climate Law is also an objective of this initiative, which looks into increasing the 2030 GHG emissions reduction target to 50-55% compared to 1990 levels in a responsible way.

For a more detailed overview of the current state of achievement of the 2020 climate and energy framework and its related targets, see annex 9.10.1.1. For more detail on the legislation contained in the 2030 climate and energy framework see annex 9.10.1.2.

2Problem definition

The problem is that the current level of policy ambition for 2030 is not sufficient to allow for a gradual transition to a climate neutral EU economy by 2050, with both the level of the 2030 climate target and the policy framework being inadequate.

This Impact Assessment analyses policy options related to this problem and aims to inform a decision not only on the 2030 GHG reduction target but also, if deemed necessary, on the appropriate level of EU ambition for renewable energy and energy efficiency in 2030.

The Impact Assessment will also allow for some political decisions as in the priority areas for the legislative initiatives to be adopted by June 2021 - in order to achieve the overall ambition in a coherent manner. However, given the magnitude of the policy changes needed, this Impact Assessment does not discuss precise sectoral measures, which will be addressed in a series of detailed Impact Assessments accompanying proposals of legislative acts scheduled for June 2021.

2.1The 2030 climate target is insufficient

In 2019, the European Parliament 26 and the European Council 27 endorsed the EU objective of climate neutrality by 2050. However, the current 2030 GHG emissions reduction target of at least 40% (compared to 1990 levels) was agreed before the EU climate neutrality objective was adopted and is based on a less ambitious pathway, i.e. one that would lead to achieve at least 80% GHG emission reductions domestically by 2050. The current target therefore risks incentivising decisions by policymakers and investors that could lock in emissions trends inconsistent with EU climate neutrality by 2050.

A 40% reduction of GHG emissions target compared to 1990 is insufficient to put the EU economy on a balanced path towards climate neutrality by 2050 and requires larger reductions after 2030 than before, as shown in Figure 1 which represents in a stylised manner the current 2030 GHG target (using the latest 2018 GHG inventory data and including net LULUCF emissions and absorptions) 28 . What is clear is under existing climate legislation up to 2030, the current legislated pathway would require a significant part of the transition to be concentrated in the period after 2030.

Figure 1: Stylised representation of future net GHG emission pathways compared to historic reduction rate since 1990

Source: Based on data from the Greenhouse Gas Data viewer of the European Environmental Agency, own calculations

The full achievement of the currently legislated 2030 energy targets of at least 32% renewable energy in the EU energy consumption and of an improvement in energy efficiency of at least 32.5% at EU level, together with the remainder of EU energy and climate legislation, is estimated in this Impact Assessment to reduce GHG emissions by 2030 by more than 40%, i.e. excluding LULUCF emissions and absorptions by around 45% below 1990 levels and including LULUCF by around 47% 29 .

Therefore the EU’s current 2030 GHG emissions reduction target would be overachieved but the resulting pathway still falls short of a balanced trajectory towards net zero GHG emissions and climate neutrality by 2050. Furthermore this achieved reduction is not anchored in climate legislation and fully dependent on the achievement of the energy targets as well as a number of assumptions regarding other EU and Member State policies.

By 2050, the current policies, based on the current target, would lead to a reduction of around 60% below 1990 (see annex 9.3.3.2) – a significant gap with the EU objective of climate-neutrality by 2050. Additional action will therefore be needed to achieve this objective.

Going further, to 50%-55% reduction compared to 1990 levels, including LULUCF emissions and absorptions, would allow to better anticipate the change to come and steer further investment decisions in the right direction.

A 55% reduction would even see slightly higher annual reductions up to 2030 than afterwards to achieve net zero GHG by 2050. Assessing such a profile compared to a pathway that achieves 50% GHG reductions by 2030 allows to assess if there are still low cost reductions options available that can be achieved early on, and how it would prepare for deep decarbonisation after 2030.

Increased ambition increases clarity on the pace of emission reductions required and reduces the risk of carbon lock in for new investments. An example is the energy infrastructure assets required to reach climate neutrality, which are characterised by long lead times for construction and decades-long operational lifetime. It will stimulate deployment of new technologies and ramp down technology cost, as it did for solar and wind energy deployment in the context of the 2020 renewable energy targets and more recently for battery technologies in the context of CO2 and cars Regulations. It will require decision makers to focus on how to achieve net zero GHG emissions, increasing the role of carbon removals in our economy. In this context it is important to take into account the long lead times in land use change, notably for the development of large scale sustainable afforestation and restoration of habitats.

Conversely, the current legislated pathway has not fully incorporated the climate ambition increase for 2050 and risks delaying action, putting in jeopardy the achievement of climate neutrality in 2050. This can be also suboptimal in terms of clean energy transition - as both efforts and benefits of clean energy transition would be postponed.

An additional issue related to the regulatory climate framework is that it presently does not cover all sources of GHG emissions, while the objective of climate neutrality by 2050 is an economy-wide objective, encompassing all emissions.

The current regulatory framework that sets the at least 40% GHG target includes all aviation emissions. Nevertheless, it effectively regulates only emissions from intra-EEA aviation pending international developments (notably ICAO’s CORSIA programme). While emissions from EU’s international maritime bunkers, a growing sector, is being monitored, reported and verified, they are not covered by the EU ETS.

In this context the relationship between EU action and international action is of importance and can be of relevance for both intra EU and extra EU maritime and aviation activities, supporting and complementing one another. The International Maritime Organisation (IMO) is working on global efforts to address climate change, and the EU is actively supporting this cooperation at international level. For aviation both incoming and outbound flights to non-EEA countries, are not currently priced under the EU ETS, in accordance with the “stop the clock” provision in the ETS Directive intended to provide momentum for a global market-based mechanism – the Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation (CORSIA) – aimed at compensating the growth of international aviation emissions through international credits. As laid down in the EU ETS Directive, the EU ETS will revert to full scope as of 1 January 2024, unless otherwise revised.

The EU will need to decide how it will want to regulate all emissions, notably related to extra EU aviation as well as intra and extra EU maritime navigation, and decide which part of these emissions it will include in the scope of its own GHG reduction target. Depending of the scope of the GHG target this will impact the overall level of domestic climate action and the associated energy system actions required.

2.2The 2030 climate and energy policy framework requires updating

The climate target forms part of the wider climate and energy policy framework, which works best when it is internally coherent and in concert with other sectoral polices. This policy framework had been adopted before the EU agreed to pursue the climate-neutrality by 2050, and, as mentioned above, does not drive action sufficiently, both in terms of scope and timing, to reach this objective.

2.2.1Review of climate legislation

30 31 32 The EU Emission Trading Directive (ETS), the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR) and the Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) Regulation combined regulate how many emissions the EU economy can emit and presently only ensure GHG emissions reduce by at least 40% by 2030 compared to 1990.

To achieve a higher climate ambition of 50% to 55% GHG reductions by 2030 all three pieces of legislation will need to be fully updated in a coherent manner to achieve combined a higher ambition level.

In this context there is a specific question related to the role of carbon pricing. The EU Emissions Trading System is the EU’s key carbon pricing instrument and the largest emissions trading system in the world. It covers currently less than 45% of the EU’s greenhouse gas emissions, focused on emissions from electricity, combined heat and power, industry, district heating and aviation. The environmental outcome as a cap and trade system is guaranteed by its absolute limit on emissions, i.e. the cap.

It needs to be looked at if the introduction of emissions trading, for instance through the extension of the EU ETS, could be used more extensively in sectors such as building heating and road transport, where emissions are more dispersed across a multitude of sources, carbon pricing at national level is often absent or limited and where there are more market failures.

Any decision on expanding the role of emission trading has consequent impacts on other regulatory tools such as the ESR.

Besides emission trading, also taxation could be applied to introduce carbon pricing. The Energy Taxation Directive (ETD) 33 which lays down the EU rules for the taxation of energy products has not changed since 2003 and is outdated and will be reviewed 34 35 .

2.2.2Contribution of renewable energy and energy efficiency legislation

Currently the combined impact of the energy efficiency and renewable energy targets with climate legislation results in a higher estimated reduction of GHG emissions than what the climate legislation in isolation is meant to achieve. This combined impact is estimated at around 45% below 1990 levels excluding LULUCF 36 .

By contributing currently just over 75% of total GHG emissions in the EU, including the non-CO2 emissions from the energy system, the energy sector is central to the achievement of the higher climate target and its role needs to be reviewed to achieve higher climate ambition of 50% to 55% GHG reductions by 2030.

There is currently unaddressed potential for the further very significant deployment of renewable energy necessary to reach climate-neutrality. Market barriers and lack of incentives, particularly in end-use sectors such as heating and cooling or transport, hinder further penetration of renewables, either through electrification, or via the penetration of renewable and low-carbon fuels such as advanced biofuels and renewable and other sustainable alternative fuels and gases. An integrated approach to develop and deploy further renewable technologies like offshore wind energy and other is missing. Enhanced and expanded measures under RED II could deliver a larger uptake of renewable energy in the EU.

Energy efficiency is a key avenue of action, without which full decarbonisation of the EU economy cannot be achieved. There is a considerable potential for enhanced and expanded measures under the EED that could deliver higher savings. While in all sectors energy efficiency potential remains large, there is a particular challenge related to the renovation of the EU building stock, with a 75% share of building stock that has a poor energy performance and thus contributes significantly to emissions. The transition to climate neutrality cannot be achieved if no significant step up of renovation rates and depth is achieved which will be looked at in detail in the Commission’s upcoming Renovation Wave initiative. The energy efficiency first principle, recently included in the energy legislation, is still far from being fully exploited and applied in all relevant sectors. Finally, policy initiatives that aim at facilitating investments, reducing their perceived risks, increasing the effectiveness in the use of public funding or helping mobilise private financial resources could also play a stronger role.

A decarbonised energy system will require more sector integration going beyond electrification that is mentioned above. In order to meet increased climate ambition, further deployment of renewable and low-carbon fuels, notably clean hydrogen, will be needed which will require a suitable internal market framework. The EU strategies on Energy System Integration and on Hydrogen look in more detail into necessary actions.

More broadly, moderate and uneven efforts in terms of energy system integration, uptake of electricity and other low-carbon energy carriers such as advanced biofuels, hydrogen or e-fuels, carbon capture and storage (CCS) and CCU technologies, especially if compounded with lack of dedicated energy infrastructure and markets, negatively affect the pathway to climate neutrality, especially the decarbonisation of industry or the transport sector (notably aviation and maritime navigation which have limited number of decarbonisation options available) 37 .

2.2.3Difficult to abate emissions in the transport sector

The transport sector is a particular challenge. Options to decarbonise exist, but will require infrastructure development at local and EU scale (e.g. charging stations, hydrogen fuel stations). Modal shift, increased use of inland waterway transport and rail and new forms of urban mobility are all part of the solution. But some hard to abate sub-sectors, notably aviation, will also require the development of advanced biofuels and sustainable alternative low or zero carbon fuels and gases. To address specific challenges of the transport sector the Commission will propose a comprehensive strategy on ‘Sustainable and Smart Mobility’. This strategy will build on the other Green Deal initiatives and actions that the Commission already deployed for the recovery of the sector, with a view to contributing to the increased EU 2030 climate target, clean energy transition and climate neutrality by 2050.

More background on elements of importance for coherence when developing energy, climate and transport policies is provided in annex 9.10.2.

2.2.4Land use emissions 

The transition will also result in increasing demand for biomass, be it for alternative uses in products or bio-energy, while at the same time the EU land use sink needs to be maintained and enhanced and EU biodiversity safeguarded. Inclusion of the net LULUCF sink when assessing GHG emission reductions and climate ambition is required to assess progress towards achieving net zero GHG emissions. This will require careful planning and policies for sectors with long lead times such as forestry.

2.2.5Non-CO2 emissions

Non-CO2 emissions, notably from agriculture, waste and industrial sectors, represent currently just below 20% of the EU’s GHG emissions. Under the current policies, they are projected to continue to decrease but more efforts will be needed for achieving climate neutrality. Taking into account that by 2050 agriculture non-CO2 emissions will be the single largest emission source, limiting these as much as possible will limit the need for CO2 removals.

2.3Expected evolution based on current policies

Efforts proposed so far by Member States in their NECPs fall short of the EU energy efficiency target for 2030, even if the two other targets of the current 2030 climate and energy framework (GHG emissions and renewable energy) are to be met or even slightly overachieved.

More than 10 Member States announced a coal phase-out before 2030 and renewables will develop strongly in power generation in most of the countries (which led several of them to put forward ambitious contributions). Most Member States reported, in their Long-Term Renovation Strategies, a good mix of measures aimed at building renovation and a fuel switch; however, a preliminary analysis suggests that actual renovations not always reflect the full energy savings potential of the building stock. Moreover, a particular challenge stems from energy use in the transport sector that saw emissions increasing compared to 1990 38 .

Thanks to the mechanisms foreseen in the Governance Regulation, all three 2030 targets are expected to be met nonetheless, though this would require intensive efforts throughout the period. It is, however, unlikely that higher levels of energy efficiency and renewable deployment by 2030 (as needed for an increased climate target) would be achieved thanks to market forces, current market organisation 39 and technology development alone.

The ETS market balance under the cap as currently defined may be challenged by the combined effect of reduced emissions early on due to the COVID-19 crisis and a continued emissions profile well below the cap if other policies effectively deliver the existing 2030 energy efficiency and renewable energy targets. From a market functioning point of view, this is not optimal, in the longer term possibly affecting the ability of the ETS to meet more demanding emission reduction targets cost-effectively if the Market Stability Reserve is not reviewed in 2021.

The achievement of the national GHG reduction targets under the Effort Sharing Regulation will require continued strengthening of policies or the use of flexibility mechanisms in a number of Member States.

Regarding the non-CO2 emissions, three sectors dominate methane and nitrous oxide emissions, i.e. energy, waste and agriculture. This makes them significant in view of the climate-neutrality objective.

EU energy related methane emissions will continue to decrease due to a continued reduction in consumptions and extraction of fossil fuels in the EU. However, preventing gas leakages is important, also to ensure the sector’s environmental integrity when clean gases progressively replace fossil gases.

In the waste sector, successful policies are in place that will continue to reduce emissions, by avoiding as well as capturing and using emissions from landfilling. Their focus is shifting towards waste as a material resource. Achieving circularity will thus not only reduce the need for disposal of remaining waste streams, it will also reduce the primary resource intensity of our economy and with it the associated industrial and energy emissions. Delivering on this is an integral part of the European Green Deal, as stressed in the Circular Economy Action Plan 40 , but is not ensured under current legislation.

The sector where a reduction of non-CO2 emissions is most challenging is the agriculture sector. Current policies need to be accompanied by ambitious implementation of the national CAP strategic plans, requiring Member States to focus on increased environmental ambition. The absence of such ambition will result in a stagnation of non-CO2 emissions of the sector. While EU farming is seen as relatively efficient overall, nutrient losses and over-application of fertiliser certainly still constitute a large source of non-CO2 emissions that can be substantially reduced, as also recognised in the Biodiversity Strategy 41 . While technologies and practices to reduce emission exist, it cannot be expected that the agriculture sector itself will deploy them without additional policies.

Left without a revised policy framework, the net removal of CO2 from the atmosphere by the LULUCF sector in the EU will at best remain stable – or even decrease in the EU due to structural evolution of forests. This is in itself a real problem since an EU climate-neutral economy will require a substantial amount of nature-based solutions to remove CO2 to compensate any remaining GHG emissions. Furthermore, climate change accentuates the risk for ecosystems. Droughts could increase the loss of soil carbon. Hazards such as storms, pests or fires can cause more emissions. Difficult to project, these could deteriorate the functioning of the natural sink.

Following widespread calls for more ambitious climate action throughout European civil society, industry and consumers are increasingly conscious about their carbon footprint and the need to reduce it. Emerging trends such as reduced meat consumption, train travel to substitute for short-haul flights, and increased videoconferencing for business meetings are all trends that point towards demand-driven reductions in GHG emissions. Some of these may be encouraged by the impact of the COVID-19 crisis, such as teleworking. Taken together, however, these behavioural trends are not strong enough by themselves to bring EU climate ambition in-line with climate neutrality.

The EU’s and its Member States’ efforts to reach the climate-neutrality objective may be impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 crisis. While greenhouse gas emissions fell strongly in the first half of 2020 as a result of a slowdown in economic activity, it is currently unclear what the mid- to long term impact of the crisis on economic growth and emission profile will be and what can be expected in terms of change in energy demand pattern. On the one hand it is highly likely that the future emission profile has been impacted downward. On the other hand the potential for investment by the private sector is certainly dented, while of crucial importance to deliver the increased investments needed to achieve a climate neutral transition. There is a broad consensus that green growth is beneficial for a sustainable economic recovery and the recovery plans offer a chance to redirect investments away from GHG-emitting activities, thus changing the emissions intensity of the EU economy. This is captured in the Commission’s recovery package as per the Communication on ‘Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation’ 42 .

For a more detailed discussions on the potential implications impact of the COVID-19 crisis see annex 9.10.1.3 and on the role of the EU recovery package see section annex 9.11.1.

Summing up, the analysis of various policy developments shows that the current policies are insufficient for the EU to reach the 2050 climate neutrality objective.


3Why should the EU act? 

3.1Legal basis

According to Article 11 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU), environmental protection requirements must be integrated into the Union's policies and activities, in particular with a view to promoting sustainable development. Articles 191 to 193 of TFEU further clarify that policy preserve, protect, and improve the quality of the environment; protect human health; and promote measures at the international level to deal with regional or worldwide environmental problems. Article 191 mentions climate change as one such problem in particular.

3.2Subsidiarity: Necessity of EU action

Climate change is a trans-boundary problem. For trans-boundary problems, individual action is unlikely to lead to optimal outcomes. Instead, coordinated EU action can effectively supplement and reinforce national and local action. Coordination at the European level enhances climate action and EU action is thus justified on grounds of subsidiarity in line with Article 191 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union.

3.3Subsidiarity: Added value of EU action

The coordination of the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions across the European Union benefits from coordination at the EU level given the EU’s single market. In this particular Impact Assessment, an increase in the 2030 target for EU GHG reductions will impact most sectors across the EU economy. The increase may furthermore require policy responses in many fields, including beyond climate and energy policy itself. The impacts of such ambition increase and related policies on growth and jobs creation, fairness and cost-effectiveness are examples of elements that can be better considered at the EU level.

Action at the EU level is therefore indispensable and coordinated EU policies have a much bigger chance of leading to a true transformation towards a climate neutral economy by 2050. Coordinated action at the EU level furthermore facilitates the full consideration of the different capabilities to act among Member States. The EU single market moreover acts as a strong driver for cost-efficient change.

EU-level climate policy finally adds significant value for international climate action. Since 1992, the EU has worked to develop joint solutions and drive forward a global agreement to fight climate change. These efforts have helped to achieve the Paris Agreement in 2015. International climate policy and climate diplomacy have been strengthened as a result of coordination of European climate policy at the EU level, both of which are crucial in a world in which the EU accounts for only around 10% of global GHG emissions.


4Objectives: what is to be achieved?  

4.1General objectives

The European Green Deal has a particular focus on making Europe the first climate neutral continent (i.e. achieve net GHG emissions to zero by 2050). It indicated inter alia that the Commission would come forward with a 2030 Climate Target Plan.

In line with the two aspects of the problem identified in section 2, the first general objective of this initiative is to increase the EU’s greenhouse gas emission reductions target to 50% to 55% by 2030 compared to 1990 and determine the scope of the target in order to put the EU on a balanced, credible and realistic track to achieve its objective of climate neutrality by 2050 and provide stakeholders with increased predictability.

As such, the plan will also propose the starting point of the trajectory for achieving climate neutrality as set in Article 3 of the European Climate Law proposal 43 (see also section 1.2).

As indicated in section 2, in order for the EU to achieve the objective of climate-neutrality, the policy architecture for climate, energy, transport and other policies will need to be strengthened in a coherent manner. Therefore, the second general objective of this initiative is to prepare the ground for the necessary adaptation of the policies playing a key role in the decarbonisation of the European economy.

4.2Specific objectives

The general objectives described above are divided into the following specific objectives:

Outline how all sectors of the EU’s economy need to contribute to achieving the increased GHG target, including sectoral abatement of CO2 and non-CO2 emissions as well as emissions and absorptions by the LULUCF sector. The Plan will thus look into cost-efficient sectoral potentials for decarbonisation related the increased GHG target in order to identify the possible repartition of further efforts.

Prepare the ground for which parts of the climate and energy policy framework, including a potentially extended role of carbon pricing and emission trading, need to be revised. The specific relevant pieces of climate and energy legislation are:

-the Emissions Trading System Directive (ETS)  44 ;

-the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR) 45 ;

-the Renewable Energy Directive 46 ;

-the energy-efficiency policy framework, notably the Energy Efficiency Directive 47 ;

-CO2 Emissions Performance Standards for Cars and Vans 48 ;

-The Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry Regulation (LULUCF Regulation) 49 .

The same approach applies to transport specific policies and the need for their revision in the context of the increased GHG target.

Considering the central role of the energy sector in the decarbonisation of the economy, the Climate Target Plan will reflect on the interplay between the GHG reduction target and the ambition for renewables and energy efficiency in 2030. In particular, it will investigate if current overall ambition of renewables and energy efficiency policies is sufficient to deliver an increased GHG target.

4.3Impacts assessed

The Plan will explore how to achieve these objectives in a responsible manner, taking into account issues such as:

·contribution to economic growth and prosperity, taking into account the impact of the COVID-19 crisis;

·how to do so in a socially just manner, leaving no one behind;

·consistency with a secure, affordable and sustainable energy system;

·avoidance of the risk of carbon leakage;

·contribution to technological progress in the EU and earning an early leadership in clean and energy-efficient technologies;

·contribution to a sustainable transition in the broadest sense, including efforts to protect and restore biodiversity and ecosystems, the reduction of air pollution, the sustainable use of natural resources and ensuring food security;

·the need for a proper enabling framework to ensure the confidence of actors and building on the strengthening of synergies across all policy areas.

The 2030 Climate Target Plan will allow for a societal and political debate on the merit of adopting this increased ambition and thus inform also the subsequent assessment and development of legislative policy proposals planned for June 2021.

4.4Intervention logic

Figure 2: shows the intervention logic of this Impact Assessment, from the problem and problem drivers to the objectives. The policy options described in section 5 are defined to address these objectives.

Figure 2: Intervention Logic



5What are the available policy options

This Impact Assessment analyses two types of policy options related to the:

1.overall increase of ambition of GHG emissions reductions for 2030;

2.need for adaptations of the policy architecture to achieve such increased GHG ambition.

The policy options correspond to the problems this initiative aims to address and its objectives as presented in section 4.4.

As regards the climate ambition, the options look at the level of net GHG emissions reductions (thus including LULUCF) in 2030 compared to 1990 of 50 or 55% and what the impact is from retaining extra EU aviation or not and of including intra and extra maritime navigation in this target.

The analysis is sufficiently detailed to inform a decision proposing (i) the new 2030 GHG reduction target, (ii) the starting point of the trajectory for achieving climate neutrality as set in Article 3 of the European Climate Law proposal (see also section 1.2) and (iii) the appropriate level of EU ambition for renewable energy and energy efficiency in 2030.

The Impact Assessment will also inform political decisions as regards to the priority areas for the legislative initiatives to be adopted by June 2021, in order to achieve the overall ambition in a coherent manner. Therefore, the policy options relate also to:

·various levels of intensification of policies in the field of renewables, energy-efficiency, transport and non-CO2 emissions;

·possible extension of carbon pricing and emissions trading versus intensifying the existing regulatory toolbox,

·flexibility of the Land Use Land Use Change and Forestry Regulation,

Given the magnitude of the policy changes needed in order to implement the increased climate target in a coherent manner, this Impact Assessment does not discuss precise sectoral ambitions or detailed policy tools required. These will be addressed in a series of detailed specific impact assessments accompanying proposals of legislative acts to be prepared in a coherent and coordinated manner and adopted by the Commission by June 2021.

5.1What is the baseline from which options are assessed?

The baseline for this assessment is the existing 2030 climate and energy legislative framework. It consists of the agreed climate and energy targets as well as the main policy tools to implement these. It is referred to in section 6 as the baseline (BSL).

The baseline includes the climate legislation that implements the ‘at least 40% GHG target’. Notably the revised ETS directive 50 which regulates GHG emissions mainly from the power and industry sectors plus aviation, the Effort Sharing Regulation 51 that sets national targets for emissions outside of the ETS and the LULUCF Regulation 52 .

For energy it includes achieving the targets of at least 32.5% energy efficiency and 32% of renewable energy share in the energy mix. These are implemented through the Energy Efficiency Directive and the Renewable Energy Directive 53 as well as other key policies covered in the Energy Union and the “Clean Energy for All Europeans” package, including internal electricity market policy 54 . This includes the Governance Regulation that requires Member States to prepare National Energy and Climate Plans covering, for the first period, the years 2021-2030 and allows an update in the years 2023/2024.

On transport, the baseline includes measures from the three European Commission “Mobility Packages” published 55 in 2017-2018. Key measures include CO2 standards for cars and vans 56 , as well as trucks 57 , the Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Directive 58 , the Clean Vehicles Directive 59 , and the Eurovignette Directive 60

The impact of the baseline is projected with the PRIMES – GAINS – GLOBIOM modelling tools in the BSL scenario. This allows to see interactions economy-wide for all sectors that emit and absorb emissions in a coherent manner. For a detailed description of the policies included in the BSL, see annex 9.3.3.1.

The BSL is built on economic assumptions from before the COVID-19 crisis that heavily impacted the EU economy and therefore the economic projections made in preparation for this Impact Assessment. The situation is still evolving and the eventual outcome uncertain. Nevertheless it is important to assess, based on the best information currently available, the possible impact of the COVID-19 crisis on the 2030 Target Plan and the role the recovery package can have in stimulating green investments. Therefore, a sensitivity run COVID-BSL was performed that complements the baseline (BSL).

What can be noted is that in relation to achieved GHG reductions and energy efficiency and renewable energy ambition by 2030, there is relatively little difference between BSL and COVID-BSL, given that both scenarios assume full achievement of the existing targets by 2030. For more details related to this COVID-BSL scenario, see section 6.4.3 and annex 9.3.3.2.

Next to the BSL scenario, a variant (EU-NECP) was developed which in a stylised manner reflects to the extent possible the aggregate ambition of the final National Energy and Climate Plans that Member States submitted according to the Governance Regulation 61 . Having in mind the time constraints, this analysis has limitations, had to be simplified for the modelling purposes and does not reflect the full range of future foreseen national policies and measures.

Table 1 gives an overview of the key climate and energy results of the BSL scenario and the EU-NECP variant.

Table 1: Key indicators for 2030 baseline scenarios

Total GHG vs 1990

(including intra EU aviation and navigation)

Overall renewable energy share 62

Energy savings 63

Primary energy consumption 64

Final energy consumption 65

Excluding LULUCF

Including LULUCF

BSL

-45.1%

-46.9%

32.0%

-34.2%

-32.4%

EU- NECP variant

-44.4%

-46.2%

33.5%

-32.0%

-29.5%

The BSL scenario basically reaches the final energy consumption efficiency target for 2030 (32.5%) and reduces the primary energy consumption beyond this level (34.2%). This difference, which was not present when assessing the baseline for the Long Term Strategy, results to a large extent from the evolution of the power sector. It is now projected that increasing electricity demand (through electrification of transport and heating) will be met with more efficient capacities being commissioned (in particular wind and solar) while less efficient ones will decrease over time (notably coal-fired generation will decline strongly driven by national policies on coal phase out foreseen in the NECPs).

These changes in the primary energy consumption in turn drives increased GHG reductions., resulting in a reduction of EU GHG emissions, excluding LULUCF and including all intra EU aviation and navigation, of 45.1% by 2030 compared to 1990. This is a somewhat higher reduction than for the baseline projections as used in the analysis for the Long Term Strategy (LTS Baseline).

This LTS Baseline projected for the EU28 and for a GHG scope that excluded LULUCF but included intra + extra EU aviation a reduction by 2030 of 46.0%. For EU27, the reduction in the LTS Baseline was more limited at 43.5% for the same scope. The updated BSL used in this assessment estimates now for that same scope the reduction of 44.0% GHG emissions by 2030. Therefore this assessments projects around 0.5 percentage point (p.p.) greater reduction in baseline scenario than was the case for the Long Term Strategy 66 . The principal driver seems to be the shift towards greater reduction of primary energy consumption that is required to achieve the overall energy targets.

Including net LULUCF, and including intra EU aviation and navigation emissions, emissions decrease by 46.9% by 2030 compared to 1990. LULUCF emissions and absorptions are included in a conservative manner, based on projections that follow the “No Debit” assumptions as under the current LULUCF regulation (see also section 6.2.3).

While BSL, by construction, achieves the 2030 targets of at least 32.5% energy efficiency and 32% of renewable energy share in the energy mix, the EU-NECP variant over achieves renewable energy target (achieving 33.5% RES share in 2030) in line with findings on the EU collective RES ambition that results from the final NECPs. It thus performs better than the BSL scenario.

Conversely, the EU-NECP variant, achieving 29.5% reduction in final energy consumption, projects an underachievement and thus a gap to the agreed 2030 energy efficiency target (on final energy consumption). This is also in line with the findings on the EU collective EE ambition that results from the final NECPs.

Primary energy consumption reduction projections in EU-NECP variant (32%), however, are close to the agreed target for 2030. This is not in line with the assessment of the MS collective ambition in the final NECPs which indicates that the gap in final energy consumption is mirrored by the gap in primary energy consumption. This modelling result of EU-NECP variant follows the PRIMES projections in the BSL that capture the latest evolutions in the power generation, notably coal phase-out (not fully reflected in the NECPs) and the latest technology outlook for renewables in power generation.

Combined, both the high RES and primary energy consumption ambition of the EU-NECP variant result in a GHG emission reduction of 44.4% reductions excluding LULUCF. Excluding international maritime navigation but including intra and extra EU aviation emissions this scenario achieves 43% reductions. This is a bit higher than what findings of the EU aggregate of final Member States’ NECPs result in (41% GHG reductions for the same scope).

Overall, these projections both confirm that the EU can be expected to overachieve its NDC of at least 40% domestic GHG reductions, also without the UK, if implementing fully its existing legislation.

For a more detailed overview of the BSL results, see Annex 9.3.3.2.

For assessing the impacts of increases in climate ambition this Impact Assessment compares to the BSL scenario, representing the legislated current targets, and shows impacts over time.

The Commission is still in the process of assessing at Member State level the final NECPs. This together with the ongoing periodic update of the EU Reference Scenario on energy, transport and GHG emissions (see annex 9.3.2) will allow to further improve and enrich the modelling with a view of future impact assessments supporting the future implementation of the 2030 Climate Target Plan.

5.2Description of the policy options

5.2.1Policy options related to ambition

5.2.1.1Policy options related to the scope of the GHG target

In order to interpret ambition levels for greenhouse gas emissions and the associated ambition for energy efficiency and renewable energy, it is necessary to define the scope on which the GHG target applies. There are various reasons to reconsider the scope of the EU greenhouse gas target. This concerns both how to include the LULUCF sector as well as international maritime and extra-EU aviation emissions.

The LULUCF sector can contribute to the EU’s 2020 target under the Kyoto Protocol, by applying a number of accounting rules on the LULUCF inventory. This contribution is presently substantial under the Kyoto Protocol. The ‘accounted’ sink produced for 2013-2017 an annual average -111.9 MtCO2-eq credits that can be used to track progress to achieve our Kyoto Protocol 2020 target of at least 20% GHG reductions.

This approach is continued under the EU’s National Determined Contribution (EU NDC) under the Paris Agreement, which a target to achieve at least 40% GHG emission reductions domestically compared to 1990 by 2030. The EU land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF) sector can contribute to the at least 40% GHG target under the EU NDC, but accounting is applied. Under the LULUCF regulation applicable from 2021 onwards the accounting rules were made more stringent compared to the current Kyoto Protocol rules. The focus is to ensure that credits are only generated in sub-sectors and activities where the LULUCF sink performs better than historically reported for each of the different land activities. The credit amount is projected to decrease if no additional policies are undertaken to maintain the sink, due to the impact of age classes in our forests and probable resulting increased harvest rates.

The achievement of the NDC is ensured through EU legislation. The EU ETS and ESR define a ‑40% greenhouse gas reductions target for all sectors with net emissions, including international aviation. The LULUCF sector, which sees net removals, is not included in the ETS and ESR coverage. However, in case the LULUCF sector performs better than what is expected under current management practices (the so-called accounted sink), a limited flexibility in the form of credits is available for Member States to use towards their ESR target. If not, any LULUCF debits would need to be covered by ESR emission allocations. Combined, this legislation ensures the EU will meet its NDC target.

The accounted LULUCF sink does not represent the full size of the sink. The full size of the sink matters when establishing if the EU is on track or not to achieve net zero GHG emissions by 2050. This requires that any remaining greenhouse gas emissions will be fully absorbed by a corresponding sink, which to a large extent will have to come from the LULUCF sink. The analysis in support of the Long Term Strategy indicated the natural LULUCF sink will need to be maintained or expanded.

Thus to track progress towards climate neutrality the full net LULUCF sink needs to be included when looking at GHG ambition. Therefore in this Impact Assessment the full scope of the net LULUCF sink is included in all assessments to assess if 50% to 55% GHG reductions are achieved by 2030 and see its changes over time, from 1990 to 2030 and onwards to 2050 to achieve net zero GHG emissions.

This metric that includes the full scope of the LULUCF sink is also applied in global modelling tools to assess mitigation pathways and corresponding temperature goals (see also annex 9.10.6).

International navigation emissions are presently not included at all in the GHG target scope, not even for movements between two EU Member States. It has to be considered how to include them in the EU target ambition. The International Maritime Organisation (IMO) is discussing further steps to address GHG emissions from maritime navigation to implement its initial Strategy on reduction of GHG emission from ships. The Strategy’s current target of at least 50% emission reductions by 2050 falls short of EU ambition. While the EU will advocate for a strengthening of the target as part of the IMO GHG Strategy’s revision in 2023, the EU needs to already consider now which instruments and policies it will implement to stimulate GHG reductions of this sector. This includes deciding on how it will include the sector in its GHG target, whether a differentiation should be made on how to regulate between intra-EU ship movement and extra‑EU ship movement, and relating this to the analysis for extending European emissions trading to the sector.

While international aviation is fully included in the EU ETS, the current international context has led the EU to temporarily limit the scope of the EU ETS to flights between two EEA member states. Presently the EU is thus not actively controlling all these emissions. In 2016, ICAO agreed on a global market based mechanism aimed at compensating the growth of international CO2 aviation emissions beyond 2020 (CORSIA), and the last steps for it to become operational are being taken in ICAO. CORSIA rests on the use of international credits, which therefore would not translate into domestic EU reductions.

Therefore this Impact Assessment looks at the following options:

Option Scope_1: Current scope (baseline)

This option is the Baseline, and includes domestic and international aviation emissions but not maritime navigation emissions to the EU GHG target of at least 40% GHG.

Option Scope_2: Including intra-EU bunker fuel emissions

In this option, the scope of the target to reduce emissions domestically is adjusted to include all emissions due to international aviation and international maritime voyages between two EU member states, but not between the EU and locations outside of the EU, the so-called extra-EU aviation and extra-EU maritime navigation emissions.

Option Scope_3: Including all EU bunker fuel emissions

In this option the scope of the target to reduce emissions domestically is adjusted to include all aviation and maritime voyages between EU Member states (intra-EU), as well as 50% 67 of all emissions due to incoming and outgoing aviation and maritime 68 voyages between the EU and third countries (extra EU).

As these emissions are growing fast, achieving an EU GHG target domestically of respectively 50% and 55% by 2030 is more demanding on the domestic GHG profile with option Scope_3, than with option Scope_2 that has a more limited coverage of these sectors.

The scenarios presented in section 5.4 include thus mostly scenarios that achieve 50% or 55% GHG reductions with GHG scope as in option Scope_2 as well as one scenario representing option Scope.3.

All scenarios present the results including the full net LULUCF sink to establish if the EU achieves 50% to 55% GHG reductions and is on track or not to achieve net zero GHG emissions by 2050.

5.2.1.2Policy options related to the level of the climate target and interaction with energy policy

This chapter puts forward the options assessed regarding the ambition level to increase the 2030 GHG emissions reduction target for the EU. The options on 2030 GHG target follow the mandate that the Commission has established in its Political Guidelines and the European Green Deal Communication: i.e. an increase of GHG emissions reductions in 2030 (from “at least” 40% currently agreed) to “at least” 50% to 55% (compared to 1990 levels).

The responses to the public consultation, the resolutions of the European Parliament and initiatives of a number of Member States show that there is a broad support on the need to increase 2030 targets for GHG emissions reduction. However, views diverge on what the appropriate level of ambition should be, some of them going even higher than a 55% GHG reduction by 2030. See section 5.3 on a discussion why certain options were not assessed. This Impact Assessment focusses on GHG reductions of 50% to 55% by 2030.

Climate targets (and legislation) work well in concert with energy targets (and legislation). Therefore, the policy options for increasing the GHG target explored in this Impact Assessment are accompanied by options for increasing the ambition levels of energy efficiency and renewable energy deployment.

The results of the public consultation and the dialogue with Member States, the European Parliament and stakeholders clearly show that there is a broad consensus on the need to increase 2030 ambition on energy efficiency and renewable energy. There is, however, a difference of opinions as to which policy tools shall incentivise such higher levels, which is reflected in the policy options presented in section 5.2.2.

Therefore this Impact Assessment explores a number of combinations of increased climate ambition with increased energy policy ambition, to assess their interaction. The policy options considered in this Impact Assessment are:

Option GHG_1: Current EU 2030 GHG target (baseline)

The “Baseline” option, as described in section 5.1 and annex 9.3.3 for this Impact Assessment, consists of the agreed 2030 policies and targets. The core targets are at least -40% reduction in domestic economy wide greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 compared to 1990 with unchanged scope of sectors included in these targets, a share of renewable energy of at least 32% and an increase in (primary and final) energy efficiency of at least 32.5%.

Option GHG_2: Increased 2030 EU GHG target equal to -50% GHG

In order to provide for a more gradual pathway towards the objective of climate neutrality by 2050, the second option reduces greenhouse gas emissions by at least 50% in 2030 compared to 1990.

This is accompanied – in the analysis of impacts - with an increase of ambition of EE and RES levels driven by low intensification of energy and transport policies 69 .

Option GHG_3: Increased 2030 EU GHG target equal to -55%

In order to provide for a more accelerated pathway towards the objective of climate neutrality by 2050, the third option reduces greenhouse gas emissions by 55% in 2030 compared to 1990.

This is accompanied – in the analysis of impacts - with various stylised combinations of policy setups as compared to the baseline:

-in the first policy set-up, renewable energy and energy efficiency policies are not intensified, climate target is achieved by increased use of carbon pricing in energy related non-ETS sectors combined with low intensification of transport policies;

-the second policy set-up assumes medium intensification of energy and transport policies accompanied by an extension of carbon pricing to energy related non-ETS sectors.

-the third policy set-up assumes high intensification of energy and transport policies and no extension of carbon pricing to non-ETS sectors.

Options 2 and 3 would require changes to the climate legislation (ETS, Effort Sharing Regulation and LULUCF regulation) as well as specific transport legislation. Option 2 and the second and third policy set-up of option 3 would require changes to energy legislation (RED II and EED).

The scenarios presented in section 5.4 illustrate how various combinations of climate and energy policy options can deliver the increased overall GHG ambition. Results of this scenario assessment are discussed in section 6.2 to 6.5 and thus allow to assess potential synergies, overlaps and trade-offs of policy combinations which need to be taken into account when developing policies.

5.2.2Policy options related to the policy framework

The following sections describe stylised policy options regarding climate and energy policy architecture. Only major issues are addressed by these policy options, i.e. application of carbon pricing beyond the current ETS sector, overall intensification of energy efficiency, renewables and transport policies, intensification, flexibilities and broader scope of the LULUCF legislation. Detailed policy instruments design which are essential for these policy options to be effective and realistic, will be assessed in the future impact assessments accompanying legislative proposals.

For climate policies, the key question is whether to maintain the current architecture and scope of the EU ETS and ESR when increasing GHG ambition or to change some elements of their scope and expand the use of emission trading, and what role the LULUCF regulation plays in maintaining and enhancing the EU’s LULUCF sink. Also the role of policies which address non-CO2 emissions is analysed.

For energy policies, the key question is which policy measures could be included in RED II and EED revisions or in other energy legislation that would deliver medium to high intensification of EE and RES policies as described in section 5.2.1.2. The upcoming review of the EED, and RED II legislation (scheduled for June 2021) will further assess the role of these instruments in delivering an increased GHG target and propose detailed revisions, where necessary, taking into account the finding of this Impact Assessment as well as the outcomes of initiatives in the field of energy policy (Offshore renewable energy, Energy System Integration, Hydrogen strategies and Renovation wave). Correspondingly also different intensification levels of transport policies are analysed.

5.2.2.1Role of ETS and ESR, scope of carbon pricing 

In the context of climate legislation, a key issue is whether the current scope of the EU ETS and the effort sharing regulation should be retained, or the scope of both regulatory instruments should be changed. The Green Deal Communication confirms that the Commission will look into the possibility of including the building sector and road transport in emissions trading.

Covering of these sectors by an emissions trading system would provide for increased economic and more harmonised incentives to reduce emissions across these sectors in the EU, and depending on the stringency of the cap, increased certainty of delivery of the GHG emission reductions for those sectors. Inclusion in the current EU ETS can impact the sectors already included, notably due to potential carbon price developments, which in itself is also linked to the ambition and interaction with energy efficiency, renewable energy, transport and other policies impacting these emissions. Finally, administrative feasibility and related costs are also of importance before making changes to the scope of the existing instruments.

To assess all this, a number of options are assessed that would include these sectors into the EU ETS or other emissions trading systems, possibly impacting the scope of the ESR that currently sets national targets for all GHG emissions 70 , 71 outside of the EU ETS.

The scenarios presented in section 5.4 include such a stylised representation of expansion or not of carbon pricing and possible inclusion of new sectors in emission trading systems. Results of this scenario assessment are discussed in section 6.2 to 6.5. Section 6.7 then has a more detailed qualitative discussion of the benefits and challenges of options presented in this section while section 6.9 focuses on the associated potential impacts on free allocation and the risk of carbon leakage.

Option ETS_1: Current scope of ETS and ESR (baseline)

·Implement increased ambition (options GHG_2 and GHG_3) by adapting ETS and ESR in their current sectoral scopes. Serves also as “policy architecture” baseline to compare the subsequent options ETS_2 to ETS_4.

·The ESR and ETS remain largely separate systems without sectoral overlap.

·EU ETS coverage of buildings related emissions limited to emissions related to fossil fuelled district heating, electric heating and electricity use of heat pumps 72 , while the rest is covered by the ESR.

·EU ETS coverage of transport related emissions is limited to aviation and emissions related to electric vehicles and electrified rail, while fossil fuelled road transport and non-electrified rail are covered by the ESR 73 .

·Continued limited interaction is possible between the sectors covered under the ETS and ESR 74 .

Option ETS_2: Extension of current EU ETS to more sectors

·Inclusion of certain sectors presently regulated in the Effort Sharing Regulation in the EU ETS, where high quality Monitoring, Reporting and Verification of emissions (MRV) is relatively easy so responsibility for emissions can be attributed to private sector actors, where price incentives work more effectively and/or distributional challenges are lower or can be addressed effectively in the ETS design.

·The main variant assessed here is to extend the coverage of the EU ETS to buildings in full and to road transport, while several variants of sector coverage are also looked at, e.g. including only buildings, only transport or covering all energy CO2 emissions 75 .

When sectors are included in the ETS, it will need to be decided if these sectors would remain covered by the ESR or not.

Sub-option ETS_2.1: new ETS sectors not retained in ESR

In this sub-option, sectors included into the EU ETS are no longer retained in the ESR scope and thus the only architectural climate legislation that applies on these sectors is the EU ETS.

Sub-option ETS_2.2: new ETS sectors remain in ESR

In this sub-option, the sectors included in the ETS remain still in the ESR and thus next to the ETS also the ESR applies on them. The ETS carbon price would act as an additional EU mechanism to achieve national emission reduction targets under the ESR.

Option ETS_3: Separate EU-wide emissions trading system for new sectors

Introduction of a separate EU-wide emissions trading system, next to the existing EU ETS that covers the power sector, industry and aviation. This separate ETS would include notably energy related CO2 emissions of current ESR sectors and would thus put a cap and resulting carbon price on these emissions.

Also here the scope of the separate ETS matters, with as the main variant assessed a separate EU ETS for buildings and road transport, while also looking at scope variants.

A separate ETS could be introduced in a similar way as was the case for the setting up of the ETS for aviation, with specific allowances differentiated from the general ETS allowances and possible flexibilities to be foreseen between the existing and the new ETS.

The sectors covered by the new ETS would be maintained in the scope of the ESR, as the main purpose is to provide an additional EU carbon pricing instrument to help Member States to achieve national emission reduction targets under the ESR and the necessary further emission reductions in these sectors.

Even with an integrated EU ETS (option ETS_2) as an ultimate aim, this option might be relevant as a temporary or transitional solution to test in the new separate emissions trading system how price incentives and the necessary monitoring and verification rules work in practice. It would also provide lessons how the European ETS interacts with national policies and what are ETS price impacts, while avoiding impacts on sectors covered by the current EU ETS.

Option ETS_4: Obligatory carbon price incentives through national systems

Same as option ETS_1, it keeps the current split of EU ETS – ESR scope, but adds an obligation on Member States to create a national trading mechanism that would establish a minimum effective carbon price on CO2 emissions. They will thus not be included in the EU ETS system, but through a national system a carbon price incentive will be set to assist in achieving the national ESR target.

The main sectoral variant assessed here is adding the obligation for buildings and road transport. Again, the other variants have been implicitly assessed with the related sectoral impacts described under other options applying.

The main variant in terms of a pricing tool is a trading system. However, other variants have also been assessed, as Member States could also introduce or extend other tools to establish an effective carbon price. This could be preferably by means of a national carbon tax 76 . This option could also be implemented by setting minimum carbon content elements of excise duties in the revised EU Energy Taxation Directive.

Apart from these options on the ETS and ESR scope and interaction, the assessment also looks at the impact of the target ambition and scope change as discussed in the options above on the current approach to avoid the risk of carbon leakage, notably the availability of allowances for free allocation. The principal tool to allocate allowances in the EU ETS is auctioning. For sectors that can pass through carbon costs in their product prices this does not raise risks related to carbon leakage. The alternative allocation method, for sectors which would shoulder most if not all of the carbon cost, is free allocation. This tool reduces the risk of carbon leakage for sectors that are exposed to international competition and cannot pass through easily carbon costs in their product prices. The choice between the above options will impact the total cap of allowances and thus the amount of allowances available.

This assessment will not explicitly look at what other tools can be introduced against the risk of carbon leakage. This will be done in the context of the impact assessment under preparation that will look at a carbon border adjustment mechanism 77 .

5.2.2.2Renewable energy policy 

This section presents options for intensifying 78  renewable policies, which could require the revision of RED II. Importantly, the legislative options are not described in detail in this Impact Assessment but presented in a stylised manner. The scenarios presented in section 5.4 (and in more detail in Annex 9.3.4) include such a stylised representation of strengthening of policies, with one option including no strengthening at all of renewable energy policies compared to the baseline and other options including a low, medium and high strengthening (in combination or not with extension of carbon pricing). Results of this scenario assessment are discussed in section 6.2 to 6.5 with a specific focus on the impacts on renewable energy demand and supply in section 6.2.1.3. Section 6.6 then has a more detailed qualitative discussion of the benefits and challenges of options presented in this section.

Option RES_1 (Baseline): No intensification or new policies fostering deployment of renewable energy

This option is based on the current shape of REDII. Apart from setting an EU’s binding at least 32% renewable energy target in 2030, it also provides an updated policy framework to further deploy renewable energies across all sectors serving as a common rulebook for the design of support schemes to facilitate a predictable, cost effective, market-oriented and Europeanised approach to ensure renewable electricity development. It requires the Member States inter alia to put in place a legal and an enabling framework for renewable energy communities and renewable self-consumption and to remove unjustified barriers to long-term renewables Power Purchase Agreements. The Directive also establishes a number of measures aimed at reducing administrative burdens such as maximum duration for the permitting procedure or simplified procedures for grid connections for small-scale renewable energy production. The forthcoming Offshore Renewable Energy strategy will also propose actions to address specific barriers for offshore wind and other offshore technologies.

Furthermore, RED II requires Member States to endeavour to implement an increased share of renewable energy in heating and cooling by an indicative 1.3 percentage point (p.p.) per year in the period of 2021-2030, with up to 40% potentially to be fulfilled by waste heat and cold 79 . District heating and cooling must participate in mainstreaming renewable energy in the heating and cooling sector 80 . Buildings must include a minimum level of renewable energy. Availability of local renewable energy and waste heat sources should be taken into account in the urban and infrastructure planning.

RED II obliges Member States to set an obligation on fuel suppliers to achieve a share of at least 14% renewable energy in the transport sector in 2030 81 , including at least 3.5% of advanced biofuels and biogases 82 . The Directive focuses on the promotion of innovative fuels such as advanced biofuels and renewable fuels of non-biological origin (RFNBOs) 83 . The contribution of biofuels produced from food and feed crop is limited based on their share in transport energy consumption in 2020 84 . The obligation can be expressed in terms of minimum shares of renewable energy, volume of renewable fuels or as a requirement to reduce the greenhouse gas emission intensity of fuels providing the targets are met.  

The EU level actions on renewable energy would therefore focus on the implementation of the existing 2030 framework, also by making use of the tools foreseen in the Governance Regulation. In addition, the greenhouse gas emissions intensity target for fuels and the fuels specifications set by the Fuel Quality Directive 85 also contribute to mainstream renewable fuels in transport.

Further deployment of renewable energy in all sectors requires a more integrated approach and a suitable internal market framework. More renewable electricity can be pulled by electrification of the demand and deployment of renewable and low-carbon fuels, notably clean hydrogen produced with renewable electricity. RFNBOs can play a bigger role in transport and could in the long term be also promoted in heating & cooling sector.

The EU strategies on Energy System Integration and on Hydrogen look into efficient integration of decarbonised supply of electricity, mostly coming from renewables, together with renewable and low-carbon fuel production with transport, heating and cooling and industrial processes will be a significant enabler for the uptake of these energy carriers.

Option RES_2: Low intensification of RES policies

Building on Option RES_1, the EU renewable energy target for 2030 is adjusted with the sub-targets and measures for heating and cooling and transport (notably for maritime and aviation sectors reflecting ReFuelEU aviation and FuelEU maritime initiatives) slightly modified, accordingly. This could also be supported by non-regulatory alternative policy instruments that could encompass training, information campaigns, project financing etc. that would complement the complete and rigorous transposition of RED II by Member States. 

Option RES_3: Moderate intensification of RES policies

This option builds on Option RES_2 and, in addition, implements the Renewable Offshore Energy Strategy that creates better framework conditions for the uptake of, especially, offshore wind and provides guidelines, capacity building schemes to implement renewable energy communities financed by the EU and self-consumption models enabling higher consumer uptake and faster development of decentralised renewable energy technologies. Cross-sectoral renewable energy policies, covering streamlined administrative procedures for renewable projects, provisions on installers of renewable energy technologies, deployment of corporate power purchase agreements (PPAs) including in heating and cooling are all strengthened. It introduces measures enhancing coordinated planning such as green criteria and labels, including for cross-border schemes, also located off-shore, which would enable further renewable energy deployment reducing lead times and lowering costs. 86

Building on Option RES_2 in heating and cooling, option RES_3 increases the heating and cooling target, including for district heating and cooling. This could be supported by strengthening of the regulatory framework to mainstream renewable based solutions for heating and cooling in all sectors and through requirements to accelerate the roll out of smart, renewable energy-based district heating and cooling networks, as well of the development of alternatives to fossil fuels for energy and industrial uses. Co-operation between electricity distribution network and district heating and cooling operators is intensified to better reflect demand response and flexibility from storage in energy network investment.

Furthermore, risk mitigation instruments and flanking measures are introduced to reduce the perceived risks and fragmented nature of renewable heating and cooling solutions.

In the transport sector, an obligation is placed on fuel suppliers, with increased ambition for deployment and further mainstreaming of renewable and low carbon fuels, including advanced biofuels and biogases as well as RFNBOs in transport in order to speed up their commercial deployment. Increased promotion of the use of renewable and low carbon fuels, including advanced biofuels and biogases as well as RFNBOs in the aviation and maritime sectors reflecting REFUEL aviation and FUEL maritime initiatives is also introduced.

Option RES_4: High intensification of RES policies

This option builds on Option RES_3 but with higher intensification of RES stylised policies to deliver the respective emission targets.

The RES heating and cooling target includes specific renewable energy mandates for buildings, district heating and cooling and industry. It also includes strengthening of the policies and measures to deliver the target that are outlined in option RES_3.

For transport, further mainstreaming of renewable and low carbon fuels, including advanced biofuels and biogases as well as RFNBOs, in all transport sectors are intensified, covering also the aviation and maritime sectors (reflecting REFUEL aviation and FUEL maritime initiatives).

5.2.2.3Energy efficiency policy 

This section presents options for intensifying 87 energy efficiency policies 88 , which could require the revision of EED, EPBD and product legislation as well as scaling up financial instruments and other enabling measures 89 . Importantly, the legislative options are not described in detail in this Impact Assessment but presented in a stylised manner, not pre-judging detailed assessments to be delivered in dedicated impact assessments 90 . The scenarios presented in section 5.4 (and in more detail in Annex 9.3.4) include such a stylised representation of strengthening of policies, with one option including no strengthening at all of energy efficiency policies compared to the baseline and other options including a low, medium and high strengthening (in combination or not with extension of carbon pricing). Results of this scenario assessment are discussed in section 6.2 to 6.5 with a specific focus on the impacts in buildings and industry in annex 9.4.2.5 and annex 9.4.2.7. Section 6.6 then has a more detailed qualitative discussion of the benefits and challenges of options presented in this section.

Option EE_1 (Baseline): No intensification of energy efficiency policies

This option does not foresee intensification of energy efficiency policies by 2030, and therefore the current framework would not be revised 91 to support higher climate ambition – neither in terms of regulatory nor financial/enabling measures. The EU level actions on energy efficiency would therefore focus on the implementation of the existing 2030 framework, also by making use of the tools foreseen in the Governance Regulation.

Option EE_2: Low intensification of EE policies

Building on Option EE_1, the EU energy efficiency target for 2030 is adjusted with low intensification of policy measures. This could be achieved by non-regulatory alternative policy instruments notably in terms of financing, additional guidance and reinforced the application of the “energy efficiency first” principle, that would lead to better implementation of the EED by Member States.

Option EE_3: Moderate intensification of energy efficiency policies

The moderate intensification of policy measures, which could be undertaken at EU level to ensure a moderate increase of the overall energy efficiency ambition, implies the review of some elements of the EE legislative framework together with the scaling up of the financial and other enabling measures supporting them.

Buildings

The acceleration of the renovation of existing buildings, especially the worst performing segment of the building stock, offer a high potential for energy savings and is at the core of the policy options for increased energy efficiency ambition. Through a targeted reinforcement of the policy measures in the EPBD, EED and in product legislation, accompanied by scaling up of financial and other enabling measures, the number of renovations could be significantly increased.

The main provisions for buildings under the EPBD which could be strengthened under this option covers the Energy Performance Certificates, uptake of building automation and control systems, cost-optimal requirements and targets for Near Zero Energy Buildings. Moreover, the Energy Efficiency Directive has in place a set of measures e.g. on renovation of public buildings, procurement, heating and cooling, energy audits, financing which have the potential to be extended and reinforced to deliver higher savings and further address barriers preventing energy efficiency actions to a larger scale. Finally, the level of ambition and the scope of the provisions on various products used in buildings covered by the Energy Labelling Regulation and Ecodesign Directive could also be increased.

The policy measures to be reinforced are in this option accompanied by scaling up of financial and other enabling measures in order to address perceived financial risk factor for investors – a barrier in buildings renovations.

A strengthened set of measures would lead to an increase of the current renovation rates and depths of renovations achieved and would contribute to building stock modernisation, also in the light of technological developments (integrating renewable solutions, smart solutions, supporting electro mobility, high performance energy efficiency measures, etc.).

Industry

In order to further reduce emissions from industry in line with the higher climate target for 2030, major changes need to be made in the way industry consumes energy and produces its products notably via increased material and energy efficiency, greater material recirculation, new production processes and carbon capture technologies 92 .

This option explores intensification of energy efficiency policies in industry through reinforcement of several EED measures to address the existing barriers still preventing cost-effective energy savings solutions. These could refer mainly to the audit requirements and follow-up of their outcomes by the audited companies as well as waste heat reuse. In addition, eco-design and labelling requirements for products used in industry could also be strengthened.

These policy measures are accompanied by scaling up of financial and other enabling measures.

ICT

On the one hand, digitalisation has a potential role in optimising and reducing energy consumption. On the other hand, there is also a growing demand for energy (and in turn growing emissions) from the ICT sector, in particular data centres. Considering that the ICT sector has not been specifically addressed in the energy efficiency policy framework from the system functioning perspective, this option explores in a highly stylised manner potential new actions in this area which could be implemented through several EED measures strengthened and extended to better cover ICT products and data centres.

Option EE_4: High intensification of energy efficiency policies

This option builds on Option EE_3 and further intensifies policy measures at EU level to ensure a further increase of the overall energy efficiency ambition. It implies additional elements of the EE legislative framework together with the scaling up of the financial and other enabling measures supporting them.

The additional measures are:

Buildings

Following the same logic explained in Option EE_3, the policy options outlined would go further to achieve higher savings in the residential and non-residential sectors through further acceleration of the renovation, i.e. by at least doubling or tripling of the total renovated area as compared to 2020 and by increasing the renovation depth (aiming at increased energy savings per renovation and incentivising the shift from light/medium renovations towards deep).

These more ambitious policy measures are accompanied by scaling up of financial and other enabling measures.

Industry

In this option, the same policy measures as in Option EE_3 are considered but developed to a higher degree of intensity to achieve higher energy savings.

ICT

As regards the ICT sector, the same measures as in Option EE_3 are applied.

5.2.2.4Transport policy

For the transport system, multiple policies can reduce GHG emissions.

Policies that directly impact emissions relate to CO2 emission standards for vehicles as well as policies that impact the carbon intensity of fuels (as already discussed in the section on renewable policies). Both are supported by the roll-out of recharging and refuelling infrastructure.

The existing CO2 emissions standards 93 , set binding progressively stricter targets from 2020, 2025 and 2030 for car, van and truck manufacturers to reduce emissions and thus fuel consumption. But to achieve even higher GHG ambition, further increases in ambition in relation to this policy need to be assessed.

Other policies that indirectly impact also GHG emissions of transport are diverse and include wide span of possible actions. They include policies that impact modal shift, development of related infrastructure, traffic management systems, pricing systems addressing other externalities and promote digitalisation of the transport system.

As for renewable energy and energy efficiency policies discussed above, the current analysis does not pre-empt dedicated impact assessments. Most of the policies can all be intensified step-wise (notably CO2 standards for vehicles) and three options can be identified: no strengthening at all of transport policies compared to the baseline and other options including a low, medium and high strengthening (in combination or not with extension of carbon pricing). See section 5.4 and Annex 9.3.4 for more details.

Option TRA_1 (Baseline): No intensification of transport policies

This option is based on current shape of transport legislation and has thus a number of policy measures that drive: (i) the uptake of zero- and low-emission vehicles and the roll-out of recharging/refuelling infrastructure; (ii) the uptake of sustainable alternative fuels and (iii) improvements in transport system efficiency - by making the most of digital technologies and smart pricing and further encouraging multi-modal integration and shifts towards more sustainable transport modes. Specific measures are also applied for aviation and maritime sectors. See annex 9.3.3.1 for more details.

Option TRA_2: Low intensification of transport policies

In this option, a low intensification of policy measures is considered that drives improvements in the transport system efficiency and support a shift towards more sustainable transport modes. Such policies would be combined with policies that impact the carbon intensity of fuels in maritime and aviation sectors (as already discussed in the section 5.2.2.2 on renewable policies) as well as increased stringency of CO2 standards for vehicles.

Option TRA_3: Moderate intensification of transport policies

In this option, a moderate intensification of policy measures is considered that drives improvements in the transport system efficiency and support a shift towards more sustainable transport modes. Such policies would be combined with moderate intensification of policies that impact the carbon intensity of fuels across all transport modes and in maritime and aviation sectors specifically (as already discussed in the section 5.2.2.2 on renewable policies) as well as increased (compared to TRA_2) stringency of CO2 standards for vehicles.

Option TRA_4: High intensification of transport policies

In this option, further (to Option TRA.3) intensification of policy measures is considered that drives further improvements in the transport system efficiency and support more a shift towards more sustainable transport modes. Such policies would be combined with high intensification of policies that impact the carbon intensity of fuels across all transport modes and in maritime and aviation sectors specifically (as already discussed in the section 5.2.2.2 on renewable policies) as well as increased (compared to TRA_3) stringency of CO2 standards for vehicles.

5.2.2.5Policy options to increase net removals in the LULUCF sector

Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry presently absorbs more CO2, by storing it in biomass or in soil carbon, than it releases to the atmosphere. Actions can be taken that would increase the EU sink. These can be diverse and include increased afforestation, reforestation of damaged forests, elimination of deforestation, improved agricultural land management practices, impacts of changed consumer behaviour and related dietary options, substitution of fossil materials with (in particular) wood products, the careful identification of efficient bioenergy pathways and restoration and stabilisation of key biodiverse habitats, such as legacy peatlands and wetlands. This last action – which would align strongly with the Biodiversity strategy 94 – could be underpinned by designing zoning of protected areas based upon high carbon stocks or sink capacity, thus ensuring strong synergies between climate mitigation and biodiversity objectives.

This section describes specific options related to climate policy architecture that could incentivise the undertaking of such action and thus result in an expansion of the sink compared to baseline.

The scenarios presented in section 5.4 allow to assess the relation of the LULUCF sink with the decarbonisation of the energy system, notably related to the impact from increased bio-energy demand as well as the potential impact of some of the above mentioned actions to enhance the sink. Section 6.2.3 assesses the potential impacts on the size of the LULUCF sink. Section 6.10 will then have a more qualitative discussion on the benefits and challenges related to the climate architecture policy options presented in this section to enhance the sink by 2030 and how it relates to overall climate ambition.

 Option LULUCF_1: Baseline continued

The current policy framework is designed so that Member States can earn additional LULUCF credits if they do not backslide compared to the sink under ‘current practices’. This sink under ‘current practices’ is established using different computation rules for different land accounting categories (afforested land, managed cropland, etc. 95 ). For most land categories the accounting rules look at actual performance in a historic base year period 2005-2009. For forest management instead, the largest sink category, projections are made that estimate how the sink would evolve assuming the continuation of forest management practices as documented in the period from 2000 to 2009 (referred to as Forest Reference Levels). The entire LULUCF sector account is aggregated per land category to determine if a Member State enhances the sink compared to ‘current practices’ or instead deteriorates it and increases emissions compared to this accounted reference levels.

If the aggregated account is an emission (i.e. an accounted debit), flexibilities permit the Member State to compensate this using an unlimited quantity of ESR allowances, or alternatively via LULUCF ‘credits’ traded with other Member States within the LULUCF sector.

By contrast, a Member State that enhances accounted removals may use this LULUCF ‘credit’ to compensate a lack of allowances for the achievement of its own ESR target, up to fixed limits per Member State and limited to 262 Mt overall in the period 2021-2030 for EU27. This flexibility towards the ESR is not only limited in quantity per Member States, it cannot be traded to other Member States. This limitation was set to preserve the ambition in the ESR itself and as such this flexibility is thus rather limited. Compensation levels are designed per Member State to acknowledge the more limited mitigation potential of the agriculture sector and give access to more flexibility from the LULUCF sector to Member States with relative large agriculture non-CO2 emissions in the ESR.

Option LULUCF_2: Incentivising additional action in the LULUCF sector

This option assesses how climate policy architecture can be changed to incentivise more than in baseline the preservation and enhancement of the EU sink. It will also assess the “fit for purpose” of the policy framework for the period also beyond 2030 with a view on climate neutrality by 2050.

Three sub-options are assessed of such policy instruments:

·Sub-option LULUCF_2.1: Increase the flexibility of LULUCF credits towards the ESR and/or ETS

This sub-option increases flexibility – currently limited to 262 Mt for the period 2021-2030 – towards the remaining ESR sectors. Potentially also flexibility to the ETS could be considered. Increased ambition and thus demand for reductions in the ESR and possibly the ETS becomes a key driver for additional actions in the LULUCF sector in this sub-option. This would leave for the rest the LULUCF regulation unchanged in terms how LULUCF credits or debits are generated.

With regard to the flexibility towards the ESR and the regulatory framework in this sub-option, Member States would be the actors in terms of generating LULUCF credits and buying/selling LULUCF credits. This means every Member States would have the possibility to design their own incentive scheme(s) to ensure that the carbon price signal is transmitted to individual actors (farmers and foresters).

Several ways are available to provide an incentive to farmers and foresters to ensure responsible land and forest management. This includes pricing mechanisms already existing in the Common Agricultural Policy today that can be developed through Member State Strategic Plans, eco-schemes and project funding under the Rural Development programme. Nevertheless, through this increased flexibility Member States may decide to reward from their own budgets or through CAP farmers and foresters for the carbon capture and environmental services, and thereby enable transfers from the rest of the economy to the farming/forestry sector.

·Sub-option LULUCF_2.2: Strengthening of LULUCF regulation – moving towards a more stringent contribution from the sector

This sub-option would review the LULUCF regulation in a manner that makes it more stringent before credits can be generated and transferred to the ESR or other Member States. Contrary to the previous sub-option, the Member State would have to take additional efforts first before it could transfer LULUCF credits to other parts of the economy covered by ESR or ETS targets.

This sub-option would in practice require a setting of Member State-specific targets beyond the current accounting rules per land category, which will require technical analysis of cost-equivalent as well as environmentally equivalent potential per Member State.

Approaches could be to require an automatic cancelling (or discounting) of an initial amount of LULUCF credits before LULUCF credits can be generated that can be transferred to the ESR or other Member States. Another approach could be change to change some of the accounting rules that apply for individual land accounting categories making the LULUCF regulation de facto more stringent. This can also impacting ESR ambition if LULUCF accounting would result more frequent in debits which need to be compensated.

Forestry accounting in particular would be a specific case to consider, including the revision of the Regulation’s Art 8 concerning the setting of the Forest Reference Level – where a simpler, more direct approach of historical benchmarking based on net-net accounting could provide considerable quantitative effects.

·Sub-option LULUCF_2.3: Merging Non-CO2 emissions from agriculture with LULUCF emissions creating an AFOLU sector with a separate target

This sub-option will assess the full range of flexibility within the agriculture, forestry and land use sectors. If the ESR would be considerably changed – for example buildings and transport moved to the scope of the ETS (see section 5.2.2.1), the largest remaining emissions in the ESR would be from agriculture, notably the non-CO2 emissions. The agriculture sector would in practice be left adjacent to the LULUCF sector. A policy architecture that combines more explicitly both sectors into one legal instrument may ease designing efficient and effective policies in these sectors and better align them with EU agricultural policy instruments.

Looking at the scenarios in the analysis supporting the long-term strategy, EU Agriculture, Forestry and Land Use (AFOLU) emissions would have to get to balance at the latest by 2035 at the EU level but with differences between Member States. Therefore, this sub-option would in practice require a similar setting of Member State-specific targets (as in sub-option LULUCF_2.2). Furthermore, the option should consider if this “AFOLU” sector could benefit from flexibility to and from the other remaining ESR and/or ETS sectors.

5.2.2.6Role of non-CO2 emissions reductions

The achievement of a certain climate ambition, will not only depend on actions related to reducing CO2 emissions from the energy system and increasing the net sink of the LULUCF sector but will also depend on what reductions can be achieved in non-CO2 emissions reductions.

Main emitting sectors are agriculture (notably CH4 emissions from enteric fermentation and N2O emissions linked to fertiliser and manure application), the energy system (linked to fugitive CH4 emissions of the natural gas as well as emissions linked to the combustion of fuels), the waste sector (CH4 emissions stemming from uncaptured emissions from anaerobic digestion of waste stream) and industrial processes and manufactured products that require or contain F-gases.

Depending on the level set for energy ambition, more or less non-CO2 emission reduction ambition will be required in to achieve a certain absolute climate target. These options will explore how these interact.

Option NCO2_1: No additional contribution to GHG reductions

In this option no additional measures are undertaken to reduce non-CO2 emissions beyond what is presently foreseen in legislation. Key drivers here are EU legislation in the field of waste policy and F-gases. Regarding agriculture emissions this option does not incorporate any specific policies that might be undertaken under the future Member States’ CAP strategic plans or other new policy initiatives under the European Green Deal. For energy emissions similarly no additional policies are introduced that would specifically target fugitive emissions in the sector.

Option NCO2_2: Moderate additional contribution to GHG reductions

In this option, a moderate intensification of action to reduce non-CO2 emissions is considered that relies on policies that from a bottom up perspective are win-win policies and can be deliver at marginal costs below €1/tCO2-eq reduced 96 . Lack of information (for instance regarding the benefits of certain breeding strategies) and split incentives (for instance in the ownership of pipelines and gas transported) may still require significant policy intervention to achieve these relative low cost emission reduction potentials.

Option NCO2_3: High contribution non-CO2 to overall GHG reductions

In this option, a higher intensification of action is considered that relies on policies that from a bottom up perspective 97 require intermediate carbon prices similar to options that achieve energy emission reductions through regulation or combination of regulation and carbon pricing.

Option NCO2_4: Very high contribution non-CO2 to overall GHG reductions

In this option, a higher intensification of action is considered that relies on policies that from a bottom up perspective 98 require high carbon prices similar to options that achieve energy emission reductions only through extension of carbon pricing tools and no enhancement of other regulatory tools.

5.2.2.7Summary of policy options related to policy framework

Table 2 gives a summary of the various policy options assessed in this Impact Assessment, in relation with general and specific objectives related to the policy framework described in section 4.

Table 2: Summary of policy options related to the policy framework

5.2.3Policy interactions

The policy options on ambition levels/targets, and the policy measures to deliver them described in the sections above, interact in many ways and should not be seen in separation, but rather in combination. The experience to date in the implementation of current energy and climate policies provides examples for such interactions. These interactions are likely to intensify when the scope or intensity of climate and energy policies changes as described in the policy options above.

For instance, energy saving policies are currently primarily focused on non-renewable energy. In the future, policies fostering high energy efficiency would help to avoid bottlenecks and allow the share of renewable energy to grow in total energy consumption without a need to increase the renewable energy production capacities excessively.

Policies fostering the replacement of highly-emitting fossil fuels in power generation by variable renewable energy for instance leads not only to reduction of GHG emissions but also lowers primary energy consumption 99 . Policies targeting the electrification of end-use sectors (for example fostering the deployment of heat pumps and electric vehicles) helps reduce final energy consumption and creates an additional pull for electricity supply that is increasingly renewables-based. Electrification is also more efficient compared to the use of biomass-based fuels and the primary energy needed to produce hydrogen or e-fuels.

Transport policies targeting modal shift, traffic management systems (including through digitalisation) and pricing systems addressing carbon and other externalities have all a positive impact on efficiency of transport system and contribute to overall energy efficiency performance and lower GHG emissions. In addition, transport policies that focus on infrastructure development are pre-condition for the roll-out of alternative fuels (notably renewables) and the roll out of zero emission vehicles as required under increasingly stringent CO2 standards vehicle standards.

While most of the transport, energy and climate policies have positive interactions, interaction between deployment of biofuels and land use has been a source of concern as increasing use of biomass inputs is in competition with the use of land for other purposes and will need to be managed carefully.

The nearly zero-energy building requirements promote high energy performance buildings with very low energy consumption supplied to a large extent from solutions based on renewable energy. Quicker deployment of such buildings may also support the increase in the number of charging points for electro-mobility.

Further policy interactions would be observed in the future if emissions trading and/or a carbon price component of energy taxation to cover also buildings and road transport sectors were introduced. This would create an overlap with some of the energy efficiency and renewable energy policy measures at EU and national level 100 . Considering existing market failures and low price elasticities in these sectors, carbon pricing, depending on its design and stringency, would need to work in concert with EE and RES policies and vice versa, which would inter alia help mitigate the effects on energy prices faced by the final consumers.

It is therefore important to ensure coherence between the different policies in the future policy framework. The interactions stemming from the policy options, both positive and negative, can be fully assessed only when complete policy design is put forward (obligated entities, implementation, monitoring, verification, mandatory versus voluntary nature, etc.). They should be addressed through the policy design of each specific measure as well as implementation and monitoring when legislation is proposed (e.g. within coherent policy packages).

This Impact Assessment prepares for analysis of such future interactions by looking at combinations of climate and energy policy options grouped in the scenarios described in section 5.4 considering that, in most sectors, actual GHG reductions have and will occur through a combination of carbon price incentives and/or sectoral policies, notably including EE and RES policies.

5.3Options not addressed in the Impact Assessment 

Possible scenarios representing 2030 EU GHG emissions reduction target below 50% were discarded at an early stage as they do not fulfil the political mandate contained in the President’s Guidelines and the European Green Deal. Furthermore, such options would not represent a sufficient ambition increase compared to Existing Targets Baseline.

In line with the political mandate, scenarios assessed look at the impact of achieving 50 to 55% GHG reduction including the role of the LULUCF sink and international aviation and navigation emissions.

Some stakeholders have asked for a higher target – up to 65% or more GHG reduction by 2030 but scenarios with an EU GHG reductions target of over 55% were not assessed in this IA. The objective of this impact assessment is to assess an increase of the 2030 GHG target to be achieved in a responsible manner, following the President’s Guidelines and the European Green Deal, which will require mitigating all negative social and economic impacts associated with the transition. Stepping up ambition up to 50% to 55% significantly increases the speed of the transition in the short term, while ensuring there is no back-loading of EU action to achieve climate neutrality. A target of over 55% would front-load the efforts strongly. At the same time, the challenges associated with an even faster transition would increase.

Furthermore an assessment of global mitigation scenario confirms that a pathway in the range of 50% to 55% by 2030 fits a representative set of modelling exercises looking at achievable and responsible global emission pathways (see also annex 9.10.6). Finally, the increase of the target should reflect the rigidities, long lead times and the general inertia of the energy system and heavy industry, where infrastructure is characterised by long lifetimes and thus change can only be gradual in certain sectors. For the above reasons, options higher than 55% for 2030 have been discarded.

No scenarios without increasing EE and RES ambition - one of them or both - were analysed as they would depart from current legislation and miss on synergies that are crucial for a cost-effective achievement of 2030 GHG target. The experience with policies to date proves that the targets for GHG emissions reduction, RES and EE ambition reinforce each other. All scenarios therefore assume GHG/EE/RES targets/levels of ambition.

As indicated in the section 5.2.1, theoretically many combinations of GHG targets with EE and RES levels of ambition exist. In practice, these combinations need to be coherent in order to be effective. This Impact Assessment also takes into account Member State choices. Therefore it did not analyse a scenario with a very high RES ambition compatible with a fully RES based energy mix in the foreseeable future, as this option would not reflect the current reality of energy mix options put forward by some Member States.

In a similar manner there is, theoretically, many possible policy combinations to achieve the overall levels of GHG targets and EE and RES levels of ambition. Scenarios in this Impact Assessment take into account the existing EU and national policies, including regarding their energy mix, and aim for future policy mix that is coherent to implement. This is why no scenarios were developed that would put an exaggerated burden of the transition on a specific sector or technology or have an asymmetric distribution of effort or would be inconsistent with the progress achieved so far.

5.4From policy options to policy scenarios

The policy options presented in Section 5.2 cover a very wide spectrum of issues that needs to be assessed. These options are interdependent or have complex interactions. Coherent combinations of policy options were translated into policy scenarios so that a quantitative assessment can be performed using sectoral models. Such assessment can show in detail the type and distribution of changes that will need to occur in our energy, industrial, waste and land based sectors. Furthermore, a macro-economic assessment is made to assess the economy wide implications. All scenarios have valuable insights for the public debate and represent options for policy-makers.

The PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling toolset covers in detail all sectors of the EU economy and their related GHG emissions and CO2 absorptions. Energy and industrial CO2 emissions are assessed with the PRIMES model, including the PRIMES-TREMOVE model for more detail on the transport sector. Non-CO2 emissions (CH4, N2O and F-gases) of the waste, energy, agriculture and industry sectors are assessed with the GAINS model. Land use emissions and removals are assessed with the GLOBIOM model. See annex 9.3.1 for more detailed information on this modelling suite. For a discussion on the update made of the modelling assumptions, which was being done in the context of an ongoing periodic update of the EU Reference Scenario on energy, transport and GHG emissions, see annex 9.3.2. This update process is still ongoing and Member State detail has not been fully revised yet. Therefore the modelling used for this assessment focusses on EU-wide modelling results.

This detailed and coherent EU wide representation of all GHG emission sources allows to show complex interactions of combinations of policy tools. A key issue for this Impact Assessment was to identify a sufficient but manageable number of scenarios, which explore different combinations of policy options as presented in section 5.2. Among these policy options, the following questions were explored in modelling:

·the extent to which carbon pricing is extended to sectors that are currently not covered by the EU Emissions Trading System;

·the role of the energy efficiency and renewables policies;

·the role of other policies (notably in the field of transport).

·the scope of the GHG target, notably related to the inclusion of international navigation and aviation emissions.

·the role of the land use sector in contributing to the GHG ambition

The scenarios were constructed around a set of specific policies that either focus on carbon pricing (e.g. through inclusion of new sectors in the ETS) or focus on regulatory measures (e.g. CO2 emission standards for vehicles, blending mandates for low carbon or renewable fuels in transport, renovation requirements, support for electrification of transport and heating, etc.) or combine the two. Stylised modelling applying these general policy incentives then allows to discover where there is emissions reduction potential and how policies interact. This approach allows to compare the different sets of policy options, the resulting synergies and trade-offs in a coherent framework. On the other hand, there are inherent limitations in such modelling exercise, notably in terms of detailed representation of specific policies, differentiated impacts on economic actors as well as specific challenges that will be encountered in the implementation of these polices.

Figure 3 gives a schematic overview of the scenarios developed for this IA which are assessed with the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling suites. Further detail can be found in annex 9.3.4.

The following scenarios were developed.

·BSL, achieving the existing 2030 GHG, RES and EE EU targets;

·REG, a regulatory-based measures scenario that achieves around 55% GHG reductions. It assumes high increase of the ambition of energy efficiency, renewables and transport policies, while keeping the EU ETS scope unchanged. This scenario thus does not expand carbon pricing and relies mostly on other policies;

·CPRICE, a carbon-pricing based scenario that achieves around 55% GHG reductions. It assumes strengthening and further expanding of carbon pricing, be it via EU ETS or other carbon pricing instruments, to the transport and buildings sectors, combined with low intensification of transport policies while not intensifying energy efficiency, renewables policies;

·MIX, following a combined approach of REG and CPRICE, which achieves around 55% GHG reductions, both expanding carbon pricing and moderately increasing the ambition of policies, but the latter to a lesser extent than in REG;

·MIX-50, an increased ambition scenario achieving at least 50% GHG reductions, similar to MIX in that it combines both expanding carbon pricing and increasing the ambition of energy and transport policies but to a more limited extent than in MIX;

·ALLBNK, the most ambitious scenario in GHG emissions reduction, based on MIX and further intensifying fuel mandates for aviation and maritime sectors in a response to the extended scope of GHG reductions covering all aviation and navigation.

To complete the assessment a limited number of variants on the above scenarios were introduced:

·EU-NECP variant of BSL, reflecting in a stylised manner and to the extent possible the aggregate ambition expressed in the final NECPs;

·MIX-nonCO2 variant of MIX which looks at a stronger contribution of non-CO2 emissions to the GHG reduction objective, which translates into more reductions coming from non-CO2 emissions and less reductions from CO2 mostly in the energy system compared to MIX;

·COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX are two variants of BSL and MIX that include reduced economic growth assumptions due to the COVID-19 crisis and corresponding reduced activity in various sectors, including transport. COVID-BSL achieve the same climate and energy targets as BSL by 2030, while COVID-MIX achieves a reduction of 55% and is similar to the MIX scenario in terms of policy setup. While these two variants have been developed to reflect circumstances change due to COVID-19 crisis, the core of analysis is performed on scenarios developed without reflecting the crisis. At the time when analysis had to be concluded, too large uncertainties remained as to future macro-economic developments post COVID-19 crisis in order to develop sufficiently robust scenarios for the purpose of the key questions in this Impact Assessment.

All policy scenarios assume the full inclusion in the emission profile of net emissions from the LULUCF sector.

See Figure 3 for a stylised overview of the type of policy interaction included in some of the main scenarios. For a detailed description of the stylised climate, energy and transport policies included in the different scenarios, see annex 9.3.4.

Figure 3: Description of policy scenarios that look at interaction policies with the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling suite

Table 3 provides a mapping of the different policy options (see Table 2 for full overview of options related to the policy framework) as captured by the modelling scenarios described above that use the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling tools.

Table 3: Policy options in the different detailed sectoral scenarios

Notes: * includes also ReFuelEU aviation and FuelEU maritime initiatives as in RES_2; ** biofuels mandates in aviation and maritime sectors are closer to RES_4 (high ambition increase); *** alternative fuels mandates and some additional measures in aviation and maritime sectors are closer to TRA_4 (high ambition increase); **** all options in the MIX-nonCO2 variant are as in MIX, except for the renewables policy ambition that is slightly lower (but still higher than in MIX-50)

By comparing the BSL, MIX-50, MIX one can assess the impact of 50% and 55% GHG emissions reduction targets. By further comparing with the ALLBNK scenario that achieves 55% GHG reduction including all aviation and navigation emissions in the GHG target scope one can look at the impact of a different scope on this ambition.

By comparing BSL, MIX-50, REG, MIX, CPRICE and ALLBNK one can look into how increased GHG ambition relates to renewables and energy efficiency ambition.

By comparing REG, MIX and CPRICE one can assess how energy and transport policies can interact with extending or not carbon pricing to additional sectors.

By comparing MIX and its variant MIX-nonCO2 one can analyse the role of a further contribution of non-CO2 emissions to the overall GHG reductions objective.

This assessment is presented in detail in sections 6.1 to 6.5.

Section 6.1 look at how climate ambition (and target scope) relates to energy ambition.

Section 6.2 looks at what type of changes and action can be expected in different sectors to achieve higher climate and energy ambition. Section 6.2.1 looks in detail at the development in the energy system and the related CO2 emissions. This covers also the material on transport (annex 9.4.2.6) and industrial sectors (annex 9.4.2.7). Section 6.2.2 looks at changes in the agriculture, waste industrial and energy sectors that impact specifically non-CO2 emissions. Section 6.2.3 finally looks at the role of the LULUCF sector, notably how different scenarios impact bioenergy and wood demand and what the impact are on the sink and how it can be maintained or enhanced. Both sections 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 include additional quantitative assessments of options beyond those included in the scenario description as presented above.

Section 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 include the more traditional assessment of environmental, economic and social impacts associated with the policy that is assessed, in this case the impact of achieving a reduction of GHG emissions in the range of 50% to 55% by 2030 with a particular important role for the energy system in delivering that increased ambition.

Section 6.4 on GDP and competitiveness and section 6.5 includes impacts on employment. For this specific macro-economic modelling tools are used (the JRC-GEM-E3, QUEST and E3ME models) which use results of the PRIMES energy model (final consumption, energy mix changes and related investments requirements per sector, etc.) as an input to determine the impact on macroeconomic aggregates as well as on individual sectors of the economy (see annex 9.3 on the methodology used). This approach allows estimating the impact on employment and GDP of the different climate ambitions and different policy options as far as meaningful differences can be distinguished. The macroeconomic models are also used to test variants not captured by the main energy scenarios.

In order to estimate the impact of the European Green Deal’s climate ambition on the competitiveness of the European economy, it is necessary to evaluate what the impacts would be if some of our international partners do not implement ambitious climate plans. For this purpose, two scenarios were modelled reflecting different global trends. A Fragmented Action scenario in which the EU reaches the Green Deal climate targets and the rest of the world implements only their Nationally Determined Contributions. A Global Action scenario in which the EU reaches the Green Deal targets and the rest of the world follows on a trajectory compatible with the 1.5°C Paris Agreement target. This also allowed to assess the impact on carbon leakage and the need or not to implement a carbon border adjustment mechanism to reduce the risk of carbon leakage.

Separate analysis was carried out with the macroeconomic models to estimate the distributional impacts of the increased climate targets and verify that policy measures do not weight excessively on lower income EU citizens.

Scenario variants were also developed to investigate the effect of using ETS revenues for different purposes (to provide a lump sum transfer to consumers or to reduce labour taxes).

Finally section 6.4.3 zooms in specifically on the economic impact of the COVID-19 crisis on achieving higher GHG reductions by comparing the COVID-MIX scenario to the MIX scenario, both achieving a 55% GHG reduction by in strongly different economic circumstances.

Section 6.6 to 6.10 are assessing in a more qualitative manner the role of different policies in achieving this increase climate and energy ambition. Section 6.6 focusses on renewable energy, energy efficiency and transport policy and section 6.7 on the role of expanded carbon pricing tools as well as the existing ESR. Section 6.8 discusses interaction between energy and climate policies. Section 6.9 discussed the impact on carbon leakage of increased ambition taking into account the present measures to prevent carbon leakage. Section 6.10 discusses the use of the LULUCF regulation and its interaction with other policy tools such as the ESR and ETS to enhance further the LULUCF sink. Finally while not really assessing specific policy options, annex 9.11 discusses the critical role of the wider enabling framework of EU policies to achieve deeper GHG reductions.

6What are the impacts of increasing GHG ambition in the range of 50% to 55% reductions by 2030?

6.1Relationship among climate and energy efficiency and renewable policy ambition levels 

This section assesses combinations of increased GHG emissions reduction target and ambition levels for energy efficiency improvements and renewable energy deployment, as well as the impact of a different scope of the GHG reduction target on the necessary GHG reduction level in different sectors.

The achieved combinations are modelled with an energy system model, expanded by non-CO2 and land use modelling, which ensures that they are coherent and that key interactions (overlaps, synergies and trade-offs) are considered. The levels of ambition for energy efficiency and renewables are outcomes of scenarios modelling relevant policies (REG), interaction of such policies with carbon pricing (MIX) or carbon pricing (CPRICE), in combination with different intensification of transport policies. ALLBNK shares similar policy instruments as in MIX, but more intensified notably in terms of transport fuel mandates in order to meet the increased GHG ambition due to inclusion of extra-EU aviation and navigation in the scope of GHG emissions

6.1.1Impacts of the scope of the GHG target

Table 4 shows the achieved GHG reductions for two different scopes of target (corresponding to policy options in section 5.2.1.1 for a set of scenarios with different GHG ambition. As explained in section 5.2.1.1 to assess pathways to climate neutrality and establish how the EU economy progressing to achieve net zero GHG, it is the GHG profile including the net LULUCF sink that is used.

Scenarios MIX-50 and MIX achieve respectively a bit more than 50% and 55% GHG reductions compared to 1990 by 2030 for all sectors including intra EU aviation and navigation emissions, but not if extra EU aviation and navigation emissions are included as well.

ALLBNK does achieve just over 55% also including extra EU aviation and navigation emissions. This scenario thus requires to reduce more GHG emissions in the domestic sectors excluding extra EU aviation and navigation as these two sectors achieve only limited GHG reductions compared to domestic sectors. The impact would be to increase required reductions in the domestic sectors by around 3 percentage points to almost -58% 101 .

Table 4: Impact of scope of international bunker fuels on total GHG emission reductions for different scenarios

Scope

BSL

MIX-50

MIX

ALLBNK

GHG reductions by 2030 compared to 1990 including the net LULUCF sink

Including intra EU aviation and maritime navigation

-46.9%

-51.0%

-55.0%

-57.9%

Including intra + extra EU aviation and maritime navigation

-43.8%

-48.1%

-52.1%

-55.1%

While international aviation is fully included in the EU ETS, the current international context has led the EU to temporarily limit the scope of the EU ETS to flights between two EEA member states, pending international developments as regards extra-EEA flights (CORSIA). For both aviation and navigation international bunker fuels, international discussions are ongoing in the context of ICAO and IMO.

The EU will need to carefully consider its own measures, next to any global action. Independently from the option retained, the EU will continue to play a key role in incentivising ambitious global action for the decarbonisation of the two sectors. Therefore this Impact Assessment assumed that even in scenarios where the extra‑EU scope of the maritime and aviation sectors is not included in the EU GHG target, a combination of a carbon value 102 , a carbon price and/or fuel mandates apply to these sectors. These represent both EU policies, as well as, potentially, an effective mix of global policies. The net LULUCF sink is included in a conservative manner, with projections that follow estimated emissions and removals corresponding to the recently agreed Forest Reference Levels and assuming the achievement of the “No Debit” rule for other land categories (see also section 6.2.3).

6.1.2Impacts on renewables share and energy efficiency ambition levels

Table 5 portrays combinations of renewable energy 103 and energy efficiency ambition levels (both in primary and in final energy consumption 104 ) resulting from achieving a certain level of 2030 GHG emissions reductions as analysed in the scenarios. With the energy system responsible today for just over 75% of emissions, renewable energy deployment and energy efficiency are the single largest contributors to GHG reductions 105 .

The scenario achieving around 50% GHG target (including intra EU aviation and navigation emissions in the target scope) achieves 35% for RES share and 34.5% of final energy savings and 37% of primary energy savings. The scenarios achieving 55% GHG ambition (including intra EU aviation and navigation emissions in the target scope) arrive at the RES share of between 37.5% to 39%, final energy savings between 36% to 36.5% and primary energy savings between 39% to 40%. Somewhat less ambition is required in the MIX-nonCO2 variant that achieves more reductions in non-CO2 emissions.

Conversely, the ALLBNK scenario that achieves 55% GHG reductions (including intra and extra EU aviation and navigation in the target scope) also achieves a higher RES share of 40.5% and higher 37% of final energy savings and 40.5% primary energy savings.

Combinations of policy instruments considered in the different scenarios achieving the same 55% GHG target deliver only limited differences in energy savings and renewable energy shares. Scenario REG, focusing more on regulatory measures driven by more ambitious energy efficiency, renewables and transport policies, performs strongest in energy savings (both in primary and final energy consumption) and in renewable energy deployment. Scenario CPRICE, driven mainly by a strong carbon price (that represents incentives for fuel substitution) extended to a large part of the EU economy, but also some transport measures, including CO2 vehicle standards and fuel obligations for aviation and navigation, delivers the GHG reductions through fuel mix changes. Finally, scenario MIX delivers a balanced performance across the different policy measures.

The results thus indicate rather convergent pathways for the overall ambition levels to reach the desired GHG emissions reduction ambition. The following chapters will look into the specific characteristics of each scenario and their performance across different sectors.

Table 5: Interaction of the 2030 GHG ambition with renewable energy share and energy savings

Scenarios

Total GHG vs 1990 106

Renewables share 107

Overall

Energy savings 108

Primary energy consumption 109

Final energy consumption 110

BSL

-46.9%

32.0%

-34.2%

-32.4%

MIX-50

-51.0%

35.1%

-36.8%

-34.4%

REG

-55.0%

38.7%

-40.1%

-36.6%

MIX

-55.0%

38.4%

-39.7%

-35.9%

CPRICE

-55.0%

37.9%

-39.2%

-35.5%

ALLBNK

-57.9%

40.4%

-40.6%

-36.7%

Variant MIX-non-CO2

-55.1%

37.5%

-39.3%

-35.9%

Feedback received through the open public consultations highlights broad support for increase of climate and energy targets, 77% of all answers supported an increase of the target to at least 55% GHG reductions. 88% of EU citizens supported this level while for replies received in a professional capacity this was 55% (with 23% of replies received in a professional capacity supporting an increase to least 50% GHG reductions). Business associations and companies show a more equal rating of options, with the highest GHG reduction option still having the highest support rate. NGOs in their overwhelming majority support an increase in the GHG ambition of at least 55%.

A similar picture emerges for the renewable energy and the energy efficiency ambitions for the highest ambition of a higher than 40% renewable energy share in final energy consumption, and a higher than 40% energy efficiency contribution which were supported respectively by 69% and 62% of all answers. Of the replies received in a professional capacity 39% support the highest ambition option for renewable energy and 26% for energy efficiency. The overwhelming majority of NGOs again support increases to both the renewable energy and the energy efficiency ambition. Business associations and companies show a more balanced rating of options.

Annex 9.2 contains detailed data on how each stakeholder type responded on the ambition in greenhouse gas reductions and the accompanying energy policies, as well as on the associated opportunities and challenges. Moreover, a number of campaign contributions were identified, though these do not materially alter the conclusions on preferred options.

6.2Sectoral transitions to achieve 50% to 55% GHG reductions 

Table 6 presents the projected reductions compared to 2005 for all main sectors for all the scenarios assessed. 111  

Overall energy supply side emissions reduce most, underlining the remaining large reduction potential through deployment of renewable energy in the power sector. From the demand side sectors, reductions are highest in the residential sector, followed by the services sector with much more limited scope in the next decade for industry and transport. Large scope of emissions reductions potential remains for the EU building stock that is relatively old and inefficient. For the industrial and transport sectors lower emission reductions are projected for the next decade but much higher reduction rates after 2030. This actually underlines how crucial the next 10 years will be to develop and deploy new climate neutral technologies at scale, and decrease learning costs, just as was done for renewable electricity in the last decade. Non-CO2 emissions reduce less than CO2 emissions with notably the largest part of it - agriculture sector - being responsible for lesser rates of reductions.

Table 6: Sectoral GHG emissions and reductions depending on different scenarios

 

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX-non-CO2 variant

CPRICE

ALLBNK

% change 2030 GHG emissions versus 1990

Total GHG incl. LULUCF 112

-46.9%

-51.0%

-55.0%

-55.0%

-55.1%

-55.0%

-57.9%

Total GHG excl. LULUCF

-45.1%

-49.0%

-52.8%

-52.8%

-52.8%

-52.8%

-55.5%

% change 2030 GHG emissions versus 2015

CO2 emissions

-32.7%

-37.7%

-42.7%

-42.6%

-41.9%

-42.6%

-46.0%

Supply side 113

-50.3%

-58.0%

-67.3%

-67.5%

-65.7%

-67.5%

-73.1%

Power generation 114

-53.0%

-60.8%

-69.6%

-70.8%

-68.7%

-70.4%

-76.1%

Industry 115

-18.2%

-20.3%

-21.0%

-22.4%

-22.1%

-23.3%

-25.1%

Residential

-47.2%

-56.5%

-63.6%

-62.0%

-61.9%

-61.0%

-64.8%

Services

-48.7%

-56.5%

-53.5%

-57.8%

-58.1%

-60.4%

-60.6%

Agriculture energy

-30.5%

-36.3%

-37.0%

-37.3%

-37.4%

-37.7%

-39.2%

Transport

-12.5%

-14.9%

-17.6%

-16.3%

-16.4%

-15.6%

-17.7%

Of which Road Transport

-16.4%

-18.3%

-20.7%

-19.6%

-19.6%

-18.9%

-20.6%

Intra EU aviation & navigation

23.5%

16.7%

11.6%

13.7%

13.7%

14.4%

8.5%

Non-CO2 emissions

-22.3%

-26.7%

-31.0%

-31.0%

-34.5%

-31.0%

-34.5%

6.2.1Energy system 

6.2.1.1Evolution of GHG emissions from the energy system

By contributing currently just over 75% of total GHG emissions in the EU, including the non-CO2 emissions from the energy system, the energy sector contributes the largest amount of total reductions. 116

GHG emissions from the energy system decrease by 36% by 2030 compared to 2015 in BSL and by over 45% in the policy scenarios achieving 55% GHG reductions 117 . Non-energy related emissions only decrease by less than 20% in the policy scenarios over this period. This is notably because CO2 emissions from combustion decrease faster than CO2 process emissions in the industrial sectors and it is likewise for non-CO2 emissions from other sectors than the energy system.

Between 2005-2015 on average reductions of 59 MtCO2-eq took place annually in the energy system. A significant step-up needs to be achieved. In BSL this increases in the period 2015-2030 to 73 MtCO2-eq, going to 84 MtCO2-eq in MIX-50 and to around 95 MtCO2-eq in REG, MIX, and CPRICE (see Figure 4). Highest reduction are projected in ALLBNK, seeing an annual reduction in the energy system of just above 100 MtCO2-eq.

Significant differences exist between sectors. Buildings and the power sector see the projected annual average reduction grow by more than half and achieve in total a reduction 60% and more between 2015 and 2030. In road transport annual CO2 emissions reduction double compared to the period 2005-2015 but the sector still sees only a decrease in emissions of 20% in the period 2015-2030. In industry, however, the projected annual reduction in energy CO2 emissions decreases somewhat compared to the decade 2005-2015.

Figure 4: Sectoral GHG reductions, focus on energy system emissions

Source: PRIMES model, GAINS model

6.2.1.2Evolution of the energy mix and demand

The first conclusion that can be drawn from the analysis is that achieving 50-55% GHG reductions in 2030 would require significantly lower total energy demand (gross inland consumption) compared to BSL. After 2030, the uptake of energy intensive new fuels 118 including hydrogen 119 , e-gas and e-liquids, would lead to a slight increase in gross energy consumption (see Figure 5) 120 .

The energy mix in 2030 would remain dominated by fossil fuels overall, but renewables increase significantly in all policy scenarios and more so than in BSL. The contribution of nuclear energy remains relatively stable, resulting from the operation of existing nuclear power plants and the commissioning of new plants. By contrast, the use of fossil fuels – coal, oil and natural gas is projected to decrease significantly more than in BSL. These projected evolutions are in line with scenarios from third parties 121 .

By 2050, the trends observed by 2030 are greatly amplified. The growth of renewables is dramatic, more than tripling compared to 2015 122 , while fossil fuels represent in 2050 only 10-11% of the GIC in energy uses, complemented by non-energy uses 123 .

Figure 5: Energy gross inland consumption

Note: * includes peat, oil shale, ** includes waste

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

The evolution of the gross inland consumption follows the evolution of final energy consumption (FEC). 124 The FEC declines in all scenarios but slightly more strongly in REG and MIX than in CPRICE as the latter depends less on moderation of energy demand in different sectors but features more of fuel switching. The overall fuel mix for final demand changes progressively (Figure 6) and the specific sectoral drivers and dynamics are described in the relevant annexes.

Figure 6: Final energy demand by energy carrier

Note: * includes peat, oil shale, ** includes manufactured gases, *** solid biomass, liquid biofuels, biogas, waste

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

The following general trends can be noticed. First of all, coal becomes marginal in final energy demand in 2030,  driven by reductions in industry and the declared policies in a number of Member States to reduce coal for heating purposes, as well as the required increase in uptake of renewables in BSL to achieve the renewable energy target of 32% by 2030. Oil and natural gas remain significant contributors to the final energy demand (reaching 29-30% and 16-17% share respectively in 2030), albeit at lower level compared to today (37% and 22%, respectively in 2015). By 2050, the situation changes radically. Oil and natural gas consumptions are reduced to a fraction of current levels in the policy scenarios, while they are still important in BSL. They are partially substituted by new renewable and low-carbon fuels, mainly of gaseous form (and to a lower degree of liquid form). These types of energy vectors would retain an important role in satisfying the energy needs of the economy in the long term, building on an increasingly integrated energy system 125 .

On the other hand, the contribution of electricity in final demand is further accelerated in some applications in the policy scenarios. This increase is driven by the uptake of heat pumps in buildings, the electrification of industrial processes as well as the further electrification of transport, while other forms of electricity consumption see reductions due to energy efficiency improvements. The direct contribution of renewables in final energy demand also increases significantly.

Energy demand in the residential sector undergoes the highest reduction by 2030 triggered notably by the strengthening of dedicated policies and measures (see detailed assumptions in annex 9.3.4).

The relative sectoral evolutions lead to a changing sectoral composition of the final energy demand, with industry and services becoming relatively more important over time, while residential and transport are declining. For a complete discussion of the evolution of the overall energy mix and demand, see annex 9.4.2.1.

6.2.1.3Renewable energy supply and demand 

The increases of RES are observed in all major demand sectors – electricity, heating and cooling and transport - over the whole period analysed and compared to BSL as illustrated in Figure 7.

Figure 7: Renewables shares

Source: PRIMES model

By 2030, the electricity sector will see the highest share of renewables with 55% in the BSL scenario and over 60% in the policy scenarios, driven by a combination of much more ambitious renewables policies (REG) and/or a further increase in the ETS carbon price (CPRICE) or a combination of policies (MIX and variants). This implies that substantial acceleration, compared to observed trends of renewable electricity growth of 3% per year observed over 2010-2018, will be needed. Lowering the 2030 GHG reduction ambition leads to a RES-E share of 58% in MIX-50. In the ALLBNK scenario, the RES-E share reaches 67%.

By 2050, renewables in power generation are projected to more than 85% in 2050. This implies that substantial acceleration, compared to observed trends of renewable electricity growth of 3% per year observed over 2010-2018, will be needed.

During the same time period, the share of renewables in the heating and cooling sector (“RES-H&C”) will increase to 33% in BSL in order to achieve the existing 2030 RES target and 39-40-% in the policy scenarios to contribute to the increased GHG ambition. This reduces to 37% in the MIX-50 scenario while the ALLBNK scenario sees a RES-H&C share of 42%. The annexes on buildings (annex 9.4.2.5) and on industry (annex 9.4.2.7) provide more information on the developments in the heating and cooling sector.

Of all sectors, transport has, in 2015, the lowest penetration of renewables with a share (“RES-T”) of 6% 126 . By 2030, this increases to 18% in BSL and to 22% (CPRICE) - 26% (REG) in the main policy scenarios. The MIX-50 scenario achieves 20% (2 p.p. less than CPRICE) while in the ALLBNK scenario this share reaches the same level as in REG. Annex 9.4.2.6 provides more detail on the development in the transport sector.

The portfolio of renewable energy supply options is getting more diverse both in BSL and in the policy scenarios. The share of biogenic sources, currently the single largest contributor, and of hydropower will decrease, while that of wind and solar energy will increase.

Figure 8: Renewable energy production

Note: includes biofuel production for international air and maritime bunkers

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

For a more detailed focus on the evolution of renewable energy supply and demand, please see annex 9.4.2.2.

Detailed sectoral overviews on how the energy transformation impacts specific sectors can be found in annexes 9.4.2.3 to 9.4.2.7 addressing respectively the electricity, gas, buildings, transport and industrial sectors.

6.2.2Non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions, sectors and mitigation potential

Significant quantities of non-CO2 greenhouse gases are still being emitted in the EU today, representing around 20% of total emissions. In 2015, methane represented around 60% of total non-CO2 greenhouse gas emission, followed by nitrous oxides and F-gas emissions. Agriculture was the largest emitting sector, representing around 50% of non-CO2 emissions, followed by energy (including F-gas emissions from heating and cooling installations) and waste at equal levels. In baseline non-CO2 emissions are projected to decrease though at a slightly lesser rate than CO2 emissions, with largest reductions being achieved in the waste sector due to EU waste legislation and the energy sector with F–gas regulations impacting emissions from heating and cooling and emissions reducing due to reduction of extraction and consumption of fossil fuels in the EU.

There is still significant mitigation potential beyond baseline in these sectors. Annex 9.4.3 gives a detailed overview of this mitigation potential per greenhouse gas and sector. Some of this mitigation potential may come at a win-win and thus low cost, such as avoided methane leaks in gas distribution systems or breeding for increased health and fertility in cattle. If fully achieved it would lower non-CO2 emissions by 29% by 2030 compared to 2015. But while the marginal abatement costs may be estimated at zero or even negative costs, policy intervention will be needed to overcome market barriers, lack of information and split incentives. The largest share of this low cost potential is located in the energy sector, and is notably related to capturing fugitive methane, underlining the importance of concrete action in this domain.

The MIX-50 scenario achieving 50% overall GHG reductions uses partially this available low cost potential while the scenarios MIX, REG and CPRICE use most of it. The latter is presented by the Moderate contribution scenario in the below Figure 9 covering option NCO2_2.

The high contribution scenario instead projects the increased mitigation potential at carbon values of €55/tCO2-eq (equivalent to carbon prices as projected in REG and MIX) covering option NCO2_3. This would reduce non-CO2 emissions by 34% by 2030 compared to 2015 notably through further reduction in the energy and agriculture sectors. If this is level of non-CO2 mitigation is achieved, it could in principle allow for taking less action on RES and EE (MIX‑nonCO2 variant) to achieve the same 55% GHG reductions or allow to contribute to even higher overall GHG reduction ambition (ALLBNK). Most of non-CO2 emissions are regulated by the Effort Sharing Regulation, so part of this choice is in the remit of Member States.

These mitigation potentials are quantitatively shown in Figure 9 below. Depending on whether the moderate contribution or high contribution option is achieved, the effort needed in other sectors can change. For instance, the 55% GHG reductions in MIX-nonCO2 can be achieved with somewhat less effort in energy efficiency and renewable energy than in MIX (see section 6.1.2). Also impacted are the relative contributions of the ETS and ESR sectors, with MIX-nonCO2 reducing more ESR emissions than MIX, and vice versa for the ETS sectors (see section 6.7.1).

Figure 9: Sectoral non-CO2 greenhouse gas emission reductions

Source: PRIMES model, GAINS model

Figure 9 also underlines that the key importance of further reducing non-CO2 emissions towards 2050, which will be crucial to limit the need for net removals in order to achieve net zero GHG, with a difference of over 150 million tonne of removals saved if the technical mitigation potential in non-CO2 would be achieved by 2050.

Even higher mitigation potentials as presented in Figure 9 can be achieved with additional efforts in the agriculture sector (option NCO2_3). These are discussed in annex 9.4.3. Reduced emissions from fertiliser application through reduction of excess fertiliser and manure application and through the introduction of nitrification inhibitors are examples. Notably the Biodiversity Strategy has set the goal of zero pollution from nitrogen and phosphorus flows from fertilisers through reducing nutrient losses by at least 50%, which would strongly contribute to this mitigation potential.

In this context it is important to note that the scenario assessment in this section does not include the impact of potential lifestyle changes, notably related to healthy diets, which could also further reduce emissions and limit the need by 2050 of equivalent removals. Annex 9.4.3 gives quantitative insights in what this could contribute to.

6.2.3The Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry Sector 

Since 1990, the land use and forestry sector has removed from the atmosphere an average of 300 MtCO2-eq annually with inter-annual variations ranging from 250 MtCO2-eq in 1992 to 336 MtCO2-eq in 2006. In 2013 the sink stood at 324 MtCO2-eq while in 2018, the last reported year in the UNFCCC inventories, the sink removed 264 MtCO2-eq from the atmosphere, a significant reduction over 5 years. Forest areas are responsible for most of the variability in the inventories of the EU LULUCF sink. Wood harvest for both material and energy purposes, forest ageing and natural hazards drive most of the variations of the forest removals. Annex 9.4.4 contains a more detailed discussion on past variability of the sink per land category.

Biomass demand is often associated with potential impacts on the land use sink. Power generation and residential heating today make up most of the biomass demand for energy. By 2030, changes in projected biomass demand in the scenario applied for this assessment are not significant, while by 2050 these will be larger with the power sector more than a doubling its use of bioenergy notably to generate negative emissions. In this time-frame, coupling the use of solid biomass with CCS installations in power and industry sectors would contribute to the removal of CO2 from the atmosphere. The decarbonisation of road, maritime and air transport requires advanced biofuels that need to be produced at scale after 2030. Nevertheless it would not represent more than 20% of the total use of biomass in any of the scenarios. Of key importance in this context will be to make the shift away from biofuels relying on food and feed crops to advanced biofuels produced from woody energy crops and a better mobilisation of agricultural residues and biomass waste in our household and industrial waste streams. Otherwise, the impact on land use demand and the LULUCF sink will be more pronounced. See annex 9.4.4 for more detail.

The limited variations across the scenarios in the use of biomass for bioenergy by 2030 are not projected to be a major driver of changes in the composition and level of the EU LULUCF sink across the Baseline and various policy scenarios MIX, REG, CPRICE and ALLBNK.

More differentiation in the size of the natural sink could come from the degree of intensity of Members States’ efforts to impact the LULUCF sink and the capacity of the EU and its Member States to incentivise action at farmers or foresters level. Figure 10 presents the levels of removal that the EU could reach in any of the scenarios under various assumptions in terms of LULUCF action.

EU emissions and removals from forest management and harvested wood products are projected to decrease, following the recently agreed Forest Reference Levels 127 . Assuming that both the forest sector as well as other land categories would follow a “No Debit” scenario, the natural sink would be as low as -225 MtCO2-eq by 2030.

The “FRL” scenario similarly sets the emissions and removals from forest management at the level of the recently agreed Forest Reference Levels 128 but follows for the other LULUCF land categories the GLOBIOM model projections, which are more optimistic that deforestation, afforestation and other land use change will improve and result in 2030 in total net LULUCF removals at almost -260 MtCO2-eq, a level similar to 2018 removals.

The “MIX” scenario relies only on GLOBIOM estimates. For bioenergy demand it uses the demand as projected in the MIX PRIMES energy scenario. For other material demand it uses GLOBIOM assumptions. This scenario is more optimistic and projects that the recent decrease observed in LULUCF removals is not representative of the long-term trend and in 2030 the natural sink would be back to 2015 levels (-295 MtCO2-eq).

In the “LULUCF+” scenario, initiatives at EU, Member State or regional level have been developed that enable action at local level to enhance the LULUCF sink to approximately -340 MtCO2-eq by 2030, close to the 30-year maximum sink observed in 2006. Actions can include optimisation of forest management, afforestation projects and improving soil management including through rewetting and restoration. By 2050 in the scenario, agricultural land is no longer a net LULUCF emitter and the forest land is removing substantially more CO2 from the atmosphere. The entire LULUCF sector could then balance about 425 MtCO2-eq of residual emissions from other sectors to enable the EU, to be climate neutral by 2050. A detailed discussion on the type of actions that can be taken is included in annex 9.4.4.

Where the sink will be in 2030 will depend on several variables. Increased harvesting (No Debit and FRL scenarios) or a continued increase of natural hazards, in part due to climate change itself (see also annex 9.4.4 for a discussion on the risk of increased disturbance and the need to adapt to climate change), may indeed reduce the sink. On the other hand projections based on the PRIMES and GLOBIOM modelling tools themselves (MIX scenario) would be more optimistic about the sink. Finally actions can be taken to expand it (LULUCF+ scenario).

This latter scenario appears to represent particularly well the likelihood that net zero GHG emissions can be effectively achieved by 2050. Section 6.10 will look into which climate policy tools can contribute to such an outcome, and how this relates to the overall GHG reduction ambition and efforts in the ESR and ETS sectors.

Figure 10: CO2 emissions and removals in the LULUCF sector

Source: UNFCCC inventories, GLOBIOM model

6.3Environmental impacts of achieving combination of GHG/RES/EE ambition levels 

6.3.1Air pollution and health 

Reductions in GHG emissions of different decarbonisation scenarios have positive impacts on air pollution because of the reduction in energy consumption and a shift to non-emitting renewable energy sources. The analysis is based on the GAINS model. This permits a broad estimation of changes in air pollution impacts, air pollution control costs as well as health impacts. The analysis was carried out for both baseline and policy scenarios. Table 7 shows that in BSL due to a combination of climate, energy and air pollution policies SO2 emissions are reduced by 62%, NOx by 56% and PM2.5 by 47% compared to 2015. reducing GHG emissions in 2030 by 55% (MIX) will reduce emissions of PM2.5, NOx and SO2 in the EU further by about 4%, 7%, and 17%, respectively in 2030 compared to the baseline. Combined air pollution reduces by 60% by 2030 compared to 2015 in scenarios achieving 55% GHG reductions.

The reduction in air pollution has positive impacts on human health. Table 7 shows the impacts on mortality. The number of premature deaths due to PM2.5 emissions in the EU drops by 5020 in 2030 compared to baseline. In addition, the number of premature deaths due to ground level ozone drops by 254 cases per year by 2030 (see Table 7). In specific locations air quality may however deteriorate. The reduction in GHG emissions also reduces the costs of controlling other air pollutants. Table 7 shows that a 55% GHG reduction also cuts the costs of controlling air pollution by more than €4.9 billion in 2030 for the whole EU. The reduction in mortality can also be assessed economically and the table shows that effective decarbonisation reduces premature deaths due to air pollution compared to the baseline. The largest part comes from PM2.5 reduction but there is also a reduction in premature mortality due to lower ground-level ozone levels. In 2030, the cost of health damage (based on mortality only) decreases by around €5 to 10 billion. Table 7 shows that effective stepping up of GHG reduction to 55% (MIX) in 2030 can reduce air pollution control cost by €4.9 billion and by €10 billion to 15 billion if both control costs and health damages are taken into account. In the ALLBNK scenario there is a significant additional reductions in air pollution emissions. Premature mortality decreases significantly i.e. for ozone but also PM2.5, with monetised benefits amounting to between €14 billion and €22 billion.

Table 7: Impacts on air pollution and air pollution control costs in 2030 (EU27) of GHG reductions

2015

BSL

MIX-50

MIX

ALLBNK

Relative to

2015

BSL

BSL

MIX-50

MIX

ALLBNK

SO2 emissions (1000t)

2473

935

874

776

737

-62.2%

-6.5%

-17.1%

-21.2%

NOx emissions (1000t)

7037

3076

2959

2863

2820

-56.3%

-3.8%

-6.9%

-8.3%

PM2.5 emissions (1000t)

1364

721

738

694

696

-47.1%

2.3%

-3.8%

-3.6%

Air pollution reduction (%)(sum SO2, NOX, PM2.5)

-56.5%

-3.4%

-8.4%

-10.1%

Reduction in premature deaths PM2.5 (cases/year)

107062

-145

5020

7290

Reduction in premature deaths ozone (cases/year)

4888

111

254

648

ECONOMIC IMPLICATIONS

Reduced air pollution control cost (€billion/year)(€ of 2015)

n/a

2.36

4.87

6.30

Reduced damage health PM2.5 (billion €/year)

107-

214

0.15-0.29

5.02-10.04

7.29-14.58

Reduced damage health ozone (€billion/year)

4.89-

9.78

0.11-0.22

0.25-0.51

0.65-1.30

SUM reduced control costs & damage savings (billion/year)

n/a

2.3

10.1-15.4

14.2-22.2

Note: Benefit valuation uses valuation of mortality used for the Climate and Energy package: 1 to 2 million 2015€ per premature death

Source: GAINS, 2015 data based on EEA (https://www.eea.europa.eu/themes/air, as of 24/07/2020)

The reduction in greenhouse gas emissions also reduce morbidity i.e. chronic bronchitis, hospital admissions, restricted activity days, medications use, days with lower respiratory symptoms and consultations for asthma and breathing problems. Reductions in air pollution therefore trigger potential for growth in economic activity through decreased absenteeism and increased worker productivity 129 . In addition, damage to materials, crops and sensitive ecosystems (due to acidification, excess nitrogen deposition and ground level ozone) is reduced. Table 8 shows the reduction in ecosystem areas in the EU27 where acidification and eutrophication exceed critical loads that are harmful to ecosystems. The total ecosystem area where acidification exceeds critical loads decreases by 4.7 thousand km2. The largest part of this is forest area. In addition, the area of ecosystems that exceeds critical loads for nitrogen in 2030 would be reduced by 8.7 thousand km2.

In the MIX-50 scenario, by contrast, with a lower reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, we see that co-benefits for human health are negligible. However, air pollution control costs still drop by some 2.4 billion euro. Positive ecosystem impacts are just under half of those of MIX, when compared to baseline, with some 2.1 thousand km2 of lower ecosystems affected by excess acidification and 3.7 thousand km2 less by excess nitrogen loads.

Table 8: evolution of negative impacts (EU27) on sensitive ecosystems in 2030 compared to baseline

Ecosystem Impacts

Scenario

Difference to Baseline

Baseline

MIX-50

MIX

MIX-50

MIX

Acidification – Total Ecosystem area exceeded (1000 km2)

56.0

53.9

51.2

-3.8%

-8.5%

Acidification - Forest area exceeded (1000 km2)

43.5

41.6

39.3

-4.2%

-9.5%

Eutrophication - Ecosystems area exceeded (1000 km2)

966.5

962.9

958.1

-0.4%

-0.9%

Source: GAINS model

6.3.2Synergies and trade-offs of bio-energy use and land management in the context of increase climate ambition with biodiversity 

Global warming and biodiversity loss are two interlinked issues that our societies need to address in an integrated manner. Climate change affects natural resources and ecosystems through droughts, flooding and wildfires, while the loss and unsustainable use of ecosystems are in turn drivers of climate change. The European Green Deal, and notably the EU climate action and the EU biodiversity strategy for 2030 130 aim at addressing these two threats by developing synergies between policies and ensuring that action taken on one side does not worsen the situation elsewhere.

Biodiversity loss is a complex matter 131 to model. An attempt is made to look at impacts of EU land use change on species loss, using the Potentially Disappeared Fraction of global species indicator (see annex 9.5.1 for a detailed explanation including its inherent limitations and further information on the modelling results). The aim of this exercise was to compare the relative difference of impacts on species due to land use change by comparing BSL and MIX, the latter seeing increased bioenergy production in the EU albeit chiefly after 2030 (see also section 6.2.3).

Both in BSL and MIX the forest area in the EU increases by approximately 2 Mha a decade (in line with the roadmap announced in the EU Biodiversity Strategy), with in MIX even a bit more due to afforestation in view of increasing future supply of woody biomass but also a very limited increase in the share of forest under intensive management. Instead the more striking feature is the increase in production of energy crops on agriculture land for sustainable advanced biofuels and other types of bioenergy after 2030, mostly replacing cropland (including cropland currently used for conventional biofuels) and other natural lands 132 . Whereas biodiversity impact can be positive when replacing existing croplands, with woody biomass typically having less negative impacts on biodiversity, impacts are negative if replacing other natural land. Combined though impacts are projected to balance out.

This result has to be interpreted with care.

While the analysis indicates that the production of the biomass needs projected in the MIX mitigation scenario could be achieved without detrimental impact on species loss, it is clear that only sustainable management of forests 133 and other land uses together with an overall reasonable deployment of energy crops would conciliate climate and biodiversity objectives.

The deployment of energy crops should neither increase the risk for an alien species to become invasive and cause damages to native ecosystems. The EU should produce its bioenergy feedstocks in accordance with the objective of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 to reduce by 50% the number of Red List species threatened by invasive alien species. This will require specific attention. Appropriate species selection and careful land use planning is required to address risks and possibly provide environmental benefits such as water filtration, ecosystem niches for insects and wild animals, protection against strong wind or soil carbon increase.

6.4 Economic impacts of achieving combination of GHG/RES/EE ambition levels 

6.4.1Energy system - economic impacts

6.4.1.1Energy system costs

Energy system costs – capital and variable costs related to the use of energy – have been steadily increasing in recent years and are projected to grow. Table 9 shows the energy system costs (excluding carbon pricing payments and excluding disutility) in the different scenarios up to 2050.

Table 9: Average annual Energy System Costs (excluding carbon pricing payments and disutility costs 134 ) 

Note: * Energy System Costs in 2015 are estimated at €1,340 billion (10.6% of GDP); ** MIX-nonCO2 is a variant of MIX looking at a stronger contribution of non-CO2 emissions to the GHG reduction

Source: PRIMES model

Energy system costs are projected to increase in BSL, reflecting the effort needed to meet the current climate and energy targets for 2030. The average annual energy system costs (excluding carbon pricing and disutilities) increase by 19% in the period 2021-2030 compared to 2015. Expressed as a share of GDP this increase is limited: from 10.6% in 2015 to 10.7% on average over the period 2021-2030. In the period 2031-2050, this share decreases to 9.9% of GDP on average.

The average annual additional costs (excluding carbon pricing and disutilities) in the policy scenarios vary across the scenarios, albeit not significantly. MIX-50, leading to less GHG reductions, has marginally lower cost than CPRICE, both projected at around 10.9% of GDP over the period 2021-2030. MIX and REG have slightly higher costs at 11.0% and 11.1% of GDP, respectively. ALLBNK, the highest ambition scenario, has costs higher than MIX but lower than REG. Comparing REG, MIX and CPRICE, costs are somewhat higher in REG due to higher investment needs linked to increased regulatory intervention (see section 6.4.1.3).

Comparing MIX-50, MIX and ALLBNK indicates that the higher the GHG reduction ambition by 2030, the higher the system costs, although overall difference are very limited. For the period 2031-2050 these relative differences even further reduce, with all scenarios showing costs around 10.7% and 10.8% of GDP, with CPRICE and MIX-50 having the lowest costs.

Overall the relatively limited mark-up of the policy scenarios over the BSL stems from significant GHG ambition of the latter which entails significant investments in energy efficiency, renewable energy deployment and shifts to low carbon technologies and fuels. This paves the way for easier access and reduced costs for energy-efficient and low-carbon technologies and fuels, due to scaling up and learning by doing effects, which help to reduce the additional energy costs for the policy scenarios. Reducing emissions to 55% by 2030 does not result in markedly higher system costs compared to lower ambition while resulting in a similar cost profile in the period after 2031-2050.

When disutility costs and carbon-related payments are included, the additional costs increase and the order reverses: in the period 2021-2030 REG’s costs increase to 11.4% compared to GDP, while CPRICE increases further, to 11.6%. MIX is again very close to the case with lowest cost, i.e. the REG scenario when including disutility costs and carbon-related payments. Up to 2030, the MIX scenario thus stands as a middle solution to REG and CPRICE with positive characteristics of both policy approaches.

The differences in system costs including carbon pricing become more amplified in 2031-50 perspective with REG becoming the least cost scenario, lower than both MIX-50 and MIX, which display very similar costs.

Table 10: Energy System Costs (including carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)

Note: * REG scenario deploys other incentives and drivers than carbon pricing to achieve high RES and EE, therefore the carbon price does not increase compared to BSL (for more detail see annex 9.3.4); ** MIX-nonCO2 is a variant of MIX looking at a stronger contribution of non-CO2 emissions to the GHG reduction

Source: PRIMES model

The MIX-nonCO2 variant has lower costs than MIX because less efforts need to be undertaken in the energy sector. On the other hand the scenario does not assess in a similar manner the cost increase associated with more non-CO2 mitigation efforts. The pattern is the same when looking at costs including carbon pricing and disutility costs.

Scenarios are most contrasted in the residential sector. In terms of capital costs, REG is the more expensive than CPRICE due to the specific investments it requires for renovations (see section 6.4.1.3). MIX is in-between. Conversely, energy purchases in REG are the lowest for residential and services, in line with lower energy demand, while for these two sectors CPRICE has the highest energy purchases costs. For more detail on sectoral system costs see annex 9.5.2.1 including on the evolution if the electricity prices.

6.4.1.2ETS revenues, impact on public budgets 

Carbon pricing increases energy costs to the consumer, but at the same time raises revenues which can be recycled, provide possibilities for reinvestments, stimulating climate action and providing resources to address social or distributional concerns.

The sources of income from carbon pricing depend on the policy instrument introducing carbon pricing. Taxation would ensure taxation and related revenues, but does not guarantee the environmental outcome. Emissions trading guarantees the environmental outcome through its cap but revenues are more variable and depend on the assumed free allocation of emission allowances 135 .

Table 11: Carbon pricing payments and energy taxes across scenarios

Note: *MIX-nonCO2 is a variant of MIX looking at a stronger contribution of non-CO2 emissions to the GHG reduction

Source: PRIMES model

It can be noticed that the energy tax income in the policy scenarios is comparable to BSL, in spite of lower energy consumption than in BSL. The main reason for that is that we see a shift away from energy carriers that have relative low taxation levels, such as coal, towards energy carriers that have a higher taxation content.

The variation is much more pronounced for the carbon-related payments which are twice as large in CPRICE as in REG, raising in CPRICE €75 billion in 2030 due to the higher carbon price and the extension of carbon pricing to road transport and buildings. These payments, or budgetary revenues, remain smaller than the total energy taxes paid for fuel consumption, which range between €269-281 billion across scenarios.

While in the baseline energy taxes and carbon prices in 2030 raise revenue equivalent to 1.8% of GDP, in CPRICE this increases to 2.25%. The extension of carbon pricing to a wider range of sectors of the economy should therefore not be seen as a game-changer in terms of the structure of public finances. Section 6.4.2 points out, however, that carbon pricing – and by extension taxes on environmental externalities – offers an opportunity for a double dividend: climate and environmental benefits, coupled with a reduction in distortionary taxes and improved allocative efficiency leading to higher output. The scale of the potential tax shift (and double dividend) depends to a large extent on the scope of carbon pricing as well as on the level of the carbon price itself. In addition, carbon revenues are inherently transitory and the more effective carbon pricing is, the faster the revenue base is set to erode and substituting sources of public revenue are to be found.

6.4.1.3Investment challenge 

The achievement of the current 2030 targets projected in BSL would require in the period 2021‑30 energy system investments (excl. transport) of on average EUR 336 billion per annum (constant prices of 2015), equivalent to 2.3% of GDP 136 . In 2031-50 perspective, investment needs decrease to, on average, some EUR 280 billion per annum (1.6% of GDP) as no additional policies are implemented.

The modelling shows a strong correlation between increased climate ambition and increased energy system investment needs and indicates that investment intensities vary according to the policy architecture chosen for a given level of GHG reduction ambition. While MIX-50 increases average annual energy system investment needs (excl. transport) in 2021-2030 by EUR 39 billion compared to BSL, 55% GHG policy scenarios increase them between EUR 65 billion to EUR 102 billion (scenario ALLBNK is within this range). Different policy architectures assumed in CPRICE, MIX and REG also lead to slightly different technology pathways, which has an impact on investment needs. This corroborates earlier findings in the in-depth analysis accompanying Clean Planet for All Communication.

Figure 11 shows that as a share of GDP, the average annual investments (excl. transport) in the period 2021-30 would need to rise from 2.3% in BSL to 2.5% in MIX-50) and between 2.7% (CPRICE) and 3.0% (REG). Compared to the period 2011-2020, and including transport, this represent an increase in annual investments of EUR 263 billion in BSL, EUR 312 billion in MIX-50 and respectively EUR 326, 356 and 377 billion in CPRICE, MIX and REG. As a share of GDP, this is an increase equivalent to 1.5, 1.7 and 1.8 percentage points of GDP in the period 2021-2030 compared to the period 2011-2020. While this is a significant increment, it needs to be put in the perspective of the share of gross fixed capital formation in GDP in the EU, which amounted to about 21.5% on average in 2000-2019.

Importantly, BSL already integrates the significant targets of the 2030 climate and energy framework. Achieving these targets would in itself represent a higher level of energy system investment as a share of GDP than has been the case over the past decade. Looking towards the 2050 horizon and the climate neutrality objective, it is also evident that investment in the energy system would need to be sustained for a long period at a higher level relative to GDP than has been the case so far.

Figure 11: Energy system investment, excluding transport, 55% scenarios and MIX-50 (% GDP)

 

Source: PRIMES model

At EUR 438 billion in 2021-2030, average annual energy system investments needs (excluding transport) to achieve the 55% level of ambition are EUR 37 billion higher under REG than under CPRICE (EUR 401 billion), while MIX and its MIX-nonCO2 variant fall between these two scenarios. This is mostly due to higher buildings renovations that are incentivised by policies but not much so by the carbon price signal. The difference between REG and CPRICE remains significant when considering cumulative investment needs over the period 2021-2050 to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, though somewhat smaller at EUR 28 billion per annum 137 . Additional mitigation efforts on the supply and demand sides due to the inclusion of bunker fuels in the GHG target imply an increase in energy system investment under ALLBNK, but the annual average remains slightly lower than under REG both in 2021-2030 and 2031-2050 perspective. Table 12 shows the complete picture of additional investments needs of all policy scenario and MIX-nonCO2 variant as compared to BSL. The differences in investments needs across energy system sectors are discussed in annex 9.5.2.2.

Table 12: Additional annual investment compared to BSL for all policy scenarios and MIX-nonCO2 variant (2021-2030 and 2031-2050, billion euros 2015)

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX-nonCO2

CPRICE

ALLBNK

EU27

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Investments in power grid

2.2

33.3

6.9

32.2

7.7

30.2

6.5

31.1

7.8

31.7

9.6

29.6

Investments in power plants

6.0

68.0

13.6

59.0

14.4

62.1

11.9

63.3

13.5

65.6

17.5

59.0

Investments in boilers

1.4

-0.4

1.9

-0.8

1.8

-0.7

1.6

-0.7

2.1

-0.4

2.6

-0.6

Investments in new fuels production and distribution

0.9

27.1

1.6

24.1

1.3

26.1

1.2

25.8

1.2

27.7

2.0

25.3

Total supply side investments

10.5

128.0

24.0

114.6

25.2

117.6

21.3

119.4

24.5

124.6

31.8

113.3

Industrial sector investments

2.5

4.7

2.5

6.0

3.4

4.4

3.3

4.3

3.6

3.4

5.0

4.8

Residential sector investments

15.4

19.6

61.4

55.2

38.8

37.2

38.0

37.6

21.1

16.6

41.9

39.0

Tertiary sector investments

10.2

24.5

14.1

20.5

14.5

23.8

14.1

24.2

16.1

28.1

19.6

29.1

Transport sector investments

10.2

29.4

12.3

38.8

11.3

31.2

11.5

31.4

-2.5

33.3

9.8

29.0

Total demand side investments

38.3

78.2

90.2

120.5

68.0

96.6

67.0

97.5

38.4

81.4

76.4

101.9

Total demand side investments excl. transport

28.0

48.8

78.0

81.7

56.7

65.4

55.5

66.1

40.9

48.0

66.6

72.9

Total energy system investments

48.8

206.2

114.2

235.0

93.2

214.2

88.3

216.9

62.9

206.0

108.2

215.2

Total energy system investments excl. transport

38.5

176.8

102.0

196.3

81.8

183.0

76.7

185.5

65.4

172.6

98.3

186.2

Source: PRIMES model

6.4.1.4Implications for security of energy supply

Imports of fossil fuels 138 are projected to decrease over time and this trend is strengthened with the higher GHG reduction ambition (Figure 12). Already in BSL, the volume of fossil fuels imports decreases by 19% between 2015 and 2030. On average under the 55% scenarios, the volume of fossil fuel imports falls by 27% over the same period, with coal down by 71-77%, natural gas by 13-19% and oil by 23-25% 139 , depending on the scenario. Reductions would be less pronounced in MIX-50 scenario. As a consequence, in the policy scenarios the dependency ratio goes down in 2030 to 52-53% (slightly lower in REG compared to MIX and CPRICE), versus 54% in BSL and 56% in 2015.

Beyond 2030, fossil fuel imports shrink dramatically, virtually disappearing for coal, decreasing by 58-67% for natural gas and 78-79% for oil compared to 2015. 140  

Figure 12: Energy imports

Note: * Dependency is the ratio between total net imports and gross available energy (gross inland consumption and maritime bunkers)

Source: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

As a consequence, the cost of energy imports compared to GDP also decreases although more slowly than volumes, due to assumed increasing international fossil fuel prices over the period. From 2% of GDP in the BSL in 2030, it would go down to 1.8% in the policy scenarios and 0.6% in 2050. In 2030, this would mean that savings from reduced energy imports could reach between 0.1 and 0.2% of GDP with higher benefits linked to increased climate ambition and more pronounced energy savings. Compared to BSL, cumulative savings in net energy imports in 2021-2030 range between EUR 83 billion and EUR 133 billion in the 55% scenarios and amount to EUR 69 billion in MIX-50. Over the period 2021-2050 and achieving climate neutrality by 2050, the 55% scenarios reduce energy imports by up to EUR 3 trillion compared to BSL.

Figure 13: Cost of energy imports (% of GDP)

Source: Energy: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model; fuel prices assumptions: see annex 9.3.2

Because further GHG reductions will affect the way electricity is produced, it will also have implication in terms of security of electricity supply. In a context of decreasing flexible sources of electricity generation due to coal phase-out and nuclear retirement 141 , which will require close monitoring and coordination, the growing contribution of variable renewables in the power production will need to be met by new flexibility means along the whole electricity supply chain.

Storage solutions complemented in time with electrolysers and more flexible demand (notably in relation with the higher penetration of electric vehicles which are expected to provide flexibility to the electricity system) will play a key role to integrate the different components of the energy system, allowing for a full decarbonisation and the full deployment of, notably, renewable primary energy sources.

Finally, the EU power system while growing and becoming increasingly important for the EU economy due to electrification of the final demand, will also become increasingly decentralised, interconnected and relying on digitalisation. More broadly, the integration of the energy system by the linkage of multiple energy carriers, infrastructures, and consumption sectors, will further increase the level of complexity as discussed in the EU Strategy for Energy System Integration 142 . In this context, addressing cybersecurity will be of utmost importance to guarantee continuity of economic and social services and mitigate risks on critical infrastructures.

Security of energy supply will thus have to be addressed in a holistic manner, also considering new possible dependencies on and cross-sectoral competition for raw materials necessary for the deployment of new technologies and on the role that new fuels will progressively play. The Communication 143 , 144 on “Critical Raw Materials Resilience: Charting a Path towards greater Security and Sustainability” lays the ground for a secure and sustainable supply of critical raw materials and actions to increase EU resilience and strategic autonomy.

6.4.2Macro-economic impacts (GDP, competitiveness)

Climate and energy policy have wide-ranging implications on the economy, including in terms of the sectoral composition of demand, output and employment, relative producer and consumer prices and the international competitiveness of domestic firms. The transition to climate neutral economies requires innovation and the reallocation of productive capital and the labour force across and within sectors. This is a gradual process that entails shifts in investment patterns. This in turn creates risks related to the retirement of productive assets before the end of their economic lifetime and potentially difficult adjustments in the labour market as a result of natural frictions and potential mismatches between skills available and the skills requirements of the economy. The speed at which the process transition has to take place increases the challenges related to resource reallocation. As the COVID-19 pandemic has made amply evident, however, many other factors affect the economy in multiple and at times significant manners, whether in terms of cyclical developments or structural changes.

The baseline macro-economic projections for this Impact Assessment are based on DG ECFIN’s autumn 2019 forecast and therefore pre-date the COVID crisis 145 . Three modelling tools sharing this common baseline are used to assess the macro-economic impacts of the increased level of climate ambition for 2030: the Joint Research Centre’s JRC-GEM-E3, Cambridge Econometrics’ E3ME and DG ECFIN’s E-QUEST. These tools are underpinned by different modelling approaches and their use can therefore enrich the analysis and validate key findings. Annex 9.3.1.2 provides a description of the models.

Macro-economic impacts are assessed under a number of scenarios and variants. Given the critical role of economic interactions with the rest of the world, in particular regarding exports and the domestic output of sectors open to international trade and competition, two levels of climate ambition are considered for countries or blocks outside the EU: (1) implementation of Nationally Determined Contributions under the Paris Agreement (“fragmented action”); and (2) mitigation efforts that are compatible with the achievement of the 1.5°C target (“global action”).

The modelling variants performed with the different macro-economic modelling tools seek to assess the impact of using different economic tools to achieve climate and energy objectives. These variants address:

·The extent to which carbon pricing/emissions trading with auctioning is used across sectors as a policy tool to reduce emissions

·How carbon revenues are used by governments, with several options used in various models: (1) lump sum redistribution to households; (2) a reduction in labour taxation; (3) support for investments towards the climate and energy transition; and (4) a reduction in VAT rates;

·The role of labour market imperfections;

·The behaviour of energy-intensive industries in the EU ETS which are open to international trade when confronted with free allocation or auctioning.

In addition, JRC-GEM-E3 was used to assess the link between the three main energy system modelling scenarios (REG, MIX and CPRICE) and the macro-economic impacts. As a rule in the results below, exogenous assumptions fed into JRC-GEM-E3 are those from the MIX scenario.

The impact of climate and energy policy on real GDP is projected to be relatively muted and could range from somewhat positive to somewhat negative, depending on the modelling approach used and the variants considered in terms of policy action (Table 13). The policy and modelling variants differ across models, but convey a consistent message: the type of policies put in place to achieve increased GHG reductions are important factors for the overall impact on GDP. Economy-wide impacts are smallest if policies are applied that put a price on the externality the policy wants to address and reduce distortionary taxes in other fields, e.g. in terms of labour taxation.

Table 13: Impact of policies and modelling assumptions on GDP to achieve 55% GHG reductions in case of fragmented action at the global scale (deviation from baseline, percent)

Policy setup

- Lump sum transfers

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Scope extension ETS

- No carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Scope extension ETS

- No carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Scope extension ETS

- Carbon pricing non-ETS

JRC-GEM-E3*

-0.39

-0.27

-0.27

Policy setup

- Lump sum transfers

- Free allocation ETS

- No carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Free allocation ETS

- Carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Auctioning ETS

- Carbon pricing non-ETS

E3ME

0.19

0.42

0.50

Policy setup

Lump sum transfers

Lower taxation low-skilled labour

Support green invest.

E-QUEST

-0.29

0.00

0.13

* All JRC-GEM-E3 scenarios assume free allocation in ETS industry and auctioning in the power sector (as well as buildings and road transport in case of scope extension ETS). For industrial sectors it is assumed companies cannot incorporate the opportunity cost of free allocation and thus optimise market share.

Source: JRC (JRC-GEM-E3 model), Cambridge Econometrics and DG ECFIN

Table 14 gives an overview of the range of outcomes for the three models and various scenarios and their policy variants. The worst-case scenario under a setting where the EU achieves a 55% level of GHG ambition and the rest of the world does not step up ambition relative to NDCs implies a loss of GDP of about 0.4% by 2030 (JRC-GEM-E3). At best, achieving this level of ambition in the EU without global climate action would generate an increase in GDP of about 0.5% (E3ME), which would result from a demand stimulus triggered by higher investment needs and the impetus given to consumption by the use of carbon revenues to reduce VAT and support energy efficiency investments. Results from E-QUEST indicate that the GDP impact of a 55% level of ambition could be somewhat positive at around 0.1% by 2030, if carbon revenue are used to support investment in green technologies, and somewhat negative (-0.3%) if revenues are returned to households via lump sum transfers. The impact of a 50% level of ambition are of a similar nature, though somewhat muted both on the negative and positive sides.

Table 14: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU GDP and components (deviation from baseline, percent)

EU GDP vs. baseline, 2030 (range of impacts due to increased EU GHG ambition across scenarios with diversified policy setups).

50%

55%

Mitigation effort, rest of the world

Fragmented action

Global action

Fragmented action

Global action

JRC-GEM-E3

Real GDP

-0.13 | -0.02

-0.38 | -0.25

-0.39 | -0.25

-0.70 | -0.47

Private consumption

-0.38 | -0.16

-2.14 | -1.62

-0.71 | -0.38

-2.53 | -1.87

Investment

0.79 | 0.85

0.76 | 0.81

0.52 | 0.57

0.41 | 0.48

Exports

-0.80 | -0.09

1.43 | 2.32

-0.96 | -0.28

1.21 | 2.11

Imports

-0.34 | -0.06

-1.91 | -1.15

-0.55 | -0.25

-2.14 | -1.36

E3ME

Real GDP

0.13 | 0.41

0.12 | 0.42

0.18 | 0.50

0.22 | 0.55

Private consumption

0.00 | 0.52

0.11 | 0.66

0.07 | 0.65

0.22 | 0.82

Investment

0.21 | 0.25

0.24 | 0.29

0.18 | 0.25

0.25 | 0.31

Exports

0.03 | 0.06

-0.08 | -0.06

0.01 | 0.06

-0.08 | -0.05

Imports

-0.25 | -0.17

-0.16 | -0.08

-0.39 | -0.29

-0.29 | -0.20

QUEST

Real GDP

n.a

n.a.

-0.29 | 0.13

n.a.

Private consumption

n.a

n.a

-0.07 | 0.09

n.a

Investment

n.a

n.a

-0.55 | 0.62

n.a

Exports

n.a

n.a

-1.36 | -0.55

n.a

Imports

n.a

n.a

-1.01 | -0.52

n.a

Sources: JRC-GEM-E3, Cambridge Econometrics, DG ECFIN and JRC-POLES

Under a setting where the EU achieves a 55% level of GHG ambition and the rest of the world also increases ambition in line with the 1.5°C objective, the JRC-GEM-E3 projects a somewhat larger negative impact on real GDP due to the repercussions of a loss of output outside the EU. In addition, the output of energy intensive industries tends to increase relative to baseline under global action on account of their higher average carbon efficiency than in in the rest of the world (see below). This moderate increase in output in energy intensive sectors means that more abatement investments are required within these industries or in other parts of the ETS in order to remain within cap, which comes at a cost. In contrast, global action provides a further impetus to growth in the E3ME model set up, as increased investment in the rest of the world generates a global demand stimulus with positive repercussion for the EU.

These contrasted outcomes reflect a core difference in the economic assumptions underpinning the models. JRC-GEM-E3 assumes that the economy operates in equilibrium without spare capacity while E3ME assumes that economy has some unused resources to begin with and that debt-finance can fund additional expenditure without full crowding out. Under current circumstances, where a major potential output gap has opened in the EU economy due to the COVID-19 crisis and where large stimulus packages are programmed, it is realistic to assume that the economy has spare capacity. However, projections from JRC-GEM-E3 and E3ME tend to converge in the longer term as the stimulus generated by higher investment under E3ME tapers off and the associated borrowing needs to be repaid.

The macro-economic impacts of extending carbon pricing to road transport and buildings were assessed with JRC-GEM-E3, linking up with the MIX, REG and CPRICE energy system scenarios. The carbon pricing extension leads to a sharp increase (up to six fold depending on the model setup) in carbon revenues. In the JRC-GEM-E3 assessment, these revenues are either transferred back to households as lump-sum payments or recycled to lower labour taxation. Given the scale of the increase in carbon revenue, the recycling option clearly matters more under scope extension than without it. Table 15 shows that where carbon revenues are used to reduce labour taxation and labour market imperfections are factored in, MIX and CPRICE (scope extension) generate a smaller negative impact on GDP by 2030 than REG. Where carbon revenues are transferred back to households as lump sums, the impact on GDP is equivalent under the three scenarios.

Table 15 also indicates that private consumption is somewhat more negatively affected under scope extension, which implies a more significant expenditure shift towards investment. As far as employment is concerned, the increase in carbon revenue following scope extension is susceptible to generate positive impacts under a recycling policy. Finally, it must also be noted that REG, MIX and CPRICE affect relative prices in the economy in contrasted manners, with MIX and CPRICE significantly impacting fuels and power prices faced by households, while REG has a more significant impact on the cost of housing and water charges.

Table 15: Macro-economic impacts of carbon pricing extension (REG, MIX and CPRICE), 55% fragmentation action scenarios, deviation from baseline, percent)

EU impacts on key variables vs. baseline, 2030

- Tax recycling

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Market share maximisation ETS

- Lump sum transfers

- No labour market imperfections

- Free allocation ETS

- Profit maximisation ETS

REG

MIX

CPRICE

REG

MIX

CPRICE

Real GDP

-0.30

-0.27

-0.24

-0.23

-0.25

-0.25

Private consumption

-0.53

-0.71

-0.79

-0.41

-0.46

-0.44

Investment

0.49

0.57

0.86

0.50

0.56

0.83

Employment

-0.09

0.06

0.15

0.00

0.00

0.00

“Fuels and power” prices

-1.62

4.55

9.96

-1.92

3.47

8.07

“Housing and water charges” prices

2.67

1.77

0.14

2.68

1.82

0.19

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

The consistent conclusion that emerges from macro-economic analyses is therefore that the reallocation of resources necessary for the transition can be seen as a modest contributor to GDP growth, or at worst a limited impediment. It must be noted that this analysis does not assess the sustainability of the growth model, but focuses on the specific real GDP metric without taking due account of the externalities the policy is actually addressing and its associated co-benefits. Importantly, the analysis also focuses on the impact of mitigation efforts and does not take into account avoided climate impacts.

Further, the combination of macro-economic and energy system models show that the GHG intensity of the EU economy can be sharply reduced over the next decade, with GHG emissions per unit of real GDP falling by 52.0% between 2015 and 2030 under MIX, compared with 48.4% under MIX-50 and 44.7% under BSL 146 .

The models also converge on the finding that the composition of GDP will be affected more significantly than the aggregate itself, including in terms of expenditure and sectoral gross value added. Achieving higher climate and energy ambition would require a reallocation of expenditure from consumption to investment under the JRC-GEM-E3 model. While a fall in private consumption has implications in terms of welfare, the main category of consumer goods to be negatively affected is the consumption of non-durables linked to durable goods (mainly energy costs). E3ME also indicates a positive impact on investment, but the increase does not come at the expense of a reduction in private consumption as the model assumes that the economy has some unused resources to begin with and that borrowing can fund additional investment without crowding out consumption. E-QUEST generates a smaller impact on total investment as the negative impact on capital expenditure related to fossil fuels use is significant and counterbalances the increase in “green” capital formation.

The modelling tools used for macro-economic analysis do not provide direct insights on specific outcomes for SMEs. However, the macroeconomic analysis indicates a favourable outlook for such companies: a European economy that becomes more capital and technology intensive and increasingly based on the development of innovative products and solutions. Conversely, no trend was identified that would harm specifically SMEs, considering that they are typically not particular active in carbon intensive sectors.

Besides the impact on the overall consumption level, a higher level of climate ambition will affect relative prices in the economy. As expected and following developments in energy system costs (section 6.4.1.1), the relative price of fuels and power is to be impacted most. The relative prices of the use of private vehicles and transport services are also set to increase relative to baseline, though to a lesser extent. The implications of such changes in relative prices on distributional impacts due to differentiated consumption patterns are assessed in section 6.5.2.

The higher level of mitigation ambition will also affect sectoral investment significantly. As expected, investment in fossil fuels would drop sharply, in particular for coal. Similarly, the transition to clean power technologies and the electrification of the economy would imply a significant increase in investment in electricity supply. In industrial sectors, investment is affected by two contrasting trends: the need to invest for decarbonisation purposes and the evolution of output in the sector. While the first trend generates a clear positive effect on investment needs, the second varies across scenarios and setups. Global action tends to generate a positive impact on the sectoral output of energy intensive industries (see below), implying an overall positive effect on investment. In contrast, fragmented action tends to generate a negative impact on the sectoral output of energy intensive industries, with the effect of lower investment needs for new/refurbished productive capacity outweighing the impact of higher investment for decarbonisation.

The sectoral composition of output is also set to be impacted in significant and contrasting ways. As expected, output in fossil-fuel sectors would drop severely, starting with coal. Output of the major energy-intensive and internationally traded goods is expected to be affected most under a fragmented action setting, though the negative impact is moderate both under the 50% and 55% levels of GHG ambition for 2030 (Table 16), with at most a decline of 2.4% in gross value added in non-ferrous metals in 2030 relative to baseline. The higher the openness to trade of the sector and the carbon intensity, the larger the impact tends to be. Chemicals products and paper products are therefore less impacted than ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals and non-metallic minerals, under a fragmented action setting.

Table 16: impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU sectoral output (deviation from baseline, percent)

Sectoral output vs. baseline, 2030 (range of impacts due to increased EU GHG ambition across scenarios with diversified policy setups).

50%

55%

Fragmented action

Global action

Fragmented action

Global action

Coal

-18.1 | -16.7

-16.2 | -14.6

-41.4 | -40.6

-39.5 | -38.6

Crude Oil

-5.9 | -3.8

-7.2 | -5.6

-6.5 | -4.3

-7.9 | -6.1

Oil

-5.0 | -3.4

-7.5 | -5.7

-5.7 | -4.0

-8.5 | -6.4

Gas

-14.5 | -11.4

-9.6 | -7.8

-15.3 | -12

-10.5 | -8.4

Electricity supply

0.2 | 0.6

3.7 | 4.3

-1.9 | -1.6

1.1 | 1.8

Ferrous metals

-3.2 | 0.1

3.4 | 7.1

-4.0 | -0.6

2.2 | 6.3

Non-ferrous metals

-1.7 | 0.1

4.2 | 6.5

-2.7 | -0.8

3.0 | 5.4

Chemical products

-0.7 | 0.0

0.7 | 1.4

-0.9 | -0.3

0.4 | 1.0

Paper products

-0.3 | -0.1

0.3 | 0.5

-0.6 | -0.4

-0.1 | 0.1

Non-metallic minerals

-1.5 | 0.3

1.2 | 3.3

-2.1 | -0.1

0.4 | 2.7

Electric goods

0.5 | 1.3

3.3 | 4.2

-0.1 | 0.7

2.6 | 3.6

Transport (air)

-4.2 | -0.2

-4.5 | 0.3

-4.8 | -0.4

-5.5 | 0.1

Transport (land)

-1.2 | -1.0

-1.3 | -1.0

-1.5 | -1.2

-1.7 | -1.2

Transport (water)

-0.4 | -0.2

-3.8 | -3.3

-0.6 | -0.3

-3.9 | -3.4

Construction

0.8 | 0.8

0.6 | 0.7

0.4 | 0.4

0.1 | 0.2

Market services

-0.2 | 0.0

-1.1 | -0.9

-0.3 | -0.1

-1.3 | -0.9

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

If the rest of the world steps up climate action to mitigation efforts in line with the 1.5°C objective (compared with NDCs implementation under the baseline), output of energy intensive industries in the EU is much less affected relative to baseline. This indicates that EU industry could benefit from first-mover advantages. While the international context plays an important role in developments in energy intensive sectors, domestic factors and policies are also key driving factors, in particular the free allocation of ETS allowances and the use of carbon revenues by the authorities (see annex 9.5.3 for further details).

Macroeconomic impacts will also vary between Member States. All European economies are expected to follow similar trajectories becoming more capital and technology intensive and increasing shares of the service sector. However, not all Member States are at the same point of departure on this overall trajectory. More ambitions climate targets are likely to come at a relatively higher costs for Member States characterised by higher relative GHG emissions, higher energy intensity and lower GDP per capita. Some higher income Member States also face particular issues of higher relative costs, for instance, due to the size of certain sectors, such as non-CO2, forestry or the state of the buildings sector and its energy mix.

Overall, the following conclusions can be drawn. First, a higher level of climate ambition for 2030 is expected to have only limited impacts on broad economic aggregates. Modelling tools that take into account that there may be an output gap, which is the more likely case for the EU economy in the context of the COVID-19 crisis, show positive growth impacts of increased climate ambition. Second, the analysis stresses that impacts can indeed be significant in terms of sectoral output, investment and employment (section 6.5.1). This creates challenges for the management of the transition, including to ensure that the needs of sectors, households and workers most affected are addressed. Third, while macro-economic models provide significant insights on the shifting composition of output, they offer little detail of the necessary within-sector transformations.

Finally, macro-economic models are not in a good position to address issues related to the “quality of growth”, which are central to the European Green Deal. Real GDP and sectoral gross value added are just a metric of production that does not factor in the quality of the environment we live in, biodiversity and many other aspects of welfare. These concerns are nevertheless at the core of the Green Deal, which places fairness, resource efficiency, sustainability and the achievement of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals at its heart.

6.4.3The COVID-19 crisis and how to ensure a swift green recovery

The impact of the COVID-19 crisis is uncertain. For a more in-depth discussion of how the unfolding crisis is impacting notably the economic outlook, the energy sector and overall GHG emissions, see annex 9.10.1.3. For this Impact Assessment an evaluation was made how reduced economic growth and moderate additional structural change may impact the transition in the energy system and the related investments needed. While the short-term forecast points to a sharp drop in output in 2020 followed by significant recovery in 2021, the crisis is projected in this setting to result in a permanent loss of output of around 2.3% by 2030 compared to the pre-COVID projections (Figure 14).

Figure 14: Medium-term EU real GDP projections, pre-COVID and post-COVID (2015=100)

Source: DG ECFIN

Looking to 2030, the projections take a conservative approach regarding the potential structural shifts described in annex 9.10.1.3, given the uncertainty that surrounds them. It is estimated that the economic impact of the COVID crisis in 2020 could lead to an additional 6 percentage points reduction in GHG emissions (excluding net LULUCF, including domestic and international aviation) resulting in a reduction by 2020 of -32%.

Table 17: Projected impact of COVID on key climate and energy variables in 2020 (COVID-BSL vs. BSL, percent difference)

Projected 2020 impact in COVID-BSL compared to BSL

GDP (billion €'15)

-8.7%

Total Final Energy by Sector (Mtoe)

-6.2%

Heavy Industry

-5.4%

Other Industries

-3.8%

Residential

3.5%

Tertiary

-4.0%

Transport

-17.1%

Energy related CO2 emissions (MtCO2)

-10.8%

Power generation

-3.9%

Industry

-12.2%

of which energy intensive industries

-15.9%

Residential

3.5%

Services

-4.7%

Agriculture Energy

-0.3%

Transport

-23.2%

of which Road transport

-17.2%

of which Aviation

-55.3%

Source: PRIMES model

To assess the impacts of the crisis on the energy and climate targets and a potential increase in ambition, a revised baseline scenario (COVID-BSL) was produced as well as a scenario achieving 55% GHG emission reduction in 2030 (COVID-MIX). These scenarios are modified on some of the variables that the crisis impacted (e.g. activity levels or fuel prices – described in sections 9.3.2.1 and 9.3.2.2). The results for the COVID-BSL can found in detail in 9.3.3.1. The COVID-BSL indicates 1.1% lower GIC and 0.3% lower FEC compared to BSL in 2030.

Road transport is by far the sector that contributes the most to the fall in emissions in 2020 under COVID-BSL compared to BSL, with a difference between the two scenarios of 128 MtCO2‑eq (a 17.2% drop). In turn, emissions from aviation are expected to be about 55% lower under COVID‑BSL than under BSL, with a fall in emissions of about 78 MtCO2-eq. Overall, the reduction of energy emissions would amount to 250 MtCO2-eq in the residential, tertiary, transport and industry sectors combined (-14.1%) and 40 MtCO2-eq on the supply side (-4.4%), mostly stemming from power sector emission reductions. The main impact of the crisis on energy use is a reduced demand for energy services in the next decade. In 2025 and 2030, the lingering effects of the large shock are still measurable, but considerably smaller.

The reduction in economic activity reduces demand for ETS allowances which allows coal to have a slightly higher share in electricity generation in 2030. Yet, lower electricity demand means that the amount of total electricity generated by coal in 2030 is low. Reduced economic activity implies that less deployment of renewable energy is needed to reach the same objective. By 2030, however, the change in RES shares is limited compared to MIX. Lower final energy demand, on the other hand, implies slightly higher savings compared to the 2007 baseline projections used as reference. Table 18 compares the key climate and energy policy parameters for 2030 in the MIX and COVID-MIX scenarios.

Table 18: Comparison of key climate and energy policy parameters in the MIX and COVID-MIX scenarios

2030

MIX

COVID-MIX

GHG reductions compared to 1990 147  

-55.1%

-55.4%

GHG ETS stationary installation compared to 2005

-65%

-66%

ESR current scope

-38%

-39%

Overall RES share (%)

38.4

38.4

RES heating and cooling share (%)

39.6

39.6

RES electricity share (%)

65.0

65.0

RES transport share (%)

23.7

23.5

Final Energy savings w.r.t. to baseline projection (%)

-35.9

-36.9

Primary Energy savings w.r.t. to baseline projection (%)

-39.7

-40.6

Source: PRIMES model

Energy system costs are projected to be significantly lower under COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX than under BSL and MIX, both in absolute terms and as a share of GDP, even though GDP itself is projected to remain lower than previously anticipated all the way to 2030 (Table 19 and Table 20). As elaborated upon in annex 9.3.2.2, international fuel prices have been significantly hit by the COVID crisis and the effect is projected to persist to some extent to 2030. The energy purchase component of energy system costs is therefore significantly lower under COVID than based on the pre-crisis assumptions. In addition, energy system costs including carbon pricing payments are impacted by the lower ETS carbon price under COVID-MIX than under MIX.

In turn, the capital costs and direct efficiency investment costs component of energy system costs differ relatively little between MIX and COVID-MIX. This is due to the fact that the scale and nature of investments needed to achieve the 55% level of ambition differ very little between MIX and MIX-COVID (see below).

Table 19: Average annual Energy System Costs, COVID sensitivity analysis (excluding carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)

Note: * Energy System Costs in 2015 are estimated at €1,340 billion (10.6% of GDP).

Source: PRIMES model

Table 20: Energy System Costs, COVID sensitivity analysis (including carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)

Source: PRIMES model

A critical conclusion that can be drawn from the COVID sensitivity analysis indeed relates to investment needs, which are not affected to any significant extent. To achieve the 55% GHG reduction level, the COVID-MIX scenario still requires a similar absolute amount of investments in the energy system, no matter the economic situation (Table 21). The incremental level of energy system investment required between COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX is also very similar to the additional level of investment required between BSL and MIX, both in the aggregate and in terms of individual supply and demand side components.

The current economic recession and the limited negative impact on output projected by 2030 therefore do not reduce the need to invest strongly in the coming decade to meet these emission reduction objectives. More efficient and better insulated buildings, electric cars, continued rapid penetration of renewable energy in all sectors are all still needed to achieve the transition towards climate neutrality. It must be noted also that significant behavioural changes relating to consumption habits and mobility patterns were not assumed to take place to any significant extent under the COVID scenario. As indicated in the in-depth analysis in support of the Communication “A clean planet for all”, however, such behavioural changes are susceptible to reduce investment needs if they are adopted widely and to a significant extent.

Table 21: Annual energy system investment, COVID sensitivity analysis (2021-2030, billion euros 2015)

BSL

MIX

Delta

COVID-BSL

COVID -MIX

Delta COVID

Supply

94.7

119.9

25.2

92.5

116.5

24.0

Power grid

50.5

58.2

7.7

48.8

56.5

7.7

Power plants

42.1

56.5

14.4

41.4

54.8

13.4

Boilers

2.0

3.8

1.8

2.2

3.9

1.7

New fuels

0.2

1.4

1.3

0.2

1.3

1.1

Demand excl. transport

241.3

298.0

56.7

232.2

293.3

61.0

Industry

16.9

20.3

3.4

13.5

19.0

5.5

Residential

151.2

190.0

38.8

148.1

188.3

40.3

Tertiary

73.2

87.7

14.5

70.7

86.0

15.3

Transport

610.5

621.8

11.3

593.7

607.4

13.7

TOTAL

946.5

1039.7

93.2

918.5

1017.2

98.7

TOTAL excl. transport

336.0

417.8

81.8

324.8

409.8

85.0

Memorandum:

Real GDP

14839.7

14839.7

14329.5

14329.5

Source: PRIMES model

While investments in the necessary green capital goods improve overall resource efficiency and stimulate more sustainable long-term growth, triggering them at the necessary scale in the current circumstance will be even more challenging than before the crisis and will require additional incentives coupled with a supportive regulatory environment. The scale and focus of the recovery packages currently being put in place at the level of the EU and individual Member States therefore will be of importance for the achievement of a higher level of climate ambition by 2030 and socially and environmentally sustainable growth, in a context where private investors may face challenging financial situations.

6.5Social impacts and just transition of achieving combinations of GHG/RES/EE ambition levels 

6.5.1Impact on employment 

Section 6.4.2 concluded that the impact of increased climate ambition on aggregate output by 2030 would be relatively limited, but that it would have significant repercussions on the sectoral composition of GDP. These repercussions would obviously affect the labour market directly. At the aggregate level, the macro-economic models also do not show very significant effects on employment. In general, more than issues related to climate and energy policy, the performance of labour markets are driven to a much larger extent by the latter’s structural characteristics and potential frictions, e.g. in matching labour supply and demand and ensuring that education and training track the skills needs of the economy. Under the standard setup of the JRC-GEM-E3 model, wages are fully flexible and unemployment remains at the level of the baseline, which means that aggregate employment is not affected at all. The model can nevertheless represent imperfections in the labour market and involuntary unemployment. In such a setting, together with the lump-sum redistribution of carbon revenue to households, the 55% fragmented action scenario generates a small negative effect on aggregate employment by 2030, equivalent to a loss of around 494 000 jobs (0.26%) in 2030.

However, if carbon revenues are used instead to reduce labour taxation, the reduction in associated distortions and impact on labour costs is susceptible to generate a limited positive impact on aggregate employment under the 55% fragmented action scenario, equivalent to an increase of around 110 000 jobs (0.06%) in 2030 (Table 22).

Table 22: Impact of policies and modelling assumptions on employment to achieve 55% GHG reductions in case of fragmented action at the global scale (deviation from baseline, percent)

Policy setup

- Lump sum transfers

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Scope extension ETS

- No carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Scope extension ETS

- No carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Imperfect labour market

- Free allocation ETS

- Scope extension ETS

- Carbon pricing non-ETS

JRC-GEM-E3*

-0.26

0.06

0.05

Policy setup

- Lump sum transfers

- Free allocation ETS

- No carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Free allocation ETS

- Carbon pricing non-ETS

- Tax recycling

- Auctioning ETS

- Carbon pricing non-ETS

E3ME

0.01

0.16

0.20

Policy setup

Lump sum transfers

Lower taxation low-skilled labour

Support green invest.

E-QUEST

-0.09

0.45

0.02

* All JRC-GEM-E3 scenarios assume free allocation in ETS industry and auctioning in the power sector (as well as buildings and road transport in case of scope extension ETS). For industrial sectors it is assumed companies cannot incorporate the opportunity cost of free allocation and thus optimise market share.

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model, Cambridge Econometrics and DG ECFIN

The E3ME and E-QUEST models are somewhat more optimistic in terms of aggregate employment, but the impacts are expected to remain limited under any circumstances. E3ME projects no change in employment under the assumption of lump-sum transfer of carbon revenues to households. If carbon revenues are recycled to support energy efficiency investment and reduce VAT, the impetus provided to consumption and GDP generates an increase in employment of up to 0.20% relative to baseline, an increase of 412 000 jobs.

E-QUEST indicates that using carbon revenue to reduce labour taxation for the lower-skilled segments of the labour force can increase total employment by 0.45% in 2030 under a 55% level of ambition. Such a targeted reduction in labour taxation stimulates low-skilled labour supply via higher net wages while simultaneously lowering low-skilled labour costs for firms, thereby leading to higher overall employment. The tax shift also positively impacts the external competitiveness of domestic firms.

The models also converge in their assessment of impacts on the sectoral composition of employment, which can indeed be very significant. This underlines the challenges related to just transition and the need to address distributional issues fully and with adequate instruments (section 6.5.2, section 9.11.4). Employment in the coal sector, in particular, is expected to be around 50% below baseline by 2030 (Table 23). Given that the baseline already factors in a significant reduction in coal employment, this means that the number of jobs in the sector would fall dramatically over the next decade. While this is not consequential in terms of total employment at the EU level, it has severe implications for some regions and local communities. By 2030, employment in the coal sector projected in the JRC-GEM-E3 model could drop to around 65 000 jobs. Employment in other fossil-fuel sectors is expected to fall significantly as well, though less severely than for coal. The public expressed a slight preference for economic diversification and modernisation away from fossil fuels to ensure a just transition and employment.

Table 23: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU sectoral employment (deviation from baseline, percent)

Employment vs. baseline, 2030

50%

55%

Fragmented action

Global action

Fragmented action

Global action

Coal

-18.5 | -17.2

-17.5 | -16.0

-49.1 | -48.3

-47.1 | -46.3

Crude Oil

-7.3 | -4.3

-9.6 | -8.0

-8.1 | -4.8

-10.5 | -8.6

Oil

-4.8 | -2.9

-7.4 | -5.6

-5.2 | -3.1

-7.9 | -5.7

Gas

-15.7 | -13.4

-12.8 | -11.2

-11.2 | -8.5

-7.9 | -5.8

Electricity supply

0.1 | 0.6

3.3 | 4.1

2.8 | 3.3

5.7 | 6.6

Ferrous metals

-3.5 | 0.5

3.1 | 7.5

-4.1 | 0.1

2.2 | 7.0

Non-ferrous metals

-1.6 | 0.5

4.4 | 7.0

-2.2 | -0.1

3.6 | 6.3

Chemical products

-0.7 | 0.1

0.8 | 1.6

-0.8 | -0.1

0.6 | 1.4

Paper products

-0.3 | 0.2

0.2 | 0.8

-0.4 | 0.1

0.0 | 0.7

Non-metallic minerals

-1.6 | 0.6

0.5 | 3.1

-2.1 | 0.3

-0.1 | 2.7

Other equipment goods

-0.1 | 0.6

2.2 | 3.0

-0.3 | 0.4

2.0 | 2.8

Consumer goods

-0.4 | 0.4

-0.5 | 0.5

-0.6 | 0.3

-0.6 | 0.4

Construction

0.7 | 1.0

0.4 | 0.7

0.3 | 0.6

-0.1 | 0.4

Transport (air)

-3.4 | 0.5

-3.1 | 1.2

-3.7 | 0.5

-3.8 | 1.5

Transport (land)

-0.3 | 0.2

-0.4 | 0.1

-0.5 | 0.0

-0.7 | 0.1

Transport (water)

-0.2 | 0.3

-3.9 | -3.0

-0.3 | 0.2

-4.1 | -2.9

Market services

-0.3 | 0.1

-1.3 | -0.8

-0.3 | 0.1

-1.4 | -0.7

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

The employment impacts in energy intensive industries is expected to track closely the impact on output in these sectors. The policy setting, as reflected in the various model setups, is therefore a major determinant of impacts. Employment in ferrous metals is likely to be most affected, followed by non-metallic minerals, as these sectors are more open to international trade and competition. In the absence of complementary policies (recycling of carbon revenues to lower labour taxes, free ETS allowances), employment in ferrous metals could be up to around 4% below baseline in 2030 under the 55% fragmented action scenario. Complementary policies could nevertheless avoid negative impacts on employment altogether or generate a small positive impact relative to baseline, in ferrous metals as well as in other energy-intensive industries.

Sectors that are likely to gain most significantly from a higher level of climate ambition by 2030 include electricity supply and construction. The electrification of the economy and the switch to renewables, which tend to be relatively labour intensive, are naturally expected to generate higher employment in the sector. The need to increase the energy efficiency of buildings, in turn, should trigger higher employment in construction and the equipment goods industry. Market services, by far the largest provider of jobs in the EU, would be affected relatively little under most model setups. The bio economy, in particular through the production of bio methane, is likely to play an increasingly important role that will bring income to rural areas. According to stakeholders, bio methane would, in particular, benefit from fewer legal barriers and increased cross-border trade 148 .

The expected significant shifts in the sectoral composition of employment and the associated job changes that workers will have to go through 149 over the next decade under higher climate ambition would generate challenges for the labour market and the labour force. The nature of the challenges relate to the ability of workers to move from a job in a given sector and occupation to another sector and potentially another occupation requiring different skills. They also relate to the ability of the labour market to match labour demand and labour supply, and the ability of the education and vocational training systems to train or re-train workers, which would call for significant investment in human capital by individuals, firms and the public sector. Regional shifts in employment, e.g. with employment creation and employment destruction potentially occurring in different locations, create additional challenges when labour mobility across regions and/or countries is constrained.

Macro-economic models fail to capture the additional transformations that could be expected within sectors and which could amplify such challenges. The construction or market services sectors, for example, are far from homogenous and are likely to be affected by the climate and energy transition. A strong focus on buildings renovations and higher energy efficiency stands would for instance necessitate specific skills from construction workers.

An effort is made to assess the impacts on skill needs due to these employment shifts between sectors (see annex 9.5.3 for a description of the methodology). Without policies that reduce labour tax, high skill levels appear to be more negatively impacted than low skills levels. The main driver here is the specific sectoral output losses and related job loses as projected in the JRC-GEM-E3 model under these settings which impacts high skill level employment in industrial sectors relatively more. However, the same model when assuming a policy set up of tax recycling of carbon revenue and carbon pricing across the economy, projects that the total employment would be positively affected by 2030 under the 55% fragmented action scenario. Under such a setup, all skill levels see employment gains compared to baseline, but with a more limited impact on high skills employment.

Table 24: Impacts on employment by skills levels (deviation from baseline, percent, 55% scenario (MIX), fragmented action)

Employment vs. baseline, 2030

Lump sum transfers

Perfect labour market

Profit maximisation

Free allowances

Lump sum transfers

Imperfect labour market

Market share max.

Free allowances

Tax recycling

Imperfect labour market

Market share max.

Free allowances

Low skill levels

0.08

-0.17

0.15

Medium skill levels

0.01

-0.25

0.08

High skill levels

-0.04

-0.31

0.00

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model, using CEDEFOP forecast

When it comes to occupations, demand for craft and related trades workers would be one of the sectors positively impacted most (or least negatively affected). Plant and machine operators and elementary occupations would also benefit from a more favourable outcome under a scenario where carbon revenues are recycled to reduce labour taxation. Similarly, jobs in agriculture would rise, though total employment in the sector is small in relative terms. Overall, it must be noted that these results represent relatively small changes in the policy scenarios compared to baseline.

Table 25: Impacts on employment by occupation (deviation from baseline, percent, 55% scenario (MIX), fragmented action)

Employment vs. baseline, 2030

Lump sum transfers

Perfect labour market

Profit maximisation

Free allowances

Lump sum transfer

Imperfect labour market

Market share max.

Free allowances

Tax recycling

Imperfect labour market

Market share max.

Free allowances

Managers

-0.02

-0.33

0.04

Professionals

-0.07

-0.30

-0.04

Technicians and associate professionals

-0.06

-0.31

-0.02

Clerks

-0.05

-0.31

0.00

Service and sales workers

-0.04

-0.31

-0.05

Skilled agricultural workers

1.25

0.93

1.37

Craft and related trades workers

0.07

-0.20

0.21

Plant and machine operators and assemblers

-0.21

-0.50

-0.03

Elementary occupations

0.09

-0.18

0.14

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model, using CEDEFOP forecast

6.5.2Impact on households 

Under BSL, annual energy related expenses (excluding transport) per household are projected to increase from EUR 2 575 in 2015 to EUR 3 099 in 2030, a 20% increase. In the policy scenarios, the annual energy related expenses per household increase in 2030 (compared to 2015) by 23% in MIX-50 and up to 28% in REG and ALLBNK.

On the other hand, household income is also projected to increase. As a result, the share of energy expenditures in household income reaches a plateau of around 7% in 2025-30 under BSL and slowly declines afterwards. In the policy scenarios, these changes amplify and vary, reflecting the underlying assumptions of each scenario. In the REG scenario, with its strong investments in energy efficiency in 2030, households spend on energy 7.6% of their income – a modest increase compared to BSL. Energy related costs in MIX and CPRICE amount to 7.7% and 7.8% respectively. MIX-50 represents the lower and ALLBNK the upper range of results but in both cases difference with other policy scenarios is small. Figure 15 shows the evolution of households’ expenditures in 2030 and in 2050.

Figure 15: Buildings-related household energy expenses (% of income)

Source: PRIMES model

As indicated in section 6.4.2, macro-economic models indicate that a higher level of climate ambition for 2030 will affect relative consumer prices in the economy. These changes affect households in contrasted manners that depend on their expenditure structure, level and sources of incomes, wealth and the very composition of the household. Given that macro-economic models frequently represent one or a limited number of representative households, detailed distributional impacts can be assessed with the support of micro-level data.

The analysis combines the JRC-GEM-E3 model with the household budget survey (HBS) of 2010 to estimate distributional effects on households at EU level and by expenditure (income) deciles (see annex 9.5.3 for a description of the methodology). The estimated changes in relative prices generated by higher climate ambition (fragmented action REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios at 55% level of ambition, as per section 6.4.2, in particular Table 15) would affect lower income earners (or households in the lower deciles in terms of expenditure) significantly more than the top income earners (or households in the upper deciles in terms of expenditure) – see Figure 16.

Figure 16: Changes in relative welfare by expenditure decile due to changes in relative prices (fragmented action REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios with 55% level of ambition)

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

Relative increases in fuel and power prices are more significant under MIX and CPRICE than under REG, while the opposite is projected for housing prices. In the absence of redistribution, households in the lower expenditure deciles are more negative impacted under MIX and CPRICE than under REG, as the effect of higher relative fuel and power prices dominates. It must be stressed that the analysis is static, showing the impact of increased energy and housing prices while assuming the same broad consumption patterns as in 2010. It does not take into account the evolution of energy consumption due to changes in efficiency over the 2010-2030 period or the impact of policies.

In addition, the data indicate that a lump-sum redistribution of carbon revenue at the national level (i.e. additional revenues relative to baseline are recycled within country) and based on household size 150 could generate a positive welfare impact on the bottom expenditure decile of the EU population as a whole under MIX and CPRICE, and sharply reduce the negative impact on all other expenditure classes. This analysis therefore points that the impact on relative welfare is limited across many expenditure groups, and that carbon revenue at national level would be sufficient to compensate those more significantly affected (see annex 9.5.3 for a short description of impacts on household groups by income deciles rather than expenditure deciles). 151

The analysis presented in Figure 16 assumes that all revenues from carbon pricing are redistributed as a lump sum uniformly to all households, regardless of expenditure or income decile. As an actual policy, a redistribution mechanism could be significantly more targeted to address the needs of lower income/expenditure deciles. This would enable a higher degree of compensation for the households in need for any given level of revenue generated by carbon pricing.

In addition, a targeted redistribution mechanism could create room to use part of the carbon revenues to support sectoral restructuring. Section 6.4.2 indicated that using carbon revenues to reduce labour taxation reduces tax distortions and generates a “double dividend” by lowering business costs, improving competitiveness and increasing employment (see also section 6.5.1). Furthermore, carbon revenues can be used to provide more targeted support for sectoral restructuring, including for example via direct support for research and development, innovation and the deployment of new technologies at market scale. The use of carbon revenues therefore clearly involves a trade-off between the redistributional and economic restructuring objectives. The scale of resources involved clearly will also depend on choices made regarding the scope of sectors subject to carbon pricing. Finally, the scale of resources available at EU and national level will depend on a proposal regarding EU own resources.

A complementary analysis of distributional impacts on households was carried out with the GEM‑E3-FIT model, which includes a module representing household income, consumption patterns and skills composition. The analysis indicates that income inequality as measured by the Gini coefficient is expected to increase by 2030 under BSL, in part as a result of changes in the composition of skills in demand. It also confirms the finding above that the increase in inequality in BSL can be at least in part reversed under the policy scenarios when carbon revenues are used for lump sum transfers for households. Finally results from the E3ME model, which projects overall positive GDP impacts of increase climate ambition (see Table 14, section 6.4.2), correspondingly project limited increases also for real household disposable income for all income deciles.

The trends in system costs presented in section 6.4.1.1 show how some policy options increase capital expenses while reducing energy cost. The investment trends presented in section 6.4.1.3 show how increased investments result in a reduction in consumption in part – but not entirely – related to a reduction in energy expenses. Overall, citizens will face increased costs for reducing emissions and energy consumption. However, part of those costs will be repaid in the form of saving on energy expenditure.

The benefit of energy savings will not be enjoyed equally by all citizens. Households with higher disposable income will be able to invest in both energy efficiency and distributed renewable energy generation. Households with lower income might lack the access to capital necessary to invest. As described above, this situation is worsened by the different spending patterns across deciles as lower income households tend to spend a higher share of income for purchasing energy services.

As possible negative outcome of the transition, households in the lower income deciles might have to compensate higher energy expenditures by reducing consumption of other goods. As energy cost are projected to increase, energy poverty could intensify if not adequately addressed 152 .

Several policies are possible to mitigate negative distributional effects. As mentioned above, a lump sum transfer (either direct or in the form of tax rebates) can compensate for the rising costs of energy. Other options include means-tested support for energy investments (e.g. in the form of subsidies for energy efficiency measures) targeted to benefit mostly low-income households. Energy taxation also plays an important role in how the burden is shared among citizens. Progressive tax rates would have the effect of reducing the costs for vulnerable consumers. Furthermore, a tax shift from labour to carbon could be directed at the low-income segments of the labour market, for instance through earned income tax credit schemes.

As discussed above, the revenues from pricing carbon emissions are an obvious candidate for funding redistributive measures. All the options presented above present strong points and trade-offs, but a well-balanced portfolio of measures can largely reduce the unwanted distributional effects of climate policies. While not assessed in this Impact Assessment due to an ongoing update of the EU Reference Scenario on energy, transport and GHG emissions, these types of distributional impacts will also affect lower versus higher income Member States, with the former having in relative terms higher shares of low income households and higher exposure to related negative impacts. Similarly, Member States particularly hard hit by the COVID-19 pandemic might have a lower capability to address such issues within their own national budgets. Just like with individual households, distributional aspects across Member States will need to be fully addressed in order not to leave anybody behind. In anticipation, both the recently agreed EU budget 2021-2027 and the recovery and resilience package place major emphasis on promoting green investment in a just manner and thus mobilise significant financial resources towards lower income Member States and those that are particularly affected by the Covid-19 pandemic. In the coming months, the impact assessments accompanying future proposals in the context of this 2030 climate target plan will have to particularly address these distributional issues in light of the these budgetary decisions.

6.6Assessment of the broad architecture of options on intensification of renewable energy, energy efficiency and transport policies 

While this section looks at the impacts of policy scenarios and derives on this basis conclusions on future policy framework, annex 9.6 complements this assessment with indication of future policy tools that could correspond to assumptions made in policy scenarios.

For renewable energy, energy efficiency and transport, the four policy options related to the policy framework presented in sections 5.2.2.2, 5.2.2.3 and 5.2.2.4 (no, low, moderate and high ambition increase) were reflected in the scenario set-up. These policy options are needed to deliver the increased GHG target and result in increased level of ambition for renewable energy and energy efficiency.

These policy options can be implemented at European or national level, with sectoral or cross-sectoral tools, in form of regulatory or softer measures and would often interact with other pieces of legislation. The measures foreseen under the policy options are necessary to remove the current barriers and market failures to the uptake of renewable energy and energy efficiency (including in transport) and thus pave the way for the cost-effective decarbonisation of the energy system.

Achieving the GHG target of 55% would require a moderate (MIX) or high (REG) increase of both energy efficiency, renewables and transport policy framework across all energy system sectors, unless the decision would be to rely on strengthened carbon pricing and some transport policies (CPRICE, see section 6.8 for the discussion of such a scenario). GHG target of 50% (MIX-50) would require low ambition increase of energy efficiency, renewables and transport policy framework.

Contrasting the REG, MIX, MIX-50 and CPRICE scenario results enables to see how the environmental, social and economic impacts change depending on the overall policy framework. Importantly, the results of these scenarios must be attributed to all drivers, i.e. the overall architecture of measures represented by the scenarios.

As indicated in section 4, this analysis leads to broad indications as to the type of policies to be pursued preparing ground for full analysis accompanying the upcoming legislative proposals in 2021.

Environmental impacts

All scenarios clearly show that efforts in moderating energy demand and increased deployment of renewables across all sectors (including transport) are essential to deliver the increased climate ambition towards 50% and 55% GHG emissions reductions in 2030 and the objective of the climate neutrality in 2050. 153  

When comparing different scenarios illustrating different policy architectures allowing the achievement of the 55% GHG target, the scale of reductions in final energy consumption and the scale of deployment of renewable energy follows the scale of the intensification of energy efficiency and renewable policies. These policies are effective in impacting energy end-users in their choices towards energy efficiency measures adoption/renewable energy uptake and corresponding investments.

In REG, overall ambition for renewables deployment and (primary and final) energy savings is comparatively higher than in MIX, which in turn achieves higher results than CPRICE. ALLBNK, with higher domestic GHG reduction effort than other scenarios has even higher ambition in renewables deployment (and consequently in primary energy savings) than REG. Lower GHG target in MIX-50 leads to lower overall renewables share and lowest savings in final energy consumption. These patterns remain unchanged when discussing specific sectors. The sections below mainly discuss REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios achieving the same 55% GHG target and differentiating only the policy set-up.

All scenarios show that for the end use sectors GHG reduction efforts are the highest in buildings (both residential and services 154 ). The large decarbonisation potential of these sectors already is and can be addressed by further intensification of current EE and RES policies.

The moderate and high intensification of the measures directed to the buildings sector (residential and services sector) in REG and MIX show that energy efficiency measures targeting an acceleration of renovations rates and increasing renovation depths combined with an uptake of renewable technologies in heating and cooling (notably heat pumps) are indeed effective policies to achieve higher climate ambition. Modelling shows that it is more cost-efficient to increase the depth of renovations towards deep renovation and through a holistic approach combining measures in the building envelope with the upgrading of the heating systems and integrating renewable energy solutions. This approach delivers more energy savings and can reduce emissions from the building sector in a more sustainable manner as compared to lighter renovations which increase to a relative larger degree in the BSL. While regulatory measures of the existing legal framework would need to be reinforced to achieve such effect, the financing and enabling conditions would be critical, especially for higher energy efficiency ambition.

In the services sector, further analysis (in addition to scenarios modelled) will be needed regarding the ICT sector. Given the increasing demand for ICT services and data, the electricity demand for data handling is expected to grow. Further analysis is needed to see how further reduction of energy demand and promote waste heat reuse could be implemented in practice in this sector.

As regards industry, slightly contrasted finding can be shown on overall energy demand and on the fuel mix switch. CPRICE achieves higher GHG reduction in this sector thanks to carbon price while reductions are smaller in REG and MIX. Nevertheless, these scenarios assume only a generic incentive to increase efficiency therefore a more specific analysis would be needed to assess the policy elements indicated in the strengthened policy framework for industry. This applies in particular to better implementation of energy audits, which have proven to identify well the potential for energy savings, but are not always followed-up by necessary actions as well as potential for waste heat reuse 155 .

Finally, for transport, a combination of vehicle/vessels/aircraft efficiency improvements, fuel mix changes, greater use of more sustainable transport modes and multi-modal solutions, digitalisation, smart traffic and mobility management, road pricing and incentives driving behavioural changes in REG could have further positive impacts on reduction of transport externalities. In addition significant impact is made by more stringent CO2 standards for vehicles and the fuel mandates. The decarbonisation of transport in the MIX scenario would require ensuring synergies between the strengthened legislative framework and carbon pricing incentives in road transport.

Across all sectors, the modelling results point to positive environmental impacts of further electrification of the economy - a key avenue for energy system integration and thus cost-effective decarbonisation 156 - in particular in road transport and low to medium temperature heating and cooling, driven by moderate and high intensification of renewable and energy efficiency policies.

Economic impacts

High intensification of energy and transport policies in REG requires significantly higher investments (mainly linked to increased renovations as well as heating equipment change in residential and services sectors) than other options achieving the same GHG ambition, but the upfront capital costs are later compensated by the energy purchases expenditure reductions. CPRICE scenario is constructed differently and - as a result of relying principally on the carbon price and not on policies - has lower upfront capital costs (notably linked to renovations) but higher energy purchases costs throughout the projection period. Impacts on investments (annualised) and energy purchase lead to differences in energy system costs of the scenarios.

In general, the variation of energy system costs for the increased GHG ambition is limited. Looking at the energy system costs excluding carbon allowances payments and excluding disutilities in the 2021-30 perspective: CPRICE appears as the scenario with lowest costs, with MIX being very close to CPRICE, and REG being more expensive. The situation actually reverses when carbon pricing payments and disutilities are included, where the REG scenario presents the lowest cost. In the 2031-50 perspective, the differences in system costs including carbon pricing payments and disutility costs become more amplified, with REG being significantly lower than other scenarios because of the long-term benefits of energy efficiency measures of this scenario.

Clearly, taking into account considerable investment needs across all scenarios, an optimal allocation of investments in the energy system where they make most economic sense is of importance. This is reflected in modelling where investments are optimised with availability of RES resources and EE potentials, which contributes to reducing energy system costs. In policy terms, this underpins the importance of EU initiatives whose aim is to optimise the functioning of the energy system in line with the recently adopted Strategy for Energy System Integration 157 and the Hydrogen Strategy 158 .

Alongside the increase in system costs, significant additional (to BSL) savings in terms of fossil fuel import bills (0.1-0.2% of GDP in 2030) are also projected for all scenarios. These savings are similar across various pathways, though they are slightly higher with energy and transport policies most intensified, i.e. in scenario REG.

Social impacts

In the previous sections it becomes apparent that the rising cost of energy required to decarbonise the system has some impact on the share of income which the European households spend on energy. In all scenarios, households spend a higher share of their income on (energy-related) equipment and a smaller share on fuel expenditure (see section 6.5.2). The key benefit of more ambitious EE and RES policies is in better shielding of consumers from the impact of increasing energy prices both in the buildings sector (residential and services). Importantly, this effect amplifies over time.

While impact of the higher GHG ambition on relative welfare across income groups even without redistribution measures seems limited, targeted measures to protect low-income or vulnerable consumers should be intensified. Energy policies can help better protect vulnerable consumers who most often inhabit buildings with low energy performance and that would benefit most from deep renovations. Likewise, renewable policies, including those aiming to incentivise self-consumption, could also contribute to address energy poverty.

The social impacts of the increased ambition are first and foremost visible in terms of the heating bill and costs of renovations. To maximise the cost-effectiveness of policies, the worst performing building segments should be targeted as they are the ones maximizing effects on efficiency at a lower marginal cost. Such an effect could be achieved with measures targeting specific profiles of buildings owners and users as well as specific obstacles and barriers for their renovations. Conversely, a blanket economic disincentive alone (e.g. through a carbon price or via taxation) could be less effective in case of buildings owners with low income or in presence of split incentives. This example speaks also in favour of targeted measures to address specific market failures, designed in a way to maximise effects on emissions reduction, overall systems costs and addressing distributional effects.

A general conclusion on the future policy mix, is that both economic incentives and specific targeted regulatory measures are needed, the latter addressing market failures and barriers preventing energy efficiency and renewables investments (see annex 9.8).

6.7Impacts of ETS extension and interaction with the ESR 

This section takes an increased ambition as a starting point and summarises the impacts on the current key cross-sectoral climate policy instruments, the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) and the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR). The analysis focuses on a GHG ambition level of ‑55%. Starting from analysing policy impacts in the current scope of the two policy instruments, it then assesses different options to increase the role of carbon pricing notably by extending the scope of emissions trading. More detailed analysis is provided in annex 9.7.

6.7.1Environmental impacts of policy aspects: impact on ETS and ESR 

The existing 2030 climate and energy legislation features a target of -43% reduction in GHG emissions from the ETS sector compared with 2005, and -30% reduction in the ESR sectors to achieve at least -40% domestic GHG reduction compared with 1990. The increase in climate ambition to -50 to -55% below 1990 would lead to significantly higher GHG emission reductions than legislated both in the ETS and ESR sectors. Table 26 below provides an overview of the emission reductions achieved for the current and different changes in sectoral scope of ETS and ESR based on the modelled scenarios.

The ETS sectors, even with a changed scope, are projected to reduce emissions more compared to 2005 than the ESR sectors, driven by the greater scale of cost-efficient emission reduction opportunities of the power sector, while industry reduces less. From the current ESR sectors, also buildings show a similar level of mitigation potential as ETS sectors with an increased energy efficiency already in the baseline and stepping up of fuel switching in the policy scenarios. In contrast, transport reduces less, with road transport only reducing a bit more than 25% over this period. For the current ESR sectors, the reductions would be -39 to ‑40% for -55% GHG. See annex 9.5.2.1 for more detail on the type of cost-efficient reductions achieved per sector under the different scenarios.

Table 26: ETS scope extension and projected ambition levels in ETS and ESR for different sectoral coverages

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX-nonCO2 variant

C PRICE

ALL BNK

Total GHG vs 1990 (including intra EU aviation and navigation)

GHG incl. LULUCF

-46.9%

-51.0%

-55.0%

-55.0%

-55.1%

-55.0%

-57.9%

GHG excl. LULUCF

-45.1%

-49.0%

-52.8%

-52.8%

-52.8%

-52.8%

-55.5%

ETS sector GHG % reductions vs 2005 given scope selected

Stationary installations ETS

-55%

-60%

-65%

-65%

-64%

-65%

-69%

+ intra EU aviation (current scope) (option ETS_1)

-54%

-58%

-63%

-64%

-63%

-64%

-67%

+ all aviation + all navigation 159

-47%

-52%

-57%

-57%

-56%

-57%

-61%

+ intra EU aviation + intra EU navigation

-52%

-57%

-62%

-62%

-61%

-63%

-66%

+ intra EU aviation + buildings + road transport

-47%

-51%

-56%

-56%

-55%

-56%

-58%

+ intra EU aviation & navigation + buildings + road transport

-46%

-%

-55%

-55%

-54%

-55%

-58%

+ intra EU aviation + road transport

-45%

-49%

-53%

-53%

-52%

-53%

-56%

+ intra EU aviation + buildings 160

-55%

-60%

-65%

-65%

-64%

-65%

-68%

+ intra EU aviation + all energy CO2

-47%

-51%

-55%

-55%

-54%

-55%

-58%

ESR sector GHG % reductions vs 2005 in different scopes

ESR current scope (option ETS_1)

-32%

-36%

-39%

-39%

-40%

-39%

-41%

ESR excl. buildings and road transport

-27%

-30%

-34%

-34%

-36%

-34%

-37%

ESR excl. road transport

-37%

-42%

-45%

-45%

-47%

-45%

-48%

ESR excl. buildings

-24%

-27%

-30%

-30%

-31%

-29%

-32%

ESR excl. all energy CO2 

-23%

-26%

-30%

-30%

-33%

-30%

-33%

Note: The policy options analysed in this section are best reflected by those scenario results, which are not in italics. Policy option ETS_1 with the current ETS and ESR sectors is best reflected by the scenario keeping the EU ETS scope unchanged (REG). Options with additional sectors covered by emissions trading (options ETS_2.1 and ETS_2.2) are best reflected with scenarios further expanding carbon pricing (MIX-50, MIX, MIX-nonCO2, CPRICE and ALLBNK). Scenario results presented, which are not directly applicable, are presented in italics (e.g. BSL results for different sector scopes). Options ETS_3 and ETS_4 are not directly reflected by the scenarios, however can be approximated by the results of the MIX scenario.

Source: own calculations, PRIMES model, GAINS model

The results of the public consultation show that, when asked to prioritise the three key pieces of climate legislation (ETS, ESR and LULUCF), a majority of stakeholders believe that all the three pieces of legislation require an increase in the climate ambition. The ETS has the highest percentage of all stakeholders perceiving the legislation requires a substantially increased climate ambition, but at the same time it also had more stakeholders noting that it did not require additional ambition. Organised stakeholders rated the need for substantial increases in ESR reductions highest.

Impacts on the EU ETS for its current scope

In policy option ETS_1 (the current ETS scope), the BSL scenario would achieve a 2030 emission reduction of -54% compared to 2005 while the policy scenario REG would achieve emission reductions of -63% by 2030 compared to 2005, increasing to -67% in ALLBNK 161 .

Reaching a 2030 cap in line with the emission projections under option ETS_1 for GHG reductions economy-wide would require a change of the ETS linear reduction factor, an update overall recognised as needed by stakeholders 162 .

A revised linear reduction factor is dependent not only on the 2030 ETS ambition but also on other elements including its starting year, the baseline level from which the LRF is applied and the scope. The Figure 17 gives a stylised representation of how the ETS stationary cap could evolve taking into account the projected scenario results. ALLBNK would result in the tightest cap for stationary installations because this scenario requires overall the largest reductions of domestic sectors. MIX of course results in a more stringent cap than MIX-50.

If for stationary installations not only the LRF gets reviewed at some point (in Figure 17 in 2026), but also its starting level (referred to in the below stylised example as ‘rebasing’) then the overall quantity of allowances over the period could further decrease. In Figure 17 the rebasing uses as the starting point 2025 emissions levels as projected in the different scenarios. With rebasing, the LRF needs to change less.

Figure 17: Stylised examples of how to update the ETS stationary cap

   

Source: Own calculations

Regarding scope, for policy purposes, the definition of the cap and LRF setting requires a robust and verified emissions data reference point. For the current ETS scope, the ETS Monitoring, Reporting and Verification (MRV) system ensures the data robustness for the covered sectors, and for a possible scope extension a comparable system is required. This impact and the consistency with the overall framework will have to be further assessed in the subsequent policy review.

The installations covered by the ETS today are emitting less than the total cap. This gap between the cap and the actual emissions was estimated at around 250 million allowances in 2019 due to the large reduction of emissions. In the BSL scenario, this difference is projected to continue early on in the next decade. Accordingly, a large surplus of allowances is likely to remain in the system thereby potentially preventing it from delivering the necessary investment signal to reduce GHG emissions in a cost-efficient manner. This may only be addressed if the Market Stability Reserve is strengthened as part of its first review in 2021. Conversely, an update of the cap based on rebasing, rather than only updating the LRF will reduce faster any generation of an excess of allowances.

The implications of an increased ETS ambition on the architecture for addressing carbon leakage risks are assessed in section 6.9.

Impacts on the ESR for its current scope

The BSL scenario as well as the EU-NECP variant achieves a 2030 emission reduction of 32%. In line with the current ESR architecture and scope (option ETS_1), the REG policy scenario sees emissions reduced mainly through increased EE, RES, transport and some non-CO2 policies, resulting for -55% GHG in an ESR reduction of 39% compared to 2005. This is achieved by significant additional reductions notably in the buildings sector, and to a lesser extent in the transport, non-CO2 and non-ETS industry sectors.

Ensuring achievement of this emission reduction in the current policy architecture would imply translating this ambition level into more ambitious national 2030 targets, requiring a step up on average of 10 to 11 percentage points (p.p.) compared to the -29% EU27 aggregate resulting from the current ESR targets. 22% of all stakeholders (corresponding to around 40% of those with a view) support to increase ESR ambition in line with its cost-effective contribution. The large increase in emission reductions required points also to the need to consider additional EU level measures to facilitate achieving those. This would also require a change of the target trajectories. Based on the current ESR framework with its two five-yearly compliance cycles, this could be implemented for the second cycle in 2026-2030.

Contrary to this balanced approach, some Member States and 4% of all stakeholders have indicated that they want a focus on higher emission reductions in the ETS sectors instead of tightening further current ESR targets for increasing ambition. The realisation of some of the reduction potentials, e.g. in existing buildings and agriculture, is seen as more uncertain due to specific barriers. In the modelling results, the ETS sectors are already expected to reduce more (see Table 26). And a 5 p.p. additional ambition in the ETS sectors alone would imply at current ETS scope, a further increase of the ETS target to 70% and in turn a high linear reduction factor.

Impacts of changes of sectoral ETS coverage illustrated for a -55% GHG reduction

If additional sectors were to be covered by the ETS as in options ETS_2, ETS_3 and to a certain extent ETS_4, this would increase the likelihood of achieving the emission reductions in these sectors, and hence the EU’s GHG target for 2030. With the resulting carbon prices, firms and households would have an additional economic incentive to reduce their emissions in the sectors newly covered by an ETS, and this incentive would rise, even countering possible rebound effects from efficiency improvements and resulting cost reductions. It would also help in diffusing decarbonisation technologies more quickly. With buildings and road transport CO2 emissions included in the ETS, around three quarters of the current total emissions (around two thirds in 2030) would be covered by an EU wide cap. This compares to around one third in 2030 in the current architecture. 55% of stakeholders favoured EU wide uniform carbon prices through ETS inclusion in the road transport sector, and 32% in the building sector, with another 32% preferring the option that carbon prices in this sector would differ from current ETS.

ETS emissions in the main variants of ETS_2 and ETS_3, that include the building and road transport sectors into the ETS or create (at least temporarily) a separate trading system for these sectors, reduce by 55 to 56% compared to 2005, which is less than in option ETS_1 without buildings and the road transport sector in the ETS. Of stakeholders which have a view on this question, 30% prefer that sectors covered by the ETS remain in the ESR (18% of all stakeholders), while 15% prefer to exclude them from the ESR (9% of all stakeholders).

The carbon pricing scenarios show clearly that building emissions are expected to respond significantly stronger to carbon prices than transport emissions, with additional reductions between 2015 and 2030 compared to the baseline of 14 to 15 p.p. for residential and 9 to 12 p.p. for services, compared to 3 p.p. for road transport. One reason is that in the transport sector, there are currently already often high explicit or implicit carbon prices through national carbon or energy taxation, unlike in the buildings sector, and therefore the additional incentive is smaller. For motor fuels, the EU27 unweighted average of implicit carbon prices of current MS nominal energy and carbon tax rates reported in the Taxes in Europe database amounts to around EUR 240 for petrol and around EUR 160 for diesel.

A strong point of options ETS_2 and ETS_3 is that the ETS has strong enforcement. It thus scores high on certainty to deliver the environmental outcome. The enforcement mechanisms in case of non-compliance with the obligations through the financial penalties under the EU ETS apply directly to the emitting entity. In the ESR the compliance obligation is on each Member State, through additional emission factors 163 and standard infringement procedures.

Option ETS_2.1 has some significant implications for the ESR. It would require a smaller numerical increase of Member State targets than in the current ESR scope, with emissions having to decrease by 34 to 36% instead of 39 to 40%. However, the ESR would lose around 55% of the current emission scope and the share of emissions covered by the ESR would decrease in 2030 from 66 to 67% in option ETS_1 to 32 to 33%. This would leave agriculture as the main remaining sector (CO2 and non-CO2 together around half of the remaining ESR scope), followed by industry with around 20% and waste and energy with both around 10% of the remaining ESR emissions. The major reduction in ESR scope could also lead to significant changes in Member State specific cost-efficiency gaps to achieve national targets based on fairness (GDP per capita) compared to the 2016 ESR impact assessment 164 . The increased role of agriculture would also invite to revisit the role of the LULUCF flexibility, which has been designed to compensate for the comparatively lower technical mitigation potential of agriculture. See also section 6.10 on LULUCF for some further context and broader implications.

The main variant of option ETS_3, which puts the buildings and road transport sector at least transitionally in a separate ETS, leads to two ETS systems of roughly similar size in 2030, each close to 35% of total emissions. One of the reasons for separate systems would be to first ensure their robustness, with expected early challenges associated including with a lack of a robust and verified emissions data reference for the cap setting in the new ETS.

Maintaining ESR coverage in a transitional manner for some sectors newly covered by emissions trading, as in options ETS_2.2 and ETS_3, can lead to a situation where sectors in the ESR that are also in the ETS, reduce more than needed in the ESR as a whole, allowing sectors not covered by the ETS in the ESR to do less than what would be cost-efficient. This risk would be reduced in case the scope expansion covers a large part of ESR emissions or if ESR targets are set higher. This risk could also be limited by specific ambitious EU measures in these sectors, such as the F-gas regulation and EU circular economy and waste legislation, or a further greening of the CAP.

Impacts of additional national carbon pricing measures

In option ETS_4, the current ETS/ESR architecture continues, and related architectural impacts described under option ETS_1 also apply. However, it is complemented by an additional carbon price incentive to reduce emissions, in principle created by a national system. An obligation to set up national trading systems would prioritise the certainty of the environmental impacts and counter rebound effects from cost reductions. National carbon taxation would have less certainty to achieve the targeted emission reductions. If collectively the national caps are set at a level below the EU ambition for the sectors covered by these national systems, option ETS_4 will not achieve the required EU wide GHG reduction.

Setting explicit minimum carbon price levels for these sectors by a revision of the EU energy taxation could mitigate internal market challenges by ensuring the same minimum carbon prices across all EU Member States, but in itself is no guarantee for delivery of the required emission reduction.

6.7.2Economic impacts 

The general economic impacts of an increased ETS and ESR ambition and various scenarios are assessed in section 6.4. Options with an emissions trading system at the EU level (options ETS_2 and 3) can assist in first incentivising the cheapest reductions across Member States, improving cost-efficiency in the sectors covered and delivering increased environmental certainty at the emission reductions to be achieved. This is not the case with a variant of option ETS_4 with a national carbon tax, or where national trading system do not add up to the required overall ambition level.

An extension of the EU ETS to new sectors such as in option ETS_2 would not only represent a significant expansion in the availability of abatement options across the EU, but also across sectors compared to the current situation. It would create a more integrated carbon market with a single carbon price, which could hence drive emission reductions where they are overall most cost-efficient. It would ensure the maximum cost-efficiency and not distort the single market.

By contrast, options ETS_3 and ETS_4 could lead to different carbon prices for the buildings and road transport sectors, the current EU ETS sectors, or across Member States, and could therefore possibly be more adapted to diverse abatement potentials and ability to pay of different sectors and Member States. This needs to be weighed against the problems, which the different national prices or different prices in different sectors, may create for the level playing field in the single market, in particular but not only in road transport.

Covering building emissions fully by the current ETS (options ETS_2.1 and ETS_2.2) would provide a level playing field in terms of carbon pricing of domestic fossil-fuelled heating systems with district heating and electric heating already now covered by the ETS. Similarly, covering road transport emissions fully by the current ETS would provide a level playing field in terms of carbon pricing of fossil-fuelled road transport and rail with electric vehicles and electrified rail.

In principle it is difficult to argue for double EU regulation from an economic perspective, as for the same emissions two different parties would be obligated to reduce them, leading to potential inefficiencies. However, there is ample evidence that at least the short term price sensitivity in the buildings and transport sector is relatively low 165 , hence prices either cannot overcome all barriers or might need to be very high to achieve the outcome, a risk which modelling and the resulting carbon price of €60/tCO2 in CPRICE can only reflect to a certain extent.

In option ETS_2.2 the economic rationale for keeping the sectors newly covered in the EU ETS also in the scope of the ESR is to limit the carbon price impact risks for the industry sector by continuing to make sure that important non-price-sensitive abatement potentials would be addressed by the Member States. To be efficient, Member States would need to take into account the development of the EU ETS price and its impact on their domestic emissions in these sectors when specifying their policies.

Option ETS_3 creates an EU level carbon pricing instrument to facilitate the cost-efficient achievement of the ESR reductions, while acknowledging that there are externalities less amenable to be addressed by prices, for which targeted national policies (and/or some targeted intensification of EU wide energy efficiency and renewables policies) could be also economically useful.

In option ETS_4, the variant with national carbon taxation has the economic advantage over emissions trading that prices are more predictable (subject to political interventions). However, emissions trading enables emission reductions to take place where least costly. In the few countries that have an effective carbon taxation for buildings and transport, carbon tax levels are often higher than current EU ETS prices.

Notably in the building sector, the introduction of the carbon pricing will have a material impact on end user prices. While this would exactly provide for the economic incentive to reduce emissions, it can also affect lower income households (see also section 6.5.2).

Figure 18 shows the sensitivity analysis for the effect of different carbon prices on fuel prices both in road transport and buildings in 2030.

Figure 18: Average EU end user prices (2030 estimate)

Source: Enerdata, derived from EnerFuture (EnerBlue Scenario)

The cost efficiency of the ETS at achieving additional emissions abatement might be limited by the current heterogeneity of the national fuel tax landscape.

Auctioning is the default method for allocating allowances in the EU ETS, because it is the most economically efficient and simplest system and avoids windfall profits 166 . Free allocation of allowances is only continued as a safeguard for sectors at a significant risk of carbon leakage. However, both the buildings and road transport sectors have relatively small or non-existing competitive pressure from outside the EU.

As discussed in section 6.4.2 auctioning puts a price on an externality, and allows recycling revenues. If used to reduce distorting taxes it decreases the overall economic impacts and can even spur growth. It can also be used to invest in precisely the low-carbon investment needed to decarbonise. This is line with the outcome of the consultation, where the largest share of respondents perceived that the revenue from carbon pricing should be used to finance green technologies and low-emission mobility infrastructure. 167

6.7.3Social and distributional impacts of policy aspects

The results of the public consultation show that the social acceptability is often perceived by stakeholders as the largest challenge in relation to an extension of emissions trading to buildings and transport. The general social and distributional impacts of an increased ETS and ESR ambition and various scenarios are assessed in sections 6.4 and 6.5. Many of the policy aspects depend on the details of policy proposals, thus only a few policy related considerations can be provided at this stage.

The impacts of a uniform carbon price for these sectors under options ETS_2 and ETS_3 are expected to vary across Member States, depending also on the way ETS auctioning revenues are distributed. Options ETS_2 and ETS_3 with ETS coverage of new sectors while maintaining them in the ESR could lead to additional distributional impacts between Member States depending on whether the national ESR targets would be significantly less or more stringent than ETS induced reductions.

The ESR has a relevant distributional impact on different Member States, mostly determined by the extent of gaps between emissions and targets 168 . The scenarios indicate that additional emission reductions compared to the baseline under the current ESR scope (option ETS_1) are roughly equally distributed between higher income and lower income Member States.

6.7.4Administrative impacts

Presently inventories of ESR emissions are based on the economy wide GHG reporting by the EU and its Member States to the UNFCCC from which the verified ETS emissions data are subtracted for each Member State. If emissions trading is extended to new sectors (options ETS_2 and ETS_3), it must be possible to measure and monitor emissions with high certainty and at reasonable cost and be able to attribute it to individual entities. The results of the public consultation show that administrative complexity and implementation of robust monitoring, reporting and verification systems are among the largest challenges identified by stakeholders in relation to an extension to new sectors. 169  

An extension will require a new monitoring, reporting and verification system for the additional sectors. An extension to new sectors will trigger costs related to the setting in place and the operating of such a system, both for the regulated entities and public authorities, including in terms of IT infrastructure and human resources. Regulated entities’ participation in the system would imply obtaining a permit, a registry account, putting in place a monitoring, reporting and verification system, obtaining and surrendering allowances. Public authorities would need to ensure the running of the system and compliance by regulated entities with its requirements.

Different competent authority structures in the EU ETS framework are encountered across Member States. In most Member States more than one competent authority is responsible for all activities of the ETS. For this reasons and due to possible coordination of monitoring and reporting with already existing requirements for the purpose of excise duty, it is not possible to give quantitative figures on the administrative costs incurred by regulators in the various Member States.

Looking at the setting in place of the system, the option whereby the existing ETS is extended (option ETS_2) has the advantage that the use of the existing infrastructure may be more obvious. With regard to the costs associated with operating the system, options ETS_2 and ETS_3 would trigger recurring administrative costs and burden for regulated entities and public authorities. The cost of monitoring, reporting and verification in the current EU ETS has been estimated to represent about 70% of the total transaction costs and average MRV costs per entity have been estimated at around 22,000 €/year and 0.07 €/tCO2 170 . Furthermore, administrative costs include fees for the use of the registry which differ in the Member States 171 .

Because of the large number of small emitters (many of which are private persons) in the buildings and road transport sectors, a downstream approach such as in the current ETS whereby the emitters themselves are regulated does not seem feasible when extending emissions trading to the two sectors. An upstream approach whereby not the emitters themselves but entities further up the supply chain are regulated, can remedy the challenges associated with the large number of small emitters in the two sectors 172 . It must thereby be ensured that the chosen point of regulation is technically feasible (volumes can be monitored and reported, and end use known), that incentives to reduce emissions can be passed on to consumers, and that the administrative costs are proportional to the reduction effect.

An assessment against these elements shows that the regional distributors for gas 173 , tax warehouses for oil 174  and distributors for coal could qualify for being upstream regulatory points. While there are more than 2,300 regional distributors for gas, the cost of identifying supply streams to buildings and filling stations is expected to be moderate. With respect to oil, the number of regulated entities would be high (there are approximately 7,000 tax warehouses) but the administrative costs for these entities would be moderate since they are already heavily regulated and an administrative quantity metering system for monitoring and reporting already exists for the purpose of excise duty. With respect to coal there would be a relatively high number of regulated entities (there are about 3,000 coal distributors). In comparison to the markets for oil and gas, the administrative impacts would be significantly higher since there would be many smaller regulated entities which have hardly been regulated up to now and which would need to establish reliable monitoring and reporting systems. Adequate measures would need to be put in place to mitigate this risk 175 .

The above shows that with an extension of emissions trading to the two sectors as foreseen in options ETS_2 and ETS_3, the number of regulated entities would more than double compared to the current number of regulated entities under the EU ETS. However, it can be expected that the monitoring and reporting rules that would be adopted for the upstream regulated entities would be not more complex than in the current EU ETS system. In the new sectors, only sales of largely standardised fuels for combustion purposes would be monitored. The calculation of emissions could continue to rely on emission factors, as in the current system.

Adopting an upstream approach when extending emissions trading to the two sectors as foreseen in options ETS_2 and ETS_3 would lead to a hybrid system whereby some entities currently already covered under the EU ETS would continue to be regulated downstream. Any risk of double counting (e.g. upstream coverage of fuel being supplied to installations already covered by the EU ETS) or risk of loopholes (e.g. larger non-ETS gas consumers that do not purchase their gas from the distributors but have instead a direct connection to the gas TSO network) would need to be assessed appropriately.

If all fossil fuels emissions were included into an emissions trading system, it would not be necessary to differentiate between individual sectors. Still, the challenges coming from the combination of an upstream and downstream model (i.e. replacing the EU ETS with a new EU-wide-all-fossil-fuels upstream emissions trading system) and the risk of double counting would exist and need to be addressed. While a shift to a full upstream model may be seen to solve MRV issues, it would mean an overhaul of the ETS, which has proven to work well.

To the extent that the sectors are included into a national emissions trading system (option ETS_4), it is likely that precise coverage and regulation in the different Member States would differ leading to a heterogeneous design. However, the national systems could be more tailor-made in function of the existing situation in a Member State.

6.8Climate and Energy Policy Architecture: ETS extension/carbon taxation and need to intensify energy and transport policies 

The core scenarios analysed in section 6.2 to 6.5 represent in a stylised way interactions between climate and energy policy architectures, representing a more energy and transport policy driven policy mix to achieve the overall ambition (REG), a more carbon price driven policy mix (CPRICE) and a policy mix combining stronger carbon pricing with intensified energy and transport policies (MIX) with a variant intensifying non-CO2 policies (MIX-nonCO2). Following the more detailed analysis of options to strengthen the climate policy architecture (section 6.7) and to intensify renewables and energy efficiency policies (section 6.6) the aim of this section is to analyse the interaction of these policy options, illustrated for a GHG emission reduction of -55%.

Policy interactions are already manifold between existing climate and energy policies. A particular focus of this section is on the building and transport sectors, as they are covered by the horizontal legislation on GHG emissions (Effort Sharing Regulation), on renewables (Renewable Energy Directive), energy efficiency (Energy Efficiency Directive, Energy Performance of Buildings Directive) and fuel infrastructure (Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Directive), but currently, except for aviation, not by the horizontal EU carbon pricing instrument, the EU Emissions Trading System. In addition, several pieces of sector specific EU legislation apply. The policy scenarios clearly show that ambitious policies are needed to achieve the overall climate ambition increase. The focus of this section is mainly on new policy interactions between intensified renewable energy and energy efficiency and transport policies and possible new EU carbon pricing policies through coverage by emissions trading or mandated carbon taxation in two sectors: buildings/residential and services heating and road transport.

The strengthening of existing renewable, energy efficiency and transport policies builds on intensifying and reinforcing existing interactions between specific policies on energy efficiency and specific policies fostering renewable energy, in line with the Energy Efficiency First principle. To succeed it is of utmost importance to exploit synergies and seek consistency of the reviews of the Renewable Energy Directive, the Energy Efficiency Directive, the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive and the EU Ecodesign and Energy Labelling Framework. The REG scenario reflects this reinforcement with, in 2030, a 0.7 to 1.1 percentage points (p.p.) further final energy consumption reduction than in the other scenarios, as well as a 0.3 to 1.2 p.p. higher renewables share compared to the other scenarios. This synergetic effect comes with a drop of the total amount of direct renewable final energy consumed compared to baseline (BSL, of -3%) and the other two scenarios, which increase 1-2% compared to BSL. This is also partly due to the higher rate of electricity use in final energy consumption compared to baseline (but similar as in MIX and CPRICE) which contributes to both renewables and energy efficiency. The absolute amount of electricity used in final energy is 2% lower than in baseline and 1-2% lower than in the scenarios with carbon pricing.

The success of this policy mix would also depend on exploiting synergies with other relevant policies, essential to deliver on a more integrated energy system as put forward by the Commission in its recent strategy 176 , such as the review of the TEN-E regulation, sustainable product policy, circular economy and biodiversity strategies, etc. As it is composed of a large number of individual policy elements to address specific barriers, the detailed policy interactions and challenges can only be analysed once these policy elements are more clearly specified. An example of such interaction is that the impact of very strong policies targeting only the building envelope would lower the energy demand and reduce the need to also look for renewable solutions to meet the remaining demand, and vice-versa, policies targeting only renewables deployment could limit the incentives to improve energy efficiency, as savings of energy coming primarily from renewable sources might seem less attractive. Limited information and lack of highly skilled workers regarding the availability of options regarding heating requirements could lead to sub-optimal decisions prior to or during a renovation, which could be either non-renewable based or result in over-sized solutions.

There are clear interactions of the described policy mix with the EU Emissions Trading System, as it lowers the additional carbon price incentive needed to reduce CO2 emissions in the power, industry, electric heating and district heating sectors. The MIX scenario reflects this policy interaction with intensified policies on energy efficiency and renewable energy resulting in significantly lower carbon prices in 2030 of €44/tCO2 instead of €60/tCO2 in 2030. This would be an important feature of limiting the impact on traditional ETS sectors in case of scope expansion in the EU ETS. Interactions with the Effort Sharing Regulation are different in nature. The binding national emission reduction targets under the latter have mainly the function of a safeguard that the intended energy-related emission reductions through the specific policies are achieved, incentivising Member States to effectively implement policies and mitigate distributional effects between Member States, while ensuring that also in the ESR sectors not addressed by renewables and efficiency policies (currently around 40% and in 2030 around 45% of ESR emissions) sufficient emission reduction policies are implemented at the national level. Very strong EU energy efficiency, renewable and transport policies can also lower the need for national emission reductions in other effort sharing sectors.

Extending carbon pricing by means of trading emissions or carbon taxation to other energy use sectors such as buildings and transports can lead to significant interactions with the described specific policies. The provided financial incentive for low emitting energy uses and financial penalty for high emitting energy uses can positively influence market diffusion of minimum energy performance requirements for buildings, CO2 emission standards for vehicles and eco-design standards e.g. for boilers and water heaters. It can also drive the quicker diffusion of the use of renewable energy in heating and transport and hence help achieving the objectives and obligations under the Renewable Energy Directive. Such effects would strongly depend on the level of the carbon price. As regards buildings renovations, carbon price alone is however expected to have a limited impact on deep renovations. These interactions are reflected in the changes to baseline in the CPRICE scenario, reducing final energy consumption in ESR sectors by 5%, increasing RES H&C shares by 6 p.p. and renewable final energy demand by 12%. ETS or carbon taxation is one instrument to provide the additional economic incentives for energy efficiency and renewable energy investments.

Stronger incentives for electrifying demand which put the same price tag on fossil fuel energy use in buildings and transport as in the ETS lead to 2% higher electricity share in final demand than in baseline. A drawback from an environmental perspective is a stronger incentive to use bioenergy, the use of which compared to baseline would increase by 5%, however 1 p.p. less than in REG. A drawback from a social perspective are the higher energy prices for consumers. A policy example where such policy interactions can be illustrated is the ambitious Swedish carbon taxation 177 . Hence sustainability safeguards for bioenergy and redistributive elements as accompanying measures would gain further importance.

There are some interaction differences which depend on or link with the choice of the carbon pricing instrument, ETS or carbon taxation 178 . The EU is competent to set up an EU ETS and has experience with it, while taxation is largely a Member State prerogative, with the EU only setting minimum tax levels to safeguard the internal market, and also this only if all MS agree. There is an emerging national experience (see discussion of the German example) and extra-EU experiences with emissions trading systems including buildings and/or transport. Electrification, which already in BSL increases from less than 25% now to more than 30% in 2030, expands its coverage and potentially shifting emissions from effort sharing sectors, including buildings and transport, to the existing ETS sectors 179 . The more a sector is using electricity, the stronger the argument to put electricity and fossil fuels used on equal footing in terms of carbon pricing, as is currently the case for industrial combustion, combined heat and power (CHP) and district heating. As the picture is very different for buildings and transport, the details are covered in the sector specific annex 9.8.

As analysed under option ETS_4 in section 6.7, beyond this economic argument, an ETS with its fixed emission quantity provides also certainty to achieve emission reductions and hence the EU GHG target than a carbon tax and is robust towards rebound effects. However, there is a risk that given the historically rather low elasticity of demand the necessary carbon price increases might be higher than modelled. This could be the case if accompanying policies to address other market barriers are not there or less effective, or national governments feel responsible anymore. The analysis of the option ETS_2.2 and ETS_3 in parallel to an ETS coverage the ESR should be maintained tackle this issue in more detail. Carbon taxation has target uncertainty but the economic advantage that prices are more predictable.

Although Member States have gained extensive experience with setting up an EU ETS between 2008 and 2012, there are also higher administrative costs to set up an ETS where it cannot build on existing taxation rules, as analysed in detail in the previous sections. This also illustrates that the policy details matter greatly, not only in this respect. But also carbon taxation can come at an administrative costs and economic inefficiencies, either through many exemptions and differentiations, as observed in energy taxation, or through different national systems which impact the internal market. And it should not be forgotten that also the Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Directive include obligations on companies which lead to administrative costs.

Based on considerations above, there are a number of arguments in favour of combining elements from both policy mix approaches, which is already the case in several Member States. Economic incentives are important, as e.g., the increase in building and transport emissions following the decrease of oil and stabilisation of gas prices in the second half of the last decade indicates. But so are specific measures targeted to address either specific barriers or addressing cost-effective untapped potentials related to specific alternatives to fossil fuel use. There is no doubt that specific renewables, efficiency and transport policies will continue to be of crucial importance, such as to address the split-incentive dilemma in building renovation, increase coherence of energy infrastructure planning, supportive licensing procedures, consistent of greener certification procedures or ensuring better available information for energy consumers. Also in countries with emissions trading covering buildings and transport sectors, the ETS in these sectors is typically seen as part of a broader policy mix. This is also reflected in stakeholder views. Most stakeholders see carbon pricing in buildings and transport as complementary to other sector specific policies (64%, 1009), while few favour a regulatory only or carbon pricing only approach (14% each). Stakeholders favour for both sectors that the carbon price should be set at EU level (77% for transport, 64% for buildings).

Such combinations require sector specific discussions. Specific illustrations for the buildings/heating and transport sectors are provided in annex 9.8.

6.9Implications of ETS policy architecture for addressing carbon leakage risks 

Industrial emissions reductions stagnated between 2013 and 2017, a period with low carbon prices and a large surplus of EU ETS allowances on the market. This trend reversed in 2018 with the introduction of the Market Stability Reserve. The assessment confirms GHG reduction potential remains in the industrial sector, with the MIX-50 reducing CO2 emissions in industry 180 by 21% in 2030 compared to 2015, while for REG, MIX, CPRICE and ALLBNK reductions range from -23% to -26%. Other assessments based on the ETS benchmarking data and a bottom up study confirm this magnitude of reduction potential (see annex 9.4.2.7 for more details)

Overall industrial sectors would be reducing less than most other sectors (see section 6.2, Table 6) in the period 2015 – 2030, largely based on existing technologies. There is thus a risk of a significant gap between these short and mid-term reductions and the need for the uptake of new innovative technologies to decarbonise by 2050. Demonstrating them at scale is crucial in the coming decade.

Using macro-economic modelling tools impacts were assessed of increased climate ambition on energy intensive industrial sectors. The results indicate that without increased global action, increasing climate ambition in the EU typically results in a negative impact for the energy intensive sectors. Impacts are significantly limited with free allocation. Sectoral production can be positively impacted if the climate policy and any associated carbon revenues are seen as boosting investment and economic development (see section 6.4.2, Table 16 and annex 9.5.3, Table 49). None of the modelling assumed any additional measures to protect against carbon leakage 181 .

Free allocation in the ETS is determined by benchmark values and from 2021 periodically updated production data 182 . There is a limit to the total free allocation, set at 43% of the total cap for stationary sources with a further 3% buffer. If this cap is reduced with increased climate ambition, then there is a higher likelihood that free allocation based on benchmarks will overshoot this available limit. If this occurs, under the current rules of the ETS, a Cross Sectoral Correction Factor would apply for the remaining years in the period 2021-2030, lowering all free allocation to respect this overall limit.

A stylised assessment was made of the likelihood of the application of such a downward correction of free allocation if the cap in the ETS (current scope) was set to achieve by 2030 the projected emissions of the MIX-50, MIX and ALLBNK scenario (see Figure 17) 183 . An ETS cap in line with a 50% GHG reductions scenario (MIX-50) would not be expected to require a correction. If the caps are set in line with the higher projected GHG reductions of the 55% (MIX and ALLBNK), then it would still be likely that no correction applies for a cap that only changes the LRF in 2026. Instead with an approach that would rebase the cap for stationary installations in 2026, then a correction may apply in 2030 for a cap in line with MIX, and in 2029 and 2030 for a cap in line with ALLBNK.

To be noted that these calculations are subject to uncertainties, including the estimated future production levels of industrial sectors, the future benchmarks which will only be decided by end of 2020, general modelling assumptions as well as the methodology of how to update the LRF.

An extension of the scope of the ETS would in principle increase the total amount of allowances (see also section 6.7), and with the current ETS structure (57% auction share and 43% free allocation share with a 3% of the cap free allocation buffer sourced from the auction share), the application of a correction of free allocation is even less likely. In case there would be less free allocation to some sectors, linked to a carbon border adjustment mechanism, there would in principle be less likelihood of a cross sectorial correction factor being applied.

The Covid-19 crisis has affected industrial production in a major way and it is as yet unclear what the long-term impact will be on industrial production and restructuring. This is not yet taken into account in this assessment.

6.10The role of the LULUCF policy architecture in achieving increased ambition in GHG removals

This section assesses the options as presented in section 5.2.2.5. Further detail can also be found in annex 9.9. The current LULUCF legislation creates an incentive for Member States to keep the sink from deteriorating compared to a benchmark of historic land management practices. The key benefit of this approach is that it integrates the very diverse geography of the EU, where each Member State has a specific profile of land use, climate conditions, etc. through a common bottom-up approach, and safeguards the LULUCF sink from deteriorating beyond what existing practice would result in. For instance, the current approach takes account of increasing forest harvesting rates well beyond historical practice.

Section 6.2.3 gave an overview of how the LULUCF sink can develop over the next decade following a set of different scenarios. Table 27 gives an overview how the different LULUCF scenarios as assessed in section 6.2.3 can generate LULUCF credits under the current LULUCF regulation. In the worst case situation, if Member States do not achieve any improvement in the accounted sink and simply meet the No Debit scenario, generating no LULUCF credits, this could result in a deterioration of the sink to 225 MtCO2-eq by 2030, notably with ageing and harvesting in forests negatively impacting the sink profile.

Incentives exist in the current LULUCF regulation to improve on this, notably the flexibility of the LULUCF sector to the ESR with maximum of 262 Mt over the period 2021-30 184 . Given that this flexibility to the ESR is fixed per Member State and cannot be traded between Member States, it is unlikely that the full 262 Mt flexibility will be used over the 10 year period. As such the incentive signal provided by the current climate policy architecture to take increased action in the LULUCF sector is limited and rather in-line with the FRL scenario than scenarios achieving a higher sink by 2030.

These higher sink scenarios (MIX and notably LULUCF+) would have to rely on other drivers to achieve an improved sink than those of the current climate policy architecture, which for instance does not provide any direct incentives for farmers and foresters to take action on the ground. Other policies such as the CAP strategic plans or the Biodiversity or forthcoming Forest strategy could provide some additional incentives.

If targets in the ESR/ETS would be set following options as presented i n section 6.7.1, Table 26, and assuming inclusion of the LULUCF sink in the total GHG target in a conservative manner (see section 6.1.1 185 ), and at the same time achieving by 2030 a LULUCF sink as high as estimated in the LULUCF-MIX and LULUCF+ scenario would allow the EU to enhance its overall ambition beyond the 50% or 55% GHG target 186 . For instance the REG, MIX and CPRICE scenario would achieve GHG reductions 187 of 56.5% and 57.5%, respectively, with a sink as in the LULUCF-MIX and LULUCF+ scenarios.

Table 27: LULUCF credits generation estimates by 2030 (MtCO2-eq)

No Debit

FRL

LULUCF-MIX

LULUCF+

Forest Land*

0

26

64

84

Agricultural Land

0

6

6

21

Wetlands**

0

0

0

10

Total Credits

0

32

70

115

Reported sink

-225

-257

-295

-340

Note: *Forest land includes managed forest land, afforested land and deforested land; ** the inclusion of managed wetlands in national LULUCF accounts is currently optional but this should be revised for the period 2026-2030

Source: UNFCCC inventories, GLOBIOM model

Option LULUCF_2.1: Increase the flexibility of LULUCF credits towards the ESR and/or ETS

This option would allow for increased flexibility from the LULUCF sector to the ESR, and potentially to the ETS. Assuming that costs and challenges are higher in ESR sectors to achieve the targets, this would result in increased incentives for Member States to take effective action in the LULUCF sector.

Possibilities for increased action in the LULUCF sector are not evenly distributed across the Union, and Member States will similarly have different challenges in their ESR targets. Policy design thus needs to decide how increased use of LULUCF credits are distributed across Member States, which will require additional analysis taking into account distributional impacts.

Policy design could furthermore improve incentives such that action will be taken where it is most efficient in the LULUCF sector. Relaxing trading restrictions – notably in how LULUCF credits can be used in the ESR sector across Member States – would compensate for the unbalanced distribution of sink potential between Member States and deliver access to more cost-efficient solutions to mitigation.

A further step to improve incentives would be to certify enhanced levels of carbon stored in the LULUCF sink at the level of private land ownership, and allow this to be traded for compliance by Member States in the LULUCF regulation and the ESR flexibility. Methods to avoid double counting and to address the carbon storage reversal risk would be required, as would reporting methods to consolidate the increased sink into Member State reporting of greenhouse gas inventories. This will require further methodological research and the Commission is exploring the development of such a regulatory framework for certification of carbon removals.

Increasing the LULUCF flexibility by allowing the use of sink credits for ESR/ETS compliance would allow the combined ESR and ETS to deliver fewer GHG reductions. For instance, if targets in the ESR/ETS were to be set following the options as presented in Table 26, and if LULUCF credits would be generated at the level of the LULUCF-MIX and LULUCF+ scenarios, GHG emission reductions excluding LULUCF could be decreased to 51.5% and 50.5% respectively, while still meeting a 55% GHG target including LULUCF.

This type of flexibility would clearly be a strong driver for moderating overall compliance costs of achieving 55% GHG while still providing improved incentives for the EU sink to be enhanced, with a view to achieving net zero GHG by 2050.

Option LULUCF_2.2: Strengthening of LULUCF regulation – moving towards a greater direct contribution from the sector

This option would strengthen the requirements for an increase of the level of LULUCF sink to be achieved in the LULUCF regulation itself, rather than create increased demand for LULUCF credits.

Approaches to this end could include the cancellation of a number of LULUCF credits before they can be used for trade between Member States in the LULUCF sector or towards flexibility with the ESR, or to change accounting rules making the no debit rule in the LULUCF Regulation more stringent.

If LULUCF accounting rules would be tightened, it raises the question of how to do so. The single largest sector is forest land. Defining an additional “net credit” effort on top of the current Forest Reference Level (FRL) approach, would duplicate – at least – the process and discussions leading to the FRL setting. Further complications would emerge if this were to be indexed differently from the FRL – for example, indexed with GDP, per capita income, or carbon removal potential. Setting such an approach would thus need further careful analysis taking into account distributional impacts.

More practically, and given the predominance of the forest sink, a significant increase in the LULUCF credit threshold could be achieved through a simplification of the FRL setting process. The most common alternative international standard applied is the accounting of the sink against a historical reporting period (so-called ‘net-net’ accounting), such as 2000-2009. Compliance with such an approach would already generate an increase in sink over the current Forest Reference Levels in the LULUCF regulation by around -73 MtCO2-eq per year. Moving to such an accounting benchmark based on performance in base years or periods, instead of basing it on projections, is not subject to technical interpretation and would simplify the current process.

This approach is already required 188 to be assessed by the Commission in 2027 (and 2032) for all the sub-sectors in LULUCF, as part of the overall compliance check. Extension of this as a “backstop” clause could already provide a collective EU enhancement of the sink, without specifically addressing each Member State with a new target negotiation.

Cancellation of LULUCF credits is a less strong incentive than tightening of the accounting rules for additional action in the Member States. Tightening accounting rules, with current full flexibility from the ESR to the LULUCF sector, may still not necessarily increase the sink if Member States would find it less difficult to achieve emission reductions beyond target in the ESR.

Increased stringency in the accounting rules in the LULUCF Regulation, that would lead to a higher sink than the No Debit scenario, would permit reduced stringency in the ESR/ETS targets as presented in Table 26, while combined still achieving the overall 50% or 55% GHG target.

If instead the increased stringency in the accounting rules in the LULUCF Regulation were to be introduced without reducing the ESR/ETS targets as included in Table 26, this would potentially results in GHG reduction beyond the overall 50% or 55% GHG target.

Similarly, an alternative approach that would cancel LULUCF credits without changing the ESR/ETS targets, could lead to an overachievement of the overall 50% or 55% GHG target. The legislation governing the two sectors would thus need to be revised, and reciprocal adaptations of the current LULUCF flexibility under the ESR would be needed.

Option LULUCF_2.3: Merging Non-CO2 emissions from agriculture with LULUCF removals: creating an AFOLU (or bio economy) sector with a separate target

In the case that the sectors covered by the ESR would be considerably changed, e.g. all energy CO2 emissions would be included in the EU ETS and taken out of the scope of the ESR (option ETS_2.1, see section 6.7), agricultural emissions would become relatively isolated. The non-ETS sectors – including LULUCF – would in effect be an extended form of the IPCC’s combined Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use (AFOLU) configuration 189 . Given that biomass related emissions in other sectors are conceptually set to zero, the removal and emissions scope of these combined sectors also corresponds to the biomass biogenic related emissions of the bio economy.

Figure 19: The potential impact of additional incentives on evolving AFOLU emissions in the MIX scenario until 2050

Note: The AFOLU line is the sum of the non-CO2 Agriculture emissions as in the MIX scenario and the LULUCF sink projected without additional incentives to enhance the LULUCF sink in MIX. AFOLU+ includes additional action to enhance the LULUCF sink (LULUCF+). Climate neutrality will require a LULUCF sink that is at least maintained or enhanced (see also analysis Long Term Strategy, 1.5LIFE and 1.5TECH scenarios)

Source: GLOBIOM model, GAINS model

This relatively closed accounting configuration could perhaps ease the design of efficient and effective policies in this sector – for example through the CAP – and better align them with implementation actions. The key question is how this merger on its own would achieve a more substantial land sink in the medium to long term.

One simplification could be that the accounting framework would more readily become a net sum of the reported values in these sectors, with likely a streamlined set of accounting rules to address specific land issues (permanence, variability, natural disturbances).

With agricultural non-CO2 emissions in 2025 and 2030 still higher than the net LULUCF sink, a target other than the current “no debit rule” for the LULUCF sector would have to be established for the sector as a whole that, together with the extended ETS, meets the overall economy wide target of 50% or 55% and that assures the correct and complete accounting of biomass emissions. Figure 19 indicates that these reported removals and emissions would need to achieve “no debits” around 2035 and to further increase sink (i.e., deliver “net credits”) beyond.

This accounting design would frame the reduction actions to within the agriculture non-CO2 sector and available enhancements in the LULUCF sector, unless combined with trading with the ETS. Overall the approach raises the question as to how this can be organised at the EU level, and likely would require national target setting approaches and require a similar detailed analysis taking into account differences in geographic distribution of removals and emissions including (additionally) those of non-CO2 emissions.

National targets would provide for clear incentives to improve the matching of other national policies (primarily CAP implementation and specific associated land mitigation actions) and thus increase the information requirements. This can be important to drive action at the individual level of farmers and foresters themselves. Raising ambition in the sector inevitably relies on engaging and facilitating these actors, directly.

While the AFOLU bio economy related sectors can potentially move relatively quickly towards a balanced emissions-removals profile at the EU level, putting effective incentives on the ground to enhance the sink - and subsequently compensate other sectors with residual fossil emissions - will have its own challenges to implement. This underlines that the sector could still benefit from a link to the extended ETS, to provide for additional incentives beyond the AFOLU collection of sectors.

In all options, the capture of the sink, mainly in forests, by agricultural emissions would mean that other economic options for the use of biomass products (timber, pulp and paper, fabrics, advanced biofuels, etc.) would face new competition. Furthermore, preserving the carbon stock in the sector (increasing the sink through avoiding emissions rather than improved silvicultural management) could be valorised, with potential co-benefits for biological diversity and other ecological functions of standing forests. Such a design needs to be counter-balanced with the risk of significant change in the sourcing of materials for the bio economy, that may drive imports forward and reducing rural economic and social benefits, and thus will also need further consideration.


7How will impacts be monitored and evaluated?

EU climate and energy legislation provides for a comprehensive framework to track progress towards meeting EU targets. While specific pieces of legislation 190 contain the relevant substantive requirements, the overarching framework is provided by the Climate Law and the detailed integrated monitoring and reporting framework is provided by the Regulation on the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action.

The Climate Law, as proposed by the Commission in March 2020, will enshrine in EU law the objective of climate neutrality in the EU by 2050. It includes measures to keep track of progress and adjust EU actions accordingly. Progress will be reviewed every five years, in line with the global stock take exercise under the Paris Agreement. The climate law also includes a process to include the 2030 target in the law itself based on this Impact Assessment.

The Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 on the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action has established an integrated energy and climate planning, monitoring and reporting framework, which allows monitoring progress towards the climate and energy targets in line with the transparency requirements of the Paris Agreement.

Under the Governance Regulation, Member States develop integrated national energy and climate plans. The first plans cover the five dimensions of the Energy Union for the period 2021-2030. Member States will report biennially on the progress made in implementing the plans, including on climate, renewables and energy efficiency. The Commission assesses whether these plans add up to collectively meet EU binding targets and, if need be, propose further measures to ensure plans are fully implemented and targets achieved. The Commission will monitor the progress in the EU as a whole, in particular as part of the annual State of the Energy Union report and biennially assess the progress made. By 2023/24 the Member States will provide draft and final updates of the plans, in line with the 5-yearly ambition cycle of the Paris Agreement.

As parties to the UNFCCC and the Paris Agreement, the EU and the Member States are required to report to the UN annually on their greenhouse gas emissions ('greenhouse gas inventories') and regularly on their climate policies and measures and progress towards the nationally determined contributions.

Under the EU's own internal reporting rules set in the Governance Regulation on the basis of internationally agreed obligations, Member States monitor greenhouse gas emissions on their territories and report on emissions of seven greenhouse gases from all sectors: energy, industrial processes, land use, land use change & forestry (LULUCF), waste, agriculture, etc. as well as on projections, policies & measures to cut such emissions. This includes the necessary elements to track progress of the implementation of EU climate legislation, as well as of the EU’s international commitments under the UNFCCC and Paris Agreement.

In addition the Governance Regulation sets out that, the Commission has to produce an annual report on progress on the EU contribution under the Paris Agreement and on achieving the ESR and LULUCF Regulation obligations as well as the 2030 targets for climate and energy. At the same time – every autumn – the European Environment Agency also publishes a more detailed report on trends and projections in GHG emissions, renewable energy and energy efficiency.

Data collected in the context of Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 is being made publicly accessible on an e-platform, including to date the final NECPs and long-term strategies. Also Indicators for monitoring progress towards Energy Union objectives are published 191 .

Furthermore, some specific pieces of legislation contain provisions on monitoring actual developments. In fact, regarding greenhouse gas emissions, monitoring rules are often the first regulation to be put into place since one obviously needs to measure the starting point; this is how historically the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions has developed. This is illustrated most recently by Regulation (EU) 2015/757 on the monitoring, reporting and verification of CO2 emissions from maritime transport.

Any change to the existing climate and energy monitoring framework that would be required in the context of the policy measures proposed in the 2030 Climate Target Plan will be assessed as part of the specific legislative revisions to be proposed by June 2021. Further background on the assessment of options can be found in annex 9.9.



8Comparing options and conclusions

This Impact Assessment looked into the impacts of (1) policy options to the increase climate ambition to 50% to 55% greenhouse gas (GHG) reductions by 2030 compared to 1990 in order to achieve a more balanced path to net zero GHG emissions by 2050 as well as (2) policy options related to the climate and energy policy architecture to implement such increased ambition.

These policy options were assessed using sectoral as well as macro-economic modelling tools covering all GHG emitting sectors, assessing combinations of policy options related to ambition as well as policies deployed – in the form of scenarios. Furthermore also qualitative assessments were made, notably regarding elements of the policy architecture. This section summarises the main findings. Key modelling results for 2030 comparing quantitative results for different levels of ambitions and across different policy scenarios are summarised in Table 28 at the end of this section.

GHG ambition and sectoral impacts in the energy system

By contributing currently over 75% of total GHG emissions 192 in the EU, the energy sector will be at the forefront of the efforts towards an increased climate ambition by 2030. An increase in climate ambition translates into an increased ambition of the energy transition by 2030, well beyond the current energy targets for renewables deployment (RES) and energy efficiency (EE). 50% GHG ambition goes hand in hand with ca. 35% RES share as well as 34.5% final energy savings and 37% primary energy savings. 55% GHG reduction sees ca. 38%-40% renewable energy share by 2030. 2030 final and primary energy savings increase to 36-37% and 39-41% respectively (see Table 28).

Likewise, a large majority of public consultation replies endorsed the most ambitious options for climate, renewables and energy efficiency. 77% of the respondents to the public consultation expressed the view that the GHG target should be increased to at least 55%, nearly 70% expressed the view that consequently the current renewable energy target should be increased to a share higher than 40% and more than 60% of respondents preferred a target greater than 40% of (primary and final) energy efficiency savings. Though replies of notably business associations were more equally distributed across ambition levels.

The scenarios with comparable GHG target scope see higher EE and RES ambition for the scenario that focuses on regulatory measures. The scenario which exhibits the highest ambition for RES and EE assumes the widest scope of the GHG target, including next to extra EU aviation also emissions from the maritime sector. This shows that next to the level of GHG ambition and policy architecture, also the scope of the GHG target impacts the necessary ambition of the energy system.

As a consequence of the increased energy savings and RES deployment the clean energy transition accelerates and the use of fossil fuels decreases with long-lasting effects until mid-century. Progression by 2030 is more significant for the options with 55% GHG target than with a 50% GHG target. Additional advantages can be measured in savings in the fossil fuel import bills, which are as large as 0.1 to 0.2% of GDP in 2030 across scenarios, with higher benefits linked to increased climate ambition and more pronounced energy savings.

In a 2050 perspective, the performance of 55% and 50% GHG scenarios is very similar in terms of RES shares and absolute RES amounts underlining the central role of RES in achieving climate neutrality. In fact, the scenario achieving 50% GHG reductions (MIX-50) has to catch up with 55% GHG scenarios in terms of RES deployment already shortly after 2030 in order to be on the path to climate neutrality. 55% GHG reduction scenarios have thus the advantage of scaling up the RES deployment more progressively. Scenarios that rely more on energy efficiency need slightly lower amounts of decarbonised synthetic fuels by 2050 in order to reach climate neutrality.

This Impact Assessment points to a strong role of further electrification of the economy to achieve the increased climate target. Electrification is confirmed as a key avenue for energy system integration and thus cost-effective decarbonisation in line with the Energy System Integration Strategy 193 . New fuels such as hydrogen appear in all scenarios in significant quantities only post-2030 but are crucial in this time-frame to achieve climate neutrality as also mapped out in the Hydrogen Strategy 194 .

For all policy scenarios modelled, highest GHG reductions (compared to 2015) in the energy system are achieved in the power (through uptake of renewables) and buildings sectors (through fuel switch alone or combined with renovations).

The findings for transport and industry are slightly different. These sectors remain more difficult to decarbonise and the key challenge is to ensure that advanced vehicles and fuels and industry sector technologies (e.g. hydrogen) are demonstrated at scale during this decade to deliver increased reductions after 2030.

This leads to important sectoral policy conclusions. The assessment pointed out, for instance, that scenarios that focus on carbon pricing do not incentivise renovation that much, while they do incentivise fuel switching. Similarly, the carbon price alone will at the levels estimated for this decade - not sufficiently trigger the demonstration and deployment of clean technologies both in the transport (vehicles and fuels) and industry sector (e.g. hydrogen) at scale during this decade to deliver increased GHG reductions after 2030.

From a broader perspective, accelerating the energy transition will help to modernise the whole EU economy creating opportunities for clean energy technology leadership and gaining competitive advantage on the world markets thanks to the large domestic market. These effects will happen faster with a more ambitious 2030 GHG target. Finally, bigger savings achieved on the fossil fuel bill thanks to increased climate ambition can be invested in the further modernisation of the EU economy.

Sectoral impacts related to non-CO2 and the land use sector

Non-CO2 emissions represent around 20% of the EU GHG emissions and a significant mitigation potential remains there. Options assessed differentiate the contribution of this mitigation option and demonstrate that its increased mobilisation (in MIX-nonCO2 variant) can reduce the need for actions in the energy sector, for instance, impacting RES deployment by almost a percentage point (final energy efficiency performance, however, remaining unaffected). While these emissions are covered under the ESR, targeted sectoral policies play a crucial role. This is shown by the large reductions already in the baseline induced by, for instance, ambitious existing waste legislation and F-gas regulation reducing notably emissions in heating and cooling. This confirms the need of additional action, for instance, in the context of the Methane Strategy.

The LULUCF sink has decreased in the past 5 years due to natural hazards and a market driven increase in the rate of forest harvest. This underlines risks for the magnitude of the sink while it is of crucial importance to achieve net zero GHG emissions by 2050 as discussed in the in-depth analysis accompanying “Clean Planet for All” Communication. This assessment fully includes the LULUCF sink when appraising the achievement of 50% to 55% GHG ambition. It does so in a conservative manner, i.e. by including the sink at a level corresponding to the no-debit rule under the LULUCF Regulation which requires no backsliding compared to how the sink would evolve under current practices. Options were assessed how the sink would be impacted by increasing bioenergy needs or policies that expand the sink. If increased bioenergy needs are met through expanding the sustainable production of mainly woody energy crops and sustainable forest management, impacts on the projected sink are expected to be limited.

Environmental impacts

Regarding environmental impacts, the option to reduce 55% GHG emissions clearly outperforms the option to reduce 50% and not only in terms of GHG savings. It achieves larger co-benefits compared to Baseline on issues such as health, air pollution control costs and reduced environmental degradation. For instance, 55% GHG scenarios see air pollution reduced by 60% compared to 2015. Replies to the public consultation saw lower pollution and related improved health and wellbeing as main tangible benefits linked to increased climate ambition.

Synergies and risks related to the biodiversity strategy exist. The implementation of the Biodiversity Strategy is coherent with significant GHG reductions in the sector. While biomass needs for the energy system do increase, these are limited up to 2030 but increase afterwards. Producing this increased biomass supply through sustainable forestry, biodiverse rich afforestation and an overall reasonable deployment of sustainable energy crops could reconcile climate and biodiversity objectives.

Economic and social impacts

As shown in Table 28, energy system costs that combine investments and expenditures for energy purchases increase to ca. 11% of GDP (excluding carbon pricing payments 195 and disutilities) for both the 50% and 55% GHG ambition levels. They do not vary significantly between the different options assessed. Excluding carbon pricing payments and disutility costs, scenarios based on carbon pricing see a marginally lower system cost increase than scenarios based on increased regulatory intervention. Including carbon pricing payments and disutility, costs increase in a more pronounced manner and in this case the scenario based on increased regulatory intervention becomes the lowest cost scenario. After 2030, differences in energy system costs excluding carbon pricing payments and disutility costs shrink further between scenarios.

While energy purchase expenditures decline in all scenarios, the energy system costs increase is driven strongly by investments increases. The assessment sees annual investments, including transport, increase in the period 2021-2030 compared to the period 2011-2020 with EUR 312 billion to achieve 50% GHG reduction. For 55% GHG reductions, the annual investments increase by EUR 326 billion in a scenario mainly based on carbon pricing and to EU 377 billion in a scenario based on increased regulatory intervention mainly due to increased investments in demand side sectors (e.g. the residential sector). A scenario that combines regulatory intervention with carbon prices sees an increase by EUR 356 billion. Initial investments will be repaid over time through reduced energy purchase expenditure, but mobilising the necessary scale of finance will be a significant policy challenge.

Revenues from carbon pricing are as high as € 75 bn in a scenario chiefly based on carbon pricing and as low as € 16 bn in a scenario based on increased regulatory intervention by 2030. Increased use of carbon pricing poses both opportunities and challenges. Increased revenues of carbon pricing can be recycled in the economy and improve macro-economic outcomes of increased climate ambition. If applied in non-ETS sectors and used to lower some distortionary taxes (such as on labour or income) or support green investments, macro-economic impacts 196 of increased climate ambition are in the range of -0.27% to +0.50% of GDP compared to baseline (assuming no global action). Without revenue recycling the impacts range from -0.38% to +0.19% of GDP (assuming no global action). Similar results are found for employment, with no additional carbon pricing revenue recycling leading to worse employment impacts (range of -0.26% to +0.01%) than additional carbon pricing with recycling (range +0.02% to +0.20%) which can actually increase employment compared to the baseline, confirming the double dividend of greening taxation.

Overall, macro-economic impacts are limited, confirming that reducing GHG emissions by as much as 50% to 55% by 2030 if done efficiently is not a risk to the EU economy. Economic projections also indicate that the impact of higher climate ambition on GDP is positive if one takes into account that the economy has unused capacity, which is the case under current circumstances where a major potential output gap has opened in the EU economy due to the COVID-19 crisis.

But differences exist and in some sectors value added and employment will be negatively affected, notably in fossil fuel extraction and, to a lesser extent, in some industrial sectors, particularly if no comparable global action is undertaken. These are sectors with actually relatively highly skilled workforce underlining the need for reskilling.

Different levels of greenhouse gas reduction ambition and different policy instruments used to achieve it, affect energy system costs in contrasted manners.

The share of energy expenditures in household income is set to increase from approximately 7% in 2015 to 7.5% - 7.9% in the policy scenarios by 2030 (see Table 28) with the highest impact in the highest ambition scenario applying carbon pricing, though differences remain limited. Scenarios based on carbon pricing increase more fuels prices, while scenarios based on regulatory intervention have a relatively more significant impact on housing prices due to increased investment needs related to the building. These changes will not affect all the European citizens equally: households in the lower income deciles tend to spend more on energy services and might lack the capital needed to invest in energy efficiency.

Changes in relative prices due to higher climate ambition are expected to negatively impact the welfare of lower-income or lower-expenditure households more than that of households at the top of the distribution. Assuming unchanged consumption patterns over time, the negative impact for the lowest deciles amounts to around 2% of income or expenditure for the lowest decile for a scenario that applies both regulatory policies and carbon pricing. This impact can be mitigated and reversed if revenue recycling of carbon pricing is applied with a focus on low income households. Addressing distributional impacts will thus require appropriate policies (e.g. increased transfer payments, subsidies for energy efficiency measures or progressive energy tax rates).

The COVID-19 crisis has not significantly altered the investments needed to reach the decarbonisation target, but likely worsened the conditions for such investments to take place, at least without strong policy intervention. A preliminary assessment of the COVID-19 crisis projects 2020 energy CO2 emissions to drop by 11% compared to the no-COVID Baseline, but no comparable reduction can be expected in the investments needed in the coming decade, neither during nor after economic recovery, to achieve the increased climate ambition. In essence, the crisis today does not reduce the amount of structural investments needed. The role of policy intervention that delivers a recovery package focussed on green investments is of key importance.

Policy architecture

The scenario assessment also provides insights in possible impacts of different policy architectures. Keeping the existing regulatory architecture intact (scenario REG) while delivering on the increased climate ambition would require significant intensification of energy efficiency, renewable energy, transport and other policies. Conversely, extending the scope of carbon pricing and emission trading to transport and buildings, and not increasing the ambition of energy and transport policies would also be possible but would see 2030 carbon prices rising sharply to €60/tCO2 (scenario CPRICE) or above (scenario ALLBNK).

The option that combines both additional regulatory ambition with increased use of carbon pricing (scenario MIX) combines several strong points of the two alternative policy approaches while moderating their respective disadvantages. MIX sees energy system costs increase, both with and without carbon pricing payments and disutility, but each time it is closer to the lower end of the range established by REG and CPRICE. It raises significant auctioning revenues for recycling (€ 55 bn) and thus would allow for more favourable macro-economic results if smart revenue recycling policies would be applied. It increases carbon prices (€44/tCO2) significantly less than CPRICE also making policies to moderate negative impacts more manageable than if one would apply only additional carbon pricing.

While respondents to the public consultation see the ETS Directive as requiring a higher ambition increase than the Effort Sharing Regulation, the responses in the public consultation also emphasised the need for complementary regulatory policies to accompany any carbon pricing policy.

Intensification of renewables, energy efficiency and transport policies

Higher GHG ambition, unless driven principally by carbon pricing (as illustrated by the CPRICE scenario), will require increased ambition of the energy-efficiency and renewables policy framework.

Both the modelling results as well as replies to the public consultation indicate that carbon pricing alone in buildings and transport might not be sufficient to address non-economic and market barriers. Such persistent barriers would prevent decarbonisation efforts that could be economically viable and would result in unnecessary high carbon prices.

In the buildings sector, the rate and depth of renovations as well as the deployment of renewable heating and cooling solutions in the baseline is well below what is necessary to reach the higher GHG ambition. Likewise, in the transport sector, decarbonisation meets with several challenges and strengthening of policies will be necessary to address specifically: further reduction of CO2 emissions from vehicles, availability of infrastructure for zero-emission vehicles, increased penetration of renewable and low carbon fuels particularly in aviation and maritime sector and greater use of more sustainable transport modes and multi-modal solutions (supported by investments in the TEN-T core and comprehensive network), digitalisation, smart traffic and mobility management, road pricing and incentives driving behavioural changes. Also the effort in the industrial sector both in terms fuel switch and energy efficiency is not sufficient. Importantly, without starting the demonstration and deployment at scale of renewable and low-carbon technologies already by 2030, the transport and industry sectors will not be able to make the required shifts after 2030 needed to achieve climate neutrality by 2050.

To deliver the increased ambition of the energy efficiency, renewables and transport policy framework at the EU level as required for an increased climate target, existing policies will have to be intensified. Furthermore, more targeted or new measures will have to be implemented in specific areas to remove the current barriers and market failures and thus pave the way for the most cost-effective decarbonisation of the energy system.

Consequently, this assessment looks into the type of instruments already present in the current energy efficiency, renewables and transport legislation that could be strengthened or see their scope extended, as well as into the types of instruments that should be deployed to meet the specific challenges. It outlines interactions between different policies. The assessment concludes that regulatory measures of the existing legal framework for energy efficiency, renewables and transport would need to be properly implemented, intensified and work together with actions arising from the new Commission initiatives such as the Strategy for Energy System Integration 197 , the Hydrogen Strategy 198 as well as the upcoming Offshore Renewable Energy Strategy, the Renovation Wave and the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy. Finally, the coherent rollout of all relevant enabling policies, including those that unlock financing at the scale needed, would be critical for an integrated, efficient, resilient and renewables-based energy system ensuring affordable, sustainable and secure energy during the transition towards climate neutrality.

Enhanced carbon pricing and the role of the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR)

The scenario assessment confirms that expanding carbon pricing through emissions trading or carbon taxation in an appropriate policy context would provide for harmonised economic incentives to reduce emissions at the same time raising revenue for governments and providing resources for climate action or for addressing social and distributional concerns. If implemented through an emissions trading system, the cap would ensure achievement of the GHG reduction objective.

One possible avenue to extend the role of carbon pricing would be to expand the scope of the existing EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) to fossil fuel use in non-ETS sectors, such as buildings, and road and maritime transport. Other avenues could be: a separate EU-wide emissions trading system for new sectors, national emissions trading systems for specific sectors, or carbon taxation.

If the scope of the ETS were to be extended to fossil fuel use in both buildings and road transport, the projected necessary emission decrease for this extended ETS scope (-56% in MIX scenario compared to 2005) would be lower than the one reflecting the current scope (-63% in REG scenario). If no such extension of scope is applied, the resulting emission decrease in the sectors covered by the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR) would be larger with -39% in REG scenario than in the case of extended ETS and a downsized ESR (-34% excluding buildings and road transport to -30% excluding all energy CO2 in the MIX scenario), as the sectors that would be transferred to the ETS reduce comparably more than remaining ESR sectors.

To reduce the risk of excessively high carbon prices with an extension of ETS scope, any expansion of ETS into the buildings and road transport could benefit from a strong complementary regulatory framework that delivers more energy efficiency, renewables and transport decarbonisation. If these policies are not reinforced at the EU level, it could be considered to maintain the scope of sectors covered in the Effort Sharing Regulation even with the extension of the ETS scope to ensure that Member States maintain ambitious policies.

Tools to enhance carbon pricing other than the inclusion in the current ETS would have similar benefits and challenges. One particular benefit could be that they would allow for learning by doing, setting up gradually the required regulatory framework and administrative capacity. One particular challenge is that carbon taxation or national emission trading systems would not deliver the overall EU GHG reduction with certainty and thus would require somehow a continuation of the ESR in its present form.

The Impact Assessment also looked at the administrative impacts of covering additional sectors such as buildings and/or road transport by an emission trading system, and concludes that this is feasible and that this has both advantages and challenges. One aspect to take into account in this context is that limiting any upstream emissions trading system (with compliance obligations applied at the level of tax warehouses, gas and coal distributors instead of end users) to a subset of sectors would complicate its administration considerably.

The scenario assessment also confirmed that in case of no global action (that is comparable to EU action), free allocation could still contribute to preventing carbon leakage – with lower impacts for energy intensive industrial sectors in case of free allocation than with auctioning. Presently under the ETS up to 43% of total allowances (with an additional 3% buffer) can be used for free allocation to industry sectors using a benchmark approach. If free allocation based on the benchmark approach would breach the maximum amount of 43% of the overall ETS cap plus a 3% buffer, a cross sectoral correction factor would be applied reducing free allocation to industry and increasing the risk of carbon leakage. This assessment looked into how likely it would be that increased ambition in line with 50% and 55% GHG reductions, together with the recently reviewed benchmarking methodology, would trigger such a cross sectoral correction factor. The conclusion is that this would be rather unlikely for a 50% reduction and could occur to a significant extent only with 55% reductions and a rebasing of the cap towards the end of the period 2021-2030. Expansion of ETS scope is likely to reduce further this risk.

Role of the LULUCF sink

Ensuring that the LULUCF sink is maintained and even enhanced by 2050 is crucial to balance any remaining emissions in the economy with carbon dioxide removals and to achieve net zero GHG emissions. This contrasts with an evolving trend of decreasing overall EU forest growth, increasing harvesting in some Member States and damaging impacts of natural hazards (e.g. fires and pests).

As the possibilities for increased action in the LULUCF sector are not evenly distributed, any policy needs to set incentives in an efficient manner. Climate legislation could play a role in this respect. Increasing flexibility between the LULUCF sector and ESR or even the ETS could provide for enhanced incentives, and could allow for a corresponding reduction in ambition increase in those sectors. A different target than the current “no debit rule” for the LULUCF can also be established to incentivise Member States to take more action but would require the development of a new methodology to set the appropriate level of ambition per Member State. To ensure action is effectively taken direct incentives for farmers and foresters merit to be explored. Extending the ETS to a significant part of current energy emissions in the ESR and downsizing the ESR correspondingly would result in an ESR with a very large share of agriculture non-CO2 emissions. In such a case, it makes sense to look at both sectors together and, in the scenarios modelled in this Impact Assessment, the combined agriculture and forestry and land use sectors (AFOLU) are projected to achieve net-zero GHG emissions around 2035 in trajectories towards a climate neutral EU by 2050.

Preferred options

This Impact Assessment has compared the impact of increased climate ambition in the range of 50% to 55% GHG reductions, including the impact of expanding the scope of the GHG target next to aviation also to the maritime sector. It has assessed how this ambition relates to overall energy efficiency and renewable energy levels of ambition. As this section demonstrates, it allows for a multi-criteria assessment of the options to achieve a more balanced pathway towards climate neutrality by 2050. The Impact Assessment confirms that an ambition increase within the range of 50% to 55% GHG reductions is possible, in a responsible manner and deliver sustainable economic growth (see Figure 20 below for a representation of such a pathway achieving 55% GHG reductions).

The 55% GHG reduction option would spur a faster clean energy transition by raising the 2030 ambition to around 38.5 % share of renewables and to around 36% improvement in final energy consumption; all accelerating the related modernisation of the EU economy. It would bring clear environmental advantages, not limited to reduced contributions of the EU to climate change. The economic risks of increasing ambition to 55% GHG are limited, while such level of ambition would increase investor certainty on the pathway towards carbon neutrality.

The biggest challenge is related to how to considerably step up investments in the clean energy transition. This challenge has become larger with the COVID-19 crisis, stressing the immediate need for a focus on green recovery.

The Impact Assessment confirms that a step up of climate ambition will require a review of many EU policy instruments to deliver it. It has assessed the interaction of a complex set of options in terms of different policy architectures and levels of intensity to which they could be activated. The Impact Assessment clarifies the understanding of the impacts of various options, and sees particularly benefits in deploying a broad mix of policy instruments, including extending carbon pricing and increased energy and transport regulatory policy ambition, and clearly suggests that no single policy instrument would be capable of achieving all the objectives considered in the assessment alone.

Figure 20: A pathway to climate neutrality

Note: Figure based on a stylised representation of historic GHG and GDP data and PRIMES, GLOBIOM, GAINS 5 yearly point estimates for the MIX scenario.

Source: Adapted from EEA GHG data viewer (as in Figure 35), EUROSTAT GDP data and PRIMES, GLOBIOM, GAINS models

Table 28: Overview of key modelling results

 EU27 2030

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX nonCO2 variant

CPRICE

ALLBNK

GHG reductions (incl LULUCF and intra EU aviation and maritime) vs 1990

-46.9%

-51.0%

-55.0%

-55.0%

-55.1%

-55.0%

-57.9%

RES share

32,0%

35,1%

38,7%

38,4%

37,5%

37,9%

40,4%

PEC energy savings

-34.2%

-36.8%

-40.1%

-39.7%

-39.3%

-39.2%

-40.6%

FEC energy savings

-32.4%

-34.4%

-36.6%

-35.9%

-35.9%

-35.5%

-36.7%

Environmental impacts

GHG emissions reduction in EU ETS stationary sectors vs 2005

-55%

-60%

-65%

-65%

-64%

-65%

-69%

GHG emissions reduction in current ESR Sectors vs 2005

-32%

-36%

-39%

-39%

-40%

-39%

-41%

Air pollution (for BSL vs 2015, for other scenarios vs BSL 2030) 199

-56.5% 

-3.4% 

n/a

-8.4%

 n/a

n/a 

 -10.1%

Reduced pollution control costs vs BSL (billion €)

2.36

n/a

4.87

n/a

n/a

6.30

Energy system impacts

 

GIC (Mtoe)

1 201

1 158

1 103

1 109

1 116

1 117

1 094

- Solid fossil fuels

8%

7%

6%

5%

6%

5%

4%

- Oil

33%

33%

33%

34%

34%

34%

34%

- Natural gas

22%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

- Nuclear

13%

13%

11%

11%

12%

11%

11%

- Renewables

24%

26%

30%

30%

29%

29%

31%

Final Energy Demand (Mtoe)

795.5

771.0

743.4

753.0

752.9

757.6

743.7

RES share in heating & cooling

33%

37%

40%

40%

39%

39%

42%

RES share in electricity

55%

58%

64%

65%

63%

64%

67%

RES share in transport

18%

20%

26%

24%

23%

22%

26%

Economic and social impacts

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX nonCO2 variant

CPRICE

ALLBNK

System costs excl carbon pricing and disutilities ave. annual (2021-30) as % of GDP

10.7%

10.9%

11.1%

11.0%

10.9%

10.9%

11.0%

System costs incl carbon pricing and disutilities ave. annual (2021-30) as % of GDP

10.9%

11.3%

11.4%

11.4%

11.4%

11.6%

11.7%

Investment expenditures (incl transport) ave. annual (2021-30) vs (2011-20)

263

312

377

356

351

326

371

ETS price (€/ton)

32

36

32

44

44

60

65

Import dependency (%)

54%

53%

53%

53%

53%

53%

52%

Fossil fuels import bill as % of GDP

1.9%

1.8%

1.7%

1.8%

1.8%

1.8%

1.7%

Primary Energy Intensity (toe/M€'13)

76.8

74.1

70.5

70.9

71.4

71.5

70.0

Energy- expenditures (excl transport) of households as % of household income

7.2%

7.5%

7.6%

7.7%

7.6%

7.8%

7.9%

GDP impacts*

JRC-GEM-E3 range: -0.70% to -0.02%

E3ME range: +0.12% to +0.55%

QUEST range: -0.29% to +0.13%

Employment impacts*

JRC-GEM-E3 range: -0.43% to +0.6%

E3ME range: +0.01% to +0.23%

QUEST range: -0.09% to +0.45%

*Ranges depend on the level of ambition in the EU (50% or 55%), the level of ambition in the rest of the world (fragmented action or effort compatible with climate neutrality by 2050), scope extension of carbon pricing and model-specific assumptions on the use of carbon revenue, labour market imperfections or energy intensive industries firm behaviour.

Glossary

Term or acronym

Meaning or definition

AFOLU

EU Agriculture, Forestry and Land Use

BACS

Building Automation and Control Systems

Biofuels

Biofuels are liquid or gaseous transport fuels such as biodiesel and bioethanol which are made from biomass.

Biofuels (conventional)

Biofuels are produced from food and feed crops.

Biofuels (advanced)

Biofuels produced from a positive list of feedstock (mostly wastes and residues) set out in Part A of Annex IX of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.

BOE

Barrels of oil equivalent

CAP

Common Agricultural Policy

CAPRI (model)

Common Agricultural Policy Regionalised Impact model: a global multi-country agricultural sector model, supporting decision making related to the Common Agricultural Policy and environmental policy.

CCS

Carbon Capture and Storage: a set of technologies aimed at capturing, transporting, and storing CO2 emitted from power plants and industrial facilities. The goal of CCS is to prevent CO2 from reaching the atmosphere, by storing it in suitable underground geological formations.

CCU

Carbon Capture and Utilisation: the process of capturing carbon dioxide (CO2) to be recycled for further usage.

CEDEFOP

European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training

CEF

Connecting Europe Facility: an EU funding instrument to promote growth, jobs and competitiveness through targeted infrastructure investment at European level.

CGE

Computable General Equilibrium: a family of economic models.

CHP

Combined Heat and Power: a combined heat and power unit is an installation in which energy released from fuel combustion is partly used for generating electrical energy and partly for supplying heat for various purposes.

CH4

CH4 is the chemical formula for methane, a greenhouse gas. CH4 is used as shorthand to refer to methane.

CO2-eq

CO2-eq stands for carbon dioxide-equivalent. This is a measure used to compare quantities of different greenhouse gases in a common unit on the basis of their global warming potential over a given time period.

COP

Conference of the Parties: decision-making body of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (see UNFCCC)

CORSIA

Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation

COVID-19

Global pandemic caused by a coronavirus unknown before the outbreak began in Wuhan, China, in December 2019.

DG ECFIN

Directorate General Economic and Financial Affairs

E3ME

Energy-Environment-Economy Macro-Econometric Model: a model for macroeconomic analysis.

ECB

European Central Bank

EE

Energy Efficiency

EEA

European Environment Agency

EED

Energy Efficiency Directive: Directive 2012/27/EU and amending Directive 2018/2002/EU

E-fuels

Liquid fuels produced on the basis of hydrogen obtained from electricity via electrolysis

E-gas

Gaseous fuels produced on the basis of hydrogen obtained from electricity via electrolysis

EIB

European Investment Bank

EII

Energy intensive industries

Energy system costs

Sum of fixed and variable costs for the energy system, including investments, operations and maintenance, as well as fuels.

EPBD

Energy performance of buildings directive: Directive 2010/31/EU and amending Directive 2018/844/EU

EPC

Energy Performance Certificates
(see also EPBD)

ERDF

European Regional Development Fund

ESOS

Energy savings obligation scheme

ESR

Effort Sharing Regulation: Regulation 2018/842/EU

ETD

Energy Taxation Directive: Directive 2003/96/EC

EU ETS

European Union Emissions Trading System as established under Directive 2003/87/EC

EU, EU27

European Union with 27 Member States since 1 February 2020

EU28

European Union with 28 Member States from 1 July 2013 to 31 January 2020

EUTL

European Union Transaction Log: central transaction log, run by the European Commission, which checks, records and authorises all transactions between accounts in the Union Registry (see also EU ETS, NIMs)

FAO

Food and Agriculture Organization

FEC

Final Energy Consumption: all energy supplied to industry, transport, households, services and agriculture, excluding deliveries to the energy transformation sector and the energy industries themselves (see also GIC, PEC)

F-GASES

Fluorinated greenhouse gases, including hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6).

FRL

Forest Reference Level (see also LULUCF)

G20

Group of 20: international forum for the governments and central bank governors from 19 countries and the European Union (EU) 200 .

GAINS (model)

Greenhouse gas and Air Pollution Information and Simulation

GDP

Gross Domestic Product

GEM-E3-FIT (model)

General Equilibrium Model for Energy Economy Environment interactions: a computable general equilibrium model, version operated by E3Modelling, a company (see also JRC-GEM-E3).

GHG

Greenhouse Gas

GIC

Gross Inland Consumption: the quantity of energy necessary to satisfy inland consumption of the geographical entity under consideration, i.e. the Total Energy Supply, plus the international aviation (see also FEC, PEC).

GLOBIOM (model)

Global Biosphere Management Model: a model for land use of agriculture, bioenergy, and forestry.

GtCO2

Giga tonnes of CO2

GW

Gigawatt

HBS

Household Budget Surveys: national surveys of households focusing mainly on consumption expenditure.

Hydrogen

A feedstock for industrial processes and energy carrier that can be produced through a variety of processes from fossil fuels or electricity via electrolysis.

Hydrogen (GHG neutral)

Hydrogen from GHG neutral sources, mainly through electrolysis using GHG neutral electricity. This includes renewable hydrogen, which is from renewable electricity via electrolysis.

Hydrogen (Clean, Renewable)

Hydrogen, which is from renewable electricity via electrolysis.

IA

Impact assessment

IATA

International Air Transport Association

ICAO

International Civil Aviation Organisation

ICT

Information and Communication Technology

IEA

International Energy Agency

IIASA

International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis

IMO

International Maritime Organization

IPCC

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

IRENA

International Renewable Energy Agency

JRC

Joint Research Centre of the European Commission

JRC-GEM-E3

General Equilibrium Model for Energy Economy Environment interactions: a computable general equilibrium model, version operated by the JRC (see also GEM-E3-FIT)

LRF

Linear Reduction Factor (see also ETS)

LTS

COM(2018) 773: A Clean Planet for all - A European strategic long-term vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy

LULUCF

Land Use, Land-Use Change, and Forestry

LULUCF regulation

Regulation on emissions and absorptions of the LULUCF sector: Regulation (EU) 2018/841

MFF

Multiannual Financial Framework

MRV

Monitoring, Reporting and Verification scheme implemented in Regulation (EU) 2015/757 on the monitoring, reporting and verification of CO2 emissions from maritime transport

MSR

Market Stability Reserve (see also EU ETS)

MtCO2

Million tonnes of CO2

Mtoe

Million tonnes of oil equivalent

MWh

Megawatt hour

N2O

N2O is the chemical formula for nitrous oxide, a greenhouse gas. N2O is used as shorthand to refer to nitrous oxide.

NDC

Nationally Determined Contributions (as required by the Paris Agreement)

NECP

National Energy And Climate Plan

NGEU

Next Generation EU

NIMs

National Implementation Measures, submitted under Article 11 of the ETS Directive (see also ETS)

NOX

Nitrogen Oxide(s)

‘No Debit rule’

Under EU legislation adopted in May 2018, EU Member States have to ensure that greenhouse gas emissions from land use, land use change or forestry are offset by at least an equivalent removal of CO₂ from the atmosphere in the period 2021 to 2030.

NZEB

Near Zero Energy Building

OECD

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

PDF (indicator)

Potentially Disappeared Fraction of global species

PEC

Primary Energy Consumption: Gross Inland Consumption (GIC) minus the energy included in the final non-energy consumption
(see also, FEC, GIC)

PHS

Pumped Hydropower Storage

PM 2.5

Particulate Matter with a diameter of 2.5 micrometre or less

POLES-JRC (model)

Prospective Outlook on Long-term Energy Systems: a global long-term energy system model operated by the JRC

PRIMES (model)

Price-Induced Market Equilibrium System: an energy system model for the European Union.

PRIMES-TREMOVE (model)

Model for the transport sector, integrated in the PRIMES model.

PtG

Power to gas: technologies for the production of E-gases (see also E-gases)

PtL

Power to liquids: technologies for the production of E-fuels (see also E-fuels)

QUEST / E-QUEST (model)

Quarterly Economic Simulation Tool: a global macroeconomic model used by the Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN)

RED / RED II

Renewable Energy Directives 2009/28/EC and 2018/2001/EU

RES

Renewable Energy Sources

RES-E

Renewable Energy Sources in the generation of Electricity

RES-H&C

Renewable Energy Sources in Heating and Cooling

RES-T

Renewable Energy Sources in Transport

RFNBO

Renewable Fuels of Non-Biological Origin: liquid or gaseous fuels which are used in the transport sector other than biofuels or biogas, the energy content of which is derived from renewable sources other than biomass

SET-Plan

EU Strategic Energy Technology Plan

Sink

Any process, activity or mechanism that removes a greenhouse gas, an aerosol, or a precursor to a greenhouse gas from the atmosphere

SME

Small and Medium-sized Enterprise

Synthetic fuels and gases

See E-fuels, E-gases

TEN-E

Trans-European Networks for Energy

TEN-T

Trans-European Networks for Transport

TFEU

Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union

TWh

Terawatt-hour

UN

United Nations

UNFCCC

United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

VAT

Value Added Tax

ZELV

Zero and low emissions vehicles

ZEV

Zero emissions vehicles



List of Figures

Figure 1: Stylised representation of future net GHG emission pathways compared to historic reduction rate since 1990    9

Figure 2: Intervention Logic    18

Figure 3: Description of policy scenarios that look at interaction policies with the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling suite    45

Figure 4: Sectoral GHG reductions, focus on energy system emissions    54

Figure 5: Energy gross inland consumption    55

Figure 6: Final energy demand by energy carrier    56

Figure 7: Renewables shares    57

Figure 8: Renewable energy production    58

Figure 9: Sectoral non-CO2 greenhouse gas emission reductions    59

Figure 10: CO2 emissions and removals in the LULUCF sector    62

Figure 11: Energy system investment, excluding transport, 55% scenarios and MIX-50 (% GDP)    70

Figure 12: Energy imports    72

Figure 13: Cost of energy imports (% of GDP)    73

Figure 14: Medium-term EU real GDP projections, pre-COVID and post-COVID (2015=100)    80

Figure 15: Buildings-related household energy expenses (% of income)    89

Figure 16: Changes in relative welfare by expenditure decile due to changes in relative prices (fragmented action REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios with 55% level of ambition)    90

Figure 17: Stylised examples of how to update the ETS stationary cap    99

Figure 18: Average EU end user prices (2030 estimate)    104

Figure 19: The potential impact of additional incentives on evolving AFOLU emissions in the MIX scenario until 2050    116

Figure 20: A pathway to climate neutrality    128



List of Tables

Table 1: Key indicators for 2030 baseline scenarios    21

Table 2: Summary of policy options related to the policy framework    40

Table 3: Policy options in the different detailed sectoral scenarios    46

Table 4: Impact of scope of international bunker fuels on total GHG emission reductions for different scenarios    48

Table 5: Interaction of the 2030 GHG ambition with renewable energy share and energy savings    50

Table 6: Sectoral GHG emissions and reductions depending on different scenarios    52

Table 7: Impacts on air pollution and air pollution control costs in 2030 (EU27) of GHG reductions    63

Table 8: evolution of negative impacts (EU27) on sensitive ecosystems in 2030 compared to baseline    64

Table 9: Average annual Energy System Costs (excluding carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)    65

Table 10: Energy System Costs (including carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)    67

Table 11: Carbon pricing payments and energy taxes across scenarios    68

Table 12: Additional annual investment compared to BSL for all policy scenarios and MIX-nonCO2 variant (2021-2030 and 2031-2050, billion euros 2015)    71

Table 13: Impact of policies and modelling assumptions on GDP to achieve 55% GHG reductions in case of fragmented action at the global scale (deviation from baseline, percent)    75

Table 14: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU GDP and components (deviation from baseline, percent)    76

Table 15: Macro-economic impacts of carbon pricing extension (REG, MIX and CPRICE), 55% fragmentation action scenarios, deviation from baseline, percent)    77

Table 16: impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU sectoral output (deviation from baseline, percent)    79

Table 17: Projected impact of COVID on key climate and energy variables in 2020 (COVID-BSL vs. BSL, percent difference)    81

Table 18: Comparison of key climate and energy policy parameters in the MIX and COVID-MIX scenarios    82

Table 19: Average annual Energy System Costs, COVID sensitivity analysis (excluding carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)    83

Table 20: Energy System Costs, COVID sensitivity analysis (including carbon pricing payments and disutility costs)    83

Table 21: Annual energy system investment, COVID sensitivity analysis (2021-2030, billion euros 2015)    84

Table 22: Impact of policies and modelling assumptions on employment to achieve 55% GHG reductions in case of fragmented action at the global scale (deviation from baseline, percent)    85

Table 23: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU sectoral employment (deviation from baseline, percent)    86

Table 24: Impacts on employment by skills levels (deviation from baseline, percent, 55% scenario (MIX), fragmented action)    88

Table 25: Impacts on employment by occupation (deviation from baseline, percent, 55% scenario (MIX), fragmented action)    88

Table 26: ETS scope extension and projected ambition levels in ETS and ESR for different sectoral coverages    98

Table 27: LULUCF credits generation estimates by 2030 (MtCO2-eq)    113

Table 28: Overview of key modelling results    129

(1)

Impacts of climate change in the EU and globally and the need to adapt to it are not the focus of this assessment. Nevertheless Annex Error! Reference source not found. includes a detailed discussion of issues at stake in this context.

(2)

COM(2020)640

(3)

NDCs are housed in the interim NDC registry. https://www4.unfccc.int/sites/NDCStaging/Pages/Home.aspx  

Long-term strategies are housed on the UNFCCC website. https://unfccc.int/process/the-paris-agreement/long-term-strategies  

(4)

European Council Conclusions, 14 December 2019 and European Parliament resolution of 15 January 2020 on the European Green Deal (2019/2956(RSP)

(5)

  https://unfccc.int/documents/210328  

(6)

Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a system for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Union and amending Council Directive 96/61/EC

(7)

EEA Greenhouse Data viewer, EU27 emissions (Convention basis), https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/data/data-viewers/greenhouse-gases-viewer  

(8)

Energy efficiency target for 2020 are set for the EU28 using FEC2020-2030 and PEC2020-2030 indicators.

(9)

With some Member States overachieving and some underachieving their national targets.

(10)

  https://www.eurobserv-er.org/ , Data for the EU28. Excluding the UK 1,38 million jobs in 2018 in the renewables sector.

(11)

European Council (23 and 24 October 2014), Conclusions on 2030 Climate and Energy Policy Framework

(12)

Directive (EU) 2018/410 amending Directive 2003/87/EC to enhance cost-effective emission reductions and low-carbon investments, and Decision (EU) 2015/1814

(13)

Regulation (EU) 2018/842 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on binding annual greenhouse gas emission reductions by Member States from 2021 to 2030 contributing to climate action to meet commitments under the Paris Agreement and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013

(14)

Regulation (EU) 2018/841 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions and removals from land use, land use change and forestry in the 2030 climate and energy framework, and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013 and Decision No 529/2013/EU

(15)

 Directive (EU) 2018/844

(16)

Directive (EU) 2018/2001

(17)

Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action, amending Regulations (EC) No 663/2009 and (EC) No 715/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Directives 94/22/EC, 98/70/EC, 2009/31/EC, 2009/73/EC, 2010/31/EU, 2012/27/EU and 2013/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, Council Directives 2009/119/EC and (EU) 2015/652 and repealing Regulation (EU) No 525/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council

(18)

 SWD(2019) 213 final, COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT, ASSESSMENT OF THE NATIONAL FORESTRY ACCOUNTING PLANS https://europa.eu/!yp46uj  

(19)

Including intra and extra EU aviation, excluding international maritime navigation.

(20)

Based on final submitted NECPs with an aggregation method similar to the methodology applied in SWD(2019) 212 final, i.e. using “with additional measures projections” as in the NECP’s with the exception that for those Member States that have set a more ambitious national target in legislation, this gets preference on any “with additional measures projections” projection.

(21)

Based on final submitted NECPs aggregating the 2030 greenhouse gas projections “with additional measures” for effort sharing sectors that were included in the NECP. For the few Member States for which such projections are not available, either ESD targets or supplementary “with additional measures projections” submitted under Regulation (EU) No. 525/2013 have been used. The 2005 base year values as used under the Effort Sharing Decision and published e.g. in SWD(2018) 453 have been used unless Member State updates thereof are available from the NECPs.

(22)

COM/2018/773

(23)

European Parliament resolution of 14 March 2019 on climate change – a European strategic long-term vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy in accordance with the Paris Agreement

(24)

European Council Conclusions of 12 December 2019 (EUCO 29/19)

(25)

COM/2020/80

(26)

European Parliament resolution of 14 March 2019 on climate change – a European strategic long-term vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy in accordance with the Paris Agreement

(27)

European Council Conclusions of 12 December 2019 (EUCO 29/19)

(28)

Note that annual reductions in Figure 1 are expressed in a linear trend and as % of 1990 net emissions. This is not the same as an annual reduction rate which is sometimes also used as a metric to express climate ambition. This later metric typically gives higher percentages. For instance to reduce emissions between 2018 and 2030 by as much as the linear trend of 2.7% of 1990 emissions requires an annual reduction rate between 2018 and 2030 of 4.5%. To reduce emissions between 2030 and 2035 by as much as the linear trend of 2.3% of 1990 emissions requires an annual reduction rate between 2030 and 2035 of 5.6%.

(29)

And including intra EU aviation and navigation

(30)

Directive (EU) 2018/410 amending Directive 2003/87/EC to enhance cost-effective emission reductions and low-carbon investments, and Decision (EU) 2015/1814

(31)

Regulation (EU) 2018/842 on binding annual greenhouse gas emission reductions by Member States from 2021 to 2030 contributing to climate action to meet commitments under the Paris Agreement and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013

(32)

Regulation (EU) 2018/841 on the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions and removals from land use, land use change and forestry in the 2030 climate and energy framework, and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013 and Decision No 529/2013/EU

(33)

Directive 2003/96/EC

(34)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12227-Revision-of-the-Energy-Tax-Directive  

(35)

The revision of the Energy Taxation Directive and introduction of a Carbon Boarder Adjustment mechanism are only one element to be introduced in a context of much broader tax reforms. Environmental taxation (and emissions trading) can not only incentivise behavioural change, but can also raise revenues, contribute to addressing inequality issues and ensure a level playing field. It is within this context that the Commission has identified a need for broad based sustainable fiscal reforms shifting from labour taxation to pollution as the Green Deal calls for.

(36)

And including intra EU aviation and navigation

(37)

These technologies need to be tested at scale, and through increased deployment cost reductions need to be achieved just like was done for intermittent renewable energy. While policies exist such as the EU’s Innovation Fund, this will require continued focus with pull and push policies, including the development of lead markets for climate neutral industrial products.

(38)

Road transport emissions actually reduced over 2007-2013, but this trend reversed since due to notably the drop in oil prices. Source; EEA GHG data viewer.

(39)

Importantly, regulatory barriers still exist and may prove hampering our decarbonisation efforts. Removing them will render the decarbonisation pathways possible, and with more competitive and more liquid markets integrated across energy carriers, infrastructures and consumption sectors will help us to achieve climate neutrality in cost effective way.

(40)

  https://ec.europa.eu/environment/circular-economy/pdf/new_circular_economy_action_plan.pdf  

(41)

COM(2020) 380 final

(42)

COM(2020) 456 final

(43)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/eu-climate-action/law_en  

(44)

Directive (EU) 2018/410 amending Directive 2003/87/EC

(45)

Regulation (EU) 2018/842.

(46)

Directive (EU) 2018/2001 (recast of Directive 2009/28/EC).

(47)

Directive 2012/27/EU as amended by Directive (EU) 2018/2002.

(48)

Regulation (EU) 2019/631.

(49)

Regulation (EU) 2018/841.

(50)

As amended by Directive (EU) 2018/410

(51)

Regulation (EU) 2018/842

(52)

Regulation (EU) 2018/841

(53)

Directive (EU) 2018/2001

(54)

The adopted regulation on the electricity market design are addressed is reflected to the extent possible. However, the modelling work undertaken is not detailed enough to draw conclusion on the adequacy specific elements of the current market design. Such issues will require further analysis in a dedicated study.

(55)

See for links to the different policy initiatives: https://ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/road/news/2018-05-17-europe-on-the-move-3_en  

(56)

Regulation (EU) 2019/631

(57)

Regulation (EU) 2019/1242

(58)

Directive 2014//94/EU

(59)

Directive (EU) 2019/1161

(60)

COM(2017) 275 final, proposal to amend Directive 1999/62/EC

(61)

Regulation (EU) 2018/1999

(62)

Share of RES in gross final energy consumption according to 2009 RES Directive.

(63)

Energy Savings evaluated against the 2007 Baseline projections for 2030.

(64)

It corresponds to the EUROSTAT indicator PEC (2020-2030)

(65)

It corresponds to the EUROSTAT indicator FEC (2020-2030)

(66)

The LTS Baseline used global warming potentials (GWPs) of the 4th Assessment Report of the IPCC to transform non-CO2 emissions into CO2-equivalent emissions. This assessment uses instead GWPs of the 5th Assessment Report which starting with 2021 emissions will be used in both the UNFCCC greenhouse gas inventories and EU legislation (see also COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) 2020/1044 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 with regard to values for global warming potentials). This affects additional GHG reductions in BSL projections very slightly, at a magnitude of 0.1% additional GHG reductions by 2030.

(67)

Given that this concerns movements between the EU and a non-EU country, it is assumed the EU is only responsible for half of the related emissions for any possible target definition with the other country being responsible for the other half.

(68)

For international navigation emissions, analysis in this impact assessment is based on bunker fuels sold in the EU, comparable to the memo item as reported in the EU greenhouse gas inventory reported to the UNFCCC. The emission scope for any regulation that may be based on specific monitoring, verification and reporting requirements is likely to have a less large scope and thus a somewhat reduced impact. This will be analysed in future impact assessments.

(69)

The analysis of this option also assumes an increased role for carbon pricing in the road transport and buildings sectors.

(70)

Excluding emissions and absorptions from the LULUCF sector.

(71)

Emissions from maritime transport are neither covered by the EU ETS nor the ESR with the exception of domestic navigation, which is part of the ESR.

(72)

ICF et al. (forthcoming) estimate that the current share covered by the EU ETS is around 30% of total buildings emissions related to heating.

(73)

ICF et al. (forthcoming) estimate that the current share covered by the EU ETS is around 10% of total transport related emissions mainly through aviation, while emissions related to electric vehicles are still below 0.1%.

(74)

A limited set of Member States is allowed to transfer ETS allowances they can auction for compliance with their ESR national target. This is presently limited to 100 million allowances over the whole period 2021-2030 for all MS combined. Of course this does not preclude changes to these limits even with constant scope. In addition, Member States have already currently the possibility to ask for an opt-in of additional sectors into the EU ETS.

(75)

For a list of the variants of sector coverage, see Table 26 “ETS scope extension and projected ambition levels in ETS and ESR for different sectoral coverages”.

(76)

It could be considered to allow the possibility to also comply with the obligation by a rule-based opt-in of those sectors into the EU ETS, which, as mentioned above, is in principle already possible.

(77)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12228-Carbon-Border-Adjustment-Mechanism  

(78)

Intensification of policies can mean expansion of scope of an existing measure or its scaling up, acceleration of implementation, tightening of an existing requirement or the introduction of new requirement(s).

(79)

 In Member States where waste heat or cold is not used, the yearly increase to endeavour to achieve is 1.1 pp.

(80)

 This could be either by endeavouring to implement an indicative annual average increase in renewables and/or waste heat of 1 p.p. or by giving third party access to suppliers of renewable energy and waste heat.

(81)

While renewable fuels consumed in all transport modes can contribute towards achieving these targets, the target itself is set as a share of fuels consumed mostly in road and rails transport.

(82)

Produced from feedstocks included in Annex IX Part A of REDII.

(83)

For compliance purposes with the abovementioned targets, multipliers apply to the share of biofuels and biogas and renewable electricity.

(84)

Their share cannot in exceed 7% of transport energy consumption. High Indirect Land Use Change (ILUC) risk biofuels are gradually phased out.

(85)

Directive 2009/30/EC

(86)

The rules on security of supply are assumed to be met in the scenarios, including adequacy rules, reinforcement of critical energy infrastructure protection and cybersecurity as well as the resilience of supply chains for clean energy technologies.

(87)

Intensification of policies can mean expansion of scope of an existing measure or its scaling up, acceleration of implementation, tightening of an existing requirement or the introduction of new requirement(s). In some other cases, the intensification of energy efficiency policy can be its desired outcome, in terms of expected energy savings or reduction in energy consumption, without specifying in which way this is achieved.

(88)

The Energy Efficiency Directive (Directive 2012/27/EU) (EED) is the cornerstone of the broader EU energy efficiency policy framework, which brings together other key instruments such as the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (2010/31/EU) (EPBD), the Energy Labelling Regulation ((EU) 2017/1369) and Ecodesign Directive (2009/125/EC) with multiple interlinkages and synergies among these instruments.

(89)

The policy options of either cross-cutting or sectoral nature are presented following the policy architecture described in section 5.2.1.1 that escalates energy efficiency overall ambition (no additional measures/low/medium/high) – in line with increased GHG target and also in interplay with carbon pricing measures.

(90)

Such analysis would build on an evaluation study and on other targeted analysis which are not yet concluded at the time of completing this impact assessment.

(91)

A targeted revision of the EED could be needed for a different reason – in order to close the ambition gap in the final NECPs.

(92)

A potential exists both for cost-effective and quickly repayable energy efficiency measures, and energy efficiency measures as component of more radical, deep decarbonisation options. A recent study showed that the energy savings potential driven by existing and well known energy savings opportunities is considered to be higher than 20% of current energy consumption and the economic saving potential is very close to its technical saving potential, which speaks in favour for a high overall cost-effectiveness. Over 70% of energy saving potential for the industrial sector could be attributed to improvements in process heating, of which around 33% related to improvement of process heating control system. On this, over 15% of the energy saving potential could be attributed to improvement of motor systems, these include application of premium efficiency motors, demand-controlled ventilation, optimisation of ventilation system, control system optimization and premium efficiency speed drives. ICF (2020), Technical assistance services to assess the energy savings potentials at national and European level.

(93)

The existing legislation sets for newly registered passengers cars, an EU fleet-wide average emission target of 95 gCO2/km from 2021, phased in from 2020. For newly registered vans, the EU fleet-wide average emission target is 147 gCO2/km from 2020 onward. Stricter EU fleet-wide CO2 emission targets, start to apply from 2025 and from 2030. In particular emissions will have to reduce by 15% from 2025 for both cars and vans, and by 37.5% and 31% for cars and vans respectively from 2030, as compared to 2021. From 2025 on, also trucks manufacturers will have to meet CO2 emission targets. In particular, the EU fleet-wide average CO2 emissions of newly registered trucks will have to reduce by 15% by 2025 and 30% by 2030, compared to the average emissions in the reference period (1 July 2019–30 June 2020). For cars, vans and trucks, specific incentive systems are also set to incentivise the uptake of zero and low-emission vehicles.

(94)

COM(2020) 380 final

(95)

See Art 2 of Regulation (EC) 2018/841 for a full description of land accounting categories

(96)

Applying the marginal abatement curves of the GAINS model.

(97)

Applying the marginal abatement curves of the GAINS model.

(98)

Applying the marginal abatement curves of the GAINS model.

(99)

Due to the way different fuels are considered in statistical calculations

(100)

Many energy efficiency instruments exist at national level, from regulatory to fiscal, financial and market-based instruments.

(101)

This estimate is based on an estimate of international navigation emissions based on bunker fuels sold in the EU, comparable to the memo item as reported in the EU greenhouse gas inventory reported to the UNFCCC. The emission scope for any regulation that may be based on specific monitoring, verification and reporting requirements is likely to have a less large scope and thus a somewhat reduced impact.

(102)

A carbon value can represent other policy instruments than carbon pricing, like CORSIA for aviation and technical and operational measures for both aviation and maritime navigation.

(103)

Expressed in the same way as currently legislated 32% target, i.e. as share in gross final energy consumption.

(104)

Expressed in the same way as currently legislated 32.5% target, i.e. as reductions achieved compared to 2007 Baseline

(105)

The scenarios also take into account national policies towards coal phase and nuclear deployment. These policy levers remain the national prerogative (with the exception of EC competences, such as those indicated in the EURATOM Treaty in the case of nuclear energy).

(106)

Including net LULUCF and including intra EU aviation and navigation

(107)

Share of RES in gross final energy consumption according to 2009 RES Directive.

(108)

Energy Savings evaluated against the 2007 Baseline projections for 2030.

(109)

It corresponds to the EUROSTAT indicator PEC (2020-2030)

(110)

It corresponds to the EUROSTAT indicator FEC (2020-2030)

(111)

In the public consultation, the sectors rated by the respondents as important to increase the 2030 GHG emissions target were energy supply (48%), mobility and transport (16%), industry (13%), and buildings (7%).

(112)

Including domestic and intra EU aviation and maritime navigation

(113)

Power sector, district heating, energy branch and refineries

(114)

Excluding district heating

(115)

Including process CO2 emissions from industry, excluding refineries

(116)

The respondents to the public consultation rated higher penetration of renewable energy, decreasing energy use due to life-style changes, the phase-out of solid fossil fuels, and higher energy efficiency as the main drivers were necessary for the energy transition to facilitate the 2030 GHG emission reduction target. The least voted drivers were the use of Carbon Capture and Use (CCU) technologies, the use of nuclear energy for power generation, and better sector coupling between gas and electricity.

(117)

GHG emissions including domestic and intra EU aviation and maritime navigation.

(118)

By convention, both the production of e-gas and e-liquids and the inputs for this production are accounted for in gross inland energy consumption.

(119)

The policy scenarios considered see a ramp up of the installed electrolyser capacity between 37-66 GW by 2035, responsible for a production of up to ca. 8 Mt of hydrogen in 2035.

(120)

The effect is more visible in CPRICE scenario as new fuels are developing stronger in that scenario.

(121)

See: Tsiropoulos I., Nijs W., Tarvydas D., Ruiz Castello P., Towards net-zero emissions in the EU energy system by 2050 – Insights from scenarios in line with the 2030 and 2050 ambitions of the European Green Deal, EUR 29981 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-13096-3, doi:10.2760/081488, JRC118592.

(122)

While biomass would double by 2050, other renewables would grow sevenfold compared to current level.

(123)

Compared to the Baseline, natural gas reduces most (up to 80% lower).

(124)

A majority in the public consultation perceived that an increase to greater than 40% for energy efficiency by 2030 was required. This is driven mainly by the opinion of individuals rather than professional respondents.

(125)

The EU Strategy on Energy System Integration further elaborates on the linking of multiple energy carriers, infrastructures, and consumption sectors as an enabler for a greenhouse gas neutral energy system for the EU.

(126)

According to Articles 25-27 of Directive 2018/2001/EC (revised RED) where specific caps and multipliers apply for different renewable fuels. If the share was to be calculated according to the methodology in Directives 2009/28/EC and 2015/1513/EC (RED up to 2020) it would be equal to 7%.

(127)

  Annex of the draft delegated act 22 June 2020 - Commission expert group on Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF)

(128)

Ibid.

(129)

Dechezleprêtre, Antoine, Nicholas Rivers, and Balazs Stadler (2019): “The Economic Cost of Air Pollution: Evidence from Europe”, OECD Economics Department Working Papers No. 1584, 10 December 2019.

(130)

COM (2020) 380 final

(131)

IPBES, glossary, at: https://ipbes.net/glossary/biodiversity-loss  

(132)

The other natural land category includes for instance non-productive grassland, agriculture land set aside, fallowed or abandoned and other type of vegetation not classified in other categories.

(133)

Including through afforestation policies that create diverse and resilient forests, restoration policies and deployment of energy crops that do not increase the risk for invasive alien species.

(134)

Disutility costs measure the difference in the use of energy services compared to a counterfactual scenario using the income compensating variation method.

(135)

For the PRIMES‑based modelling runs it has been assumed that industry in the ETS received free allocation (including the energy branch, process and non-CO2 emissions) given that emissions reduce at a rate which seems close to what the benchmarks give as total allocation for the period 2021-2030 (see Section 6.9). Most other sectors pay the full carbon price. Furthermore in MIX and REG there is a revision foreseen in transport related to the Energy Taxation Directive, with an alignment of minima on energy content for diesel and petrol in both scenarios, while REG additionally foresees the mirroring of the ratio on the national level.

(136)

This is about EUR 15 billion lower than estimated previously for the Clean Planet for All Communication, also using the PRIMES model and a comparable methodology, on account of lower technological costs. The investment needs to achieve the current 2030 climate and energy framework were evaluated in the associated impact assessment. Similarly, the in-depth analysis in support of Commission Communication “A Clean Planet for all” included updated estimates of such investment needs. Neither of these estimates, however, can be used for the investment needs that derive from raising climate ambition in the 2030 horizon. First, previously published numbers include the United Kingdom in the aggregate estimates. Second, those numbers are based on technology costs assumptions that differ from the current ones. Third, the investment needs estimates of the 2030 climate and energy framework impact assessment were based on lower energy efficiency and renewables targets than those ultimately adopted.

(137)

This difference is persistent even though the scenarios share the same technology costs assumptions and all available technologies (e.g. renewables, energy efficiency in buildings and production processes or decarbonisation of transport) will need a strong degree of deployment in order to reach a high level of climate ambition by 2030 and climate neutrality by 2050.

(138)

Total imports include biomass, which remains marginal: 3 Mtoe in 2015, 3-6 Mtoe in the different scenarios analysed.

(139)

The imports of oil also account for demand for international maritime bunkers, which are not accounted for in the gross inland consumption discussion in section 6.2.1.2.

(140)

The Wiener Stadtwerke GmbH also perceives a lack of importance of the role of renewable gas in security of supply.

(141)

See IEA (2020), Energy Policy Review, European Union 2020.

(142)

COM(2020) 299

(143)

COM(2020) 474 final

(144)

  https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_20_1542  

(145)

DG ECFIN’s autumn 2019 forecast projects cumulative real GDP growth of 24.2% over the period 2015-2030. In contrast, the spring 2020 forecast that was used for the COVID sensitivity analysis in this impact assessment predicts a contraction in EU real GDP of 7.4% in 2020 followed by a 6.1% recovery in 2021. Potential output growth projections were also revised downwards slightly, which implies that cumulative real GDP growth over the period 2015-2030 amounts to 21.3%, leaving EU real GDP 2.3% below the pre-COVID projections in 2030. DG ECFIN’s summer 2020 forecast were slightly more pessimistic still, with a projected contraction in EU real GDP of 8.3% in 2020 and a recovery of 5.8% in 2021. See section 6.4.3 for the discussion on the COVID crisis impacts.

(146)

Based on the GHG scope including domestic and intra-EU emissions from aviation and navigation.

(147)

Including LULUCF, including intra EU aviation and navigation

(148)

Gas Distributors for Sustainability (GD4S) (2020): “Renewable gases in the European Green Deal”.

(149)

For example transitioning from a job in a sector experiencing net losses in employment to a new job in another sector, or transitioning within sector but to a different job more aligned with the needs of the green economy.

(150)

Household size measured on the basis of equivalent household size, using the modified OECD equivalence scale.

(151)

The analysis assesses the impact of changes in consumption prices relative to baseline. To evaluate the impact of the REG, MIX and CPRICE policy scenarios and the scope for mitigating the distributional effects, it therefore also takes into account only the amount of additional carbon revenues that is generated relative to baseline for redistribution purposes. Only MIX and CPRICE generate such additional revenues.

(152)

  Employment and Social Developments in Europe 2019, chapter 4 .

(153)

In the public consultation, the highest ranked options for renewable energy measures are to increase renewable electricity production, including necessary infrastructure, measures to support innovation related to renewable energy production, and measures to incentivise a more Europe-wide approach for renewable energy. For energy efficiency measures, the responses favoured more stringent energy performance requirements for transport vehicles, making the “Energy Efficiency First” principle a compulsory test in relevant decisions, and standards for the ICT sector to promote energy efficiency.

(154)

The assessment encountered the main limitation that some sub-sectors are hard to be captured in statistics and in modelling and therefore a proper assessment of the impact on energy consumption and GHG emissions could not be made in this IA. As current studies are projecting a steady increase in electricity consumption in the ICT sector and on data centers (P. Bertoldi, M. Avgerinou, L. Castellazzi, Trends in data centre energy consumption under the European Code of Conduct for Data Centre Energy Efficiency, EUR 28874 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2017, ISBN 978-92-79-76445-5, doi:10.2760/358256, JRC108354), and given the specific mandate provided in the Green Deal Digital/data strategy, EU-level measures addressing energy efficiency in this sector will need to be considered in dedicated future assessment of energy efficiency policies.

(155)

This is the case for the policy option of re-using waste-heat from high to medium temperature combustion processes, for which further assessment would be needed to better understand the energy savings which could be achieved cost-effectively and the framework of measures which would be needed to remove the regulatory barriers preventing it. Further and dedicated analysis would also be needed to assess the role of measures bridging the gap between company audit results and their implementation. Alongside with EU-level measures, national schemes which are in place to implement the annual energy savings goal (Art. 7 of the EED) could also be directed more towards companies (both large and SMEs), by replicating or scaling up the existing best practices.

(156)

Renewables-based electrification can make power systems more flexible e.g. by smart charging and use of so-called vehicle-to-grid services in transport, and resilient e.g. due to less exposure to volatility of international fuel prices, while making the wider energy system more secure and less reliant on fossil fuels. At the same time, it offers significant efficiency gains in primary energy use. It reduces pollution, leading to improved health. The modern automation and control systems that are an integral part of renewables-based electrification can also boost economic productivity and improve the quality of living conditions.

(157)

COM(2020) 299 final

(158)

COM(2020) 301 final

(159)

Due to modelling limitations, the PRIMES-GAINS estimates include inland navigation. However, the impact of this is small.

(160)

“Building” emissions as used in the table mean emissions from domestic and commercial heating and cooking (not from electricity consumption which are covered by power supply). They are in the following and in the modelling results approximated by adding the emissions for the two GHG inventory sectors “residential” and “services”. It is acknowledged that services emissions includes also a small amount of ETS emissions and non-building emissions, while the public heat sector includes also district heating emissions including a small amount not covered by the ETS.

(161)

ETS ambition based on current ETS scope (including only intra-EU aviation).

(162)

E.g. Eurelectric response to the consultation

(163)

If a Member State misses its ESR target in year x by 1 million tonnes, it would have to over-achieve its ESR target in the subsequent year by 1.08 million tonnes.

(164)

SWD(2016) 247 final

(165)

ICF et al. (forthcoming)

(166)

See e.g. Sijm, J., Neuhoff, K. and Chen, Y. (2006), CO2 cost pass through and windfall profits in the power sector, Working Paper 0639 and EPRG Working Paper 0617.

(167)

This was particularly selected by professional stakeholders.

(168)

See for details section 5.1 of the impact assessment of the Effort Sharing Regulation proposal, Commission SWD/2016/0247 final.

(169)

The results of the public consultation show that the highest ranking in terms of challenges stemming from the administrative complexity and implementation, of a robust monitoring, reporting and verification system was given by consumer organisations (giving a ranking of 5 out of 5), followed by business associations (giving a ranking of 3.9 out of 5) and company/business organisations (ranking 3.8 out of 5). On average, public authorities ranked the challenge 3.7 out of 5. Hungary for example explicitly identified in its position paper accompanying its response to the public consultation the high administrative burden as one of the main problems of including the new sectors into the ETS.

(170)

Monitoring, reporting and verifying emissions in the climate economy, 25 March 2015, V.Bellassen, N.Stephan, I.Cochran, J.-P.Chang, M.Deheza, G.Jacquier, M.Afriat, E.Alberola, C.Chiquet, R.Morel, C.Dimopoulos, I.Shishlov, C.Foucherot, A.Barker, R.Robinson. Nature Climate Change, Vol. 5, April 2015

(171)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/ets/registry_en#tab-0-1  

(172)

For example, EDF have argued that a cost-efficient solution could be to place compliance obligations for small emissions sources higher up in the supply chain, e.g. on fuel suppliers and distributors.

(173)

In principle also Transmission System Operators (TSO) could qualify as regulated entities, but given that TSOs are not the legal owner of the gas, possible legal obstacles at this level would need to be considered.

(174)

Oil refineries could in principle also be chosen as point of regulation. In that case it would be necessary to also regulate imported and exported oil, which is not the case for tax warehouses.

(175)

This could include for example requiring coal suppliers to monitor both coal they purchase and coal supplied to end-users in a mass-balance approach, and an assumption that in principle all coal that passes through a supplier is intended for end-users in the built environment, unless proven otherwise.

(176)

COM(2020) 299 final

(177)

Sweden has been one of the pioneers in carbon pricing, with a carbon tax in place since 1991, nowadays at EUR 110/tCO2 for heating and transport fuels, adding to energy taxation. For heating, sustainable biofuels are not taxed. Similarly, biofuels in the transport sector must be classed as sustainable in order to be eligible for tax deductions. In addition, there are several other policy measures in place, including an emission reduction obligation for suppliers of gasoline and diesel to decrease emissions by continuously increasing the share of biofuels in the fuel-mix. As a result of the carbon tax and complementary policies, in particular buildings emissions were reduced. Also, the decrease in road transport emissions seen since 2007 is mainly attributed to the fact that road transport is operated with an increasing proportion of biofuels. On energy prices, Swedes have been generally willing to contribute and have a positive attitude towards societal climate initiatives. However, public opposition against increasing fuel prices has been growing, mainly in rural areas (ICF et al., forthcoming).

(178)

Today, energy taxation leads to implicit carbon prices, but does typically not address the carbon content explicitly, hence distorting the direct emission reduction incentive. Highly divergent national rates are applied in combination with a wide range of tax exemptions and reductions, which can, de facto, be seen as forms of fossil fuel subsidies, which are not in line with the objectives of the European Green Deal. Provided that they are well-designed, carbon taxes could nevertheless have a price signal potential.

(179)

The latter are already impacted today due to actions in the non-ETS sectors

(180)

Including refineries

(181)

Carbon border adjustment measures will be subject to a specific impact assessment to be prepared by the European Commission by 2021.

(182)

The benchmark values are set using the historical applicable benchmark in the period 2013-2020 and applying an annual reduction rate. This annual reduction rate is determined by the historical progress of the benchmark, i.e. the 10% best installations, and is limited to a rate of at least 0.2% annually and at most 1.6% annually. This rate is applied on the benchmark value of the year 2007/2008 and thus can lead to a benchmark that is at least 3% and at most 24% more stringent in the period 2021-2025 compared to the benchmark applied in the period 2013-2021. For this assessment estimates have been calculated for the period 2021 – 2025 using preliminary data. The benchmark values to be applied for the period 2026 – 2030 will be based on the emission efficiency of installations in years 2021 and 2022. As this data is not available yet, a conservative approach has been taken using no further improvements for this assessment.

(183)

The exercise took into account data from the European Transaction Log (EUTL), data received as part of the NIMs as well as the production projections assumed in the baseline scenario with the PRIMES model.

(184)

For the existing 2030 framework this flexibility was assessed as representing up to around a quarter of the total additional reduction required in the non-ETS compared to baseline projected. For more information see SWD(2016) 249 final

(185)

As a contribution to achieve 50% or 55% GHG emission reductions by 2030, it is assumed in Table 4 that the LULUCF sink will achieve 225 million tonnes removals by 2030.

(186)

Including LULUCF, including intra EU aviation and navigation.

(187)

Including LULUCF, including intra EU aviation and navigation.

(188)

Reg (EU) 2018/841 Art 14(3)

(189)

See 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 4. Agriculture, Forestry, and Other Land Use, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html  

(190)

In particular the ETS Directive, Effort Sharing Regulation, LULUCF Regulation, Regulation on CO2 for cars, Renewables Directive, Energy Efficiency Directive

(191)

  https://ec.europa.eu/energy/data-analysis/energy-union-indicators/scoreboard_en?redir=1  

(192)

Including the non-CO2 emissions from the energy system.

(193)

COM(2020) 299 final

(194)

COM(2020) 301 final

(195)

Representing notably auctioning in an emission trading system.

(196)

Results for scenarios with globally fragmented action

(197)

COM(2020) 299 final

(198)

COM(2020) 301 final

(199)

These are air pollution impacts adding up the emissions of NOx, SO2 and PM2.5. They have not been assessed for every scenario but for representative scenarios of particular greenhouse gas ambition level.

(200)

The Group of Twenty (G20) is a forum made up of the European Union and 19 countries: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, France, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, South Korea, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States.


Brussels, 17.9.2020

SWD(2020) 176 final

COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Accompanying the document

COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS

Stepping up Europe’s 2030 climate ambition







Investing in a climate-neutral future for the benefit of our people







{COM(2020) 562 final} - {SEC(2020) 301 final} - {SWD(2020) 177 final} - {SWD(2020) 178 final}


Table of contents

9Annexes3

9.1Procedural information3

9.1.1    Lead DG, Decide Planning/CWP references    3

9.1.2    Organisation and timing    3

9.1.3    Consultation of the RSB    3

9.2Stakeholder consultation: views disaggregated by stakeholder category for ambition, challenges and opportunities7

9.3Analytical methods13

9.3.1    Description modelling tools used    13

9.3.2    Assumptions on technology, economics and energy prices    24

9.3.3    The existing 2030 framework scenario (BSL) and the EU National Energy and Climate Plans scenario (EU-NECP) variant    28

9.3.4    Policy scenarios    39

9.4Sectoral transformation to achieve 50% to 55% GHG reduction by 2030 and transition to climate neutrality47

9.4.1    Greenhouse gas emissions per sector    47

9.4.2    Energy sector    49

9.4.3    Non-CO2 sectoral mitigation potential    84

9.4.4    The LULUCF sector    92

9.5Environmental, economic, social impacts – details102

9.5.1    Synergies and trade-offs of bio-energy use and land management in the context of increase climate ambition with biodiversity    102

9.5.2    Energy system – economic impacts    105

9.5.3    Macro-economic impacts (GDP, employment, competitiveness)    110

9.6Future energy policy framework (including transport aspects)117

9.6.1    Energy efficiency policy framework    117

9.6.2    CO2 emission standards for vehicles and other transport system efficiency related policies    122

9.6.3    Renewable energy policy framework    123

9.6.4    Consistency between energy efficiency and renewables legislation    125

9.7Extended analysis of impacts of ETS extension and interaction with the ESR126

9.7.1    Environmental impacts of policy aspects: impact on ETS and ESR    126

9.7.2    Economic impacts    133

9.7.3    Social and distributional impacts of policy aspects    136

9.7.4    Administrative impacts    137

9.8Sector specific analysis of climate and energy policy interactions142

9.9Extended analysis on the role of the LULUCF policy architecture in achieving increased ambition in GHG removals148

9.10Context of the 2030 Climate Target Plan156

9.10.1    Current policies and progress achieved    156

9.10.2    Key elements to improve the further coherence when developing energy, climate and transport policies    168

9.10.3    Climate change and its impact, how to increase resilience and adaptation    172

9.10.4    Progress globally on the fight against climate change    187

9.10.5    Central role of the global energy transition    188

9.10.6    EU action in a global context to limit temperature increase to well below 2°C and pursue efforts to limit it to 1.5°C    192

9.11EU policies as an enabler199

9.11.1    Green recovery from the COVID-19 crisis    199

9.11.2    Energy financing and climate mainstreaming of the next MFF    202

9.11.3    Sustainable finance    203

9.11.4    Just transition, skills development and protecting vulnerable citizens    203

9.11.5    Behavioural changes and their impact on energy and emission profiles    206

9.11.6    Circular economy and its impacts on climate change mitigation    207

9.11.7    R&D    211

9.11.8    Maritime Policy    217

Glossary218

List of Figures225

List of Tables228


9Annexes

9.1Procedural information

9.1.1Lead DG, Decide Planning/CWP references

The Directorate-General (DG) for Climate Action was leading the preparation of this initiative and the work on the Impact Assessment in the European Commission, with the DG for Energy being co-responsible. The planning entry was approved in Decide Planning under the reference PLAN/2020/6960. It is included in the 2020 Commission Work Programme under the policy objective “Commission contribution to COP26 in Glasgow “.

9.1.2Organisation and timing

The planned adoption date (Q3 2020) included in the Commission Work Programme adopted on 29 January 2020, was unchanged in the revised version adopted on 27 May 2020 following the COVID-19 crisis.

An inter-service steering group (ISG), was established for preparing this initiative. The ISG met five times in the period from February until adoption in September 2020.

9.1.3Consultation of the RSB

A draft Impact Assessment was submitted to the Regulatory Scrutiny Board (RSB) on 9 July 2020. Following the Board meeting on 22 July 2020, it issued a negative opinion on 24 July 2020. After consideration of the Board’s recommendations in the first opinion, a new version of the draft Impact Assessment submission was submitted on 18 August 2020, to which the Board issued a positive opinion with reservations on 27 August 2020.

The Board’s recommendations have been addressed as presented below.

RSB 1st Opinion of 24 July 2020

Recommended improvements and how they were addressed

(1) The impact assessment should develop a stronger and more easily accessible narrative that can support a broad public debate. It should be clearer on which (major) decisions it supports and which not. It should explain what margin of manoeuvre and scope will be left for the follow-up sectoral impact assessments, and set out how a coherent approach will be ensured. The link between the impact assessment and the proposed chapeau communication should be explained.

·Sections 1 to 5 where fully reviewed and shortened, improving the logic of how problem definition, objectives and policy options relate to each other, including the introduction of an intervention logic.

(2) The report should further develop the problem analysis. It should acknowledge the role of EU action for global climate policies. It should describe how local environmental and other public policy problems link to a greater short-term climate policy ambition. It should elaborate on why a higher ambition for 2030 is needed (e.g. earlier availability of cheaper low-carbon technologies and co-benefits, greater costs of reaching carbon neutrality in 2050, reducing the post-2030 mitigation burden, etc.).

·The problem definition section 2 has been adapted, focusing on the lack of ambition of the current EU climate 2030 target and on the need to update the climate and energy policy framework in the perspective of reaching climate neutrality by 2050.

(3) The objectives section should go beyond the more ambitious target for the next decade and show how it connects to higher-level objectives of climate policy. The intervention logic should show clearly the logical chain between the identified problems, what the initiative aims to achieve and the solutions considered.

·The objectives section 4 has been adapted to reflect better how objectives relate to addressing the problems, notably in the perspective of the higher-level objective of reaching climate neutrality by 2050. An intervention logic scheme (see section 4.4) has been added to map problems and problem drivers (the existing climate target is insufficient and the policy framework is not adequate) with general and specific objectives (raising the climate target and updating the policy framework). The intervention logic then relates to the policy options described in section 5 (see Table 2 and Table 3).

(4) The impact analysis should include the missing scenarios (EU-NECP, 50% MIX, COVID-19). It should include a summary of the main characteristics of the modelling (e.g. how the partial-equilibrium sectorial modules are combined) and report on headline results. Large parts of the (quantitative) assessment could be moved into dedicated annexes.

·All the missing scenarios have been added to the analysis (see section 5.4 for the description of scenarios) and a summary of headline results has been included in the conclusions (section 8, Table 28). Large parts of the quantitative assessment have been moved to dedicated annexes (Annexes 9.4 and 9.5), with only the main impacts being discussed in the main body of the report (section 6).

(5) The analysis of the extensive public consultation should be completed and integrated into the report. This should include an assessment of which groups support which option, giving due attention to minority views.

·The findings of the public consultation have been introduced in relevant places of the report, including in sections discussing sectoral impacts. See also below the reply to recommendation (2) of the second Opinion of the RSB.

(6) The rich assessment should lead to conclusions. These should include a clear overview of the different impacts of the options and their advantages and disadvantages. They should highlight trade-offs and distributional effects. They should also reflect stakeholder views.

·A conclusion section has been added (section 8).

RSB 2nd Opinion (Positive with reservations) of 27 August 2020

Recommended improvements and how they were addressed

(1) The problem description should show more convincingly that the current pathway towards climate neutrality by 2050 would not be 'balanced'. It should present evidence why a more uniform CO2 reduction rate over time is preferable, also in terms of cost-efficiency for different stakeholder groups. It should be more explicit on its assumptions on the evolution of the cost of CO2 reduction.

·The problem definition was further adapted, recognising that a 55% greenhouse gas target actually sees limitedly higher emission reductions up to 2030 than afterwards. The impact assessment compares GHG pathways towards climate neutrality that achieve 50% or 55% GHG reductions by 2030. This allows to assess how these different pathways impacts costs, including for the different sectors and thus stakeholder groups, and how they prepare the energy system and economy towards deep decarbonisation after 2030.

(2) The main text should present a more disaggregated view of stakeholder opinions across the different groups of respondents (e.g. businesses, NGOs, Member State authorities, extra EU bodies and citizens). The report should distinguish between views of individuals and those of organised interest groups. The stakeholder consultation annex should clarify how the analysis has taken account of campaign replies. The graphs and tables in the stakeholder annex would also benefit from a more granular representation of stakeholder groups.

·Annex 9.2 was added with detailed tables with information per group of respondents on the main outcomes of the public consultation regarding GHG, RES and EE ambition. Moreover, the text now clarifies what campaigns have been identified and how this impacts the robustness of the conclusions. A limited amount of additional insights were added to the main text. A synopsis report as well as an in-depth report on the results of the open public consultation were prepared, which includes a summary of position papers received and detailed tables for the remaining questions raised in the public consultation.

(3) The conclusions and executive summary should be more explicit on costs and benefits and on the distributional effects of the various scenarios across sectors and groups of the population. They should better explain how the different ambition levels would impact on the various sectors and what the main related policy choices are (to be addressed now or in subsequent steps).

·The main finding regarding the distributional effects of the proposed options have been summarised in the conclusions and executive summary. The cost and benefits across the various scenarios have been systematically compared (including in terms of system costs, investments, carbon revenues, household expenditure and main macroeconomic aggregates).

(4) The report should be clearer on how far the expected revenues from new carbon revenues will compensate the distributional effects and support sectoral restructuring.

·The Impact Assessment clearly shows that carbon pricing can lead to a better macro-economic outcome. It assesses the impact of lump sum transfers to household, labour tax reduction and investments in to greening of the economy, and discusses how addressing the investment gap is of importance with respect to the COVID-19 crisis. The report recognises clearer that choices will have to be made between these different options of recycling, and this involves a trade-off between redistributional and economic restructuring objectives.

(5) The report should explain why there is no preferred option. It should be clearer that the purpose of this impact assessment is to stimulate public discussion on the 2030 emission reduction level and on the choices that will need to be made across different sectors in order to achieve the selected target.

·The concluding section has to be seen as a multi criteria assessment that is dense in information. While it does not explicitly endorse one option, the conclusion has been further refined pointing out that the 55% GHG reduction option has a number of co-benefits compared to the 50% GHG option, while not leading to significant different costs. This together with the policy architecture assessment in sections 6.6 to 6.10 and the sectoral assessments in annex should indeed allow for informed decision making and stimulate a wider public discussion on adopting an increased 2030 climate ambition.

(6) The report does not include the standard quantification table with estimated costs and benefits. The summary table in the conclusions represents a useful alternative. The report should briefly explain the differences in scenario outcomes reported in that table.

·The differences in scenario outcomes reported in the table are systematically discussed in the conclusions. The conclusions make reference to the summary table.

(7) The report needs further editing and consistent formatting. It needs to complete the integration of changes to the first submission throughout the report. The annex section on procedural information should explain how it incorporated the Board’s recommendations.

·Further editing and formatting have been introduced in finalisation of the report. The integration of changes compared to the first submission has been completed and a placement error was corrected. This annex explains how the Board’s recommendations have been incorporated.



9.2Stakeholder consultation: views disaggregated by stakeholder category for ambition, challenges and opportunities

This section adds further detail on views received from various stakeholder types in the open public consultation which was conducted through an online survey. The survey was open for 12 weeks (from March 31st to June 23rd, 2020) and received a total of 3915 replies. A synopsis report as well as an in-depth report on the results of the open public consultation was also prepared, which includes a summary of position papers received.

This section shows the disaggregated views of these stakeholders types on key questions of interest to this impact assessment related to ambition, i.e. the overall climate ambition in terms of the GHG reduction target by 2030, the accompanying 2030 ambitions for renewable energy and for energy efficiency, as well as the opportunities and challenges associated with these options.

Moreover, a number of campaigns were identified in the open replies and survey attachments. The largest campaign (8%; 329 respondents), constituting of mostly private individuals, advocated mainly for a higher climate ambition, and a common carbon price. The second campaign (<1%; 40 respondents), also mostly private individuals, pushed for a revision of the methodology to calculate the GHG emissions of the agriculture sector. The third campaign (<1%; 35 respondents), supported mainly by NGOs, requested coherence with the Paris Agreement and a bigger focus on the costs of inaction. The fourth campaign (<1%; 20 respondents) of private individuals, proposed a climate dividend for citizens as a carbon pricing mechanism. Overall, these campaigns are thus part of the views of private individuals as listed in the tables in this section. The overall conclusions of the stakeholder views are not materially affected even without the campaign contributions: an increase in the GHG emissions target to at least 55% remains clearly the preferred option when looking at professional and organised stakeholder replies. The same is true for ambition in renewables and in energy efficiency, though views of the business sector are distributed more evenly across the options.

Table 29: Desired 2030 ambition on the climate target

Type of information

It should remain unchanged at 40%

It should be increased to at least 50%.

It should be increased to at least 55%

As an individual in a personal capacity

220

380

2 584

Of which:

EU citizen

217

372

2 556

Non-EU citizen

3

8

28

In a professional capacity or on behalf of an organisation

126

135

320

Of which:

Academic/research institution

6

14

21

Business association

40

42

54

Company/business organisation

38

46

75

Consumer organisation

4

0

3

Environmental organisation

3

3

25

Non-governmental organisation (NGO)

17

9

86

Trade union

1

2

3

Other

7

5

28

Public authority

10

14

25



Table 30: Desired 2030 ambition on the renewable energy target

Stakeholder Type

Achieve at least a share of 32% renewable energy in the final energy consumption in the EU by 2030, i.e. unchanged from the level already agreed

Achieve at least a share of 35% renewable energy in the final energy consumption in the EU by 2030

Achieve at least a share of 40% renewable energy in the final energy consumption in the EU by 2030

Achieve even higher level of ambition than at least a share of 40% renewable energy in the final energy consumption in the EU by 2030

Do not know/Do not have an opinion

As an individual in a personal capacity

150

134

399

2 378

140

Of which:

EU citizen

148

129

396

2 357

136

Non-EU citizen

2

5

3

21

4

In a professional capacity or on behalf of an organisation

97

79

114

235

73

Of which:

Academic/research institution

4

8

12

15

4

Business association

32

22

28

31

33

Company/business organisation

38

31

37

44

15

Consumer organisation

1

1

0

4

1

Environmental organisation

1

1

3

25

2

Non-governmental organisation (NGO)

7

6

13

73

8

Trade union

2

1

0

1

3

Other

4

5

5

23

6

Public authority

8

4

16

19

1



Table 31: Desired 2030 ambition on the energy efficiency target

Stakeholder Type

Achieve at least 32.5% energy efficiency (in both primary and final energy consumption) by 2030, i.e. unchanged from the level already agreed

Achieve at least 35% energy efficiency (in both primary and final energy consumption) by 2030

Achieve at least 40% energy efficiency (in both primary and final energy consumption) by 2030

Achieve even higher level of ambition than at least 40% energy efficiency (in both primary and final energy consumption) by 2030

Do not know/Do not have an opinion

As an individual in a personal capacity

172

193

448

2 135

250

Of which:

EU citizen

170

188

446

2 113

246

Non-EU citizen

2

5

2

22

4

In a professional capacity or on behalf of an organisation

112

82

101

210

81

Of which:

Academic/research institution

1

7

13

12

5

Business association

42

25

22

28

29

Company/business organisation

42

29

25

40

24

Consumer organisation

1

1

1

4

0

Environmental organisation

2

1

5

22

2

Non-governmental organisation (NGO)

9

5

16

67

9

Trade union

2

2

0

0

2

Other

5

4

5

22

7

Public authority

8

8

14

15

3

Table 32: Opportunities related to a higher 2030 climate ambition

Type of information

It will be a chance to do our part in saving the planet and thus fulfilling our duty towards the future generations.

It will allow a more gradual pathway to reaching a climate neutral EU by 2050

It will help mitigate costs associated with climate change to the society (from e.g. extreme weather events, droughts, loss of ecosystems etc.)

It will ensure a growing EU economy based on new production and consumption models (e.g. circular economy approach)

It will reinforce EU leadership and inspire action to battle climate change globally

It will create new (green) jobs, including those that are difficult to outsource outside the EU (e.g. maintenance of renewable energy installations, construction)

It will lower pollution, improve health, make cities and buildings more liveable and thus increase the well-being of citizens.

It will give the EU industry a first-mover advantage on global markets

It will improve energy security and reduce the EU dependency on imported fossil fuels

Other

As an individual in a personal capacity

2 607

1 322

2 298

1 762

1 905

2 001

2 642

1 345

2 047

362

Of which:

EU citizen

2 575

1 304

2 269

1 741

1 875

1 973

2 609

1 327

2 021

358

Non-EU citizen

32

18

29

21

30

28

33

18

26

4

In a professional capacity or on behalf of an organisation

350

378

357

381

301

389

439

273

361

203

Of which:

Academic/research institution

30

26

30

23

19

26

36

17

30

4

Business association

51

105

61

88

54

88

88

64

87

55

Company/business organisation

89

103

82

104

83

112

111

77

83

58

Consumer organisation

4

3

4

2

3

2

4

3

2

3

Environmental organisation

26

16

25

22

24

24

29

17

20

13

Non-governmental organisation (NGO)

88

67

89

80

72

83

100

60

80

53

Trade union

6

8

6

6

5

5

7

5

6

4

Other

27

23

30

24

18

20

30

10

21

7

Public authority

29

27

30

32

23

29

34

20

32

6

Table 33: Challenges related to a higher 2030 climate ambition

Type of information

It will represent a significant investment challenge for EU industry, services, transport, and energy sectors. The costs of investments are likely to be passed on to consumers via higher prices or taxes

It will likely lead to a structural shift and changing skill requirements in the economy, in particular leading to a decline of sectors and jobs linked to fossil fuels extraction and carbon-intensive manufacturing

It will change the existing policy and will confront us with reduced lead-time for devising and implementing additional measures and for the economic actors to adjust.

The simultaneous transition to climate neutral, circular, and digital economy and society may lead to significant labour reallocation across sectors, occupations and regions. Businesses, especially SMEs could face challenges in re-skilling and ensuring sufficient workforce

It may lead to societal inequalities due to an initially higher cost of green products, sustainable food and transport and renewable energy, which may negatively impact the lower income people/regions and contribute to energy poverty

Even with a more ambitious 2030 target, it is difficult to ensure sufficient action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions on the ground

The EU, if acting alone, will lose out in terms of international competitiveness

Other

As an individual in a personal capacity

1 084

1 708

1 284

1 292

1 112

1 271

350

341

Of which:

EU citizen

1 065

1 686

1 273

1 272

1 099

1 257

344

332

Non-EU citizen

19

22

11

20

13

14

6

9

In a professional capacity or on behalf of an organisation

362

376

274

314

246

228

219

199

Of which:

Academic/research institution

26

31

17

31

18

18

12

4

Business association

119

80

78

68

69

59

87

69

Company/business organisation

109

103

81

77

60

71

78

56

Consumer organisation

6

3

3

4

4

1

1

1

Environmental organisation

8

19

15

13

8

11

1

10

Non-governmental organisation (NGO)

37

82

43

71

33

26

14

43

Trade union

5

7

4

5

6

3

6

4

Other

23

21

15

20

21

16

9

8

Public authority

29

30

18

25

27

23

11

4

9.3Analytical methods

9.3.1Description modelling tools used 

9.3.1.1Main modelling suite 

The main model suite used to produce the scenarios presented in this impact assessment has a successful record of use in the Commission's energy and climate policy assessments. In particular, it has been used for the Commission’s proposal for Long Term Strategy 1  as well as for the 2020 and 2030 EU’s climate and energy policy framework.

The PRIMES and PRIMES-TREMOVE models are the core elements of the modelling framework for energy, transport and CO2 emission projections. The GAINS model is used for non-CO2 emission projections and the GLOBIOM-G4M models for projections of LULUCF emissions and removals and the CAPRI model is used for agricultural activity projections.

The model suite thus covers:

·The entire energy system (energy demand, supply, prices and investments to the future) and all GHG emissions and removals from the EU economy.

·Time horizon: 1990 to 2070 (5-year time steps).

·Geography: individually all EU Member States, EU candidate countries and, where relevant Norway, Switzerland and Bosnia and Herzegovina.

·Impacts: on the energy system (PRIMES and its satellite model on biomass), transport (PRIMES-TREMOVE), agriculture (CAPRI), forestry and land use (GLOBIOM-G4M), atmospheric dispersion, health and ecosystems (acidification, eutrophication) (GAINS); macro-economy with multiple sectors, employment and social welfare (GEM-E3).

The modelling suite was recently updated in the context of the in-depth analysis of the proposal for an EU Long Term Strategy, with addition of a new buildings module, improved representation of electricity sector, more granular representation of hydrogen and synthetic fuels produced with electricity (“e-fuels”), as well updated interlinkages of the models to improve land use and non-CO2 modelling.

The models are linked with each other in such a way to ensure consistency in the building of scenarios (Figure 21). These inter-linkages are necessary to provide the core of the analysis, which are interdependent energy, transport and GHG emissions trends.

Figure 21: Interlinkages between models

9.3.1.1.1Energy: the PRIMES model

The PRIMES model (Price-Induced Market Equilibrium System) 2 is a large scale applied energy system model that provides detailed projections of energy demand, supply, prices and investment to the future, covering the entire energy system including emissions. The distinctive feature of PRIMES is the combination of behavioural modelling (following a micro-economic foundation) with engineering aspects, covering all energy sectors and markets. The model has a detailed representation of instruments policy impact assessment related to energy markets and climate, including market drivers, standards, and targets by sector or overall. It simulates the EU Emissions Trading System in its current form. It handles multiple policy objectives, such as GHG emissions reductions, energy efficiency, and renewable energy targets, and provides pan-European simulation of internal markets for electricity and gas.

Figure 22: Schematic representation of the PRIMES model

PRIMES offer the possibility of handling market distortions, barriers to rational decisions, behaviours and market coordination issues and it has full accounting of costs (CAPEX and OPEX) and investment on infrastructure needs. The model covers the horizon up to 2070 in 5-year interval periods and includes all Member States of the EU individually, as well as neighbouring and candidate countries. PRIMES is designed to analyse complex interactions within the energy system in a multiple agent – multiple markets framework.

Decisions by agents are formulated based on microeconomic foundation (utility maximization, cost minimization and market equilibrium) embedding engineering constraints and explicit representation of technologies and vintages; optionally perfect or imperfect foresight for the modelling of investment in all sectors.

PRIMES allows simulating long-term transformations/transitions and includes non-linear formulation of potentials by type (resources, sites, acceptability etc.) and technology learning. Figure 22 shows a schematic representation of the PRIMES model.

It includes a detailed numerical model on biomass supply, namely PRIMES-Biomass, which simulates the economics of supply of biomass and waste for energy purposes through a network of current and future processes. The model transforms biomass (or waste) feedstock, thus primary feedstock or residues, into bio-energy commodities which undergo further transformation in the energy system e.g. as input into power plants, heating boilers or fuels for transportation. The model calculates the inputs in terms of primary feedstock of biomass and waste to satisfy a given demand for bio-energy commodities and provides quantification of the required production capacity (for plants transforming feedstock into bioenergy commodities). Furthermore, all the costs resulting from the production of bioenergy commodities and the resulting prices are quantified. The PRIMES-Biomass model is a key link of communication between the energy system projections obtained by the core PRIMES energy system model and the projections on agriculture, forestry and non-CO2 emissions provided by other modelling tools participating in the scenario modelling suite (CAPRI, GLOBIOM/G4M, GAINS).

PRIMES is a private model maintained by E3Modelling 3 , originally developed in the context of a series of research programmes co-financed by the European Commission. The model has been successfully peer-reviewed, most recently in 2011 4 ; team members regularly participate in international conferences and publish in scientific peer-reviewed journals.

Sources for data inputs

A summary of database sources, in the current version of PRIMES, is provided below:

Eurostat and EEA: Energy Balance sheets, Energy prices (complemented by other sources, such IEA), macroeconomic and sectoral activity data (PRIMES sectors correspond to NACE 3-digit classification), population data and projections, physical activity data (complemented by other sources), CHP surveys, CO2 emission factors (sectoral and reference approaches) and EU ETS registry for allocating emissions between ETS and non ETS

Technology databases: ODYSSEE-MURE 5 , ICARUS, Eco-design, VGB (power technology costs), TECHPOL – supply sector technologies, NEMS model database 6 , IPPC BAT Technologies 7

Power Plant Inventory: ESAP SA and PLATTS

RES capacities, potential and availability: JRC ENSPRESO 8 , JRC EMHIRES 9 , RES ninja 10 , ECN, DLR and Observer, IRENA

Network infrastructure: ENTSOE, GIE, other operators

Other databases: District heating surveys (e.g. from COGEN), buildings and houses statistics and surveys (various sources, including ENTRANZE project 11 , INSPIRE archive, BPIE 12 ), JRC-IDEES 13 , update to the EU Building stock Observatory 14

9.3.1.1.2Transport: the PRIMES-TREMOVE model

The PRIMES-TREMOVE transport model projects the evolution of demand for passengers and freight transport, by transport mode, and transport vehicle/technology, following a formulation based on microeconomic foundation of decisions of multiple actors. Operation, investment and emission costs, various policy measures, utility factors and congestion are among the drivers that influence the projections of the model. The projections of activity, equipment (fleet), usage of equipment, energy consumption and emissions (and other externalities) constitute the set of model outputs.

The PRIMES-TREMOVE transport model can therefore provide the quantitative analysis for the transport sector in the EU, candidate and neighbouring countries covering activity, equipment, energy and emissions. The model accounts for each country separately which means that the detailed long-term outlooks are available both for each country and in aggregate forms (e.g. EU level).

In the transport field, PRIMES-TREMOVE is suitable for modelling soft measures (e.g. eco-driving, labelling); economic measures (e.g. subsidies and taxes on fuels, vehicles, emissions; ETS for transport when linked with PRIMES; pricing of congestion and other externalities such as air pollution; accidents and noise; measures supporting R&D); regulatory measures (e.g. CO2 emission performance standards for new passenger and heavy duty vehicles; EURO standards on road transport vehicles; technology standards for non-road transport technologies, deployment of Intelligent Transport Systems) and infrastructure policies for alternative fuels (e.g. deployment of refuelling/recharging infrastructure for electricity, hydrogen, LNG, CNG). Used as a module that contributes to the PRIMES model energy system model, PRIMES-TREMOVE can show how policies and trends in the field of transport contribute to economy-wide trends in energy use and emissions. Using data disaggregated per Member State, the model can show differentiated trends across Member States.

The PRIMES-TREMOVE has been developed and is maintained by E3Modelling, based on, but extending features of, the open source TREMOVE model developed by the TREMOVE 15 modelling community. Part of the model (e.g. the utility nested tree) was built following the TREMOVE model. 16 Other parts, like the component on fuel consumption and emissions, follow the COPERT model.

Data inputs

The main data sources for inputs to the PRIMES-TREMOVE model, such as for activity and energy consumption, comes from EUROSTAT database and from the Statistical Pocketbook "EU transport in figures 17 . Excise taxes are derived from DG TAXUD excise duty tables. Other data comes from different sources such as research projects (e.g. TRACCS project) and reports.

In the context of this exercise, the PRIMES-TREMOVE transport model is calibrated to 2005, 2010 and 2015 historical data.

9.3.1.1.3Non-CO2 GHG emissions and air pollution: GAINS

The GAINS (Greenhouse gas and Air Pollution Information and Simulation) model is an integrated assessment model of air pollutant and greenhouse gas emissions and their interactions. GAINS brings together data on economic development, the structure, control potential and costs of emission sources and the formation and dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere.

In addition to the projection and mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions at detailed sub-sectorial level, GAINS assesses air pollution impacts on human health from fine particulate matter and ground-level ozone, vegetation damage caused by ground-level ozone, the acidification of terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems and excess nitrogen deposition of soils.

Model uses include the projection of non-CO2 GHG emissions and air pollutant emissions for EU Reference scenario and policy scenarios, calibrated to UNFCCC emission data as historical data source. This allows for an assessment, per Member State, of the (technical) options and emission potential for non-CO2 emissions. Health and environmental co-benefits of climate and energy policies such as energy efficiency can also be assessed.

The GAINS model is accessible for expert users through a model interface 18 and has been developed and is maintained by the International Institute of Applied Systems Analysis 19 . The underlying algorithms are described in publicly available literature. GAINS and its predecessor RAINS have been peer reviewed multiple times, in 2004, 2009 and 2011.

Sources for data inputs

The GAINS model assess emissions to air for given externally produced activity data scenarios. For Europe, GAINS uses macroeconomic and energy sector scenarios from the PRIMES model, for agricultural sector activity data GAINS adopts historical data from EUROSTAT and aligns these with future projections from the CAPRI model. Projections for waste generation, organic content of wastewater and consumption of F-gases are projected in GAINS in consistency with macroeconomic and population scenarios from PRIMES. For global scenarios, GAINS uses macroeconomic and energy sector projections from IEA World Energy Outlook scenarios and agricultural sector projections from FAO. All other input data to GAINS, i.e., sector- and technology- specific emission factors and cost parameters, are taken from literature and referenced in the documentation.

9.3.1.1.4Forestry and land-use: GLOBIOM-G4M

The Global Biosphere Management Model (GLOBIOM) is a global recursive dynamic partial equilibrium model integrating the agricultural, bioenergy and forestry sectors with the aim to provide policy analysis on global issues concerning land use competition between the major land-based production sectors. Agricultural and forestry production as well as bioenergy production are modelled in a detailed way accounting for about 20 globally most important crops, a range of livestock production activities, forestry commodities as well as different energy transformation pathways.

GLOBIOM covers 50 world regions / countries, including the EU27 Member States.

Model uses include the projection of emissions from land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF) for EU Reference scenario and policy scenarios. For the forestry sector, emissions and removals are projected by the Global Forestry Model (G4M), a geographically explicit agent-based model that assesses afforestation, deforestation and forest management decisions. GLOBIOM-G4M is also used in the LULUCF impact assessment to assess the options (afforestation, deforestation, forest management, and cropland and grassland management) and costs of enhancing the LULUCF sink for each Member State.

The GLOBIOM-G4M has been developed and is maintained by the International Institute of Applied Systems Analysis 20 .

Sources for data inputs

The main market data sources for GLOBIOM-EU are EUROSTAT and FAOSTAT, which provide data at the national level and which are spatially allocated using data from the SPAM model 21 . Crop management systems are parameterised based on simulations from the biophysical process-based crop model EPIC. The livestock production system parameterization relies on the dataset by Herrero et al 22 . Further datasets are incorporated, coming from the scientific literature and other research projects.

GLOBIOM is calibrated to FAOSTAT data for the year 2000 (average 1998 - 2002) and runs recursively dynamic in 10-year time-steps. In the context of this exercise, baseline trends of agricultural commodities are aligned with FAOSTAT data for 2010/2020 and broadly with AGLINK-COSIMO trends for main agricultural commodities in the EU until 2030.

The main data sources for G4M are CORINE, Forest Europe (MCPFE, 2015) 23 , countries’ submissions to UNFCCC and KP, FAO Forest Resource Assessments, and national forest inventory reports. Afforestation and deforestation trends in G4M are calibrated to historical data for the period 2000-2013.

9.3.1.1.5Agriculture: CAPRI

CAPRI is a global multi-country agricultural sector model, supporting decision making related to the Common Agricultural Policy and environmental policy and therefore with far greater detail for Europe than for other world regions. It is maintained and developed in a network of public and private agencies including the European Commission (JRC), Universities (Bonn University, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid), research agencies (Thünen Institute), and private agencies (EuroCARE, in charge for use in this modelling cluster); the model takes inputs from GEM-E3, PRIMES and PRIMES Biomass model, provides outputs to GAINS, and exchanges information with GLOBIOM on livestock, crops, and forestry as well as LULUCF effects.

The CAPRI model provides the agricultural outlook for the Reference Scenario, in particular on livestock and fertilisers use, further it provides the impacts on the agricultural sector from changed biofuel demand. Depending on need it may also be used to run climate mitigation scenarios, diet shift scenarios or CAP scenarios.

Cross checks are undertaken ex-ante and ex-post to ensure consistency with GLOBIOM on overlapping variables, in particular for the crop sector.

Sources for data inputs

The main data source for CAPRI is EUROSTAT. This concerns data on production, market balances, land use, animal herds, prices, and sectoral income. EUROSTAT data are complemented with sources for specific topics (like CAP payments or biofuel production). For Western Balkan regions a database matching with the EUROSTAT inputs for CAPRI has been compiled based on national data. For non-European regions the key data source is FAOSTAT, which also serves as a fall back option in case of missing EUROSTAT data. The database compilation is a modelling exercise on its own because usually several sources are available for the same or related items and their reconciliation involves the optimisation to reproduce the hard data as good as possible while maintaining all technical constraints like adding up conditions.

In the context of this exercise, the CAPRI model uses historical data series at least up to 2017, and the first simulation years (2010 and 2015) are calibrated to reproduce the historical data as good as possible.

9.3.1.1.6Global climate and energy policy context: POLES-JRC

The POLES-JRC model used to provide the global energy and climate policy context is operated by the JRC 24 .

POLES is a global energy model that covers the entire energy balance, from final energy demand, transformation and power production to primary supply and trade of energy commodities across countries and regions. It allows assessing the contribution to future energy needs of the various energy types (fossil fuels, nuclear, renewables) and energy vectors.

In addition, it calculates the evolution of GHG emissions: endogenously for the energy-industry sectors and through linkage with specialist models for GHG emissions from land-use and agriculture (GLOBIOM-G4M), and air pollution (GAINS).

The model includes a detailed geographical representation, with a total of 39 non-EU27 regions and countries covering the world; that includes all G20 countries, detailed OECD and the main non-OECD economies. It operates on a yearly time step, allowing integrating recent developments.

The POLES model is well suited to evaluate the evolution of energy demand in the main world economies and international markets as well as to assess international climate and energy policies. The POLES model has participated in numerous research projects, and has contributed to peer-reviewed analyses published widely 25 .

Sources for data inputs 26

Data on socio-economic activity come from the UN and IIASA (population), the World Bank, IMF and OECD (GDP and economic activity), sectoral databases on industrial and mobility activity.

The main energy data sources of the POLES-JRC model are IEA, Enerdata, BGR, USGS, Platts, BP, NEA.

Fossil energy production costs are based on Rystad, complemented by information from the literature. Renewables potentials are based on NREL, DLR, and GLOBIOM, complemented by information from the literature. The technology costs and learning curves are based on extensive literature review, including but not limited to IEA and the SETIS database.

Emissions data are for UNFCCC, EDGAR, National inventories, FAO.

POLES-JRC work developed for this exercise is based on JRC work for the Global Energy and Climate Outlook (GECO) report series 27 . The POLES-JRC model was updated with historical data up to 2018 (population, GDP, energy balances) and 2019 (international energy prices, GDP projections). It includes country policies that have been legislated as of June 2019 or correspond to objectives found in the UNFCCC’s Nationally Determined Contributions.

9.3.1.2Economic analysis 

9.3.1.2.1GEM-E3

GEM-E3 is a large scale multi-sectoral CGE model that features a series of modelling innovations that enables its departure from the constraining framework of standard/textbook CGE models (where all resources are assumed to be fully used) to a modelling system that features a more realistic representation of the complex economic system. The key innovations of the model relate to the explicit representation of the financial sector, semi-endogenous dynamics based on R&D induced technical progress and knowledge spillovers, the representation of multiple households, unemployment in the labour market and endogenous formation of labour skills. The model has detailed sectoral and geographical coverage, with 51 products and 46 countries/regions (global coverage) and it is calibrated to a wide range of datasets comprising of IO tables, financial accounting matrices, institutional transactions, energy balances, GHG inventories, bilateral trade matrices, investment matrices and household budget surveys. All countries in the model are linked through endogenous bilateral trade transactions identifying origin and destination. Particular focus is placed on the representation of the energy system where specialised bottom-up modules of the power generation, buildings and transport sectors have been developed. The model is recursive dynamic coupled with a forward-looking expectations mechanism and produces projections of the economic and energy systems until 2100 in increasing time steps: annual from 2015 to 2030 and then five-year period until 2100. Figure 23 shows a schematic representation of the GEM-E3 model.

Figure 23: Schematic representation of the GEM-E3 model

The model has been used to provide the sectoral economic assumptions as input for this Impact Assessment. GEM-E3 produces consistent sectorial value added and trade projections matching GDP and population projections by country taken from other sources such as the ECFIN t+10 projections for economic activity, the Europop and the Ageing Report. The model can also be used to assess the impacts of the energy and climate targets on macroeconomic aggregates such as GDP and employment.

The most important results, provided by GEM-E3 are: Full Input-Output tables for each country/region identified in the model, dynamic projections in constant values and deflators of national accounts by country, employment by economic activity and by skill and unemployment rates, capital, interest rates and investment by country and sector, private and public consumption, bilateral trade flows, consumption matrices by product and investment matrix by ownership branch, GHG emissions by country, sector and fuel and detailed energy system projections (energy demand by sector and fuel, power generation mix, deployment of transport technologies, energy efficiency improvements).

This Impact Assessment has used mainly the European Commission’s JRC version JRC‑GEM‑E3 28 , complemented by the GEM-E3-FIT version operated by E3Modelling 29 . Detailed documentation is publicly available.

Sources 30 for data inputs

EUROSTAT, WIOD, EU-KLEMS and GTAP: Input Output tables, National Accounts, Employment, Institutional Transactions, Labour force and Participation rates, Bilateral Trade, GHG emissions, Capital stock, taxes, Household consumption by purpose

National Statistical Offices: Consumption Matrices

ECB: Bonds, Treasury bills

ILO: Employment, Unemployment rate

World Bank: Infrastructure

IMF and OECD: Interest rates, Inflation, Bonds, Treasury bills

9.3.1.2.2E3ME

E3ME 31   32 is a global, macro-econometric model designed to address major economic and economy-environment policy challenges.

It includes:

-a high level of disaggregation, enabling detailed analysis of sectoral and country-level effects from a wide range of scenarios;

-a capacity to describe social impacts (including unemployment levels and distributional effects).

Its econometric specification provides a strong empirical basis for analysis. It can fully assess both short and long-term impacts.

Integrated treatment of the world’s economies, energy systems, emissions and material demands. This enables it to capture two-way linkages and feedbacks between these components.

E3ME covers 61 global regions, with a detailed sectoral disaggregation in each one, and projects forwards annually up to 2050. It is frequently applied at national level, in Europe and beyond, as well as for global policy analysis.

9.3.1.2.3QUEST

QUEST 33 is the global macroeconomic model that the Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) uses for macroeconomic policy analysis and research. It is a structural macro-model in the New-Keynesian tradition with rigorous microeconomic foundations derived from utility and profit optimisation and including frictions in goods, labour and financial markets.

There are different versions of the QUEST model, estimated and calibrated, each used for specific purposes. Model variants have been estimated using Bayesian methods, jointly with colleagues at the Commission's Joint Research Centre (JRC). These dynamic stochastic general equilibrium (DSGE) models are used for shock analyses and shock decompositions, for example to assess the main drivers of growth and imbalances.

Larger multi-country calibrated model versions are used to address issues for which a deeper level of disaggregation is required, both at the regional and sector level. Many of the main applications deal with fiscal and monetary policy interactions and either use a one-sector model or models that explicitly distinguish tradable and non-tradable sectors.

Other model variants also include housing and collateral constraints, and a banking sector. All calibrated model versions are employed using different country disaggregations, focussing on the euro area or EU as a whole, and other global regions, or on individual member states.

For the analysis of structural reforms an extended version of the QUEST model is used. This model captures both investment in tangibles and intangibles, and disaggregates employment into three skill categories. In this model variant technological change is semi-endogenous.

In this impact assessment we used the E-QUEST model variant which is a two-region, multisector model specifically developed for climate and energy related policy analysis. The main innovation in this model compared to the standard DSGE models is the inclusion of energy-input substitution that allows for a more detailed description of the substitution possibilities between different energy sources. Firms have limited substitution possibilities between "dirty" and "clean" capital-energy bundles. In the "dirty" capital-energy bundle, capital is combined with fossil fuel based energy while in the clean "bundle" electricity is required to use the corresponding capital.

9.3.2Assumptions on technology, economics and energy prices

In order to reflect the fundamental socio-economic, technological and policy developments, the Commission prepares periodically an EU Reference Scenario on energy, transport and GHG emissions. The latest one dates from 2016 34 and is currently being revised. This update is not yet finalised and work is ongoing on Member States details and the related consultations. Furthermore this work will also be updated to incorporate the impacts of the COVID-19 crisis.

The scenarios assessment as used in this impact assessment incorporate the latest developments in the update of the Reference scenario, notably related to the socio-economic assumptions, energy price projections and technological assumptions.

9.3.2.1Economic assumptions

The modelling work is based on socio-economic assumptions describing the expected evolution of the European society. Long-term projections on population dynamics and economic activity form part of the input to the energy model and are used to estimate final energy demand. Population projections from Eurostat 35 are used to estimate the evolution of the European population that is projected to change very little in total number in the coming decades.

·Pre-COVID economic assumptions

The pre-COVD socio-economic assumptions were prepared before the COVID pandemic unfolded. The long-term evolution of economic activity was estimated from three sources: DG ECFIN’s short term economic forecast, t+10 projections and the 2018 Aging Report projections elaborated by the European Commission. For the short-term (2020-2021), the projections are based on actual growth forecast by the Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (Autumn Forecast 2019). Projections up to 2029 use the associated t+10 work from DG ECFIN, which is based on projections of potential output growth and a closure of any output gap in the medium term. The long-term per capita GDP growth projections of the 2018 Ageing Report are used for the period 2030-2070 36 . Figure 24 shows the projected evolution of the EU GDP up to 2050. Assumptions on transport activity complement the socio-economic projections.

Figure 24: Projected EU GDP (2015 = 100)

These pre-COVID socio-economic assumptions were used as modelling inputs for all scenario runs, except COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX.

·Post-COVID assumptions

As described in section 6.4.3, the COVID-19 health crisis upended economic projections made in preparation of this impact assessment. In particular, the Commission’s Spring Economic Forecast 2020 projected that the EU economy would contract by 7.4% in 2020 and pick up in 2021 with growth of 6.1%. Together with the associated revision of DG ECFIN’s t+10 projections, this implies that real GDP in 2030 could be approximately 2.3% lower compared to the pre-COVID estimates presented above, based on the Autumn Forecast 2019.

The socio-economic assumptions that will be used for the Reference Scenario update will be fully updated to reflect the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Beyond the update of the population and growth assumptions, an update of the projections on the sectoral composition of GDP was also carried out. This aims to integrate the potential medium- to long-term impacts of the COVID-19 crisis on the structure of the economy, even though this is clouded with uncertainty. Annex 9.10.1.3 provides more background on what such impacts might be.

9.3.2.2Energy prices assumptions

Alongside socio-economic projections, EU energy modelling requires projections of international fuel prices. The projections of the POLES-JRC model (see annex 9.3.1.1) – elaborated by the Joint Research Centre in the context of the Global Energy and Climate Outlook 2019 (GECO 2019) – are used to obtain long-term estimates of the international fuel prices. The projected evolution of fossil fuel prices is lower than estimates used by the European Commission in the Reference 2016 Scenario. Among other factors, as discussed in annex 9.10.5 the development of unconventional oil and gas resources increased fossil fuel supply estimates for the coming decade.

Table 34 shows the international fuel prices that were used in the different “pre-COVID” scenarios (BSL, MIX-50, REG, MIX, CPRICE, ALLBNK, the MIX-nonCO2 variant, EU-NECP variant).

Table 34: International fuel prices assumptions – non-COVID scenarios

in $'15 per boe

2000

'05

'10

'15

'20

'25

'30

'35

'40

'45

'50

Oil

38.4

65.4

86.7

52.3

58.0

73.2

86.9

93.9

100.8

110.4

125.5

Gas (NCV)

26.5

35.8

45.8

43.7

35.7

39.9

41.8

47.9

57.3

56.7

58.9

Coal

11.2

16.9

23.2

13.1

13.2

16.9

18.4

19.8

20.8

21.8

22.8

in €'15 per boe

2000

'05

'10

'15

'20

'25

'30

'35

'40

'45

'50

Oil

34.6

58.9

78.2

47.2

52.3

66.0

78.3

84.7

90.9

99.5

113.2

Gas (NCV)

23.4

31.7

40.6

38.7

31.6

35.4

37.0

42.4

50.7

50.2

52.1

Coal

9.9

15.0

20.6

11.6

11.7

14.9

16.3

17.5

18.4

19.3

20.1

Source: JRC, POLES-JRC model, derived from GECO 2019

In order to obtain robust results, international fuel price assumptions were compared to the similar projections from several sources. Figure 25 shows the comparison between projected oil prices in 2030 and estimates from selected studies by international organizations: Rystad, World Bank, Energy Information Administration, International Energy Agency. The price used in the EU Reference Scenario 2016 37 is also reported for comparison.

Figure 25: Oil price projections in 2030 according to various sources

Note: Rystad and World Bank estimates as of 2019

The COVID crisis has had a major impact on international fuel prices (see also annex 9.10.1.3). In the months following the first wave of outbreaks, a majority of countries across the world enacted lockdowns, hence limiting transport of people and goods and changing work pattern. This impacted energy demand with a historic shock only seen worse during the Spanish flu, the Great Depression and World War II. 38 The demand decrease during the 2008 financial crisis came nowhere near the impact of COVID. The lost demand left an oversupply leading to decreasing prices.

This impact hit oil first and foremost, being the main fuel for transport (culminating in negative oil prices in one occurrence). Coal consumption also decreased sharply due to lower electricity demand. In general, fossil fuels were most strongly affected. This effect on prices compared to pre-COVID estimates is expected to be still felt up to 2030, although this will depend on the recovery of global oil demand as well as on the compliance with the OPEC+ existing and possible future deals 39 to adjust supply.

Table 35 shows the alternative assumptions retained to reflect the COVID impact on the fuel prices in the two COVID scenarios analysed in this impact assessment (COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX).

Table 35: International fuel prices assumptions – COVID scenarios

in $'15 per boe

2000

‘05

‘10

‘15

‘20

‘25

‘30

‘35

‘40

‘45

‘50

Oil

38.4

65.4

86.7

52.3

37.2

58.6

80.1

90.4

97.4

105.6

117.9

Gas (NCV)

26.5

35.8

45.8

43.7

22.2

31.5

40.9

44.9

52.6

57.0

57.8

Coal

11.2

16.9

23.2

13.1

10.1

13.9

17.6

19.1

20.3

21.3

22.3

in '15 per boe

2000

2005

‘10

‘15

‘20

‘25

‘30

‘35

‘40

‘45

‘50

Oil

34.6

58.9

78.2

47.2

33.5

52.8

72.2

81.5

87.8

95.2

106.3

Gas (NCV)

23.4

31.7

40.6

38.7

19.7

27.9

36.2

39.7

46.6

50.5

51.2

Coal

9.9

15.0

20.6

11.6

8.9

12.3

15.6

16.9

18.0

18.9

19.7

Source: Estimates, derived from JRC, POLES-JRC model, GECO 2019

9.3.2.3Technology assumptions

Modelling scenarios on the evolution of the energy system is highly dependent on the assumptions on the development of technologies - both in terms of performance and costs. For the purpose of this impact assessment, these assumptions have been updated based on a rigorous literature review carried out by external consultants in collaboration with the JRC 40 .

Continuing the approach adopted in the long-term strategy in 2018, the Commission consulted technology assumption with stakeholders in 2019. In particular, the technology database of the main model suite (PRIMES, PRIMES-TREMOVE, GAINS, GLOBIOM, and CAPRI) benefited from a dedicated consultation workshop held on 16th May 2018 and a more recent one on 11th November 2019. EU Member States representatives had also the opportunity to comment on the costs elements during a workshop held on 25th November 2019. The updated list of technology assumptions will be published together with the upcoming Reference Scenario update.

9.3.3The existing 2030 framework scenario (BSL) and the EU National Energy and Climate Plans scenario (EU-NECP) variant

9.3.3.1Policies in the existing policies scenario (BSL)

In order to assess the trajectory that is entailed by the recent policies and objectives adopted at EU level, a Baseline scenario (BSL) was developed.

It assumes that measures are taken either at EU or MS level in order to achieve the energy and climate 2030 targets 41 , as adopted by EU leaders on October 2014 42 , further refined on May 2018 with the agreement on the Effort Sharing Regulation and enhanced on June 2018 with the agreement on the recast of Renewable Energy Directive and the revised Energy Efficiency Directive.

In addition to the headline targets, some of the policies included in this baseline are:

·The EU Emissions Trading System 43 (EU ETS) covers 45% of EU greenhouse gas emissions, notably from industry, the power sector and aviation. Emissions for the ensemble of sectors under the system are capped to reduce by 43% by 2030 compared to 2005. The baseline scenario additionally assumes that the Market Stability Reserve will ensure that the ETS contributes to the achievement of the overall target cost-effectively. MSR functioning is set to be reviewed 44 in 2021 and every five years after to ensure its aim of tackling structural supply-demand imbalances.

·Aviation emissions are also covered by the EU ETS. The EU, however, decided in 2014 to limit the scope of the EU ETS to flights within the EEA until 2016 to support the development of a global measure by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). 45 In light of the adoption of a Resolution by the 2016 ICAO Assembly on the global measure, the EU has decided to maintain the geographic scope of the EU ETS limited to intra-EEA flights from 2017 until the end of 2023. 46 The EU ETS for aviation will be subject to a new review in the light of the international developments related to the operationalisation of CORSIA. The next review should consider how to implement the global measure in Union law through a revision of the EU ETS legislation. In the absence of a new amendment, the EU ETS would revert back to its original full scope from 2024.

·The Effort Sharing Regulation 47 (ESR) sets binding annual reduction targets for member states, with an aim to reduce emissions by 30% compared to 2005 by 2030. The ESR targets are set according to national wealth and cost-effectiveness. The ESR allows for flexibilities such as transfers between member states.

·The Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry Regulation 48 (LULUCF regulation), whereby accounted emissions should not exceed removals and that includes incentive to improve land use practices, flexibility and trading, flexibility towards ESR.

·CO2 emission standards for new cars and vans 49 and for new trucks 50 have been defined, and will contribute towards reducing emissions from the road transport sector.

·The Fuel Quality Directive 51 requires a reduction of the greenhouse gas intensity of transport fuels by a minimum of 6% to be achieved by 2020.

·The revised Renewable Energy Directive 52 entered into force in 2018. It establishes a new binding renewable energy target for the EU for 2030 of at least 32%, with a clause for a possible upwards revision by 2023.

·The Energy Efficiency Directive was amended in 2018 53 establishing a target of at least 32.5% for 2030. This means in absolute terms, that EU energy consumption should be no more than 1128 Mtoe of primary energy and no more than 846 Mtoe of final energy. 54 The directive allows for a possible upward revision in the target in 2023.

·The Energy Performance of Buildings Directive and its amendment in 2018 55 aim to achieve a highly energy efficient and decarbonised building stock and to create a stable environment for investment decisions. It established an obligation for Member States to present long-term renovation strategies, aiming at decarbonising the national building stocks by 2050, with indicative milestones for 2030 and 2040.

·The Ecodesign and Energy Labelling Directives establish a framework for a set of regulations to improve the energy efficiency of different product categories. They help eliminate the least performing products from the market, and support competitiveness and harmonised standards throughout the internal market.

·In the field of transport, besides the post-2020 CO2 standards for new light duty and heavy duty vehicles, the Clean Vehicles Directive and the Directive on the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure contribute to the roll-out of recharging infrastructure. Furthermore, the uptake of sustainable alternative fuels is supported by the Renewables Energy Directive and Fuel Quality Directive. Improvements in transport system efficiency (by making the most of digital technologies and smart pricing and further encouraging multi-modal integration and shifts towards more sustainable transport modes) are facilitated by e.g. the TEN-T Regulation supported by CEF funding, the fourth Railway Package, the proposed revision of the Eurovignette Directive, the Directive on Intelligent Transport Systems, the European Rail Traffic Management System European deployment plan, the Regulation establishing a framework for the provision of port services, and others.

·For aviation, in addition to implementation of the EU Emission Trading Scheme, Baseline reflects the Union-wide air transport performance targets for the key performance area of environment, Clean Sky, Single European Sky and SESAR, and aeroplane CO2 emissions standards, as part of the so-called “basket of measures” that aim to reduce emissions from the sector.

·For maritime shipping, in addition to emissions being monitored under the Regulation on Monitoring, Reporting and Verification of Maritime Emissions 56 , the Baseline scenario reflects the Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP) adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as well as the Sulphur Directive. The Baseline also accounts for other initiatives addressing air pollution from inland waterways vessels, as well as road safety, and thus reducing the external costs of transport.

In addition, these policies will continue pushing further GHG emissions reduction, and increasing energy savings and renewable energies deployment after 2030, either because they do not have a "sunset clause" (notably ETS, and since recently, Article 7 in revised EED), or because of the technological learning and cost reductions that they are expected to induce. Moreover, most actions in the energy system have long-term impacts (e.g. construction of well-insulated houses, efficient power plants or other types of infrastructure). The baseline captures these dynamics, but it needs to be emphasised that no intensification of policies post-2030 was assumed and no target for GHG emissions reduction in 2050 was set concerning climate neutrality.

Moreover, BSL has been specifically built for the purpose of the development of long-term decarbonisation scenarios. It does not reflect specific, short-term Member State policies, and, in particular, no consultation with the Member States has taken place to verify that current or updated policies are adequately represented, as currently being included under the NECPs. This is done under the Reference Scenario 2020 exercise, conducted in parallel with the work for this impact assessment.

Beyond specific climate and energy policies, a range of other policies will definitely play an important role in achieving reductions of greenhouse gas emissions of the EU economy.

First of all, some sectoral policies will affect directly the dynamics of GHG emission. This is the case of transport and industrial policies for instance, which will affect notably the way and the forms in which energy is consumed, and thus will modify associated GHG emissions. Agricultural policy and waste policy will play an important role on sectoral methane and nitrous oxide emissions, two powerful greenhouse gases, and will also contribute to the supply of renewable fuels to the energy sector, and thus to its capacity to mitigate GHG (and notably CO2) emissions.

Second, other, more “horizontal”, policies are to play an indirect, but crucial, role in shaping the capacity of the EU economy to deliver GHG reductions. Such policies are often referred to as “enabling policies” and aim at ensuring a favourable environment for the transformation. They relate to the steering of investments, technological development, economic adaptation, and are critical to guarantee social inclusiveness.

This Commission has launched in 2020 a number of key initiatives that are relevant for this assessment:

-the European Green Deal Investment Plan 57

-the European Industrial Strategy 58

-the Circular Economy Action Plan 59

-the Farm to Fork Strategy 60

-the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 61  

These policies have not be considered in the baseline, but they will contribute to achieving a higher climate target, and are thus reflected in the policy analysis.

A key element to play a role on the evolution by 2030 of GHG emissions in the EU is the MFF 62 for 2021-2027, which is being negotiated. A number of policies and funding tools under this framework matter for the GHG profile, notably to steer investments towards the climate objective, to accelerate research and development on clean solutions with Horizon Europe 63 or through the ambitious CAP strategic plans 64 .

Finally, BSL considers key national policies that are existing or reflected in the national NECPs.

9.3.3.2Existing policies scenario (BSL) and COVID-BSL scenario

In BSL, gross inland consumption 65 is projected to be 1225 Mtoe in 2030 (Figure 26), a 15% decrease compared to 2015. Until 2050, this decrease will grow to 23%. This changes the energy mix profoundly. Solar and wind triple their share in gross inland consumption from respectively 1% and 2% in 2015 to 3% and 6% in 2030. Coal decreases its share from 18% in 2015 to 8% in 2030.

Figure 26: Gross Inland Consumption in the Baseline

Note: * includes peat and oil shale; ** includes waste, *** hydro, geothermal, ocean and ambient heat

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2020-2050: PRIMES model

Primary energy production (Figure 27) reduces by 10% in 2030, compared to 2015. Fossil fuels reduce their share in energy production from 38% in 2015 to 23% in 2030 (further declining towards 2050), mainly driven by the reduction of solid fossil fuels replaced by renewable energy sources, chiefly wind and solar.

Figure 27: Primary energy production in the Baseline

Note: * includes peat and oil shale; ** includes waste, *** hydro, geothermal, ocean and ambient heat

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2020-2050: PRIMES model

Net imports will decrease by 18% until 2030 and another 14% thereafter until 2050. Over time, natural gas increases its share in imports at the expense of coal and oil.

Power generation (Figure 28) is growing throughout the projection period. Gross electricity generation in the BSL increases from 2,902 TWh in 2015 to 3,116 TWh in 2030 (7%) and by another 17% between 2030 and 2050 due to electrification of demand, notably, in transport. While in 2015, 2% of power demand came from the transport sector, this share is 5% in 2030 and 10% in 2050.

Figure 28: Gross electricity generation in the Baseline

Note: * includes waste

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, Wind Europe, 2020-2050: PRIMES model

By 2030, more than half of generation comes from renewable sources (57%) which will increase by 2050 to 71%. The biggest increase in the EU power generation mix comes from wind which more than triples in gross electricity generation by 2030 (compared to 2015) to 840 TWh. It increases another 67% between 2030 and 2050. Coal-based generation decreases substantially (to 288 TWh) by 2030 and is marginal in 2050. Natural gas continues to play a role in power generation throughout the period, being responsible for 15% of the electricity generated in 2030 and in 2050.

Figure 29: Net installed capacity in the Baseline

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, Wind Europe, 2020-2050: PRIMES model

The significant increase in wind power is also visible in the installed capacity which increases from 127 GW in 2015 to 343 GW in 2030 and 543 GW in 2050 (Figure 29). Solar power also expands enormously from 88 GW in 2015 to 313 GW in 2030 and 475 GW in 2050. Between 2015 and 2030, every year, on average 15 GW of new solar capacity will be installed.

The final energy demand in BSL (Figure 30) decreases by 17% between 2015 and 2050 (already by 2030 it decreases by 10%). The strongest decrease in the period between 2015 and 2030 comes from the residential sector (-12%). After 2030 and towards 2050, by far the biggest decrease is going to come from the transport sector (-20%). It is also the sector with the single biggest effort over the entire period of 2015-2050 (28% decrease). 66

Figure 30: Final energy consumption by sector in the Baseline

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2020-2050: PRIMES model

Final energy demand for coal drops by 88% over the entire period 2015-2050 (-62% by 2030 and another -67% thereafter by 2050). Also demand for oil sees a significant decrease of 55% over the entire period– the most important in absolute terms. Electricity as an energy carrier grows by 30% by 2050 (Figure 31).

Figure 31: Final energy consumption by fuel in the Baseline

Note: * includes peat and oil shale; ** includes manufactured gases, *** includes waste

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2020-2050: PRIMES model

The energy projections described above, result in both reduced energy intensity and carbon intensity of the energy system. This in turn leads to steadily decreasing energy related CO2 emissions across the economy (Figure 32).

Figure 32: Evolution of CO2 emissions by sector (left) and their shares (right) in BSL 67

Source: PRIMES model

CO2 emissions reduce compared to 1990 by 46% in 2030 and 59% in 2050. Emissions of Power Generation experience the biggest reductions in 2030 compared to 2015 (52%), followed by the residential (49%) and the services (47%) sectors. Industrial energy emissions reduce by 18%. Finally the transport sector, despite the implementation of the CO2 standards for vehicles, achieves only 12.54% reductions by2030. 68  

As shown in Figure 33 reduction of non-CO2 emissions reductions are more limited than for CO2. Total reductions in 2030 reach 32% compared to 2005 and 26% compared to 2015. CH4 emissions, which are close to two thirds of total non-CO2 emissions, are only reduced by 26% between 2015 and 2030, while N2O emissions reduce by 5%. Only F-gases are reduced drastically by 65%. From a sectoral perspective, agriculture not only remains the biggest emitter, but as its emissions reduce very slightly over the projection period, its share in total non-CO2 emissions gradually increases from 54% in 2015 to 68% in 2030 and 73% in 2050. The sectors showing the biggest emissions reductions are AC & refrigeration, waste and energy, with reductions in 2030 compared to 2015 being 68%, 53% and 36% respectively. On the contrary, non-CO2 emissions in agriculture reduces only by 7%, emissions in industry by 6% and emissions in wastewater remains stable.

Figure 33: Non-CO2 emissions by sector and by gas in the Baseline

Source: GAINS model

The LULUCF sector has seen an increase in sink in the period up to 2013 but since, with increasing harvesting rates and natural disturbances like forest fires, this has reduced. This is projected to continue. BSL assumes a deterioration of the EU emissions and removals from forest management and harvested wood products in line with increasing harvesting foreseen as under the Forest Reference Levels 69 .

Figure 34 shows overall GHG emissions for the EU in the BSL.

Figure 34: GHG emissions profile in the Baseline

Note: Includes domestic and international (intra and extra EU) aviation; GHG global warming as of IPCC AR5 report; * LULUCF 2030 projection based on “No Debit” projections (see also section 6.2.3)

Source: PRIMES, GAINS and GLOBIOM models

The profile of overall GHG emissions in BSL shows emissions reduce well below the legislated climate target of -40% GHG reductions by 2030 compared to 1990 (Figure 35). This is the case both for the ETS and ESR sectors.

It is assumed that emission reductions in BSL are also driven by a meaningful carbon price across the whole period. Early on in the period, this is provided for with the Market Stability Reserve rebalancing demand and supply. This has led to a re-establishment of a meaningful carbon price since 2018, which was maintained also after the COVID-19 crisis significantly impacting emissions from early 2020 onwards 70 .

In summary, GHG emissions for the scope that includes intra and extra EU aviation and maritime navigation but excludes net LULUCF 71 reduce by 44.5% compared to 1990 by 2030. Including net LULUCF, this adds up to a reduction of 46.3%.

Figure 35: GHG reductions in the Baseline

Note: * LULUCF 2030 projection based on “No Debit” projections (see also section 6.2.3)

Source: EEA GHG data viewer, PRIMES, GAINS and GLOBIOM models

The absence of additional energy and climate policies though post-2030 do not allow the continuation of the strong GHG emissions reduction trend, with emissions almost stabilising post 2040. The BSL scenario projects that in 2050 GHG emissions reduce by around 60% compared to 1990.

In addition, a variant of the BSL, called COVID-BSL, was developed to factor in the COVID-19 crisis (see section 6.4.3).

The key energy indicators for BSL and COVID-BSL are shown in the Table 36.

Table 36: Key energy indicators for BSL and COVID-BSL

Key energy indicators

BSL

COVID-BSL

2030

2050

2030

2050

GIC (Mtoe)

1 202

1 078

1 188

1 049

Gross Inland Energy Consumption Shares (%) of:

 

 

 

 

- Solid fuels

8%

3%

9%

3%

- Oil

33%

28%

33%

28%

- Natural gas

22%

25%

22%

25%

- Nuclear

13%

12%

12%

11%

- Renewables

24%

33%

25%

33%

Final Energy Demand (Mtoe)

795

725

803

721

Final Energy Demand in industrial sector (Mtoe)

217

217

220

212

Final Energy Demand in residential sector (Mtoe)

201

186

206

192

Final Energy Demand in tertiary sector (Mtoe)

133

127

130

119

Final Energy Demand in transport (Mtoe)*

245

196

248

199

Fuel used in FEC (% share)

 

 

 

 

- solid fossil fuels

1%

0%

1%

0%

- liquids

31%

21%

31%

22%

- gas

20%

21%

20%

22%

- electricity

30%

38%

29%

37%

- RES and biofuels

12%

11%

12%

12%

- heat distributed

6%

6%

6%

6%

Greenhouse gas emissions reductions excluding LULUCF vs 1990**

-45.6%

-59.1%

-45.7%

-59.5%

Industry (compared to 2015)

-18.2%

-31.0%

-16.3%

-32.8%

Power (compared to 2015)

-53.0%

-76.5%

-53.9%

-76.4%

Residential (compared to 2015)

-47.2%

-58.6%

-45.8%

-57.1%

Services (compared to 2015)

-48.7%

-62.5%

-47.5%

-62.1%

Transport (compared to 2015)

-12.5%

-36.3%

-14.0%

-37.8%

non CO2 (compared to 2015)

-25.8%

-32.3%

-25.8%

-32.3%

Note: * Not including international aviation and navigation; **including intra EU aviation and navigation

Source: PRIMES and GAINS models

The COVID-BSL scenario shows similar overall reductions than BSL in 2030 and 2050, with a slightly different sectoral profile: emissions reduce more in the transport sector and in power production in COVID-BSL than in BSL, but less in industry, residential and services.

9.3.3.3The EU-NECP variant

Finally, as stated in section 5.1 and mentioned section 5.4, an EU-NECP variant was developed next to the BSL, which reflects in a stylised manner and to the extent possible the aggregate level the ambition of final NECPs submitted by the Member States. Due to time constraints this reflection is simplified at this stage, hence detailed results of this scenario are not discussed in this impact assessment.

The Commission will continue the work on the modelling of its scenario toolkit with a view of future impact assessments supporting the future implementation of the 2030 Climate Target Plan.

9.3.4Policy scenarios

The following overview provides the scenario description used in the modelling suite.

Table 37: Scenario assumptions description (scenarios produced with the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling suite)

Scenario

BSL*

REG

MIX**/ MIX-50

CPRICE

ALLBNK

Brief description

Achieving the current 2030 EU targets

No extension of ETS scope to buildings and road transport, but extension of ETS to intra-EU maritime navigation

Extension of ETS scope to buildings, road transport and intra-EU maritime navigation but also keeping road transport and buildings in ESR

Extension of ETS scope to buildings, road transport and intra-EU maritime navigation; buildings and road transport are taken out of the ESR

Most ambitious scenario for GHG reductions

Achievement of EE 32.5% target;

Achievement of 32% RES target

High ambition increase of EE and RES policies.

There is no carbon price applied in buildings and road transport

Medium/low ambition increase of EE and RES policies in non-ETS because RES and EE legislation is revised to contribute to higher GHG target.

Additionally, a carbon price is also applied in buildings and road transport

Carbon pricing as the principal instrument to reduce CO2 emissions, no intensification of EE or RES policies, some intensification of policies related to transport CO2 

Applies the GHG target on a broader scope including all international aviation and international maritime navigation

Target scope

EU27

Aviation

Intra + Extra EU aviation is included

Intra EU aviation and navigation included

Intra + Extra EU aviation and navigation included

Maritime navigation

International Intra + Extra EU maritime navigation not included

Achieved reduction (including net LULUCF sink)

Around 55%

At least 50% and

Around 55%

Around 55%

Around 55%

Assumed Policies

Carbon pricing (stylised, for international aviation and maritime navigation may represent also other instruments than EU ETS such as taxation or CORSIA for aviation)

Stationary ETS

Yes

Aviation - Intra EU

Yes

Aviation - Extra EU

Yes

Yes: mixture 50/50 carbon pricing (reflecting inclusion in the ETS, or taxation, or CORSIA) and carbon value (reflecting operational and technical measures); total equal to EU ETS carbon price

Yes

Maritime navigation - Intra EU

International Intra EU maritime navigation not included

Yes, carbon pricing, equal to the EU ETS carbon price

Yes

Maritime navigation - Extra EU

No

Yes: mixture of 50/50 carbon pricing (reflecting inclusion in the ETS or taxation) and a carbon value (reflecting operational and technical measures); total equal to the EU ETS carbon price

Yes

Buildings and road transport

No

Yes

Coal phase out

Yes

CO2 standards for LDVs and HDVs

Yes as currently legislated

CO2 standards for LDVs and HDVs + Charging and refuelling infrastructure development (review of the AFID and TEN-T Regulation & funding), including strengthened role of buildings

High ambition increase

Medium/low ambition increase

Low ambition increase

Medium Ambition increase

EE policies overall ambition

Stylised (32.5% EE)

High Ambition increase

Medium/low Ambition increase

As in BSL

Medium Ambition increase

EE in Buildings + Industry

Stylised (32.5% EE)

High Ambition increase

(increase in renovation rate, support for heat pumps uptake)

Medium/low Ambition increase

(increase in renovation rate, support for heat pumps uptake)

As in BSL

As in MIX

EE in Transport

(see details in the section below)

As currently legislated + proposed revision of the Eurovignette Directive

High Ambition increase

Medium/low Ambition increase

Low Ambition increase

As in MIX

RES policies overall ambition

Stylised (32% RES)

High Ambition increase

Medium/low Ambition increase

High Ambition increase

Medium Ambition increase

RES in buildings + Industry

Stylised (32.5% EE)

High Ambition increase

(incentives for uptake of RES in heating and cooling)

Medium/low Ambition increase

(incentives for uptake of RES in heating and cooling)

As in BSL

As in MIX

RES policies in ETS

Stylised (32% RES)

Implications of the new offshore strategy

RES in transport and

policies impacting transport fuel content

Stylised (32% RES)

High ambition increase of fuel policies (Renewable and low carbon fuels mandate, including ReFuelEU aviation and FuelEU maritime initiatives)

Medium/low ambition increase of fuel policies (Renewable and low carbon fuels mandate, including ReFuelEU aviation and FuelEU maritime initiatives)

Low ambition increase of fuel policies (reflecting ReFuelEU aviation and FuelEU maritime initiatives)

Very high ambition increase of fuel policies (reflecting ReFuelEU aviation and FuelEU maritime initiatives)

Additional non-CO2 policies (represented by carbon value)

No

Medium Ambition increase

High Ambition increase

LULUCF policies

No

No (Separate scenarios assessment of impact of policies that enhance the LULULCF sink)

* A variant of BSL scenario: EU-NECP was also modelled to reflect the aggregate ambition of final NECPs achieved on the EU level.

** A variant of MIX: MIXnonCO2 showing more reductions coming from non-CO2 emissions and less reductions from CO2 (mostly in the energy system) compared to MIX.

These policies are presented in the PRIMES modelling tool where some take the form of explicit policies such as for instance improved product energy performance standards, vehicle CO2 standards and fuel mandates and others are induced by Energy Efficiency, Renewable Energy and non-CO2 values, which reflect generic incentives altering investment decisions towards increased energy efficiency and renewable energy options (including removal of non-market barriers and consumer behaviour in favour of energy efficiency) and abatement of non-CO2 emissions. Table 38 shows that these values for the different scenarios typically are higher in policy scenarios that are based on regulatory approaches than in scenarios that are more based on carbon pricing. The values in BSL reflect the existing policy framework required to meet the current climate and energy targets.

Table 38: Key modelling variables reflecting underlying policy assumptions

Scenarios

Carbon price ETS sectors (€'15/ t of CO2)

Non CO2 carbon values

(€'15/ t of CO2)  72

Average renewables value

(€'15/ MWh)

Average energy efficiency value

(€'15/ toe)

BSL

32

0.0

91

891

MIX-50

36

0.6

94

951

REG

32

10

177

1270

MIX

44

10

112

1194

MIX-nonCO2

44

55

109

1194

CPRICE

60

10

49

891

ALLBNK

65

55

111

1202

Specific measures to improve the efficiency of the transport system

Policies that aim at improving the efficiency of the transport system (corresponding to row “EE in Transport” in the table above), and thus reduce energy consumption and CO2 emissions, are phased-in in scenarios in terms of level of ambition (low, medium, high ambition increase). All scenarios assume an intensification of such policies relative to the baseline. Among these policies, the CO2 emission standards for vehicles are of particular importance. The existing standards 73 , applicable from 2025 and from 2030, set binding targets for automotive manufacturers to reduce emissions and thus fuel consumption.

Low ambition increase

In this case, a review of the following policy initiatives is considered that drive improvements in transport system efficiency and support a shift towards more sustainable transport modes, and lead to energy savings and emissions reductions:

-Incentives for intermodal freight transport;

-Initiatives to increase and better manage the capacity of railways, inland waterways and short sea shipping, supported by the TEN-T infrastructure and CEF funding;

-Gradual internalisation of external costs (“smart” pricing);

-Incentives to improve the performance of air navigation service providers in terms of efficiency and to improve the utilisation of air traffic management capacity;

-Revision of roadworthiness checks;

-Limitedly increase in ambition for CO2 emission standards for vehicles (passenger cars, vans, trucks and buses) as of 2030 or 2035, supported by the roll-out of recharging and refuelling infrastructure. For cars this corresponds to a reduction of around 40% in 2030 compared to the 2021 target.

Medium ambition increase

Beyond measures included in the low ambition increase case, in the medium ambition increase case policies fostering energy-efficiency in transport are intensified through:

-Additional efforts to improve the functioning of the transport system: support to multimodal mobility and intermodal freight transport by rail, inland waterways and short sea shipping;

-Deployment of the necessary infrastructure, smart traffic management systems, transport digitalisation and fostering connected and automated mobility;

-Further actions on clean airports and ports to drive reductions in energy use and emissions;

-Additional measures to reduce emissions and air pollution in urban areas;

-Pricing measures such as in relation to energy taxation (e.g. alignment of minima on energy content for diesel and petrol), and infrastructure charging;

-Revision of roadworthiness checks;

-Other measures incentivising behavioural change;

-Medium intensification of the CO2 emission standards for cars, vans, trucks and buses (as of 2030) as compared to low ambition increase case, supported by large scale roll-out of recharging and refuelling infrastructure. For cars this corresponds to a reduction of around 50% in 2030 compared to the 2021 target.

High ambition increase

Beyond measures foreseen in the medium ambition increase case, the high ambition increase case includes:

-Further measures related to intelligent transport systems, digitalisation, connectivity and automation of transport - supported by the TEN-T infrastructure;

-Additional measures to improve the efficiency of road freight transport;

-Incentives for low and zero emissions vehicles in vehicle taxation;

-Increasing the accepted load/length for road in case of zero-emission High Capacity Vehicles;

-Additional measures in urban areas to address climate change and air pollution;

-Pricing measures such as in relation to energy taxation (e.g. alignment of minima on energy content for diesel and petrol and mirroring the alignment in terms of energy content at MS level);

-Higher intensification of the CO2 emission standards for cars, vans, trucks and buses (as of 2030) as compared to the medium ambition increase case, leading to lower CO2 emissions and fuel consumption and further incentivising the deployment of zero- and low-emission vehicles, supported by the large scale roll-out of recharging and refuelling infrastructure. For cars this corresponds to a reduction of around 60% in 2030 compared to the 2021 target.



9.4Sectoral transformation to achieve 50% to 55% GHG reduction by 2030 and transition to climate neutrality

This annex gives an overview of the detailed modelling results in the energy system and per specific sectors that allow the EU economy to achieve 50% to 55% GHG reduction by 2030 and put it on a pathway towards climate neutrality.

9.4.1Greenhouse gas emissions per sector

Table 39 below gives an overview of the emission profile and reductions compared to 2005 for all main sectors for the main scenarios assessed. 74

Table 39: Sectoral greenhouse gas emissions per scenario

MtCO2-eq

1990

2005

2015

2030

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX-non-CO2

CPRICE

ALLBNK

Total GHG incl. LULUCF 75

4673.6

4320.2

3611.2

2481.3

2289.2

2101.3

2104.0

2099.8

2102.0

1969.5

CO2 excl. LULUCF

3812.9

3156.6

2124.8

1965.8

1810.1

1812.7

1834.4

1810.7

1704.2

ETS Stationary

2073.1

1601.3

932.6

838.9

728.7

722.4

744.5

718.9

648.4

ESR sectors

2485.9

2235.5

1687.7

1594.5

1520.9

1528.1

1501.8

1528.9

1471.7

Supply Side 76

1405.4

1116.7

555.0

469.0

365.7

362.5

383.5

362.7

300.7

Power generation

1257.1

987.9

464.7

387.2

299.9

288.9

309.2

292.0

236.0

Industry 77

835.1

635.7

520.2

506.4

502.2

493.4

495.1

487.3

475.8

Residential

404.6

309.5

163.5

134.5

112.5

117.7

117.8

120.8

108.8

Services

166.9

146.6

75.2

63.7

68.1

61.8

61.4

58.0

57.7

Agriculture energy

77.0

60.8

42.2

38.7

38.3

38.1

38.0

37.9

36.9

Transport

874.2

819.2

716.4

697.1

675.4

685.5

685.0

691.2

673.9

Of which Road Transport

770.4

731.8

611.7

597.8

580.1

588.5

588.0

593.8

581.1

Intra EU aviation & navigation

91.3

79.7

98.4

93.0

89.0

90.7

90.7

91.2

86.5

Extra EU Aviation

71.9

82.9

102.1

98.9

93.1

96.3

96.4

97.3

92.7

Non-CO2

819.9

747.9

581.1

547.9

515.8

515.8

489.9

515.8

489.9

LULUCF

-254.8

-312.6

-293.2

-224.5

-224.5

-224.5

-224.5

-224.5

-224.5

-224.5

Source: PRIMES model, GAINS model

9.4.2Energy sector

9.4.2.1Energy mix and demand

The first conclusion that can be drawn from the analysis is that achieving 55% GHG reductions in 2030 would require further lower total energy demand (gross inland consumption), by around 21% compared to 2015 in REG, MIX and CPRICE, i.e. equivalent to around 5% below BSL. Reaching the reduced GHG reduction goal of 50% leads to an energy demand reduction of 19%. After 2030, the uptake of energy intensive new fuels 78 including hydrogen 79 , e-gas and e-liquids, leads to slower reductions (see Figure 36) 80 .

The energy mix in 2030 remains overall still dominated by fossil fuels, but renewables increase significantly from 15% of the GIC in 2015 to 31-32% in 2030 in scenarios with 55% GHG reduction, i.e. 5-6 percentage points (p.p.) higher than in BSL. The ALLBNK case leads to an uptake of renewables, of 34% of the gross inland consumption, hence 2 p.p. more than REG (382 Mtoe vs. 368 Mtoe). Lowering the GHG ambition to 50% GHG reductions lead to a RES share of 28% in MIX-50 (339 Mtoe). Spurred by decreasing costs and better integration, the increasing contribution of renewables is mostly driven by non-biomass renewables 81 , which become larger than biomass by 2030 in all cases. The contribution of nuclear energy remains relatively stable at 11% in the policy scenarios with 55% GHG reduction (13% in 2015 and in MIX-50), resulting from the operation of existing nuclear power plants and the commissioning of new plants. In contrast, coal use is projected to decrease by more than 70% compared to 2015 (15-18 p.p. more than BSL), oil 82 by 30-32% (15-18 p.p. more than BSL) and natural gas by 26-28% (12-14 p.p. more than BSL). These decreases are somewhat less pronounced in MIX-50 with coal reducing by 64%, oil by 29% and natural gas by 24%. The ALLBNK case shows markedly strong reductions, notably for natural gas (-30%), oil (-32%) and then coal (-81%). These projected evolutions are in line with scenarios from third parties 83 though natural gas use in residential buildings decreases faster (-44% between 2015 and 2030 for MIX).

The changes of the energy mix lead to a reduction of CO2 emissions from the fossil fuel combustion 84 in 2030 of 56% compared to 1990. The MIX-50 scenario leads to 4 p.p. lower (-52%) and the ALLBNK scenario to 3 p.p. higher (-59%) reductions as compared to MIX.

By 2050, the trends observed by 2030 are greatly amplified. The growth of renewables is dramatic, more than tripling compared to 2015 85 , while fossil fuels represent in 2050 only 10-11% of the GIC in energy uses, complemented by non-energy uses 86 .

Figure 36: Energy gross inland consumption

Note: * includes peat, oil shale, ** includes waste

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

The evolution of the gross inland consumption follows the evolution of final energy consumption (FEC). 87 The FEC declines in all scenarios but slightly more strongly in REG and MIX than in CPRICE as the latter depends less on moderation of energy demand in different sectors but features more of fuel switching. The overall fuel mix for final demand changes progressively and the specific sectoral drivers and dynamics are described in the relevant sections.

Figure 37: Final energy demand by energy carrier

Note: * includes peat, oil shale, ** includes manufactured gases, *** solid biomass, liquid biofuels, biogas, waste

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

The following general trends can be noticed. First of all, coal becomes marginal in final energy demand in 2030 with 12 Mtoe in BSL,  driven by reductions in industry and the declared policies in a number of Member States to reduce coal for heating purposes, as well as the required increase in uptake of renewables in BSL to achieve the renewable energy target of 32% by 2030. The coal share further reduces to 9-11 Mtoe in the policy scenarios, and then virtually disappears by 2050. Oil and natural gas remain significant contributors to the final energy demand (reaching 226-235 Mtoe and 123-135 Mtoe respectively in 2030), albeit at lower level compared to today (339 and 197 Mtoe in 2015 for oil and gas respectively). By 2050, the situation changes radically. Oil and natural gas consumptions are reduced to a fraction of current levels in the policy scenarios (12-16 Mtoe and 7-8 Mtoe respectively), while they are still important in BSL (152 and 155 Mtoe respectively). They are partially substituted by new renewable and low-carbon fuels, mainly of gaseous form (39-49 Mtoe in 2050) and to a lower degree of liquid form (11-18 Mtoe). These types of energy vectors would retain an important role in satisfying the energy needs of the economy in the long term, building on an increasingly integrated energy system 88 .

Conversely, the contribution of electricity in final demand increases across all scenarios, including in BSL, although electrification is further accelerated in the policy scenarios. From 23% in 2015, the share of electricity in final demand goes up to 29 - 31% in 2030 (234-239 Mtoe, about the same level as BSL with 238 Mtoe) and to 46-50% in 2050 (293- 296 Mtoe). The 2030 electricity demand in MIX-50 and ALLBNK (235 and 237 Mtoe respectively) is within the range of the REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios. This increase is driven by the uptake of heat pumps in buildings, the electrification of industrial processes as well as the further electrification of transport. The direct contribution of renewables in final energy demand is also increasing significantly.

Among the different sectors, the residential sector undergoes the highest energy demand reduction by 2030, ranging from CPRICE with -22% compared to 2005 to REG with -25% (2-5 p.p. beyond BSL), triggered notably by the strengthening of dedicated policies and measures (see detailed assumptions in annex 9.3.4). The decline is somewhat lower in MIX-50 (-21%) and at the higher end in ALLBNK (-25%).

Energy demand for transport shows a markedly different profile: the reduction is more limited by 2030 (-14 - 16%, 1-3 p.p. beyond BSL), but then goes through a dramatic evolution over 2031-2050 to reach -54% to -61% compared to 2005. This is driven by the substitution of conventional internal combustion engine vehicles by zero- and low-emission vehicles spurred notably by the further tightening of CO2 emission standards.

Finally, energy demand in industry is reduced by 25 - 28% in 2030 (2-4 p.p. beyond BSL). Afterwards, industrial activity, driven by future economic growth, tends to have lower energy reductions in energy demand compared to the other sectors.

Figure 38: Evolution of final energy consumption (compared to 2005)

Note: Final energy sectors as per Eurostat energy balances (transport excludes international aviation),
* includes agriculture

Source: 2005, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

The relative sectoral evolutions lead to a changing sectoral composition of the final energy demand (Figure 39), with industry and services becoming relatively more important over time, while residential and transport are declining. This effect is stronger in REG than in MIX and CPRICE.

Figure 39: Share of sectors in final energy consumption

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

9.4.2.2Renewable energy supply and demand

Renewables are increasingly becoming a prerequisite in any decarbonisation strategy (see also section 6.2.1.2). From currently just above 18% in gross final energy consumption, the overall renewables share 89 increases to just above 32% in the BSL scenario, representing the required increase in uptake to achieve the renewable energy target of 32% and to at least 37.9% in the policy scenarios up to 38.7% in REG. Lowering the GHG reduction ambition leads to a RES share of 35.1% in MIX-50. The renewables share increases further to 40.4% in ALLBNK. This dynamic is observed in all major demand sectors over the whole period analysed and compared to BSL (Figure 40). 90

Figure 40: Renewables shares

Source: PRIMES model

By 2030, the electricity sector will see the highest share of renewables (“RES-E”) with 55% in the BSL scenario and 64-65% in the main policy scenarios, driven by a combination of much more ambitious renewables policies and/or a further increase in the ETS carbon price, whether the ETS is expanded to the buildings and road transport sectors or not. Lowering the 2030 GHG reduction ambition leads to a RES-E share of 58% in MIX-50. In the ALLBNK scenario, the RES-E share reaches 67%. By 2050, renewables in power generation are projected to more than 85%. This implies that substantial acceleration, compared to observed trends of renewable electricity growth of 3% per year observed over 2010-2018, will be needed.

During the same time period, the share of renewables in the heating and cooling sector (“RES-H&C”) will increase to 33% in BSL in order to achieve the existing 2030 RES target and 39-40-% in the policy scenarios to contribute to the increased GHG ambition. This reduces to 37% in the MIX-50 scenario while the ALLBNK scenario sees a RES-H&C share of 42%. The annexes on buildings (annex 9.4.2.5) and on industry (annex 9.4.2.7) provide more information on the developments in the heating and cooling sector.

Of all sectors, transport has, in 2015, the lowest penetration of renewables with a share (“RES-T”) of 6% 91 . By 2030, this increases to 18% in BSL and to 22% (CPRICE) - 26% (REG) in the main policy scenarios. The MIX-50 scenario achieves 20% (2 p.p. less than CPRICE) while in the ALLBNK scenario this share reaches the same level as in REG. Annex 9.4.2.6 provides more detail on the development in the transport sector.

Figure 8 in section 6.2.1.3 shows the breakdown of renewable energy supply by different sources. In 2015, the overall production in the EU was at 204 Mtoe. By 2030, this will increase to 316 Mtoe in the BSL scenario and to 363 (MIX) – 371 (REG) Mtoe in the policy scenarios. Renewable energy supply further increases to 385 Mtoe in the ALLBNK scenario.

Along with the growth, the portfolio of renewable energy supply options is getting more diverse (Figure 41). Biogenic sources, currently responsible for about 124 Mtoe or 61% of all renewable energy supply in 2015, are currently the single largest contributor. By 2030, the production is going to increase modestly to 141 Mtoe in the BSL scenario and to 151 (CPRICE) – 154 (REG) Mtoe in the policy scenarios. This figure reduces to 146 Mtoe in the MIX-50 and increases to 164 Mtoe while in the ALLBNK scenario. Due to the strong growth of other sources, however, the share of biogenic sources (in all renewable energy sources) is going to fall to 42% in the BSL scenario and in the policy scenarios. Likewise, the share of hydropower will decrease from 14% in 2015 to 10% in the BSL scenario and 9% in the policy scenarios, despite growing in absolute terms from 29 Mtoe to 32 Mtoe (across all scenarios) 92 .

During the same time, the share of wind energy in total renewable energy production will increase from 13% to 23% in the BSL scenario and to 24% (REG) to 25% (MIX, CPRICE) in the policy scenarios. The share of solar energy will increase from 6% in 2015 to 12% in the BSL scenario and 11% (REG) - 12% (MIX, CPRICE) in the policy scenarios.

Figure 41: Renewable energy production

Note: includes biofuel production for international air and maritime bunkers

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

Final consumption of renewable energy solutions based on biomass, solar thermal, geothermal and biogases in the industrial and building sectors (excluding derived heat) are the main contributors to renewable energy in the heating and cooling sector by 2030. These renewable-based solutions represent 19-24% of the energy demand for heating and cooling in the policy scenarios. Ambient heat from heat pumps is responsible for 10-13. Renewable derived heat also increases over time, supplying 7% of final consumption in the policy scenarios in 2030. The share of solid fossil fuels and oil as fuel inputs for district heating decreases considerably, as well as the share of gas in the policy scenarios when compared to the BSL. Finally, renewable fuels of non-biological origin (RFNBOs) are expected to play a role after 2030 in the policy scenarios, as they gradually penetrate the industrial and buildings sectors.

Figure 42: Disaggregation of the renewables share in heating and cooling

Source: 2005, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

Based on the current the RES-T 93 target calculation, renewable electricity would contribute around 9-11% for the target in the main policy scenarios (against 8% in BSL), driven by the uptake of electric vehicles and further progress in the electrification of rail. This figure drops to 8% in MIX-50 while staying at 11% in ALLBNK.

The modelling results show that the total amount of liquid biofuels used in transport increases in the main policy scenarios, representing a share of 13-14%, compared to 10% in BSL. In the MIX-50 scenario, this value reduces to 11% while in ALLBNK, it stays at the upper level of 14%. The allocation of fuels between transport modes varies for the maritime and aviation sectors, which have fewer options to decarbonise. Advanced biofuels and, in the longer run possibly renewable and low-carbon fuels, including RFNBOs, will be more important.

Figure 43: Disaggregation of the renewable transport target as per RED II

Source: PRIMES model

Detailed sectoral overviews on what transformation requires from individual sectors in relation to their energy emissions can be found in annex 9.4.2.1 addresses the electricity sector, annex 9.4.2.4 addressed the gas sector, annex 9.4.2.5 addresses the buildings sector, annex 9.4.2.6 addresses the transport sector and annex 9.4.2.7 addresses the industrial sectors.

9.4.2.3Electricity supply and demand

In the context of a fuel switch away from fossil fuels to an increasing role of technologies like heat pumps or electric vehicles, the demand for electricity increases in all scenarios between 2015 and 2030, by 11% (REG) to 13% (CPRICE) and grows further by 2050 94 .

Figure 44: Final electricity demand

Source: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

Electrification will be driven by demand growth in the transport, industry and residential sectors while there is some decrease in services and agriculture, as shown in Figure 45.

Experiencing a stronger deployment of electric vehicles and some modal shift towards rail transport, the transport sector shows the strongest growth. Its electricity demand will increase over the period 2015 – 2030 by a factor of 2.5 in BSL and 2.5 - 2.9 in the policy scenarios. The policy scenarios also see a rise in electricity demand in the residential sector between 2015 and 2030 between 18% (REG) - 23% (CPRICE) vs. 19% in BSL. This figure reduces to 17% in MIX-50. The carbon price mechanisms acting in CPRICE leads to a comparatively stronger fuel switch towards electricity, notably for heating purposes, than in REG where increased energy efficiency reduces the demand for electricity (see annexes 9.4.2.5 and 9.4.2.7).

Industry and services show a mixed picture. While electricity consumption in industry grows in all scenarios, it does moderately less so in the policy scenarios (2% in REG and MIX and 3% in CPRICE) compared to BSL (+4% vs. 2015). Electricity consumption in the services and agricultural sectors range from lower than 2015 (REG, -3%) to slightly above (CPRICE, +1%), as a result of the interplay of electrification and energy efficiency.

Figure 45: Evolution of final electricity demand (compared to 2015)

Source: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

Until 2030 the production of electricity follows the path of the final energy demand for electricity (see Figure 46). In the BSL scenario, electricity generation increases from 2900 TWh in 2015 to 3100 TWh in 2030.

The energy mix of electricity generation continues moving away from fossil fuels. In the BSL scenario, their share in electricity generation falls steeply from 42% in 2015 to 24% in 2030. In the main policy scenarios, it reduces to 17% (MIX) - 18% (REG and CPRICE) in 2030. This figure increases to 20% in MIX-50 and falls further to 16% in ALLBNK. No significant deployment of CCS for power generation is projected in any of the considered scenarios during this time period.

Representing around 31% of gross electricity generation in 2015, the contribution of renewables keeps increasing across all scenarios. In BSL, renewables will be responsible for 57% of electricity generation in 2030, while for the policy scenarios this figure increases to 67% (REG, CPRICE) - 68% (MIX). This figure reduces to 61% for MIX-50 and further increases to 69% for ALLBNK.

The electricity system will increasingly face the need to integrate fluctuating wind and solar generators. Between 2015 and 2030, the share of wind and solar energy in electricity generation is projected to increase from 13% to 39% in BSL and to 48% in the main policy scenarios. The MIX-50 scenario sees a lower share of 43% while the figure further increases to 69% in ALLBNK. By 2030, wind energy would become the single electricity source with the highest share, providing 27% of all electricity in BSL and 34% (REG, CPRICE) - 35% (MIX) in the main policy scenarios. Lowering the GHG ambition leads to a wind share of 30% in MIX-50. In ALLBNK, this figure increases further to 36%. Solar energy will provide 12% of all electricity in BSL and MIX-50 and 14% in all other policy scenarios.

Driven by the Member States’ policies, nuclear electricity generation falls by 2030 in both absolute and relative terms compared to 2015 to 585 TWh in BSL and 466 (REG) -493 (CPRICE) TWh in the main policy scenarios. 95 Nuclear generation increases to 578 TWh in theMIX-50 scenario while in ALLBNK, with 469 TWh, the figure stays in the range of the policy scenarios.

Figure 46: Electricity production

Source: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

Due to the meteorologically determined load factors of wind and solar electricity generation, the total installed capacity will have to increase by more than twice the rate than the electricity produced. In BSL, the capacity installed increases from 870 GW in 2015 to 1189 GW in 2030 and to about 1330 – 1343 GW in the main policy scenarios. In MIX-50, this figure reduces to 1241 TWh while it further increases to 1369 in ALLBNK.

By 2030, wind energy will have the highest installed capacity (343 GW in the BSL scenario and 433 – 439 GW in the policy scenarios), with most of the installed capacity being located onshore (295 GW in the BSL scenario and 361 – 365 GW in the policy scenarios). Lowering the GHG reduction ambitions would lead to an installed capacity of 390 GW (of which 326 GW offshore). ALLBNK will see an installed capacity of 452 GW, of which 374 onshore. Europe’s seas will be at the forefront of the EU’s efforts to go carbon-free: offshore wind 96 will be the fastest growing technology, with the installed capacity in 2030 reaching 48 GW in the BSL scenario and 70 (CPRICE) – 73 (MIX) GW in the policy scenarios. This reduces to 64 GW in MIX-50 and increases to 79 GW in ALLBNK.

Figure 47: Installed power production capacities

Source: 2000, 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

By that date, solar energy will grow to 311 GW in the BSL scenario and to 363 – 370 GW in the policy scenarios. Lowering GHG reduction ambitions leads to an installed PV capacity of 329 GW in MIX-50. In ALLBNK, the installed capacity for solar energy reaches 374 GW.

During the same time, the installed fossil-fuel capacity will decrease to 272 GW in BSL and to 261 – 268 GW in the policy scenarios. By 2030, the combined installed capacity of the EU’s nuclear power plants is projected to decline to 92 GW in all scenarios.

The increasingly volatile nature of the electricity generation sources will require deployment of storage solutions, as shown in Figure 48. Daily storage needs are currently met by pumped hydropower (PHS) and increasingly by batteries. By 2030, the PHS capacity will grow by from currently 45 GW to 64 GW in BSL and to 63 (CPRICE) – 65 (REG) GW in the policy scenarios. Batteries will add another 21 GW of electricity storage in the BSL scenario and 34 (REG) – 43 GW (CPRICE) in the policy scenarios.

The increasing demand for renewable and low-carbon fuels for transport and industry, in combination with a power system with increasing number of instances where electricity generation exceeds the electricity that can be consumed directly, increases the need for long-term storage of electricity and triggers the deployment of electrolysers for the production of hydrogen. By 2030, the installed electrolyser capacity 97 is projected to reach 1.5 GW in BSL and between 12-13 GW in the policy scenarios. The growth of the installed electrolyser capacity is expected to accelerate significantly after 2030, reaching already between 40 to 70 GW in 2035 and between 528 and 581 GW in 2050 in the policy scenarios. This development will go along with the decarbonisation of the gas system, which may necessitate partial repurposing of gas infrastructure 98 .

Figure 48: Electricity storage and new fuels production capacity

Source: PRIMES model

9.4.2.4Gas supply and demand 

The coal phase out, taken into account in BSL, combined with the rising ETS prices promotes coal-to-gas switch in power generation. This was already noticeable in 2019. By 2030, natural gas is expected to remain an important contributor to total energy needs, being only 13% lower than in 2015. This result is in line with the results obtained in comparable modelling exercises. 99   100

However, policies aiming at further GHG reductions will lead to the substitution of natural gas by other forms of energy, notably renewables and electricity in final demand. As a consequence, the demand for gaseous fuels in the policy scenarios is lower than in BSL by 10% (CPRICE and MIX-50) - 13% (MIX and REG) (see Figure 49).

Natural gas plays a dominant role among gaseous fuels until 2030. However, by 2050, its unabated use will become incompatible with the climate-neutrality objective and its use is to be reduced by 66 - 71% compared to 2015 (as discussed in section 6.2.1.2). 101 Conversely, the demand for renewable and low-carbon gases is projected to become more than twice as high as the demand for natural gas. This is in sharp contrast with BSL, where renewable and low-carbon gases account for only 9% of the 298 Mtoe of gaseous fuels consumed (see also section 6.2.1.3). This trend constitutes a major technological transformation for the gas industry.

Figure 49: Consumption of gaseous fuels per gas type.

 

Note: * includes manufactured gases, ** includes waste gas

Source: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

The potential for biogas is limited and it is expected to be fully utilised by 2050. In all policy scenarios, hydrogen and e-gases account for 71% of all renewable and low-carbon gases in 2050. Among renewable and low-carbon gases, hydrogen is the most widely used accounting for approximately 46% (CPRICE) – 49% (REG) of these.

While renewable and low-carbon gases play a limited role by 2030, they are nonetheless increasingly deployed. In 2030, their consumption amounts to 17 (REG) – 20 Mtoe (CPRICE) respectively, compared to 15 Mtoe in BSL (and 16 Mtoe in MIX-50). This mostly includes biogas, while hydrogen is deployed modestly: at 0.4 Mtoe (REG) to 1 (MIX/CPRICE). As discussed in annex 9.4.2.1 dedicated policy measures may result in anticipated deployment of hydrogen and other renewable fuels.

Figure 50: Consumption of gaseous fuels per sector.

 

Note: includes natural gas, manufactured gases, biogas, waste gas, hydrogen, e-gas

Source: 2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

While consumption of gases in 2030 is similar in all scenarios, there are significant differences in their consumption per sector. Figure 50 shows consumption of gaseous fuels per sector. In 2030, consumption of gaseous fuels in the power sector decreases to 91 Mtoe in BSL and to 78 (REG) – 86 (CPRICE) Mtoe in the policy scenarios.

The situation is different in industry: consumption of gaseous fuels in 2030 amounts to 64 Mtoe in BSL and drops in policy scenarios to 57 (CPRICE) 59 (REG) Mtoe (60 Mtoe in MIX-50). In the residential, services and agricultural sectors, the use of gaseous fuels decreases in the BSL from 119 Mtoe in 2015 to 91 Mtoe in 2030. The decrease is steeper in the policy scenarios, reaching in 2030 75 Mtoe in MIX-50 and 69 (REG, MIX) – 70 (CPRICE) Mtoe in the other scenarios. In the transport sector, the use of gaseous fuels increases from 3 Mtoe in 2015 to 11 Mtoe in 2030.

9.4.2.5Buildings, including fuel mix

Buildings (residential and non-residential in services sector), currently consume a large share (40%) of final energy in the EU. They are also responsible for 36% of GHG emissions, if emissions from final energy consumption are combined with supply side emissions stemming from electricity and heat consumed in this sector.

The evolution of energy demand is differentiated in the scenario results. In addition to policies present already in the BSL, a carbon price of EUR 60/t of CO2 in 2030 in CPRICE delivers a significant switch of heating fuels already in 2030, shifting away from natural gas and other fossil fuels 102 to mostly electricity but also renewable energy (e.g. ambient heat consumed by heat pumps, biomass, biogas and solar thermal). REG delivers quite similar results, albeit mostly focused on heat pumps uptake as both incentives for renewable energy in H&C and dedicated policy to support heat pumps are assumed in this scenario.

On the other hand, the carbon price alone delivers only a weak incentive for the renovation 103 of buildings in CPRICE. Its impacts are limited to a small increase in medium scale renovations, mainly in the services sector. Conversely, in REG, high ambition renovation policies push for a large increase in the rate of deep renovations of buildings envelope – especially in the residential sector but also in services.

MIX uses all four policy levers mentioned above: a carbon price of EUR 44/t of CO2 in 2030, incentives for renewables in H&C, support for heat pumps and renovation policies - albeit all of them at smaller intensity compared to REG. As a result MIX represents an approach in-between REG and CPRICE. ALLBNK scenario has very similar drivers and performance compared to MIX in terms of renovations. In terms of fuel mix in buildings, ALLBNK achieves the deepest reduction of the fossil fuels share due to very high carbon price of EUR 65/t of CO2 in 2030. MIX-50 scenario has the same results as CPRICE in terms of renovations while its share of fossil fuels is highest among all policy scenarios in the residential sector and within the range of other scenarios in services.

The projections discussed below show that fuel switch in heating in buildings is the key avenue for buildings to contribute to an increased 2030 climate target. Energy efficiency measures are also a powerful enabler as they lower energy demand needed thus also reducing the size of the heating equipment needed. This also reduces related capital and running costs, shielding vulnerable consumers from the impact of increasing energy prices.

As a result of fuel switch and renovations, in all policy scenarios considered in this IA, buildings generate the largest (amongst other final energy consumption sectors) GHG reduction levels by 2030 (compared to 2015), i.e. 61% to 65% in the residential sector and 54-61% in services for 55% GHG scenarios. Fuel switch is the key factor for the decarbonisation present in all scenarios, triggered by carbon pricing in CPRICE, or renewables incentives and support for heat pumps (in REG) or combination of all drivers (in MIX). Within the range indicated above, ALLBNK and CPRICE achieves the highest reductions in the services sector and REG and ALLBNK in the residential sector. MIX-50 has lower GHG emissions reductions in the residential sector that other policy scenarios but for services, it is results are within the range.

In order to achieve climate neutrality by 2050, both the push for renovations and fuel switch will need to be intensified after 2030, the latter aided by the deployment of renewable and low-carbon gases (notably hydrogen and e-gas).

Energy efficiency in buildings

The most important single energy use in buildings is space heating and cooling. Consequently, the key action for energy efficiency in buildings is reducing the demand for heating and cooling via renovation of the building envelope (e.g. insulation and windows), especially for buildings constructed years ago, without high energy performance standards. 104 Renovations of buildings envelope improve thermal integrity of buildings and thus lowers their demand for space heating (and cooling), without lowering the comfort levels in terms of indoor temperature. Besides renovations of the building envelope, minimum energy performance standards for new buildings, standards and labelling for new energy consuming equipment (notably heating equipment), electrification of heating, uptake of renewable solutions (e.g. solar systems) in heating or simply change for a more efficient heating equipment as well as “smart buildings” technologies also lead to moderation of buildings energy demand. Consumer choice can be also a strong driver (as discussed in the in-depth analysis accompanying “Clean Planet for All” Communication) but was not explored in detail in the scenarios of this impact assessment due to the shorter time focus.

This effort to moderate energy demand needs to happen against the foreseen trend of growing number of dwellings, their size and comfort level in the residential sector. As for the services, energy consumption is expected to raise even faster as their share in the economy grows. These socio-economic trends push up the energy consumption in buildings. While the first trend is of modest strength due to current demographic outlook, the latter is stronger.

Moderation of energy demand is well underway in the EU as illustrated by the BSL scenario, assuming effective policies are put in place to achieve the EE and RES targets. Achieving the existing 2030 energy targets would result in significant final energy savings discussed in annex 9.3.3, and the policy scenarios would lead to further energy consumption reductions. In the residential sector, these would result in reductions ranging from 22% (CPRICE) to 25% (REG) compared to 2005. The ALLBNK scenario is close to the upper range. MIX-50 scenario has lower reductions than all 55% GHG scenarios. Much stronger reductions are achieved in REG, which illustrates the effects of energy efficiency policy targeted at renovations. In the other policy scenarios renovations trends are more modest but electrification of the fuel mix also reduces energy demand. The reductions would deepen by 2050 with a widening range from 27% (MIX-50) to 37% (REG) compared to 2005.

In the services sector, energy savings in all scenarios are projected at between 6-7% compared to 2005, with CPRICE and ALLBNK performing marginally stronger, which illustrates how in the services sector a significant carbon prices would incentivise renovations as well as reduce energy demand through electrification. The reductions would deepen and range would widen by 2050 with reductions ranging from 17% (CPRICE, MIX-50) to 21% (REG), still compared to 2005.

Figure 51: Evolution of the energy consumption in buildings in 2030 (compared to 2005)

Source: 2005: Eurostat, 2030: PRIMES model

The reduction in final energy demand for space heating & cooling follows a similar pattern as total final energy consumption. In the policy scenarios, both in residential and services sectors, further reductions (compared to BSL) are achieved. In the residential sector, the reductions (compared to 2005) are the highest in REG scenario (32%) while in services sector reductions are the highest in CPRICE (9%). By 2050 these reductions magnify in all scenarios. Climate neutrality by 2050 will rely strongly on further reduction of energy demand for space heating and cooling.

The reduction of energy demand for heating and cooling is due, to a large extent, to the improvement of the thermal integrity of the building shell mainly through an increased renovation rate and depth reaching the minimum energy performance standards for renovated buildings. The high energy efficiency performance standards of new buildings as required by the EU legislation have a smaller effect due to very low rate of new constructions 105 . Importantly, the scenarios have results that reflect a broad category of renovations:

-Type 1: improvement of thermal integrity of buildings through renovation of the building shell,

-Type 2: change of heating equipment,

-Type 3: combination of both actions.

A very significant increase of Type 1 renovations is assumed in REG and MIX, with ALLBNK assumptions that are very close to MIX. MIX-50 scenario has assumptions slightly lower than MIX and consequently results close to CPRICE. Renovations in CPRICE is driven mainly by the high carbon price, which appears to incentivise them only very modestly. Type 2 renovations (that lead to fuel switch) are also incentivised by carbon pricing (CPRICE) or the general energy efficiency and renewables in H&C incentives and support from heat pumps uptake (REG) or all four drivers combined (MIX). No specific targets for such rates were, however, assumed. No assumptions were made on Type 3 renovations, which in the results exhibit very low rates and little differentiation among policy scenarios.

Focussing on Type 1 renovations, in the residential sector, MIX assumes a doubling of building shell renovations, from 1% achieved on average in 2016-20 period to 2% on average in 2026-30 period 106 . REG assumes more than a doubling of the rate, from 1% to 2.4% on average in 2026‑30 period.

Similarly, in the services sector, MIX reflects a doubling of the rate of building shell renovations from 0.6% achieved in 2016-20 period to 1.1% on average in 2026-30 period. REG assumes more than a doubling of the rate from 0.6% to 1.5% on average in 2026-30 period.

Both scenarios also assume addressing the current market failures (e.g. access to finance, split-incentives, etc.) preventing economic actors from renovations that are cost-effective. As a consequence, the scenarios project higher renovation rates with deeper energy-related renovation than observed historically and in the BSL.

Figure 52: Renovation rates (Type 1) in buildings in 2026-30

Source: PRIMES model

Both scenarios also assume increased average depth of renovations, with REG aiming at even deeper renovation than MIX. In the residential sector, in the period 2026-30, REG is the scenario that has, by design, the highest rate of deep renovations (i.e. intervention on walls, windows, roof and basement) “at the expense” of light renovations (i.e. intervention on windows only), which are lower than in the BSL. MIX also increases the rate of deep renovations (but less so than REG), while its rates of light renovations are also lower (compared to BSL). Finally, CPRICE keeps all types of renovations stable compared to BSL except for a small uptick in medium renovations (i.e. intervention on walls, windows and roof). The different depths of renovations pursued result in differing energy savings achieved from refurbishment. The savings resulting from all these types of renovations combined vary in the residential sector from 66% (REG) to 52% (CPRICE) compared to 50% in BSL (average annual values for 2026-30).

The results are different in the services sector as here in the period 2026-30 all scenarios further increase (compared to BSL) medium type of renovations albeit with smaller differentiation among policy scenarios. Differentiation is also smaller for deep and light types of renovations. REG has the highest increase of deep, medium and light renovations (compared to BSL). As to the resulting savings from all these types of renovations combined, they are over 40% in all scenarios compared to 37% in BSL (average annual values for 2026-30).

Figure 53: Renovation rates (Type 1) per type of energy renovation in Residential buildings in 2026-30

Source: PRIMES model

Figure 54: Renovation rates (Type 1) per type of energy renovation in Services buildings in 2026-2030

Source: PRIMES model

While the focus of the policy options described across scenarios is 2030, increased rate and depth of renovation will have to be maintained also post-2030 in order to reach climate neutrality. In this time-frame, REG would still see the highest rate and depth of renovations in both residential and services sectors.

Rates of renovations that concern the change of heating equipment only (Type 2) show less of differences between the scenarios as they are around 4% in all policy scenarios in both residential and services sector. CPRICE achieves slightly higher rate of heating equipment change under the pressure of the carbon price. This rate of renovation reflects in fact the fuel switch described in detail in the section below. Finally, some of the renovations of the building envelope also involve changing the heating equipment (Type 3 renovations). The rate of such renovations is low and differs only slightly among scenarios, between 0.3%-0.6% in residential and services sector. The highest rate of such renovations happen in REG in line with the highest rate of building shell renovations.

Higher and deeper renovation of the building envelope, together with change of heating equipment, lead to higher investment needs (and thus capital costs) for buildings. However, these investments are to some extent (depending on the condition of the building and the type and depth of the renovation) compensated by decreasing energy purchase expenditure, leading to only moderate increases in the total energy system costs, both in residential and services sectors – see annex 9.5.2.1. While energy purchases costs decrease in all scenarios thanks to renovations lowering energy demand, the carbon price in MIX and CPRICE makes these reductions smaller if full energy costs are taken into account 107 . Capital costs can be split into equipment costs (mostly relating to heating equipment but covering also appliances) and renovation costs (for the building envelope). Both equipment capital costs and renovations capital costs are the highest in REG with differences in residential sector more pronounced than in the services.

The sections above describe the main factors in the moderation of energy demand in buildings. It has to be noted that in both sectors, particularly in the services sector, increasing electrification of heating is a strong trend, which also reduces energy demand. The increased uptake of modern electric heating (notably heat pumps) leads in fact to efficiency gains in heating consumption. While the share of electricity in heating increases very fast in policy scenarios, the overall electricity consumption of heating grows at a slower pace thanks to the efficiency of the modern electric heating. This effect is even more pronounced in the services sector, where electricity has already today a higher share, which further increases towards 2030.

Beyond renovation of the building (envelope and heating equipment), improvements in the energy performance of heating equipment and appliances, digitalisation through buildings automation, control and smart systems (BACS, and other “smart buildings” technologies) also contribute to reducing energy demand (especially of useful energy demand) of buildings in the scenarios. A “smart building” can partially reduce the need for renovation. However, the scenarios only included rather conservative and not differentiated assumptions reflecting this aspect (mostly in terms of demand-side response).

Fuel mix in buildings

All scenarios display already by 2030 some fuel switch that is amplified by 2050. Interestingly, this fuel switch is driven by different policy set-up. The key trend that can be observed already historically and in the previous modelling exercises is that buildings will experience a rapid growth of electricity consumption and a decrease of fossil fuels (notably gas). In the residential sector, the share of electricity would increase from almost 25% today to 35-37% in all policy scenarios in 2030 and this share will be around 45% in all scenarios by 2050. In services, the electricity share today is already much higher: almost 50% and would increase to around 55% in all policy scenarios by 2030 and will reach some 60% in all scenarios by 2050. MIX-50 has the electricity shares that are broadly in range with all other policy scenarios albeit at the lower end. Conversely, ALLBNK is also within the range but closer to higher end. As discussed in the in-depth analysis accompanying Clean Planet for All Communication, electrification of the demand combined with decarbonised electricity supply and self-generation of renewables are fundamental aspects in order to reach climate neutrality by 2050 108 .

In both sectors, electrification is driven by rapid deployment of modern electric heating that also helps with moderation of energy demand as described in the section above. Efficiency of the use of electricity in buildings sector is well illustrated by the limited growth in absolute consumption of electricity contrasted with rapid increase in electricity shares, especially in services sector. This trend would be amplified by 2050. An ever increasing number and use of appliances (albeit moderated by energy efficiency measures) also drives up electricity demand.

Figure 55: Energy demand in residential buildings

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

Figure 56: Energy demand in services

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2030-2050: PRIMES model

With the higher penetration of electricity, and an overall reduction of demand, the consumption of other fuels, notably fossil fuels declines accordingly. Non-electricity fuels are used only for heating purposes and looking at them, the decline of fossil fuels is even more clearly visible.

Figure 57: Non-electricity energy consumption in (residential and services) buildings

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2030, 2050: PRIMES model

Natural gas still represents the bulk of remaining consumption in final energy consumption in residential buildings albeit falling from the 31% share observed now to slightly over 20% in all policy scenarios in 2030. In the services, from 29% currently observed, gas share decline to also some 20% in all policy scenarios in 2030. Very pronounced fuel switch in ALLBNK, CPRICE and MIX scenarios shows that carbon pricing at levels that are projected for these scenarios has a strong impact at supressing demand for natural gas. But also incentives for renewables deployment in heating and cooling together with support for heat pumps are effective in REG, MIX and ALLBNK scenarios. ALLBNK scenario has the smallest absolute amount of gas use in residential buildings. In services sector it is carbon pricing that leads to smallest absolute amounts of gas use in CPRICE and ALLBNK. MIX-50 has the natural gas shares that are only slightly higher compared to all other policy scenarios in both sectors.

The trends amplify further in 2050 with natural gas shares declining to around some 1% in both residential and services sector in all policy scenarios as in this perspective e-gas and hydrogen uptake would lead to a considerable substitution among gaseous fuels. Neither hydrogen nor e-gas have any uptake in buildings in 2030 perspective.

Renewable energy (other than ambient heat required for heat pumps) increases slightly its share in buildings in the BSL in 2030 and in 2050 perspective. Biomass (used in modern stoves) increases only very slightly its share in residential sector from 17% today to 18% in 2030 in MIX and ALLBNK while REG shows slightly declining share (as here heat pumps uptake dominates the fuel switch) and in CPRICE the share is stable. Likewise, in the services sector the share of biomass in policy scenarios increases very slightly from 3% today to 4% in 2030 in MIX and CPRICE while in REG the share is stable. In modelling results, biogas, solar thermal and geothermal also have only marginal shares in energy consumption. Distributed heat maintains by 2030 its share of today 9% of total energy demand in residential buildings in REG or grows it by 1 p.p. in all other policy scenarios. In services sector the current share of 6% is maintained by 2030 in REG and grows by 1-2 p.p. in other policy scenarios. Both in residential and services sectors, the share of distributed heat remains stable post-2050.

9.4.2.6Transport, including fuel mix

Overall Transport Activity

In the BSL scenario, which does not take into account the implications of the Covid-19 pandemic, intra-EU passenger transport activity is projected to rise by 19% between 2015 and 2030, with the highest growth seen in intra-EU aviation (56%). Rail would grow by 32%, driven in particular by the opening of the market for domestic passenger rail transport services and the assumed completion of the core TEN-T network, supported by the CEF funding. Activity of private cars is projected to grow at a slower pace, by 14% during 2015-2030. At the same time, international extra-EU aviation 109 is expected to rise by 52%. However, with aviation being one of the most affected sectors by the COVID-19 pandemic and considering the large uncertainties related to the duration of the pandemic and its impacts on transport activity, growth scenarios are likely to be affected, particularly in the coming years. After 2030, also under pre-COVID, passenger transport activity is expected to grow at a slower pace for all transport modes. This is linked to the assumed socio-economic developments and saturation effects (e.g. car ownership is close to saturation levels in many Western European countries).

Regulatory measures and carbon pricing included in scenarios REG, MIX, CPRICE and ALLBNK would lead to some reduction in the overall passenger transport activity of the most polluting modes relative to the BSL. However, passenger transport activity still shows sustained growth relative to 2015 in all scenarios (18-20% by 2030) In CPRICE scenario, the carbon pricing and the gradual internalisation of external costs (“smart” pricing) for buses, cars and vans, favour a shift from road towards rail. The MIX and REG scenarios also reflect specific measures that support multimodal mobility and investments in sustainable, safe and smart transport, measures that incentivise connected mobility and improved traffic management and measures to support sustainable urban transport. In addition, the REG scenario also covers other measures to push digitalisation and automation in transport. The highest impact on rail transport activity is projected in the REG scenario, showing around 13% increase in 2030 compared to BSL Incentives for sustainable urban transport and the review of energy taxation would lead to higher impact on private vehicles in the REG scenario relative to CPRICE, resulting in 1.2% decrease in road activity relative to the BSL in 2030. CPRICE and ALLBNK scenarios show higher impacts on air transport activity, driven by carbon pricing and other technical and operational measures, projecting a decline of 0.7 to 1.1% by 2030 compared to BSL respectively. In general, ALLBNK strengthens the effects of MIX. In the less ambitious MIX-50 scenario, reductions are 0.45% in passenger transport activity compared to BSL.

In BSL scenario, the overall freight transport activity is projected to grow at faster pace than passenger transport activity, at around 33% between 2015 and 2030. The highest growth would take place for rail freight activity (40% by 2030), supported by the completion of the TEN-T core network, followed by heavy goods vehicles activity (34% increase by 2030). Transport activity of freight inland navigation (inland waterways and national maritime navigation) also benefits from the completion of the TEN-T core network and the promotion of inland waterway transport and would grow by 19% by 2030. The significant growth in rail freight activity and freight inland navigation is also supported by road pricing (the revision of the Eurovignette Directive) and the implementation of electronic documentation for freight transport. After 2030, the growth in freight transport activity is projected to slow down in line with the assumed macro-economic developments.

All policy scenarios lead to a shift from road towards rail and inland navigation for freight transport, driven by initiatives to increase and better manage the capacity of railways and waterborne transport, incentives for intermodal transport and gradual internalisation of external costs (“smart” pricing). The largest impact on rail freight and inland navigation activity is projected in the REG scenario (13% increase for rail freight in 2030 relative to the BSL and 11% increase for inland navigation) but the impact is positive in all scenarios (0.8 to 13% increase for rail and 0.5 to 11% for inland navigation). On the other hand, road freight activity declines by 1.7 to 3.1% in 2030 relative to the BSL. The highest decrease relative to the BSL is projected in the REG scenario, driven by the revision of energy taxation, ambitious measures to gradually internalise the external costs (“smart” pricing) and other measures to improve the efficiency of road freight transport. In MIX-50, road transport activity declines by 2.2%.

As shown in Figure 58, international maritime transport activity is expected to grow strongly in BSL (by 23% between 2015 and 2030), due to, for instance, rising demand for primary resources and container shipping. In the policy scenarios, the growth in activity is somewhat lower than in BSL (around 22% for 2015-2030) despite some shifts taking place from road to short sea shipping. This is primarily due to lower imports and thus transport demand for fossil fuels.

Figure 58: International maritime freight activity in BSL in 2015, 2030 and 2050

 

Source: PRIMES model

Vehicle technologies in road and other land based transport

CO2 emissions standards for vehicles play a key role in emissions reductions, energy consumption and powertrain technologies. Intensification of their ambition level has an important impact on penetration of zero- and low-emission vehicles and on greenhouse gas emission reductions by 2030. It is instrumental to further reduce emissions and energy consumption in the period post-2030 with the renewal of the fleet and a faster penetration of zero-emission vehicles. As shown in Figure 59, the vehicle stock share of electric cars is projected to go up to 11% by 2030 in the BSL scenario and to 11-14% in the policy scenarios. The share of low and zero emission cars (including battery electric, fuel cells and plug-in hybrids) would increase from 16% in 2030 in BSL to up to 20% in the policy scenarios, driven by the assumed tightening of the vehicle standards supported by the deployment of the recharging infrastructure for electric vehicles and refuelling infrastructure for fuel cells. These shares will increase rapidly post 2030 thanks to the fleet renewal (vehicle standards apply to new vehicles therefore there is a delay between their introduction and the powertrain changes in the stock of vehicles), driving down greenhouse gas emissions from road transport even more intensely than in the period up to 2030. For example, the REG scenario has 47% zero and low emissions cars (ZLEV), out of which 33% zero emission cars (ZEV) by 2035, whereas in the CPRICE scenario the numbers are 33% ZLEV and 23% ZEV, and in the baseline 27% LEV and 17% ZEV. This shows that the impact of vehicle efficiency standards set for 2030 would be very significant, albeit with a time delay. By 2050, almost all cars (between 88-99% of the vehicle stock) need to be low or zero emission in order for the climate neutrality target to be attainable. Large scale deployment of recharging infrastructure for electric vehicles and refuelling infrastructure for fuel cells would be needed to support these developments. In 2050 zero emission vehicles are projected to represent 99% of the fleet in REG, due to strong vehicle efficiency policies. On the other hand, with existing policies and targets, as in BSL, low emission vehicles are projected to reach 54% of the stock in 2050, but fossil ICEs remain common in the fleet. This analysis confirms that intensification of the existing CO2 emission standards is necessary.

Figure 59: Car stock by type of drivetrain in 2030 and 2050

 

Source: PRIMES model

The penetration of zero emission vans in the vehicle fleet in 2030 is projected to go up from 7% in BSL to up to 8% in the policy scenarios, while the share of plug-in hybrids would increase from 5% in BSL to around 8% in the policy scenarios. Similarly to cars, these developments would need to be driven by tighter vehicle efficiency standards supported by the deployment of recharging and refuelling infrastructure. In the long run, the share of low emission vans would range from 87% in CPRICE to 97% in REG, while zero emission vans would represent between 75% and 93% in the same scenarios. Similar considerations as for the cars segment applies to the vans, including the need to intensify the existing CO2 emission standards.

Figure 60: Van stock by type of drivetrain in 2030 and 2050

 

Source: PRIMES model

In the heavy goods vehicle segment, as shown in Figure 61, hybrids are projected to represent around 16% of the stock in 2030 in BSL while ICE running on gaseous fuels (LPG and LNG) around 6% of the stock. In the policy scenarios, tighter vehicle standards would result in an increase to 8-9% of gas-fuelled ICEs by 2030, as well as a possible penetration of up to 1% zero emission vehicles. Again, due to the slow turnover of the vehicle stock, the CO2 standards for new vehicles in 2030 would take time to show impacts in terms of changes in the structure of the fleet. However, by 2050 the structure of the fleet changes significantly, with the share of hydrogen trucks representing between 23% in CPRICE and 26-27% in REG, MIX (and MIX-50) and ALLBNK. The share of electric trucks would go up from only 1% in BSL in 2050 to 14% to 20% in CPRICE and REG respectively. Conventional, mild hybrid and gaseous ICEs make up the rest of the fleet in 2050, requiring low and zero-carbon fuels to reach climate neutrality.

Figure 61: Heavy Goods Vehicle stock by type of drivetrain in 2030 and 2050

 

Source: PRIMES model

Fuel mix in land based transport, aviation and navigation

The share of alternative fuels 110 , including fossil-sourced natural gas, is projected to represent 11.3% of transport energy demand (including international aviation and international maritime transport) in BSL by 2030. Around 5% of all transport fuels in 2030 would be of biological origin, as shown in Figure 62, driven by policy measures such as the Renewable Energy Directive.

In CPRICE scenario the share of alternative fuels would go up to 13.5% by 2030, driven by carbon pricing and policy measures towards reducing emissions in aviation and maritime navigation. Biofuels and biomethane would represent 6.4% in CPRICE by 2030. The share of biofuels and biomethane increases further in MIX and REG scenarios by 2030 (6.6% and 6.9% of transport energy demand, respectively) thanks to dedicated fuel policies, including for aviation and maritime navigation. Overall, total alternative fuels are projected at around 14% of the transport fuel mix in MIX and 15.1% in REG by 2030. E-fuels would represent around 0.2% of the transport energy demand in CPRICE and MIX and 0.4% in REG, driven by fuel obligations for aviation and maritime navigation. The share of alternative fuels would go up to 15.5% in ALLBNK, driven by the highest ambition policies focussed in particular on aviation and navigation fuels in this scenario, and higher carbon pricing. The share of e-fuels would also be slightly higher at around 0.5% by 2030 in ALLBNK. In MIX-50, the alternative fuels share is around 13.2%.

Figure 62: Share of alternative fuels in Transport (incl. aviation and maritime navigation)

 

Source: PRIMES model

By 2050, the large majority of fossil fuels will be replaced in all scenarios, in order to reach climate neutrality. Over 85% of fuels will not be based on fossil oil sources, with oil products remaining primarily in sectors such as aviation and maritime navigation. Energy demand in the transport sector is projected to decline by 13% in BSL during 2015-2050, and by 35-41% in the policy scenarios (between CPRICE and REG respectively) driven by improvements in energy efficiency and in the efficiency of the transport system. In the policy scenarios, the bulk of transport fuels are projected to cover a mix of electricity, hydrogen, biofuels, biomethane and e-fuels in addition to some remaining fossil fuels. Electrification in road transport will further increase, as a consequence of stricter CO2 emission standards for vehicles and increased availability of the necessary charging infrastructure.

Figure 63: Fuels in transport (including aviation and maritime navigation)

Source: PRIMES model

Greenhouse gas emissions in land based transport, aviation and navigation

Total CO2 emissions from transport (excluding international maritime navigation) are projected to decline by 10% in BSL by 2030 compared to 2015, and between 13% (CPRICE, MIX-50) to 16% (REG, ALLBNK) in the policy scenarios. As shown in Figure 64, by far the largest contribution to this decline is due to increased fuel efficiency of cars, as well as vans. Intensification of the CO2 emission standards for vehicles in 2030 has in fact a very important impact already for emission reduction by 2030. This will be instrumental to further reduce emissions and energy consumption in the period post-2030, when the effects will be even stronger as a result of the fleet renewal. Aviation has been one of the fastest growing sectors in terms of CO2 emissions over the past decades. Total CO2 emissions from flights departing from the EU27 and domestic flights within the territory of a Member State of the EU27 grew from around 111 million tonnes (Mt) in 2005 to 120 Mt in 2015, equal to a 7.9% increase. For the future, significant further growth is projected: 25% by 2030 relative to 2015 in the BSL scenario, equivalent to 34% growth over the 2005-2030 period. Taken together however, declines in cars and vans emissions over the 2015-2030 horizon are around 111 Mt in BSL and 112 Mt to 139 Mt in the other scenarios.

CO2 emissions from passenger transport decline by 13% in BSL by 2030 compared to 2015, and between 15% (CPRICE) and 18% (REG, ALLBNK) in the other scenarios. The largest contribution comes from passenger cars, driven by vehicle efficiency standards. Intensification of the CO2 emission standards for vehicles in 2030 has in fact an important impact already for emission reduction by 2030, and it is instrumental to further reduce emissions and energy consumption in the period post-2030, when the effects will be even stronger as a result of the fleet renewal. CO2 emissions from freight transport go down by 3% in BSL by 2030 compared to 2015, and decline between 8% (CPRICE, MIX, REG,) and 9% (ALLBNK) in the other scenarios, driven by vehicle efficiency standards and initiatives to increase and better manage the capacity of railways and waterborne transport, incentives for intermodal transport and gradual internalisation of external costs (“smart” pricing). In MIX-50, by 2030, CO2 emissions from passenger transport decline by 13%, whereas CO2 emissions from freight transport go down by 7%, both compared to 2015.

By 2050, CO2 emissions from transport are projected to go down by over 90% compared to 2015 in order to meet the climate neutrality targets. This implies a very rapid decline in emissions post-2030. The emissions reduction profile is strongly impacted by the type of policy combinations developed for 2030. The size of these declines, especially in road transport, are consistent with the impact of stringent vehicle standards, as well as of renewable fuels and policies driving improvements in the overall efficiency of the transport system and shifts towards more sustainable transport modes. 

Figure 64: CO2 emissions from Transport

Source: PRIMES model

In international maritime navigation, emissions are expected to increase in all scenarios except ALLBNK from 2015-2030, between 3-4% in REG, MIX, CPRICE and 18% in BSL. In ALLBNK we see that emissions decline by 4% with a carbon price at €65 and blending mandates similar to the MIX scenario.

However, literature suggests that the maritime sector could achieve higher reduction potentials through regulatory and pricing instruments over time. A comprehensive literature review 111 found that emissions could be reduced by 33-77% compared to a 2050 baseline scenario based on current technologies only. Actions listed that can reduce emissions include improving ship operations (e.g. speed optimisation, weather routing, scheduling), improving ship design (e.g. hull design, power and propulsion optimisation, vessel size), using renewable energy sources (e.g. wind) or using sustainable alternative fuels or electrification where appropriate. Tapping into these greenhouse gas emission reduction potentials will require an appropriate basket of measures to reduce energy end-use and promote the uptake of sustainable alternative fuels. Considering that it is difficult to fully capture in the current modelling greenhouse gas emission reduction related to operational efficiency improvements and retro-fitting options, additional and complementary analysis will be required to assess the impact of specific shipping measures, as announced in the European Green Deal. A more detailed study will be performed in the forthcoming impact assessment for measures in the maritime sector itself, which will be taking a more in-depth look at the possibilities to curb emission growth in the maritime sector, including the extension of emissions trading to the maritime sector.

Overall the scenarios analysed in this impact assessment confirm that the reduction of emissions from the transport sector will require large scale deployment of zero-emission drivetrains or for those sectors where this is not feasible low- and zero-carbon fuels, as well as large scale system efficiency improvements, making full use of the benefits of transport digitalisation and connected, cooperative and automated mobility. This will likely require a combination of actions and measures and pricing policies. Finally as demonstrated in the ALLBNK scenario compared to the other policy scenario, a 2030 EU GHG target that sees aviation maintained and inclusion of maritime emissions in its scope, will require bringing about additional emissions reductions in other sectors and transport modes to compensate for this growth.

The transport sector was also a focus for several stakeholders who responded to the public consultation. Stakeholders mentioned as key topics the development of high-speed rail network, reducing private vehicles in urban areas, the introduction of low emission zones (LEZs) infrastructure changes to promote sustainable life, the uptake of sustainable biofuels, ban on vehicles with combustion engines, electrification of vehicles and national development of charging infrastructures to support this transition.

9.4.2.7Industry, including fuel mix 

All the different scenarios have an impact in the industry sector, notably for those sub-sectors consuming currently more fossil fuels. The industrial sector is composed by many diverse subsectors with different energy and material needs resulting in different types, mixture, volumes and concentration of industrial effluents containing greenhouse gases.

Industry has been steadily reducing its emissions and increasing its energy savings over the past decades. Only in the last fifteen years between 2004 and 2018 European industry 112 reduced its emissions by 20%, while compared to 1990 reductions are estimated to have surpassed 30%. Despite facing strong international competition, European industry has adapted its business models and practices in line with the climate and energy ambitions of Europe, and in a viable economic manner.

The industry stakeholders and associations that participated in the public consultation of this initiative 113 do see opportunities in further increasing the climate ambition for 2030, notably in terms of jobs creation and contribution to an economic growth based on new production and consumption models (e.g. circular economy approach). However, the significant investment challenge and the risk in terms of international competitiveness if the EU acts alone are also stressed. 2030 is considered a fairly short time horizon, compared to the long investment cycles of industry, for a significant contribution of industrial sectors in terms of GHG reductions by then.

Achieving further reductions in industry will depend increasingly on: (i) proving the technical and economic feasibility of expensive breakthrough technologies, particularly for energy intensive industrial processes, still under development or at the demonstration level, and on: (ii) the deployment of infrastructure necessary to deliver at their installations renewable energy and low carbon solutions like e.g. hydrogen and e-fuels. In addition, many stakeholders note the need to have a stronger EU Emissions Trading System carbon price signal, coherent with other price signals like taxes and levies for incentivising clean energy technologies, as well as importance of making mandatory the implementation of the recommendations in energy audits.

Overall, the PRIMES model results show relatively limited additional GHG emission reductions in the next decade in the policy scenarios compared to the baseline. In BSL, industrial sectors including refineries see CO2 emissions reduced by 19% in 2030 compared to 2015, mainly driven by the use of more energy efficient processes (improved waste heat recovery) and to a lesser extent due to fuel switching from fossil fuels to electricity and biomass. In the policy scenarios the reductions improve, with REG and MIX delivering a 23% reduction compared to 2015. CPRICE and ALLBNK, where the carbon price increases to €60-65/tCO2, complemented by further energy efficiency and renewable energy policies in the case of ALLBNK, reduce emissions by 24% and 26% respectively.

Significant additional effort will be required to decarbonise the industrial sectors between 2030 and 2050, when EU’s climate neutrality ambition will require industry to reduce its emissions to around 90-95% compared to 1990 levels, as explained in the Long Term Strategy. The policy scenarios on this impact assessment achieve from 88% reductions compared to 2015 (REG) up to 92% (CPRICE) and 93% (ALLBNK). A major part of the reductions in 2050 is due to technologies such as clean gases and carbon capture and storage and carbon removals, including CCUS technologies and CO2 storage in materials. Clearly, the step up of technology deployment between 2030 and 2050 will be a significant challenge.

Figure 65: CO2 emissions in industry by sector and type (sectoral emissions refer to energy-related emissions)

 

Source: PRIMES model.

Currently, energy efficiency and electrification of industrial heat and steam production seem to be the most technologically mature options for reducing energy-related industrial emissions. Electrification of processes also has a high potential, but not across all industrial sectors.

The potential of further energy savings in different parts of industry can be seen in Figure 66. In the BSL, the combination of energy and climate policies deliver in 2030 around 10.6% energy savings in industry compared to 2015. The scenario focusing more on regulatory measures REG, with strong policies driving improvements in waste heat recovery, increase the energy savings by 4 p.p. to 14.7%. The scenario based on carbon pricing CPRICE triggers more energy savings (15.8%) than the MIX scenario (14.9%). The highest energy savings are achieved by ALLBNK (16.8%). In all four scenarios, the textile, food & drink, chemicals and refinery sectors show by 2030 the biggest energy savings, between 6% and 13% more than in BSL.

Figure 66: Energy Consumption in Industrial Sectors

Note: Includes final energy consumption in industry, consumption in refineries, *includes blast furnace

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2030, 2050: PRIMES model

The shares of fuels in total energy consumption in industry provide insights on how energy demand is met. Overall, the scenarios exhibit a similar fuel mix for industry in 2030, with electricity ranging between 34.6% in BSL to 36.5% in CPRICE and ALLBNK, natural gas between 28.4% in CPRICE (28.1% for ALLBNK) to 29.6% in BSL, oil between 12.6% in CPRICE (11.8% in ALLBNK) to 13.7% in BSL and finally bioenergy ranges between 9% in BSL to 12.1% in REG (12.6% in ALLBNK). The fuel mix changes significantly by 2050 for all policy scenarios when half of the energy demand is satisfied by electricity (slightly less in CPRICE), 14-15% from biomass, 8%-9% from e-gas, 8% from hydrogen and between 12-15% from steam.

Concerning the angle of energy related emissions, it is interesting to see the differences in fuel consumption of the various policy scenarios against the baseline. This indicates how energy related emissions are mitigated and what type of fuel switching takes place. Figure 67 reports these differences on the left hand side for 2030 and in the centre for 2050, while on the right side one can see the fuel mix of the baseline. In 2030, fuel switching remains still limited. Instead by 2050 significant fuel switching is displayed with associated energy savings, with almost all natural gas being replaced by low-carbon gases, i.e. hydrogen, e-gas and a little biogas. There is additionally some more electrification, including a higher share of energy produced by CHP.

Figure 67: Differences in energy consumption in industry compared to Baseline

Note: Includes final energy consumption in industry, consumption in refineries and blast furnace, *includes manufactured gas, **includes waste

Source: 2000-2015: Eurostat, 2030, 2050: PRIMES model

An important conclusion resulting from this modelling exercise is with carbon prices increasing up to €65/tCO2, additional GHG reductions compared to 2015 are lower than other sectors except transport. The industrial sector has already significantly invested in improving its energy efficiency, mainly to address its high energy costs compared to its international competitors. Thus, further strengthening energy efficiency policies, mainly targeting the increase of waste heat recovery, are insufficient to drive significant additional emissions reductions.

Innovative low carbon and carbon neutral technologies, such as CCS or hydrogen based steel production, are necessary to turn industry carbon neutral. These are not expected to enter the market at scale at the carbon price levels observed in the projections in 2030, but closer to 2035 or 2040. CCS for instance enters in significant numbers only by 2040 with carbon prices at that time of €200/tCO2 or more. Deployment of such solutions requires the necessary energy and CO2 infrastructure to be in place when the related technologies have been proved at scale. At the same time a supporting regulatory framework is necessary 114 that will promote the deployment of such technologies, both on the production side, but also on the side of demand, creating for example lead markets for low carbon products 115 , 116 .

The figure below presents an overview of the development of the emissions in the main industrial sectors during phase 3 of the ETS (2013-2020) 117 . Four sectors out of industry represent more than 75% of direct industrial emissions under the ETS (refineries, chemicals excluding fertilisers, cement excluding lime and iron & steel). The ETS has seen relatively stable and slightly increasing industrial emissions since 2013 up to 2017, a period where carbon prices were very low due to the surplus of allowances on the market. Since 2018, with the establishment and considerable strengthening of the Market Stability Reserve, carbon prices have recovered again. The GHG emissions trend changed also for industrial emissions starting to decrease again. In 2018, emissions from industrial installations decreased by almost 1% compared with 2017. The reversed trend accelerated in 2019 with an additional decrease in emissions of 2%, compared to 2018.

Figure 68: Historic GHG emissions related to industrial sectors in the EU ETS (EU27, Norway and Iceland)

Source:    Own calculation based on EUTL Data combined with data provided in the NIMs for calculating corrections for heat imports and exports, waste gases exports and electricity production for the years 2014 to 2018. For years 2013 and 2019 extrapolation of NIMs data for corrections.

Based on NIMs 118 data it is possible to calculate the evolution of the specific emissions expressed in tonnes CO2 per tonne of product for the different product benchmarks used for calculating the free allocation received by different sectors.

Using this data per sector, different scenarios can be constructed for identifying the readily available emission reduction potentials of implementing already existing technologies in most installations in a sector. 119 Two methods are explored:

-One with relatively high ambition estimating the impact on GHG of a shift of all installations in the sector with emissions above those representing the average of the 10% best installations to the level of emissions of the 10% best.

-One focussed on the worst performing installations (those with emissions above the median) in the sector and assuming they would reduce their emissions to a level equivalent to the emissions of the 2016/2017 “median” installation in the sector;

Table 40: Emission reduction potential based on provisional updated benchmarks repressing medium and best performing installations

Sector

Emissions in 2019
(Mt
CO2)

Savings (Median)
(Mt
CO2)

Savings (Best 10%)
(Mt
CO2)

Cement (excl. lime)

117.7

2.4

2.0%

13.9

11.8%

Ceramics

14.9

0.2

1.4%

1.1

7.3%

Chemicals (excl. fertilisers)

93.3

8.8

9.4%

29.4

31.5%

Fertilisers

39.2

3.5

9.0%

17.8

45.4%

Glass

17.9

0.8

4.2%

3.1

17.4%

Iron & Steel

185.6

13.3

7.2%

41.1

22.1%

Lime

25.7

1.6

6.2%

8.0

31.0%

Non-ferrous metals

16.7

1.7

9.9%

2.8

16.7%

Pulp & Paper

27.0

14.8

55.0%

26.5

98.2%

Refineries

126.3

6.3

5.0%

51.4

40.7%

Total

664.3

53.4

8.0%

195.0

29.4%

The potentials, referring to 2019 emission levels, vary per sector, from relatively modest values for sectors with important shares of process emissions (cement, ceramics, lime) to high potentials in sectors such as chemicals and fertilisers. For all sectors combined, the abatement potential of further deployment of existing technologies up to the level of the current best 10% can be estimated at almost 30% of the 2019 emissions. Simply making the worst performers move to the existing median performer would already reduce emissions compared to 2019 by 8%.

The PRIMES projections sit within this range of total estimated reduction potentials based on the benchmarking data.

This is a relatively static assessment of mitigation potential which might not be possible to achieve by all installations and by 2030. It does not take into account the development of new technologies. Some technologies are incremental while others, including some climate neutral technologies like high temperature heat pumps, electric boilers, hydrogen or CCS will allow for significant further reductions.

A recent study 120 revisited bottom up the mitigation potential in the main ETS industrial sectors. The study used the production projections of the PRIMES modelling and assessed bottom up for a number of existing and new technologies what the resulting mitigation potential could be. Most reduction potential by 2030 assessed came from existing technologies with only limited use of technologies no yet applied in EU ETS installations. Overall, this bottom up exercise has identified a total mitigation potential by 2030 of between 16% and 25% compared to 2019 for the four main industrial sectors in terms of GHG emissions (iron & steel, refineries cement and chemicals) combined. The lower end of the mitigation potential assumes that only technologies already in place in some installations will be further deployed in others, while the higher range of the estimation assumes that some new technologies will start to be implemented by 2030.

Looking at the potential revealed based on the PRIMES model projections, the benchmark data and the recent bottom up study estimates for additional reduction potential by industrial emitters are within the same order of magnitude.

Most of these reductions by 2030 are based on existing technologies and show a levelling off of additional mitigation potential. With a view on decarbonising the industrial sector as a whole towards 2050, new clean technologies will need to be deployed at scale. Higher carbon prices will be needed for both existing and new technologies.

Some new technologies have costs that are higher than projected carbon prices in the next decade. Other enabling measures might be needed to ensure the implementation in the market of these new technologies. These enabling measures include inter alia the Innovation Fund for first of its kind project and contracts for difference.

The modelling above does not include the impacts of the COVID-19 outbreak in Europe and the lower emissions which will be registered in 2020. In addition, the economic downturn caused by the outbreak will probably impact the possibilities of companies to carry out investments to reduce its emissions. On the other hand, financial support programmes for industry are being put in place.

9.4.3Non-CO2 sectoral mitigation potential

The below table reports the historic emission profile of the EU’s non-CO2 emissions using two different standards. The reason for reporting both accounting standards is transparency: presently the official greenhouse gas emissions inventories are being reported according to the 4th IPCC Assessment Report global warming potentials for calculations of CO2 equivalents of non-CO2 emissions over 100 years (AR4). The inventory reporting will, however, change in the near future to reflect updated IPCC inventory guidelines using global warming potentials from the 5th IPCC assessment report (AR 5). This change, moreover, has already been included in the EU regulatory framework covering emissions from 2021 onwards 121 . The forward-looking modelling, including the exploration of mitigation options, is therefore based on AR5 calculations. However, the AR4 numbers allow to directly compare numbers to the current official greenhouse gas inventories. As can be seen in Table 41, in 2015, methane was the dominant non-CO2 greenhouse gas in the European Union. According to the baseline estimate based on GAINS, in 2030 there will still be emissions of 366 MtCO2-eq of methane, 180 MtCO2-eq of nitrous oxide, and overall 35 MtCO2-eq emissions of different fluorinated greenhouse gases (F-gases for short).

Table 41: Emissions of non-CO2 greenhouse gases in AR4 and AR5 across all sectors (MtCO2-eq)

1990

2005

2015

2030-BSL

MtCO2-eq

AR4

AR5

AR4

AR5

AR4

AR5

AR5

Sum CH4

595

666

459

513

406

455

366

Sum N2O

335

298

260

231

215

191

180

Sum F-gases

55

53

79

73

104

99

35

Sum Non-CO2 GHGs

985

1017

798

820

725

745

581

Source: EU GHG inventory under UNFCCC and GAINS model

Sector-wise, agriculture emits the largest share of non-CO2 greenhouse gases, followed by energy, waste and industrial emissions or manufactured products that include F-gases (see Table 42). Whereas non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions in energy, waste and industry are projected to significantly decrease already in the baseline, this is not the case with agriculture where the decrease is projected to be more limited. It should be noted that the baseline does not incorporate any specific policies that might be undertaken under the future Member States’ CAP strategic plans or other new policy initiatives under the European Green Deal.

Table 42: Baseline emissions for non-CO2 greenhouse gases by sector (MtCO2-eq, AR5)

MtCO2-eq

2005

2010

2015

2020

2025

2030

Energy (incl. heating and cooling)

167

170

170

149

118

85

Agriculture

409

394

404

388

380

375

Waste (incl. wastewater)

203

190

166

150

120

106

Industry and other

77

42

36

27

25

22

Source: GAINS model

Figure 69 below shows that there is still significant potential to reduce non-CO2 emissions in 2030 compared to the baseline. The order of magnitude depends also on the efforts made on energy efficiency and renewable energy and the resulting carbon prices in the various options.

The figure shows at which carbon price this would become economically feasible. The GAINS model estimates that from the bottom up perspective taken in the analysis, significant win-win mitigation potential exists, that can reduce non-CO2 emissions at a marginal cost of zero €/tCO2-eq. The dotted grey lines indicate abatement costs of €10/tCO2-eq and €55/tCO2-eq, respectively to illustrate the economic mitigation potential still available through 2030 in the non-CO2 greenhouse gases.

Figure 69: 2030 marginal abatement cost curve across all non-CO2 greenhouse gases

Source: GAINS model

These mitigation potentials are quantitatively shown in the Table 43. It looks at mitigation potential that could be tapped within a range of €0/tCO2-eq to €55/tCO2-eq.

Table 43: 2030 mitigation options for non-CO2 GHG emissions across all sectors in the EU27 compared to baseline (MtCO2-eq, AR5)

BSL

€0/tCO2-eq

€10/tCO2-eq

€44/tCO2-eq

€55/tCO2-eq

Mitigation

n.a.

MtCO2-eq

MtCO2-eq

MtCO2-eq

MtCO2-eq

CH4

n.a.

29.3

34.3

44.3

44.9

N2O

n.a.

8.4

10.6

11.8

24.7

F-gases

n.a.

17.6

20.3

21.5

21.5

Sum

n.a.

55.3

65.2

77.6

91.1

2030 emissions after mitigation

581

525.7

515.8

503.4

489.9

Reduction compared to 2005

-29%

-36%

-37%

-38%

-40%

Reduction compared to 2015

-22%

-29%

-31%

-32%

-34%

Source: GAINS model

The figure below illustrates the reduction potential beyond baseline for each of the gases separately. Methane emissions are expected to go down by 34% in the baseline compared to 2005. At a marginal cost of €55/tCO2-eq, additional mitigation still remains at a level of 44.9 MtCO2-eq in 2030. At zero cost and at €10/tCO2-eq there is already a large mitigation potential, mainly stemming from the energy sector as well as heating and cooling applications (see below for sectoral discussion). At a marginal cost of €55/tCO2-eq, methane is reduced at a rate of 38% in 2030 compared to 2005.

For nitrous oxides, which predominantly stem from the use of mineral and organic fertilisers in agriculture, similar reductions are expected at marginal costs of €55/tCO2-eq, yielding a mitigation of overall 33% in 2030 compared to 2005. At marginal costs of zero and €10/t, reductions in nitrous oxides emissions are significantly lower since some of the options (e.g. variable rate technology in agriculture) are only available at higher marginal costs. In baseline, N2O emissions reduce by 22% in 2030 compared to 2005, and this increases at a marginal cost of €55 to 33%.

For F-gases, emissions will already be reduced by 53% in 2030 compared to 2005 in the baseline, due to strong existing regulations increasingly banning the use and release of F-gases in the EU. For marginal costs of €55/tCO2-eq this increases to 82% but beyond that there is not much further reduction potential.

Figure 70: 2030 marginal abatement cost curve by non-CO2 greenhouse gas

Source: GAINS model

Turning now to the mitigation potential by economic sector, at lower marginal costs the energy sector clearly has the highest potential to reduce non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions, in particular for CH4, compared to the baseline. These zero- and low-cost mitigation options reflect the wider international landscape on the cost of reducing methane emissions in the oil and gas sector. The IEA methane tracker website 122 , for instance, uses detailed data to estimate possible mitigation actions and the associated cost for the whole sector. Upstream operations generally show a variety of negative cost mitigation options, while a large number of mitigation options at near zero cost are available throughout the whole sector. This is reflected in the estimates shown above for this impact assessment. Academic research confirms these conclusions based on a detailed study of natural gas production in the United States 123 , and similar conclusions are to be found in the NGO community 124 . Options to reduce methane are good practice-leakage control and addressing major leaks in production of crude oil and natural gas to reduce methane and pre-mining degasification of coal mining but also doubling of the control frequency of gas distribution networks, tools mentioned by stakeholders in Europe 125 , who nevertheless caution that action on energy methane emissions should be accompanied by a phase-out of fossil gas by 2035. Reducing the leakage of long-distance gas transmission is another option. Modification in fluidised bed combustion will reduce nitrous oxides emissions in the power sector and industry. Finally, further reductions of energy combustion will also reduce further fugitive emissions as well as emissions from incomplete combustion of fuels. These mitigation options are generally cost-effective, suggesting that the energy sector is responsive to the level of the carbon value starting from low levels.

The energy sector also includes heating and cooling applications that can lead to emissions of F gases. For F gases, as shown above, zero cost abatement options exist that would, given the right regulatory framework, be available at current technologies. From a technical modelling point of view, it is important to note that the PRIMES model implements the marginal abatement cost curves from GAINS via a smooth function for purposes of optimization. For this technical reason, PRIMES can yield a lower mitigation potential for the lower range of carbon values for non-CO2 greenhouse emissions compared to GAINS.

Table 44: Potential emission reductions of non-CO2 greenhouse gases by sector in 2030 in the EU27 compared to baseline (AR5)

€0/tCO2-eq

€10/tCO2-eq

€44/tCO2-eq

€55/tCO2-eq

Sector

MtCO2-eq

MtCO2-eq

MtCO2-eq

MtCO2-eq

Agriculture

12.3

12.3

17.2

30.6

Energy (incl. heating and cooling)

30.0

34.9

41.3

41.3

Waste (incl. wastewater)

7.8

7.8

7.8

8.0

Industry and other

5.2

10.1

11.2

11.2

Total

55.3

65.2

77.6

91.1

Source: GAINS model

Agriculture is the sector with the second highest-abatement potential, particularly at the higher carbon price. The figure below illustrates this potential, and shows that mitigation options exist at significant price differences. The dotted lines indicate marginal mitigation cost of €10/tCO2-eq and €55/tCO2-eq, respectively reducing emissions by between 3% and 8% compared to baseline in 2030. Of the most economical options that represent clear win-win strategies, farm-scale anaerobic digestion with biogas recovery is an important emission reduction technology for dairy cows and cattle farms, for both small and large farms. Its use would also allow to increase the supply of biomass available for biomethane production 126 127 , a technology which stakeholders see as relevant for the future 128 . Breeding through selection could enhance productivity, fertility and longevity to minimise the methane intensity of dairy and meat products is an option both for dairy cows and sheep. Moreover, feed additives combined with changed feed management practices can reduce methane emissions, again in large and small farms. Overall, the results show that a significant number of win-win abatement technologies exist for agriculture. Nitrification inhibitors are an option at higher marginal costs for larger farms (30 to 150 hectare) to reduce nitrous oxides at scale. The same applies for variable rate technology to reduce emissions of nitrous oxide emissions related to more efficient fertiliser use.

Figure 71: 2030 marginal abatement cost curve for all non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions in the agricultural sector

Source: GAINS model

The JRC has also closely examined the options to mitigate non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions 129 . While JRC calculations also include options to reduce CO2 emissions from land use (notably winter cover crops and fallowing histosols for carbon storage, see LULUCF section 6.10), the non-CO2 greenhouse gas reduction potential found at a price of €40/tCO2-eq is of a similar order of magnitude as calculated with the GAINS model, though estimates of costs of individual technologies differ.

In the context of the EU Biodiversity Strategy 130 , promoting the goal of zero pollution from nitrogen and phosphorus fertilisers through reducing nutrient losses by at least 50% and reduce the use of fertilisers by at least 20% in the EU could have significant co-benefits in reducing related nitrous oxide emissions in the future.

In this regard, another modelling exercise 131 conducted by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre provides a quantitative assessment of the effects of the targets stemming from the Biodiversity and Farm to Fork Strategies in combination with the implementation of the future Common Agricultural Policy (CAP), based on the 2018 Legal Proposal of the Commission and assuming an enhanced climatic ambition in Member States’ Strategic Plans. This work confirms the significant role the CAP would play, in particular thanks to the boosted uptake of mitigation technologies and changes in farming practices, and linked to the implementation of the targets with 17.4% reduction of non-CO2 GHG emissions in the agricultural sector by 2030, going up to 19.0% with the additional budget made available under the “Next Generation EU”.

Another driver for reductions in non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions related to agriculture in the EU can be changes in lifestyle choices of European citizens and consumers. For instance, changes in dietary choices can affect the related agricultural emissions of methane and nitrous oxide. Traditionally, red meat has played a strong role in European society. However, observed trends have been changing recently. In its in-depth analysis for the Long-Term Strategy 132 , the European Commission explored, through a sensitivity analysis, the greenhouse gas mitigation implications of 5 different possible diets, ranging from light decreases in meat and dairy (diet 1) to more substantial decreases (diet 5). These diets would bring with them benefits for the health of Europeans, and would avoid food waste. In all diets, dairy and meat consumption would still remain at a relatively high level.

Figure 72: Evolution of consumption of animal products for five different possible dietary choice

Source: FAO

As shown in the figure above, the consumption of animal products in terms of kcal per person per day evolves differently through 2030. Diet 5 sees the largest drop in consumption of animal products for nutrition. The greenhouse gas mitigation benefits of these changes are shown in Figure 73 below. As can be seen, mitigation gains on top of baseline reductions as analysed for the Long-Term Strategy are substantial, and can exceed 30 MtCO2-eq though they do not take into account any feedback effects for instance if this would change. Any such effects were not included in the BSL nor policy scenarios by 2030, but would be of an order of magnitude equivalent to the technical reduction potentials of the agriculture sector.

Figure 73: Greenhouse gas emissions effects of different dietary choices through 2030

Source: GLOBIOM and GAINS models

The Farm to Fork Strategy 133 also concludes that a pathway to more plant-based diet with less red and processed meat and with more fruits and vegetables will reduce not only risks of life-threatening diseases, but also the environmental impact of the food system 134 .

Another avenue for reducing food chain-related greenhouse gas emissions, releasing land and relieving pressure on freshwater resources and biodiversity is the production of protein from aquaculture, shellfish and algae 135 . The Commission’s Group of Scientific Advisors considered that oceans can produce more food through low-trophic aquaculture 136 . These feed on the excess nutrients that are causing eutrophication in Europe’s seas. A number of studies have looked for instance at the impact of increased cultivation of these in new offshore wind turbines parks which can bring benefits in reduced GHG emissions 137 . The feasibility of scaling up production to these levels is demonstrated by marine production in China which is 30 times greater than the EU27 for shellfish and 100,000 times for algae 138 .

Emissions from the waste sector could benefit from treatment of wastewater both for domestic wastewater as well as for the paper and food industries. In all of these applications, cost-efficient biogas recovery from anaerobic digestion offers significant mitigation potential by 2030. Wastewater treatment could additionally use optimised processes aimed at reducing N2O to mitigation emissions further at reasonable cost. Both options start to be triggered at a low carbon price, thus explaining why mitigation potential becomes available at €10/tCO2-eq.

The last sector with a still large additional potential, heating and cooling, is part of the energy sector but its applications often rely on technical F-gases, some of which are highly potent greenhouse gases. Alternative agents (including ammonia, CO2 or HCFs with a GWP below 150) can be used for air conditioning as well as refrigeration in industry and the commercial sector. In other sectors where HFC are used they could be replaced, too, with alternative agents. The use of SF6 could be banned in some applications. Fire extinguishers and stationary air-conditioning could use alternative agents such as CO2. The semiconductor industry could switch from PFC to NF3 (with destruction of the latter in the process) or other alternatives.

9.4.4The LULUCF sector

Historic GHG emissions and removals in the LULUCF sector

Since 1990, the land use and forestry sector has removed from the atmosphere an average of 300 MtCO2-eq annually with inter-annual variations ranging from 250 MtCO2-eq in 1992 to 336 MtCO2-eq in 2006. In 2018, the last reported year from 2020 UNFCCC inventories, the LULUCF sink removed 264 MtCO2-eq from the atmosphere with a net removal of 283 MtCO2 of carbon dioxide and an emission of 6 MtCO2-eq of methane and 13 MtCO2-eq of nitrous oxide. It also includes the removal of 42 MtCO2 through harvested wood material produced in 2018. On average over the last 5 years the sink was equivalent to 279 MtCO2-eq.

Figure 74: LULUCF emissions and removals in the EU

Source: UNFCCC inventories 2020

The detail of LULUCF categories shows a continuous reduction of LULUCF emissions for cropland and grassland since 1990 but an increase in emissions for settlements and wetlands. The forest areas are responsible for most of the variability in the inventories of the EU LULUCF sink, with a notable reduction of the forest sink in the last 5 years. Wood harvest (for material and energy purposes), forest ageing and natural hazards drive most of the variations of the forest removals. For a detailed discussion on these drivers as well as expected increases in biomass needs for energy, see annex 9.4.4.

Figure 75: Changes vs. 1990 in emissions or removals by LULUCF category in the EU

Source: UNFCCC inventories 2020

The role of bioenergy demand on increased biomass production

Use of forest resources in the EU has an impact on the overall sink function. The production of biomass for industrial and energy purposes in the EU has continuously increased over the last 30 years, with a stable share of approximately 25% fuel wood and 75% industrial wood. While industrial wood is primarily harvested to be processed in sawmills, wood pulp and panel industries, a substantial share of this wood (e.g. process residuals or industrial wastes) is indirectly used as energy feedstock. The JRC Biomass Study 139 indicates that about half of the total wood harvested in the EU is directly or indirectly used for the production of energy, even though significant uncertainty remains in the reported statistics of biomass supply and demand in the EU. The 2020 UNFCCC inventories report that a caloric value of 128 Mtoe of forest, agriculture and waste biomass was used as substitute for fossil fuel in the energy sector of the EU. The combustion of an equivalent caloric content of the 2018 EU fossil fuel mix would have released about 345 Mt of fossil fuel CO2 to the atmosphere.

Sustainable forest management practices in the EU 140 have enabled an increase in wood production of 200 Mm3 between 1990 and 2018, without a direct major impact on the forest sink up to now – though recent years show a limited decline due to pests, wildfires but also an intensification of harvesting activities 141 . Maintaining a sustainable management of the European forest is of key importance to ensure that this decline does not become the beginning of a continuous reduction of forest removals.

Figure 76: Wood production in the EU

Source: FAOstat 2020

All the scenarios analysed in this assessment rely on a substantial use of biomass for energy with a consumption of bioenergy by 2030 at around 150 Mtoe. Power generation and residential heating today make up most of the biomass demand. By 2030, the use of biomass in the residential sector is expected to decrease slightly but the overall picture will not change dramatically. By 2050, the power sector would absorb most of the additional demand in bioenergy in all scenarios, with more than a doubling of the bioenergy dedicated to the production of electricity. In this time-frame, coupling the use of solid biomass with CCS installations in power and industry sectors will contribute to the removal of CO2 from the atmosphere. The decarbonisation of road, maritime and air transport requires advanced biofuels that could be produced at scale after 2030, nevertheless it would not represent more than 20% of the total use of biomass in any of the scenarios.

Figure 77: Use of bioenergy by sector and by scenario

Source: PRIMES model

Towards 2050, an increase in solid forms of bioenergy and a strong increase in liquid and gaseous forms is projected to reach the objective of net-zero emissions in hard to abate sectors or to generate net removals in combination with CCS. The total gross available energy from biomass and waste ranges from 230 Mtoe to 250 Mtoe across the policy scenarios.

Figure 78: Gross inland consumption of biomass and waste for energy

Source: PRIMES model

The combination of feedstock used to supply the demand in bioenergy by 2030 is similar to today’s needs with in particular biofuels relying on cereal and oil crops. The long term is characterised by a phase out of conventional biofuels, to be replaced by much larger volumes of advanced biofuels produced from energy crops and a better mobilisation of agriculture residues. Another significant share of bioenergy feedstocks comes from the waste sector with a progressive improvement in the industrial and municipal waste collection. The use of harvested stemwood increases slightly compared to 2015 level while the increase in the sustainable extraction of forest residues is more pronounced. The optimisation of the sustainable exploitation of all sources of biomass would supply in the most demanding scenario up to 350 Mtoe of feedstock for bioenergy production to the EU economy in 2050. 142

Figure 79: Break down of bioenergy feedstocks

Source: PRIMES model

In all the scenarios, more than 93% of the bioenergy used in the EU economy is produced domestically in 2030 as well as in 2050.

Imports increase only marginally from 2020 to 2030 to remain around 8 Mtoe or less (Figure 80). Solid biomass makes up most of the biomass imported from third countries. The respect of RED II criteria will ensure this biomass is imported from sustainable sources and correctly accounted in global UNFCCC emission inventories 143 . Bioenergy imports drop by 2050 in the baseline but increase up to 14 Mtoe in the policy scenarios.

Figure 80: Imports of Bioenergy

Source: PRIMES model

As indicated in section 6.2.3 the optimisation of the sustainable exploitation of all sources of biomass would supply in the most demanding scenario up to 350 Mtoe of feedstock for bioenergy production to the EU economy in 2050 in the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling tool.

This is in line with estimates of the S2Biom project 144 . It reviewed existing publications on the potential and projections for the future of biomass supply for bioenergy production in the EU28. The study considered feedstock such as energy crops, agriculture residues, forest biomass and biomass waste to estimate that the EU has a potential to provide a minimum of 260 Mtoe and a maximum of 540 Mtoe from biomass for its energy consumption, compatible with the volumes of biomass used in PRIMES modelling.

Enhancing the LULUCF sink

The analysis carried out in the context of the communication “A Clean Planet for All” 145 showed that a climate-neutral EU will have to rely on a substantial amount of carbon removals, well beyond the current sink. By 2050 about 500 MtCO2 of annual carbon dioxide removal is required to offset residual emissions too difficult to abate. Both nature-based and technological solutions are required and their mix is scenario-dependent. All scenarios need a strong LULUCF sink and technological solutions that often involve the use of biomass to capture the CO2 from the atmosphere.

The deployment of nature-based solutions to enable the long-term enhancement of the LULUCF sink is a slow process – one that should start now to maximise the 2050 carbon removal potential. However, some concrete forest and agriculture management actions can also generate carbon removal benefits in the short term, and therefore support the EU 2030 climate ambition. The potential for the enhancement of the LULUCF sink at 10 year and 30 year time horizons is illustrated in Figure 81. GLOBIOM modelling shows that some measures such as limiting deforestation, or some soil carbon sequestration and forest management practices could already generate up to 80 MtCO2 of additional LULUCF sink within 10 years. Beyond 30 years, the potential for enhancement from reducing deforestation is almost exhausted and replaced by the removal of carbon by new, actively growing 20 to 30 year old forests. These new forests are additional to the standing old-grown forests. A right balance needs to be found in the sustainable management of the natural resources in terms of climate, biodiversity and other environmental considerations. This requires short term action that reflect long-term objectives to optimise the contribution of the LULUCF sink to the 2050 climate neutrality goal while preserving other ecosystem services.

Figure 81: Potential for carbon sequestration and LULUCF sink enhancement at different carbon prices in 2030

Source: GLOBIOM model

The 2020 UNFCCC inventory submissions indicate that the exploitation of organic soils in the EU, in particular drained peatlands, emitted about 100 MtCO2 with around 70 MtCO2 from a very restricted area of agriculture lands.

Protecting organic soils from intensive use would be highly beneficial from the perspective of climate action in the agriculture sector. It could be achieved by limiting or using appropriate agriculture management on these limited areas, and by restoring peatlands and wetlands through the elevation of groundwater level, in order to reduce the oxidation of the organic material.

The GLOBIOM model does not cover mitigation measures addressing the specificity of organic soils, and their CO2 emission reduction potential is therefore not represented in Figure 10, section 6.2.3. The EcAMPA 3 study 146 however includes the option to fallow organic soils, and estimates that the CO2 emissions from agricultural activities could be reduced by about 50 MtCO2 in 2030 at reasonable cost (Figure 82). The CAPRI model used in EcAMPA considers this option as one of the most efficient solutions to reduce GHG emissions in agriculture.

There is a potential to enhance at a reasonable cost the LULUCF sink to levels similar to the net LULUCF removals from the climate-neutral scenarios of the EU long-term strategy. It would require, however, measures to trigger land actions at the most optimal location in the Union.

Figure 82: Technical potential for CO2 and non-CO2 emission reductions on agriculture land by 2030 (EcAMPA 3)

Source: CAPRI model (EcAMPA 3)

Natural disturbances and need for adaptation

Climate change is already affecting Europe’s forests ecosystems – whether intensively managed for wood production, or protected as forest nature reserve – and it will continue to do so throughout this century. In fact, many European forests are vulnerable to forest fires, water scarcity, storms, pest attacks and other disturbances, which climate change exacerbates directly and indirectly 147 .

Modelling and assessing forest response to climate change is very difficult, notably because of uncertainties when it comes to tree mortality 148 . However, there are many reasons to be deeply concerned and to follow a precautionary approach.

In fact, during the last three years, a series of large-scale forest disturbances have occurred that can be linked to the exceptional dry and warm weather conditions – including exceptional bark beetle outbreaks in Central and Eastern Europe, uncontrollable ‘mega-fires’ in Swedish forests, or drought-related forest dieback in Germany.

The frequency of meteorological droughts in many parts of Europe has already gone up and this trend will continue, exposing many forests to more frequent, severe, and longer lasting droughts. Water scarcity reduces photosynthesis and tree growth, impairs important tree defence mechanisms against insect attacks, and can kill trees directly through hydraulic failure. Extreme heat and drought are increasing forest fire risks, their frequency, intensity and severity, the area at risk and the probability of extreme wildfire events.

Efforts to improve fire management have generally been successful in the last 30 years and have resulted in a slightly decreasing trend of burnt area in the Mediterranean – even though the meteorological fire hazard has increased over the same period 149 . This trend is also captured in the UNFCCC inventories (Figure 74). However, there is high inter-annual variability and more European countries suffered large forest fires in 2018 than ever before; for example, Sweden experienced the worst fire season in reporting history. The unprecedented forest fires in several European countries in 2017 and 2018 coincided with record droughts and heatwaves.

It is imperative to adapt forests to the changing climate is thus so as to maintain the many functions they provide. The forthcoming EU adaptation strategy and EU forest strategy will put forward initiatives to enhance natural sink and resilience of forests to climate change, support effective preservation and restoration of forest in the EU, reduce the vulnerability to natural disturbances and promote the bio-economy, in full respect for ecological principles favourable to biodiversity.

Figure 83: GHG emissions from wildfire in the EU28

Source: UNFCCC inventories 2020

Adaptation for a resilient natural sink

The study PESETA IV 150 has analysed the potential vulnerability of forest ecosystems to windstorms, wildfire and insect outbreaks and assessed the possible evolution of natural disturbances impacts in the future.

The study concluded that although windstorms are amongst the most damaging natural hazards in Europe, climate model projections do not suggest they will become more intense or happen more frequently with global warming over most of the European continent. By contrast, global warming will likely increase disturbances from fires and insect outbreaks.

The probability of high-to-extreme wildfire danger is projected to rise as a result of changing weather conditions. The increase in fire danger intensity and number of days with high-fire potential amplifies with the level of warming, and would be strongest in southern European countries, where fires already occur more often and are more intense (Figure 84).

Climate conditions play a prominent role in insect outbreaks. The last two decades have shown that an increasing amount of forests in Europe has become vulnerable to insect outbreaks and global warming will worsen the trend.

Figure 84: Additional number of days per year with high-to-extreme fire danger for different levels of global warming compared to present (1981-2010).

 

Source: PESETA IV

Trees have some adaptive traits and capacity to buffer heat and droughts, but the rapid advance of climate change with its various negative impacts will be a shock for many of them. Trees individuals and entire species that cannot resist in a certain region will disappear. Many of them will be gradually replaced by more drought-tolerant species and the forest as such will eventually recover, but this may take several human generations and many regions will not have the same forests as before.

Pro-active adaptive measures are therefore needed to minimise climate change impacts on forests by making forest ecosystems more resilient to climate change and, where needed, supporting their conversion to more adapted forest types. Promising silvicultural ‘no-regret’ adaptation measures depend on location and species, and may include among others the improvement of age class forests structure, more genetically and biologically diverse stands, structure-rich forests, managed in a continuous cover forestry regime. Mixed-species forests can be more resilient to disturbance and still perform in terms of forest productivity and hence carbon sink.

Pro-active adapting measures are also needed for the protection of carbon rich soils other than forests, such as peatland and wetland, as well as managed agricultural land with good level of soil organic carbon.



9.5Environmental, economic, social impacts – details

9.5.1Synergies and trade-offs of bio-energy use and land management in the context of increase climate ambition with biodiversity 

The five main direct drivers of biodiversity loss identified by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services 151 are changes in land and sea use, overexploitation of natural resources, climate change, pollution, and invasive alien species. Climate change is a direct driver that is increasingly exacerbating the impact of other drivers, reducing the GHG emission is essential to preserve our ecosystems and their biodiversity.

The deployment of renewable energy is at the heart of the EU climate action, including the use of bioenergy as an alternative to fossil fuels 152 . The Renewable Energy Directive contains a set of sustainability criteria to ensure that the production, imports and use of bioenergy in the EU and does not harm the environment. In particular, the land criteria aims at preventing the conversion of biodiverse and carbon-rich land for bioenergy feedstock and other requirements address/minimise soil quality and soil carbon impacts that could be associated to the use of agricultural and forest residues for advanced biofuel production.

Increasing the EU climate ambition for 2030 may increase demand for bioenergy. Assessing its potential impact on biodiversity is not straightforward and depends on the type of biomass used, for instance woody biomass from existing forests or plantations, from agriculture lands or through increased waste recycling and cascading use.

Biodiversity loss is a complex matter 153 to model. The International Institute for Applied System Analysis (IIASA) has developed a methodology to analyse the impact of EU energy policies on biodiversity through the two main drivers that are land use change and overexploitation of natural resources. This methodology relies on the PDF indicator (Potentially Disappeared Fraction of global species) to evaluate the potential of land use and forest management practices on species (expressed as a share of global species) compared to a situation where global ecosystems would be in their undisturbed original state (i.e. without human intervention) 154 , 155 . Applied to the EU, it estimates how much EU land use affects global species diversity compared to the undisturbed state and expresses the impact as a percentage of global species. The PDF indicator differentiates extensive and intensive forest management or fast growing tree plantations but does not capture all the diversity within management practices for a given use of land. This methodology does not provide a complete overview of biodiversity impacts since population abundance, community composition, habitats and ecosystems extent or intactness are other important aspects not addressed here, results should therefore be interpreted with care.

The PDF value of a hypothetical undisturbed EU state is 0, i.e. the EU land use would not have driven any extinction of global species. The PDF of EU land use in 2010 instead is estimated to be equivalent to 0.64% of global species, meaning that the way EU land was managed in 2010 has potentially reduced species in the EU in a manner that would have reduced global species totals by 0.64% compared to a state without human-induced disturbances. This is driven by the combined effect of land use practices that have affected the bulk of EU land in a predominant temperate zone, which is on a global scale relatively less dense in species than for instance the tropics. The largest impact is from cropland with a PDF associated five time greater than for pasture land, while covering an area that is only the double of the pasture land area relatively richer in species diversity.

The global extinction of vertebrates (amphibians, birds, mammals and reptiles) due to global land use change has been estimated at 11.1% in the year 2000 compared to pristine land conditions 156 . A PDF of 0.64% indicates that the EU land use would be responsible of approximately 6% of the species losses happening at global level (both methodology cover similar taxa).

This indicator thus allows comparing the relative impact of various scenarios affecting land use in the EU (expressed as impact on global species loss). Figure 85 shows the changes in land use compared to 2010 in the baseline and in a policy scenario (MIX). The trajectories are very similar until 2030 but diverge significantly afterwards when more bioenergy is required to reach net zero emissions by 2050.

Figure 85: Changes in land use in the baseline scenario (dashed line) and in the mitigation scenario (solid line)

Source: GLOBIOM model

Forest areas increase by approximately 2 Mha between 2020 and 2030 and keep increasing at the same pace post 2030. This is an afforestation or reforestation rate in line with the roadmap announced in the EU Biodiversity Strategy to plant at least 3 billion additional trees in the EU by 2030. The forest will have to expand through sustainable forest management practices to not cause unfavourable and bad conservation status of forest habitats and species under the EU Habitats Directive 157 . Replacing old-growth and diversified forests by fast growing monocultures like eucalyptus plantations would affect biodiversity, carbon retention in soil and risks of forest fires.

What is most striking is the increase in production of energy crops on agriculture land for sustainable advanced biofuels and other type of bioenergy after 2030. The land required to produce this feedstock is taken from cropland previously dedicated to the production of conventional biofuel and from other natural land. The other natural land category includes for instance non-productive grassland, agriculture land set aside, fallowed or abandoned and other type of vegetation not classified in other categories. This land category may represent biodiversity- and carbon-rich ecosystems, they are therefore considered as pristine ecosystems in the modelling to specifically account for the potential negative impact of the conversion to energy crops 158 .

This PDF indicator varies over time in baseline, though marginally. Impact are more significant in the policy scenario relying on a significant amount of biomass feedstock for energy. The overall impact of EU land use remains relatively stable towards 2050 (Figure 86) but the relative impact of the land use categories changes substantially. This stability is the result of the combined effects triggered by the production of bioenergy feedstock in the mitigation scenario:

·the PDF for managed forests increases in the mitigation scenario due to net afforestation expanding the area of managed forests and a limited intensification of the forest management, with intensive management of forests increasing by 11% between 2010 and 2050 in the baseline and by 13% in the mitigation scenario;

·the PDF of energy crops increases. Where it replaces other natural land it leads to a deterioration of the overall PDF but where it replaces cropland it actually improves the overall PDF because energy crops are permanent crops with a lesser impact on biodiversity than the annual crops they replace, such as rapeseed used for the current production of biodiesel.

Figure 86: Potentially Disappeared Fraction of global species (PDF) indicator

Source: IIASA

Combined these impacts result in a relatively stable PDF over time, even in case of increased biomass production in the EU for energy purposes. But impact on biodiversity could be larger. The expansion of energy crops over other natural land only without a substantial share of annual existing cropland substitution or a further intensification of forest management would have a larger overall impact.

These are two key variables that condition the sustainability of the bioenergy production in Europe. Furthermore, impacts could also be larger if biomass is not produced in the EU but imported from regions with land use practices more harmful for the biodiversity than in the EU 159 .

Finally, a potential large scale deployment of energy crops should not increase the risk for an alien species to become invasive and cause damages to native ecosystems. The EU should produce its bioenergy feedstocks in accordance with the objective of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 to reduce by 50% the number of Red List species threatened by invasive alien species. Appropriate species selection and land use planning is required to minimise the risk and possibly provide environmental benefits such as water filtration, ecosystem niches for insects and wild animals, protection against strong wind or soil carbon increase.

9.5.2Energy system – economic impacts

9.5.2.1Energy system costs

Energy system costs for the entire energy system include capital costs (for energy installations such as power plants and energy infrastructure, energy using equipment, appliances and energy related costs of transport), energy purchase costs (fuels + electricity + steam) and direct efficiency investment costs, the latter being also expenditures of capital nature. Capital costs (also for the equipment that is scrapped prematurely, i.e. reflecting the costs of stranded assets) are expressed in annuity payments, calculated on the basis of sector-specific discount rates. For transport, only the additional capital costs for energy purposes (additional capital costs for improving energy efficiency or for using alternative fuels) are covered, but not other costs including the significant transport related infrastructure costs e.g. related to rail to accommodate the increased rail capacity. Direct efficiency investment costs include additional costs for house insulation, double/triple glazing, control systems, energy management and for efficiency enhancing changes in production processes not accounted for under energy capital and fuel/electricity purchase costs. Unless specified, energy system cost do not include any disutility costs associated with changed behaviour, nor the cost related to auctioning of allowances which lead to corresponding revenues which can be recycled. Energy system costs are calculated ex post after the model is solved 160 .

Table 45 gives a detailed overview of how this translates in energy system costs per sector, split between capital costs and energy purchases.

Table 45: Sectoral disaggregation of Energy System Costs

Source: PRIMES model

Sectoral system costs are most contrasted across scenarios in the residential sector. In terms of capital costs, REG is the more expensive than CPRICE due to the specific investments it requires for renovations (see section 6.4.1.3), while MIX is in-between. Conversely, energy purchases in REG are the lowest for residential and services, in line with lower energy demand, while for these two sectors CPRICE has the highest energy purchases costs. Similarly, for transport, REG is much more expensive for energy purchases due to the more ambitious fuel policies with MIX in the middle.

Energy purchase costs are driven in part by electricity prices that tend to rise over the modelling horizon. Figure 87 shows the average price of electricity for final consumers is not significantly differentiated across policy scenarios for each project period, which means that the reduction in energy purchase expenditure is mainly due to reduced energy consumption.

Figure 87: Average price of electricity

Source: PRIMES model

Importantly, energy system modelling captures well the energy system costs but the costs associated with the transition are much broader and the challenge to address them much bigger. Rapid structural change will lead to the devaluation of equipment and other assets of several industries notably in fossil fuels extraction and processing. It will also force consumers to replace durable consumer goods and renovate houses more quickly. Workers with sector specific knowledge might lose part of their investment in training and education. These phenomenon will have to be addressed by active labour market policies with greater demand on public expenditures.

9.5.2.2Investment challenge across the sectors

While section 6.4.1.3 discusses the overall investment challenge linked to higher climate ambition and different policy set-up this annex looks at investments needs of specific sectors.

In all policy scenarios, supply side investments would represent almost 30% of total energy system investment (excl. transport) at some EUR 105-125 billion annually in 2021-2030, with a nearly equal repartition between grid investments and capacity investments (mainly in power generation) 161 . Increases in power generation and the grid would both be necessary. However, a sharper increase in generation relative to BSL would be needed (in 55% GHG policy scenarios, there is some 30% increase for generation compared with around 15% for the grid) in order to achieve a renewables share of over 60% in electricity production by 2030, which is a feature of all 55% GHG policy scenarios. Across scenarios, REG (and even more so MIX-nonCO2 variant) would be slightly less investment-intensive than MIX, CPRICE or ALLBNK in terms of supply side investment, though (in case of REG) the difference is small and counter-balanced by a significantly higher investment intensity on the demand side.

Supply-side investments would be expected to increase less, relative to BSL, than demand-side investments (excl. transport) as the bulk of energy system investments needs to take place in demand sectors (some 70% of total energy system investment for all the policy scenarios). While supply side investments vary little across scenarios, REG requires a significantly higher level of investment than CPRICE, MIX and ALLBNK on the demand side, in particular for the residential and tertiary sectors. Average annual energy system investment needs on the demand side amount to EUR 319 billion in 2021-2030 under REG, compared to EUR 282 billion and EUR 241 billion under CPRICE and BSL, respectively.

Under the 55% GHG policy scenarios, the bulk of the increase is expected to be required in the residential sector to improve thermal integrity of buildings and to reduce share of fossil fuels in heating, with substantial additional investment also in the tertiary sector for similar purposes. The REG scenario requires a level of energy system investment in the residential sector of EUR 213 billion annually in 2021-2030. This is 23% (EUR 40 billion) higher than under CPRICE and 41% (EUR 61 billion) higher than in BSL. This reflects the high reliance of the REG on renovations as an abatement option. The REG scenario also points to higher energy system investment levels in the tertiary sector than the CPRICE scenario, though the difference is significantly less pronounced.

It should be noted that CPRICE and MIX generate very similar levels and patterns of energy system investment, though with a more noticeable difference in the residential sector. This implies that in the modelling results, the extension of carbon pricing to new sectors is susceptible of altering investment behaviour also at the lower levels of the MIX scenario - if combined with regulatory measures. In general, modelling illustrates that carbon prices are an effective market-based instrument to foster the deployment of least-cost mitigation options.

In MIX-50, the additional investment needs are smaller than under more ambitious scenarios but the pattern is very similar. The additional effort would remain skewed towards the demand side, dominated by residential investment with an extra EUR 15 billion per annum. Additional supply side investment needs would be of smaller magnitude, with EUR 6 billion of incremental needs per annum in power generation and EUR 2 billion in grids - compared to BSL.

Figure 88 and Table 46 show the investments needs projections across all energy system sectors, for all scenarios.

Figure 88: Average annual energy system investment on the supply (patterned bars) and demand sides (full bars), baseline, 55% scenarios and MIX-50, 2021-2030, 2031-2050 and 2021-2050 (billion euros 2015)

 

Source: PRIMES model

Table 46: Average annual investment for BSL, all policy scenarios and MIX-nonCO2 variant (2011-2015, 2016-2020, 2021-2030 and 2031-2050, billion euros 2015)

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX-nonCO2 variant

CPRICE

ALLBNK

EU27

Average 2011-2020

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Average 2021-2030

Average 2031-2050

Investments in power grid

24.0

50.5

50.7

52.7

84.1

57.4

83.0

58.2

80.9

57.0

81.8

58.3

82.4

60.1

80.3

Investments in power plants

30.9

42.1

26.4

48.1

94.4

55.7

85.4

56.5

88.5

54.0

89.7

55.5

92.0

59.6

85.4

Investments in boilers

1.8

2.0

2.0

3.4

1.6

3.9

1.2

3.8

1.3

3.6

1.2

4.1

1.6

4.6

1.4

Investments in new fuels production and distribution

..

0.2

0.6

1.0

27.7

1.7

24.7

1.4

26.6

1.4

26.3

1.3

28.3

2.2

25.9

Total supply side investments

56.7

94.7

79.7

105.2

207.7

118.7

194.2

119.9

197.3

115.9

199.1

119.2

204.3

126.4

193.0

Industrial sector investments

9.0

16.9

10.0

19.4

14.7

19.4

16.0

20.3

14.4

20.2

14.4

20.5

13.4

21.9

14.8

Residential sector investments

83.7

151.2

137.2

166.6

156.7

212.6

192.3

190.0

174.4

189.3

174.8

172.4

153.7

193.1

176.1

Tertiary sector investments

41.7

73.2

56.9

83.4

81.4

87.3

77.4

87.7

80.7

87.3

81.1

89.3

85.0

92.9

86.0

Transport sector investments

492.2

610.5

697.0

620.8

726.4

622.8

735.8

621.8

728.2

622.1

728.4

608.0

730.3

620.3

726.0

Total demand side investments

626.6

851.8

901.1

890.1

979.3

942.1

1021.6

919.8

997.7

918.8

998.6

890.2

982.4

928.2

1003.0

Total demand side investments excl. transport

134.4

241.3

204.1

269.3

252.9

319.3

285.8

298.0

269.5

296.8

270.2

282.2

252.1

307.9

277.0

Total energy system investments

683.3

946.5

980.8

995.3

1187.0

1060.8

1215.8

1039.7

1195.0

1034.8

1197.7

1009.4

1186.7

1054.7

1196.0

Total energy system investments excl. transport

191.1

336.0

283.8

374.5

460.6

438.0

480.0

417.8

466.8

412.7

469.3

401.4

456.4

434.3

470.0

Memorandum:

Real GDP

12848.1

14839.7

17851.4

14839.7

17851.4

14839.7

17851.4

14839.7

17851.4

14839.7

17851.4

14839.7

17851.4

14839.7

17851.4

Source: PRIMES model

9.5.3Macro-economic impacts (GDP, employment, competitiveness)

The economic literature identifies a number of “megatrends” susceptible to generate major implications on macro-economic aggregates over the next decades 162 . The climate and energy transition is one such megatrend, which also include automation, artificial intelligence, globalisation, demographic changes/ageing of populations, or resource scarcity.

The macro-economic impacts of the 50% and 55% levels of ambition for 2030 and associated policies are assessed in isolation from these other trends. The baseline of likely long-term developments is based upon short-, medium- and long-term real GDP projections from the Directorate General Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). Short-term projections (up to 2021) are from DG ECFIN’s autumn 2019 economic forecast. Medium-term projections (up to 2024) are based on an estimate of potential output growth and a rule to close any gap in potential output that may exist in 2021 within three years. Long-term projections (from 2025) are based on potential output growth, i.e. based on a growth accounting methodology that uses the population projections from Eurostat and builds upon assumptions regarding trends in the labour force and the growth of total factor productivity, which is assumed to converge across Member States in the long run. Projections are made subsequently regarding sectoral trends to define a macro-economic baseline down to the level of sectoral value added, using a computable general equilibrium model for the decomposition. Consistency between the macro-economic baseline and the energy system baseline is ensured.

Three modelling tools sharing this common baseline are used to assess the macro-economic impacts of the increased level of climate ambition for 2030: (1) JRC-GEM-E3, a computable general equilibrium model; (2) Cambridge Econometrics’ E3ME, a macro-econometric model; and (3) DG ECFIN’s E-QUEST, a New-Keynesian dynamic stochastic general equilibrium model that has recently been enriched with a representation of the energy system.

In order to ensure consistency between the macro-economic modelling and the energy-system modelling regarding the type and scale of decarbonisation technologies, some results from the PRIMES model and POLES-JRC model are imposed on the macro-economic models as exogenous assumptions for the EU and the rest of the world. The PRIMES MIX scenario is used as the “central scenario” for this purpose at the EU level.

This section provides additional details on a number of matters discussed in section 6.4.2.

In terms of investment, JRC-GEM-E3 points to a positive impact of almost 1% by 2030 under the 55% fragmented action setups. The impact on investment is lower under the global action setups because of a more significant drop in overall GDP. In both cases, there is a significant reallocation in expenditure away from private consumption and towards investment. E3ME also indicates a positive impact on investment but, in contrast to JRC-GEM-E3, the increase does not come at the expense of a reduction in private consumption. This reflects the fundamental difference in the economic assumptions underpinning the two models, with JRC-GEM-E3 assuming that the economy is at an equilibrium without spare capacity while E3ME assumes that economy has some unused resources to begin with and that debt-finance can fund additional investment without full crowding out. The aggregate positive impact on GDP under E3ME means that higher investment occurs alongside private consumption, and leading to overall increased growth.

E-QUEST projects a positive impact on investment of 0.62% relative to the baseline under a 55% level of ambition if revenues from carbon pricing are used to support green investment. Where such revenues are transferred back to households, the impact on total investment is somewhat negative (-0.55%), also because the impact on GDP is negative. As far as consumption is concerned, E-QUEST points to a small positive impact relative to baseline when carbon revenues are used either to support green investment or to reduce labour taxation on lower-skilled workers, while lump-sum transfers generates a small negative impact as it is a generally less favourable policy setting in terms of overall GDP effect.

As stressed in section 6.4.2, it is projected that the sectoral composition of investment will be significantly affected by higher climate ambition. As expected, investment in fossil fuels would drop sharply, even though the case of gas differs from other fossil fuels given its role as a transition fuel.

Table 47: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU sectoral investment (deviation from baseline, percent)

Investment vs. baseline, 2030 (range of impacts due to increased EU GHG ambition across scenarios with diversified policy setups).

50%

55%

Fragmented action

Global action

Fragmented action

Global action

Coal

-12.8 | -11.3

-10.8 | -9.6

-25.3 | -24.2

-24.1 | -23.0

Crude Oil

-9.0 | -4.4

-12.6 | -10.0

-9.9 | -4.9

-13.6 | -10.7

Oil

-4.7 | -3.2

-6.5 | -4.7

-5.3 | -3.6

-7.3 | -5.2

Gas

-2.8 | -0.1

3.1 | 4.8

12.2 | 15.9

19.2 | 21.5

Electricity supply

1.0 | 1.4

4.5 | 5.2

3.1 | 3.5

6.3 | 7.1

Ferrous metals

-3.8 | 0.1

3.1 | 7.6

-4.6 | -0.3

1.9 | 7.0

Non-ferrous metals

-1.5 | 0.3

4.3 | 6.7

-2.4 | -0.5

3.2 | 5.7

Chemical products

-0.6 | 0.0

1.1 | 1.7

-0.7 | -0.2

0.9 | 1.4

Paper products

-0.2 | -0.1

0.5 | 0.6

-0.5 | -0.3

0.2 | 0.3

Non-metallic minerals

-1.4 | 0.4

1.7 | 3.7

-1.9 | 0.1

1.0 | 3.3

Electric goods

0.5 | 1.1

3.4 | 4.2

-0.1 | 0.6

2.8 | 3.6

Transport (air)

-4.4 | 0.2

-4.4 | 1.3

-5.0 | 0.2

-5.3 | 1.3

Transport (land)

-0.2 | -0.1

-0.1 | 0.1

-0.4 | -0.3

-0.3 | -0.2

Transport (water)

-0.4 | -0.1

-3.5 | -3.0

-0.4 | -0.2

-3.6 | -3.2

Transport equipment

-0.2 | 0.2

1.0 | 1.5

-0.3 | 0.1

0.7 | 1.3

Construction

0.6 | 0.7

0.6 | 0.8

0.2 | 0.4

0.1 | 0.3

Market services

-0.2 | -0.1

-1.0 | -0.9

-0.3 | -0.2

-1.1 | -1.0

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

Section 6.4.2 highlighted the impact of higher climate ambition on relative prices in the economy and indicated the fact that scope extension (MIX and CPRICE scenarios as compared to REG) could have sizeable effects on the relative prices of fuels and powers for consumers. It also stressed the impact that the REG scenario, with a higher reliance on regulations and standards, could have on the relative price of housing. Using the MIX scenario as the central set up, it is also evident from Table 48 that relative prices will be affected more under global action than under fragmented action and more under a 55% level of ambition than under a 50% level of ambition. This therefore implies contrasted impacts on households, as discussed in section Impact on households.

Table 48: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU consumer prices (deviation from baseline, percent)

Consumer prices vs. baseline, 2030 (range of impacts due to increased EU GHG ambition across scenarios with diversified policy setups).

50%

55%

Fragmented action

Global action

Fragmented action

Global action

Food beverages and tobacco

0.0 | 0.1

1.4 | 1.7

0.1 | 0.2

1.5 | 1.8

Housing and water charges

0.2 | 0.4

1.5 | 1.8

1.6 | 1.9

2.9 | 3.2

Fuels and power

3.2 | 4.3

5.9 | 7.3

3.4 | 4.6

6.5 | 8.2

Household equipment and operation excl. heating and cooking

0.0 | 0.1

1.5 | 1.7

0.0 | 0.1

1.5 | 1.7

Heating and cooking appliances

0.0 | 0.1

1.6 | 1.7

0.0 | 0.1

1.6 | 1.8

Purchase of vehicles

0.5 | 0.6

2.1 | 2.2

0.6 | 0.7

2.1 | 2.3

Operation of personal transport equipment

1.4 | 2.0

3.6 | 4.4

1.4 | 2.2

3.8 | 4.8

Transport services

1.0 | 1.6

3.0 | 3.7

1.1 | 1.7

3.2 | 4.0

Miscellaneous goods and services

-0.1 | 0.1

1.2 | 1.5

-0.1 | 0.1

1.2 | 1.5

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

Section 6.4.2 stresses the importance of the international context in terms of the impacts on EU industry, including energy-intensive industries, and that industry could benefit from a first-mover advantage. It also highlights that the importance of domestic factors and policies, in particular the free allocation of ETS allowances and the use of carbon revenues. While world output under JRC-GEM-E3 is negatively affected by an increase in global action, thereby reducing the size of the export market, the increase in competitiveness outweighs that effect to result in higher export market shares for energy intensive industries under the global action scenarios than under the fragmented action scenarios, with the former exceeding baseline levels for some model setups. Ferrous metals is most sensitive on account of its energy intensity and the high openness to trade.

The various model setups in JRC-GEM-E3 were used to assess three key issues: (1) the behaviour of firms with respect to the value of free ETS allowances; (2) the effectiveness of free ETS allowances in protecting EU-based companies; and (3) the use of carbon revenue by the authorities.

Industrial firms exposed to international competition frequently indicate that they cannot include the opportunity cost of free ETS allowances in their price setting behaviour, which thus implies that they maximise volumes (market shares) rather than profit. Under such a market share maximisation behaviour, the negative impact of the 55% fragmented scenario on gross value added is indeed lower than under profit maximisation. The impact amounts to about 1 percentage point (p.p.) for ferrous metals and is more limited for other sectors (Table 49).

The same market share maximisation setup (at 55% ambition and under fragmented action) also indicates that free allocations can be effective in shielding energy intensive industries from losses of competitiveness, at least according to these macro-economic modelling tools that take into account historic trade statistics to assess their elasticities. The loss of output relative to baseline in ferrous metals and non-metallic minerals is about 3 p.p. and 2 p.p. lower by 2030, respectively, under free allocations than under full auctioning. Similarly, the use of carbon revenues to lower labour taxation (when also factoring labour market imperfections in the model) generates a positive effect on the output of energy intensive industries because the tax shift reduces distortions in the economy. The net impact on gross value added in energy intensive industries by 2030 under such tax-shift policies is therefore significantly reduced.

Finally, the model was extended to apply carbon pricing across the economy. Under such a setup, the significantly higher level of carbon revenue enables a bigger shift away from labour taxation, which further reduces distortions and reduce labour costs. This largely mitigates the negative impact on gross value added in 2030 of fragmented action in the EU at a 55% level of ambition.

Table 49: Impact of policies and company behaviour on output in ETS sectors (55% fragmented action, deviation from baseline)

Output vs. baseline, 2030

Profit maximisation

Market share maximisation

Perfect labour markets

Imperfect labour markets

Lump sum transfers to consumers

Tax recycling to lower labour tax

EII sectors (power sector always auctioning)

Free allocation

Auctioning

Free allocation

Carbon pricing non-ETS

No

Yes

Ferrous metals

-1.3

-0.9

-4.0

-0.6

-0.6

Non-ferrous metals

-1.6

-1.4

-2.7

-1.0

-0.8

Chemical products

-0.6

-0.4

-0.9

-0.3

-0.3

Non-metallic minerals

-0.6

-0.3

-2.1

-0.1

-0.1

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model

The assessment of impacts on skills needs due employment shifts across sectors in section 6.5.1 builds on a linking results from the JRC-GEM-E3 model and the Skills Forecast 2020 of the European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training 163 (CEDEFOP). The 66 sectors for which CEDEFOP makes projections on occupation and skills are mapped to the more limited number of sectors represented in JRC-GEM-E3, leaving a total of 20 sectors represented. It is then possible to assess the impact of climate and energy policy on occupations and skills requirements in the economy. Such a method enables to measure the impact of changes in employment patterns across sectors, but it does not capture impacts related to changes in skills and occupations needs due to climate and energy policy within a given sector and thus results should be treated with care, likely not showing the full dynamics related to the transition to a decarbonised economy.

From the PRIMES modelling results, it can be clearly seen that across all policy scenarios households spend a slightly higher share of their income on energy related equipment expenditures and renovations and (with exception of CPRICE and ALLBNK) a smaller share on energy purchase expenditure compared to BSL. The strong emphasis on energy efficiency policies in REG increases the spending on energy related equipment in 2030 compared to BSL by about 45 € and in investments in house insulation by about 218 €, partly balanced by almost 76 € reduced energy purchase expenditure.

Table 50: Energy Related Expenditure per Household (excluding transport) (€'15/household)

 

2015

BSL

MIX-50

REG

MIX

MIX-nonCO2
variant

CPRICE

ALLBNK

Energy related expenditure per household (excl transport) (in €'15)

2575

3099

3168

3286

3261

3229

3256

3308

- energy equipment

725

1168

1209

1213

1202

1201

1240

1214

- energy purchases

1773

1557

1556

1481

1549

1525

1616

1583

- direct efficiency investments (renovations)

78

374

403

592

510

504

399

511

Share of energy purchase expenditure in energy expenditure

69%

50%

49%

45%

47%

47%

50%

48%

Energy related expenditure (excl transport) as % of household income

7.0%

7.2%

7.5%

7.6%

7.7%

7.6%

7.8%

7.9%

Source: PRIMES model

These changes in relative costs affect households in contrasted manners that depend on their expenditure structure, level and sources of incomes, wealth and the very composition of the household. Given that macro-economic models typically represent one or a limited number of representative households, detailed distributional impacts need to be assessed with the support of micro-level data.

The JRC-GEM-E3 model includes a single representative household and as such cannot be used directly to assess distributional impact. For the assessment of distributional impacts on households in section 6.5.2, the JRC therefore linked its JRC-GEM-E3 model with the household budget survey (HBS) of 2010, which contains detailed data on consumption expenditure. Applying the estimated changes in the relative prices of 14 consumption categories 164 resulting from higher climate ambition onto the micro-level data of the HBS therefore enables to assess distributional impacts at a high level of disaggregation. Such an approach has a number of limitations though. First, the application of changes in relative prices to the micro-data is an “accounting” exercise in that there is no behavioural modelling involved at the micro level. This implies that the analysis does not account for differences in behavioural responses across households with varying socio-economic characteristics. The structure of household expenditure is static by assumption and cannot adapt to the changes in relative prices. Second, the latest HBS dates back to 2010, and data for Austria and the Netherlands is lacking, while data for Italy is incomplete. The aggregate is nevertheless still representative of the EU population, and the analysis complements the results on distributional effects that occur via the labour market (section 6.5.1), and concentrates here on the expenditure side only.

In terms of expenditure on energy-related goods, the HBS indicate that households spend a decreasing share of their income (or consumption basket) on electricity as one moves from the bottom to the top deciles. This is also broadly the case for oil, gas, solid fossil fuels and heat, but an opposite trend (i.e. a rising share of income spent moving from lower to top deciles) is observed for transport fuels, maintenance or air transport.

Figure 89: Expenditures for energy-related products by income decile in the EU*

Combi

Other

Navigation

Air

Road

Railway

Other

Maintenance

Fuels

Accessories

Heat

Solids

Oil

Electricity

Gas

Note: * Categories 45X represent residential energy use; categories 72X represent operation of personal transport; categories 73X represent transport services

Source: JRC calculations based on HBS

A common measure of impact on household is the compensating variation, defined at the monetary transfer that a household would need to receive in order to maintain the same level of utility as under the previous set of relative prices. Abstracting from substitution effects, this can be simplified to the monetary transfer necessary to keep the expenditure pattern unchanged. In turn, households can be grouped in deciles either based on their level of expenditure or on their level of income. Both benchmarks are useful as expenditure data in the HBS are more robust than income data and are arguably a better proxy for lifetime consumption. In turn, income is more commonly used and reflects the fact that higher-income households spend only part of their budget on consumption. The monetary transfer can thus be expressed as a percentage of total expenditure or consumption, or relative welfare losses.

Section 6.5.2 shows the distributional impact on households before and after transfer of carbon revenues based on expenditure deciles. Similar results and conclusions can be drawn when assessing distributional impacts based on income deciles (using the same methodology as the one used for expenditure deciles), as shown in Figure 90.

Figure 90: Changes in relative welfare by income decile due to changes in relative prices (fragmented action REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios with 55% level of ambition)

Source: JRC-GEM-E3 model



9.6Future energy policy framework (including transport aspects)

While chapter 6.6 looks at the impacts of policy scenarios and derives on this basis conclusions on future policy framework, this annex complements this assessment with indication of future policy tools that could correspond to assumptions made in policy scenarios.

Importantly, the translation of the policy framework options into scenarios is stylised, as not all policies described below can be or are sufficiently well developed to be represented in the energy system model used for this exercise.

This exercise is without prejudging the IA for the revision of the EED that is scheduled for 2021.

Beyond the insights from modelling, it is important to assess the type of instruments that could be used to achieve the overall objectives. Both for renewables and energy efficiency, the bulk of the measures are designed and implemented at national level (with exception of eco-design standards and labelling, CO2 standards for vehicles and renewable fuel obligations) in line with the subsidiarity principle. This enables better consistency with national circumstances and more flexibility but it is also more difficult to monitor and can lead to different implementation across MS and thus risk of cost inefficiencies at the EU scale 165 .

It is not the purpose of this impact assessment to identify all specific EU measures for boosting energy efficiency or renewables deployment in the context of an increased climate ambition. These will be assessed in-depth in dedicated impact assessments accompanying the legislative proposals in 2021. However, this analysis on policy architecture aims to identify possible level of efforts in sectors where action is needed most, types of instruments that should be deployed to meet the challenges identified and interactions between different policies. The current situation indicates that the building sector, where the level and depth of renovations is well below what is needed, would be an area where additional efforts and supportive measures should be aimed at. While regulatory measures of the existing legal framework would need to be reinforced, the financing and enabling conditions would be critical, especially for higher energy efficiency ambition.

9.6.1Energy efficiency policy framework

The current 2030 framework for energy efficiency 166 introduces powers to the Commission to verify Member States progress and envisages EU action in case of insufficient ambition and progress, while still giving Member State a lot of freedom where to place their energy efficiency efforts. The higher GHG ambition, however, will require an increased ambition of the energy-efficiency framework both at EU and national level. At EU level, such increased ambition would require more targeted EU measures in specific areas, in particular in the buildings and transport sector, given that the efforts proposed so far by Member States seem to fall short of the ambition of the EU target, as exemplified by the collective ambition gap of the NECPs energy efficiency contributions. Still, it is important to keep in mind that the main barriers to energy efficiency are linked to proper project implementation and financing, so the regulatory changes would need to be coupled with better enabling conditions. These could cover various aspects, such as removing barriers to the full functioning of energy performance contracting, overcoming ‘split incentives’ barriers, scaling up one stop shops, ensuring that state aid rules support energy efficiency solutions, developing necessary skills for buildings modernisation, enabling access to available funds, raising awareness about the multiple, non-energy benefits of energy efficiency or increasing data availability on products and system performance.

The level of granularity offered by the modelling tools used in this impact assessment to illustrate Options EE_2 and EE_3 offers both insights on regulatory measures and on ones based on economic incentives to energy end-users, with soft measures being the hardest to assess. However, since such instruments often work in parallel, it is difficult to disentangle the effects of one specific instrument. In that respect, MIX and REG approximate the stimuli and additional rules and measures under the EU law needed for a higher GHG ambition, clearly showing that the current set of EU energy efficiency policies (combining measures under EED, EPBD, and Ecodesign/Energy Labelling) would not be sufficient. The policies and measures listed below indicate where energy efficiency policy framework could be strengthened. Their modalities of implementation are yet to be defined, so they were taken into account in a schematic manner by the modelling used for this exercise and will be subject to dedicated impact assessments which will look in more details at their impacts and exact shape.

Buildings

The intensification of efforts for the buildings sector under the MIX scenario (Option EE_2) could lead to the reinforcement of several EPBD measures as compared to the BSL scenario. 167  

One such measure could be the energy performance certificates (EPCs) which inform building owners and users about cost of heating and cooling, savings that investments would bring, are a precondition to regulate the worst performing buildings out of the market and are needed to link preferential financing conditions to quality renovations. Under the existing EU regulatory framework, EPCs are compulsory for a large category of buildings 168 but their implementation at national level varies greatly. The role of EPCs could be further improved (e.g. as a verification element of the energy performance gains achieved through renovation).

The take-up of technical building systems and further penetration of building automation and control systems (BACS) and more generally of smart technologies in buildings could also be accelerated thanks to strengthening of the EPBD measures to facilitate the diffusion of demand response and energy storage, boost of technological innovation and the deployment of highly efficient appliances and smart-ready building systems and digital solutions.

The minimum energy performance requirements are gradually tightened 169 . Both cost-optimal minimum requirements and targets for Near Zero Energy Buildings (NZEBs) differ significantly across Member States, with saving potential in at least some of them. This policy option explores further reinforcement of minimum energy performance requirements, which could be achieved through different regulatory measures 170 .

Moreover, several EED measures supporting the renovation of buildings and closely interlinked with the measures in the EPBD could also be reinforced:

-increased scope and the level of renovation rate under Article 5 on exemplary role of public bodies’ buildings,

-strengthening of provisions under Article 6 on public procurement,

-increasing the level of ambition of energy savings obligation under Article 7 on energy savings obligation,

-extension of the requirements under Article 16 on certification and qualification schemes,

-further addressing barriers linked to energy performance contracting under Article 18 on energy services,

-stricter requirements under Article 19 on split incentives,

-further changes in budgeting rules and more guidance on energy efficiency financing under Article 20 on financing mechanisms,

-specific policy options to increase the efficiency in heating and cooling consumption, together with the use of renewable sources. As the current EED framework does not sufficiently incentivise the uptake of efficient heating and cooling technologies, including efficient district heating, nor the utilisation of waste heat, it could be strengthened for instance by introducing a requirement to incentivise the development of regional/municipal efficient heating and cooling plans.

Finally, as regards the intensification of products legislation measures (Energy Labelling Regulation and Ecodesign Directive), given that the product groups with the highest energy savings potential are already covered by existing regulations, following measures could be explored:

-increasing the ambition of the new Ecodesign working plan in 2020, including possible extension to new product groups and tightening the requirements, where applicable;

-improving compliance levels through better enforcement by Member States’ market surveillance authorities (e.g. by improving coordination at EU level and financing joint surveillance actions);

-strengthening the systematic inclusion of circular economy aspects (e.g. reparability, durability, upgradeability, recyclability);

-extending the scope of products that can be regulated under the Ecodesign Directive, as considered under the Sustainable Product Policy Initiative in follow-up to the Circular Economy Action Plan.

Under the REG scenario (Option EE_3) the three legislative frameworks (EEPD, EED and the products legislation) would be strengthened further than in the MIX. This could be done through the reinforcement of the EPBD measures concerning mandatory renovation/minimum energy performance requirements for the worst performing buildings from the market 171 . Such policies could improve the average quality of the national building stock given priority to buildings most in need, or targeting specific segments as a priority. Owners and landlords would have to invest in upgrading their properties e.g. before selling or renting out, or by a certain date. This could have positive impact notably on low-income and energy poor households often inhabiting badly performing buildings. This measure also addresses fundamental barriers to building renovation like split incentives between owners and tenants, decision-making difficulties in multi-owner buildings, building value not fully reflecting energy performance and low awareness of the benefits of renovation.

The scope of Article 5 of the EED, which concerns the renovations of public buildings obligation, could be extended to all public authorities and to all public buildings, or reinforced by defining the scope of the obligation based on the “functions” or public use of the buildings in such a way to include also e.g. museums, theatres.

Furthermore, products legislation measures could be reinforced by:

-a more ambitious new Ecodesign working plan, including a larger set of new product groups and further tightening the requirements, where applicable;

-speeding up the regulatory process;

-Further increased ambition of the revision in the Ecodesign Directive;

-promoting higher minimum standards even if, for certain product categories, it implies de facto phasing out certain fossil fuel options.

Finally, with the adoption of the Recovery Plan, the Renovation Wave initiative and its action plan, accompanied by the rigorous enforcement of legislation on energy performance of buildings and a targeted review of the regulatory framework, the EU will be well equipped to address the main barriers to building renovation and deliver energy efficiency actions also in other sectors at a much larger scale.

Industry

The reinforced policy architecture for energy efficiency for industry could be based on several measures that are already covered by the EED. Further strengthening of the relevant eco-design requirements, coupled with further prioritisation of energy efficiency, could also be explored.

The intensification of efforts under the MIX scenario (Option EE_2) could include:

-cross-cutting policy measures, such as energy savings obligation schemes (Article 7 of the EED),

-strengthening and extending the energy audits requirement (Article 8 of the EED),

-measures to promote the uptake audits recommendations (Article 8 of the EED),

-introduction of measures to address waste heat reuse potential (Article 14 of the EED),

-intensification of Ecodesign requirements for products applied in industry (e.g. motors, fans),

-application of the energy efficiency first principle in the energy infrastructure planning and promotion of demand side solutions.

The REG scenario (Option EE_3) would build on the strengthened Article 8 EED concerning energy audits for large companies under the MIX scenario. The provisions of this article could be further reinforced 172 through:

-an extension of scope of the mandatory requirement, covering more type of enterprises or different economic actors,

-financial and regulatory support to the implementation of energy efficiency measures identified in the audit,

-mandatory implementation of cost-effective energy efficiency measures.

ICT

There have been some energy efficiency improvements of data centres in the past, but there is no appropriate legislative framework and policies to limit the negative impact of data centres’ energy consumption to CO2 emissions. While this assessment was being performed, in 2020, the EU Digital Strategy announced a commitment to make data centres climate-neutral by 2030, with actions to be put in place in 2021-22. For the time being only a voluntary Code of Conduct for Energy Efficiency in Data Centres have been introduced since 2000. Intensification of policies in this area under MIX and REG scenario would be based on strengthening the existing legal framework and extending its scope to data centres. The areas to be explored when intensifying efforts under the MIX and REG scenario could look at new actions under EED measures:

-addressing the challenges (e.g. the ‘hidden’ energy consumption of datacentres) and opportunities (e.g. self-reporting of product energy use) of product digitalisation,

-ensuring energy performance standards by newly constructed data centres,

-introducing provisions to address waste heat re-use in data centres (Art. 14),

-strengthening the market for energy efficiency ICT products through targeted public procurement measures (Art. 6 on Public Procurement).

On the top of all these measures, the energy efficiency targets for 2030 and the way they are defined could also be adapted to reflect the new level of efforts needed, so that the targets provide a clear signal on the EU and Member States commitment in energy efficiency and push all parties concerned to do more. To this end the ongoing evaluation of the EED should help identify the elements in the existing policy framework that do not sufficiently address persisting barriers to energy efficiency as well as policy design that could ensure scaling up the efforts.

9.6.2CO2 emission standards for vehicles and other transport system efficiency related policies

Looking at the entire transport sector, it is projected that energy demand will decrease in all scenarios by 2030. The differences in terms of impact on final energy demand are not significant between the REG, MIX and CPRICE scenario. The comprehensive policy mix of REG scenario combing taxation, CO2 standards, renewable fuels mandates and overall energy efficiency improvements in the transport system leads to slightly bigger reduction in transport emissions than in other scenarios. In all scenarios, intensification of CO2 standards for vehicles is an effective and important driver for higher efficiency and switch toward zero-emission vehicles and in this way ultimately to deeper greenhouse gas emissions reductions, with benefits for consumers in terms of lower fuels bills, contributing to energy security and stimulating investments into the technologies needed for the transition towards zero-emission mobility. Intensification of CO2 standards has a key role in the longer term perspective, thanks to gradual impact due to the pace of overall fleet renewal. In all the scenarios, stricter standards as compared to the baseline in 2030 lead to significant environmental benefits in the period after 2030.

Strengthening of the CO2 standards for vehicles is a critical instrument for road transport. In addition there is a plethora of other policies that are in place and could be strengthened or expanded in order to further reduce energy consumption and emissions. These have also been to some degree reflected in the policy scenarios which intensify efforts in transport policies. The possible actions to be explored in this context cover:

-incentives for intermodal freight transport and further efforts to improve the functioning of the transport system via support to multimodal mobility and intermodal freight transport by rail, inland waterways and short sea shipping;

-initiatives to increase and better manage the capacity of railways, inland waterways and short sea shipping, supported by the TEN-T infrastructure and CEF funding;

-gradual internalisation of external costs (“smart” pricing);

-incentives to improve the performance of air navigation service providers in terms of efficiency and to improve the utilisation of air traffic management capacity;

-revision of roadworthiness checks;

-deployment of the necessary recharging and refuelling infrastructure, smart traffic management systems, transport digitalisation and fostering connected and automated mobility;

-further actions on clean airports and ports to drive reductions in energy use and emissions;

-additional measures to reduce GHG emissions and air pollution in urban areas;

-pricing measures such as infrastructure charging;

-other measures incentivising behavioural change;

-further measures related to intelligent transport systems, digitalisation, connectivity and automation of transport - supported by the TEN-T infrastructure;

-additional measures to improve the efficiency of road freight transport;

-incentives for low and zero emissions vehicles in vehicle taxation;

-increasing the accepted load/length for road in case of zero-emission High Capacity Vehicles;

Finally, these policies would be combined with intensification of policies that impact the carbon intensity of fuels (as discussed in the section on renewable policies below).

9.6.3Renewable energy policy framework

Renewable energy is crucial to deliver on a climate-neutral economy. It is also a key component of the EU long-term energy strategy and a core dimension in the NECPs regarding 2030. RED II was recently reviewed and provides a stable platform to build a stronger and forward looking regulatory framework for the development of the renewable energy in Europe in line with higher GHG reductions in 2030. The aggregated Member States contributions show that renewable energy will grow at a faster pace in the years up to 2030 and if the Member States’ fulfil and exceed their renewable energy contributions the overall share of renewable energy in the EU27 would exceed the 32% target in 2030. In this regard, the comprehensive and updated regulatory framework under the Clean Energy Package has already proved to be a key driver for renewable energy deployment plans beyond the target that the EU has set itself in the context of the climate and energy policy architecture at the time.

However, to reach an increased GHG target the measures contained in the Renewable Energy Directive will require an increased ambition as carbon pricing alone would not overcome some market barriers that still exist for the uptake and integration of renewable energy. As foreseen in the European Green Deal, there is a need to review the existing framework to deliver on the increased climate ambition, flanked with additional measures and related key actions foreseen on the already adopted Energy System Integration and Hydrogen Strategies and future strategies such as the one on Offshore Renewable Energy. The translation of these measures into legislation would lead to a more integrated, resilient and renewables-based energy system paving the way for a faster and more cost-effective transition of the energy system towards climate neutrality.

In all policy scenarios, electricity generated from renewable sources and its use increase across all sectors when compared to the BSL scenario. In this light and building on the RED II, the revised framework needs to assess how to increase coherence of energy infrastructure planning, supportive licensing procedures while introducing options for green public procurement and requirements across Member States. Specific analysis will be also needed to facilitate the roll out of offshore renewable energy, foster regional cooperation in renewable electricity including accelerating the opening of support schemes to cross-border participation and possible fast track permitting process. Such policy options go beyond Option RES_1, and would enhance regional cooperation, decrease the need for financial support and expedite the permitting process for energy consumers that could lead to increased public acceptance.

For transport, scenarios show the predominant role of the fuel switch. In all scenarios it is visible that electrification is a key avenue for decarbonisation in transport, however, it is challenging in sectors, which heavily depend on high energy density fuels, such as the aviation and maritime sectors and consequently renewable and low carbon fuels will have an important role to play to decarbonise these sectors as acknowledged in the Energy System Integration and Hydrogen Strategies. Current renewable fuels used in transport are predominantly biomass based, but the feedstock base for the types of renewable fuels used today is limited. It is therefore paramount to develop new technologies, which are scalable and allow broadening the feedstock base such as advanced biofuels as well as renewable and low-carbon fuels, including RFNBOs (such as hydrogen-derived synthetic fuels). These fuels are currently not commercially competitive with fossil fuels and mature types of biomass based fuels, and therefore could require more targeted support. In this regard, policy options RES_2 and RES_3 from Section 5.2.2.4, could provide an enhanced and stable policy framework that would ensure the development and commercial deployment of renewable- and low-carbon fuels increasing investor certainty, scaling up technologies and bringing costs down. All scenario results, including the BSL scenario, indicate that based on the current RES-T 173 methodology, the EU is set to overshoot the 14% target agreed in REDII by at least 4.7 percentage points (p.p.). This could be partly due to the existing incentives (multipliers) that might be higher in some transport sub sectors compared to others and in this regard the revision of the Renewable Energy Directive will also explore options to simplify and adjust as appropriate the methodology. Furthermore, the regulatory framework, including the Renewable Energy Directive as well as other legal instruments, need to be adjusted or defined as appropriate, for incentivising not only the production of these fuels but also their consumption in the most appropriate transport sub sector, while limiting and developing unnecessarily additional administrative costs.

The Renewable Energy Directive sets for the first time a coherent and dedicated EU legal framework for the heating and cooling sector including a specific renewable heating and cooling target 174 and a renewable sub-target for district heating and cooling. This would allow raising the share of renewables by 2030 175 and further mainstreaming of local renewable energy solutions to contribute for additional renewable energy deployment. Although in their NECPs over half of the Member States provided an at least indicative 1.1 p.p. yearly increase, these targets are indicative and Member States have a best endeavour obligation to reach them. Furthermore, MS trajectories and the target level is close to business-as-usual and would be insufficient to deliver on the ambition that is being showed in Section 6.2.1.3. More deployment of RES in H&C was analysed in all scenarios. Re-enforcing the current framework and updating the accounting framework, could stimulate further the integration of an EU market for renewables in heating and cooling. Within this context, measures devoted to foster the electrification of the sector are especially important to consider as a cost-effective vehicle to decarbonise the sector, as included in the Energy System Integration Strategy. Assessment of these policy options would aim to remove uncertainty while providing sufficient impetus for Member States to implement the required annual increase to reach the 2030 target and future increases to pave the way for climate neutrality by 2050.

Building on Policy options RES_2 and RES_3 from Section 5.2.2.2, a strengthened overall RES heating and cooling target would require the strengthening of the target and other provisions for district heating and cooling which would need much more granular assessment. For example, a possible strengthening of the rules on third party access for renewable and waste heat/cold suppliers could allow for more informed decisions about the performance and transformation of district heating and cooling to support higher shares of renewable energy, making it an effective instrument for faster and more cost-effectively delivery of renewable and low carbon 176 . In addition, the design of the reinforced targets, measures and flanking instruments would address specific barriers and enable the use of sector integration solutions, such as the linking of heating and cooling and district heating and cooling systems with the electricity grids and the use of renewable gases and waste heat sources from industry and services. With regard to thermal and other energy storage in buildings, district heating systems will need to be incentivised and co-operation between electricity distribution network and district heating and cooling operators intensified to better exploit demand response and flexibility solutions, including from building renovation and energy network investment, in line with the Energy System Integration Strategy and the Renovation Wave.

Furthermore, to decarbonise heating and cooling sector, it is paramount to replace fossil fuels in buildings’ heating systems to a more efficient and renewable systems. However, consumers need the know-how and find highly skilled installers to choose the best renewable and efficient heating systems that would be appropriately sized for their needs, while significantly minimise the costs if the right decision is taken. A coordination of heating system replacement with improvement of the building envelope is paramount to reduce costs and ensure the most cost-effective and high quality, optimised solutions. Building regulations and codes, urban and infrastructure planning must be conducive to also integrate decentralised renewable energy solutions in buildings and communities to supply their energy needs.

These improvements require amending the current relevant provisions; therefore, they go beyond option RES_1, which focuses on implementation via non-legislative guidance and best practice exchanges. Thus the RED II would help to design such regulatory framework and reduce the risk of lock in at low RES H&C levels in buildings, industry and district heating for their heating and cooling requirements.

9.6.4Consistency between energy efficiency and renewables legislation

In the design and implementation of future energy policy, it is of utmost importance to exploit synergies, seek consistency and the mutually supportive nature of the reviews of the Renewable Energy Directive, the Energy Efficiency Directive, the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive and the EU Ecodesign and Energy Labelling Framework. Such streamlining would foster synergies between different energy carriers, such as between electricity and heating (direct and indirect use of renewable electricity), that would be also more also in line with the vision outlines in the Energy System Integration and Hydrogen Strategies, the Renovation Wave communication together with other relevant policies pointing to the same directions, such as the review of the TEN-E regulation, sustainable product policy, the Circular Economy Action Plan and biodiversity strategies, etc.



9.7Extended analysis of impacts of ETS extension and interaction with the ESR

This section takes an increased ambition as starting point and extends the analysis of the impacts on the current key cross-sectoral climate policy instruments, the EU Emissions Trading System (ETS) and the Effort Sharing Regulation (ESR) summarised in section 6.7. The analysis focuses on a GHG ambition level of -55% as this would have larger implications, but extends also to relevant differences in case of a -50% ambition.

9.7.1Environmental impacts of policy aspects: impact on ETS and ESR 

The increase in climate ambition to -50 to -55% below 1990 would lead to significantly higher GHG emission reductions both in the ETS and ESR sectors. Overall the ETS sectors, even with a changed scope, are still projected to reduce emission more compared to 2005 than the ESR sectors, in the current scope -63 to -64% for -55% and -58% for -50%. For the current ESR sectors, the reductions would be -39 to -40% for -55% GHG and -36% for -50% GHG.

What is clear is that beside the higher reduction in the existing ETS and ESR scope, the ETS and ESR would see different levels of projected emission reductions depending on which sectors are included or not, driven by the difference in reductions achieved per sector (see Table 26 for the full results). For instance if the scope of the ETS were to be extended with buildings only, the projected emission decrease for this ETS scope (-65% in the -55% scenarios) would numerically not significantly differ from the current scope’s (-63 to -64% for -55% GHG). However, if the scope of the ETS were to be extended with road transport only, the projected emission decrease in the ETS is typically much lower (‑53%) than the one reflecting the current ETS scope. The opposite is of course the case for the ESR, which sees higher percentage reductions of -45 to -47% compared to 2005 if one excludes road transport from its scope (-42% with -50% GHG reduction), and lower percentage reductions of ‑34% to -36% if buildings and transport are excluded (-30% with -50% GHG reduction) and -29 to -31% compared to 2005 if one excludes buildings from its scope (‑27% with -50% reduction). Similarly the extension of the ETS to maritime navigation and return to full scope for aviation under the ETS would result in lower projected emission reductions, with both international aviation and navigation making emissions relatively higher, and the other sectors in the ETS having to reduce even more.

Impacts on the EU ETS for its current scope

The outcome of the ETS in terms of the emissions ambition level is determined by its cap on the total number of allowances and the functioning of the MSR. In option ETS_1, the current ETS scope, the BSL scenario would achieve a 2030 emission reduction of -54% compared to 2005 while the policy scenario with -55% GHG ambition reductions combined with an increased ambition in EE and RES policies up to 2030 (REG) would achieve emission reductions in the ETS of -63% by 2030 compared to 2005 177 .

The ETS Directive (Article 9) determines that the ETS cap for stationary installations decreases linearly, by an annual amount equal to a percentage of the average annual allocation during phase 2 (2008-2012, excluding aviation), referred to as the linear reduction factor (LRF). The LRF is applied to the mid-point of the period from 2008 to 2012 and for phase 3 (2013-2020) was 1.74%, coherent with the then 2020 overall economy-wide GHG reduction target of 20% compared to 1990. For phase 4 (2021-2030), it was set at 2.2% coherent with the current 2030 -40% GHG target.

Arriving at a cap in 2030 in line with the emission projections under option ETS_1 for 50% to 55% GHG reductions economy wide would require a change of the ETS linear reduction factor, an update overall recognised as needed by stakeholders 178 . A revised linear reduction factor is dependent not only on the 2030 ETS ambition but also on other elements including:

-Starting year: the year from which the cap is to be revised, i.e. the start year from when the new LRF will apply 179 . The later the LRF is revised the higher the LRF (steeper curve) is needed to achieve the same 2030 ambition 180 ;

-Rebasing: the baseline level from which the LRF is applied for stationary sources follows a linear approach starting from a historical figure, the midpoint of the period from 2008 to 2012. To ensure an appropriate annual cap, the baseline starting reference level could be adjusted downwards to better reflect the actual development of emissions 181 , 182 ;

-Scope: depending on a possible ETS scope extension and how such an extension is designed, elements such as cap stringency/ambition will impact the extended ETS LRF

See also section 6.7.1, Figure 17 for an example of how simply changing the LRF (in 2026 in this example) compares to rebasing of the cap for stationary installations (using 2025 emission projections as a starting point on which the LRF is applied from 2026 onwards), as well as the impact of the scope, with ALLBNK resulting in the tightest cap for stationary installations.

Regarding scope, for policy purposes, the definition of the cap and LRF setting requires a robust and verified emissions data reference point. For the current ETS scope, the ETS Monitoring, Reporting and Verification (MRV) system ensures the data robustness for the covered sectors, and for a possible scope extension a comparable system is required.

Therefore, for this exercise no representative LRF has been established for the ETS options with extended scope. This impact and the consistency with the overall framework will have to be assessed in the subsequent policy review. But overall it is clear that options that include additional sectors that reduce less than the current ETS sectors and thus result in lower percentage GHG reductions (see Table 26), may allow for a less stringent increase in the overall LRF. The installations covered by the ETS today are emitting less than the total cap. This gap between the cap and the actual emissions was estimated for 2018 equivalent for 134 million allowances. This has significantly widened to around 250 million allowances in 2019 due to the large reduction of emissions. However, the Market Stability Reserve, in operation since 2019 to tackle structural supply-demand imbalances, ensures that much fewer allowances than the annual cap come to the market.

In the BSL scenario, this difference between the nominal cap and the annual emissions, is projected to continue into the next decade (on average estimated to be 17% below the yearly cap), despite a more ambitious 2.2% LRF. Accordingly, the surplus of allowances in the system would not see sufficient reductions and continue, thereby potentially preventing the EU ETS from delivering the necessary investment signal to reduce GHG emissions in a cost-efficient manner and from being a driver of low-carbon innovation contributing to economic growth and jobs. Hence, this may only be addressed, if the Market Stability Reserve is strengthened as part of its first review in 2021.

Impacts on the ESR for its current scope

The ESR currently sets binding national minimum contributions for 2030 that for EU27 add up to a 29% reduction compared to 2005. The BSL scenario as well as the EU-NECP variant achieves a 2030 emission reduction of 32%. In line with the current ESR architecture and scope (option ETS_1), the REG policy scenario sees emissions reduced mainly through increased EE, RES, transport and some non-CO2 policies, resulting for -55% GHG in an ESR reduction of 39% compared to 2005 (-36% for -50% GHG). Ensuring achievement of this emission reduction in the current policy architecture would imply translating this ambition level into more ambitious national 2030 targets, requiring a step up on average of 10 to 11 percentage points (p.p.) for -55%, 7 p.p. for -50% and 12 p.p. for ALLBNK.

Another impact would be a change of the target trajectories. Based on the current ESR framework with its two five-yearly compliance cycles 2021-25 and 2026-30, this could be implemented for the second cycle. The starting point of the target trajectories in the current ESR has been set in a way avoiding a significant EU surplus at the start of the period. Therefore, this was done based on most recent available emissions. For 2021 this has been 2016-18 emissions. The implication of the continuation of this logic 183 for the average steepness of the trajectories can be illustrated at EU level by using EU average emissions between 2020 and 2025 as proxy. For -38% ESR to achieve -55% GHG, this would increase the steepness of the trajectory over the five years 2026-30 from annually 1.8% compared to 2005 under the current ESR to 4.1%. Starting the trajectory calculation for the 2026-30 change instead from 2025 ESR allocations would lead to a steepness of -3.9%. If the 2026-30 trajectory calculation would start from 2021 ESR allocations, then the trajectory steepness would decrease to 3.1% compared to 2005.

Contrary to this balanced approach, some Member States and stakeholders have indicated that they want a focus on higher emission reductions in the ETS sectors instead of tightening further current ESR targets for increasing ambition. The realisation of some of the reduction potentials, e.g. in existing buildings and agriculture, is seen as more uncertain due to specific barriers. In the modelling results, the ETS sectors are already expected to reduce more, compared to 2005, than the ESR sectors, with e.g. -63% vs. -39% reductions for -55% GHG and -58% vs. -36% for -50% GHG (see Table 26). A 5 p.p. additional ambition in the ETS sectors alone would imply for the 55% ambition level, at current ETS scope, a further increase of the ETS target to 70% and in turn a high linear reduction factor. 

If the binding minimum targets under the existing ESR were not to be changed at all, as some Member States argue, but the overall GHG target is kept, the ETS target would need to cover for all additional reductions or, alternatively, the LULUCF objectives would have to be raised. The former would result in the current ETS scope in an ETS reduction target well above –70% compared to 2005 to achieve respectively an overall economy wide GHG target of -55% GHG compared to 1990 184 .

Turning to the environmental impacts of the other policy options, with changed climate policy architecture and different ETS and ESR scopes, Table 51 presents as an additional element an overview of the respective relative sizes of the systems for relevant scenarios.

Table 51: Current and 2030 ETS and ESR shares for different scenarios and sectoral coverages

Current and 2030 ETS and ESR shares in % of total GHG

Current emissions

BSL

REG

MIX -nonCO2

CPRICE

ETS

ESR

ETS

ESR

ETS

ESR

ETS

ESR

ETS

ESR

(Options ETS)

Fully separate ETS and ESR scopes

(1) (4) No change scope 185

42

58

37

63

34

66

34

66

33

67

(2.1) Buildings + road transport in ETS

74

26

69

31

67

33

68

32

67

33

Increase scope ETS but maintain these sectors in ESR

(2.2) Buildings + road transport in ETS

74

58

69

63

67

66

68

66

67

67

Create separate ETS for some sectors while maintaining them in ESR

(3) buildings + road transport

42

32∣58

37

32∣63

34

33∣66

34

33∣66

33

34∣67

(3) buildings

42

12∣58

37

9∣63

34

8∣66

34

8∣66

33

8∣67

(3) road transport

42

20∣58

37

23∣63

34

25∣66

34

26∣66

33

26∣67

(3) all remaining energy CO2 

42

39∣58

37

37∣63

34

39∣66

34

39∣66

33

39∣67

Source: own calculations, EU GHG inventory 2020, PRIMES model, GAINS model

Impacts of changes of sectoral ETS coverage illustrated for -55% GHG reduction

If additional sectors were to be covered by the ETS as in options ETS_2, ETS_3 and to a certain extent ETS_4, this would increase the likelihood of achieving the emission reductions in these sectors, and hence the EU’s GHG target for 2030. With the resulting carbon prices, firms and households would have an additional economic incentive to reduce their emissions in the sectors newly covered by an ETS, and this incentive would rise the lower the estimated achieved emission reductions are in the current setup, even countering possible rebound effects from efficiency improvements and resulting cost reductions. It would also help in diffusing decarbonisation technologies more quickly. With buildings and road transport CO2 emissions included in the ETS, around three quarters of the current total emissions (around two thirds in 2030) would be covered by an EU wide cap. This compares to one third in 2030 in the current architecture.

Examples of building technologies, which could be implemented profitably at carbon prices in the range of the modelling results (assuming the absence of the additional energy efficiency and renewable policy intensification measures analysed in section 6.6), are early furnace replacements, integrated heating and domestic hot water, certain elements of insulation, high efficiency ventilators, water heater replacements, ground source heat pumps for the commercial sector, biomass heating or electric heating. Examples of transport technologies are improved aerodynamics, engine efficiency, tyre resistance, light-weighting of vehicles, more blending of biofuels as well as to a certain extent the switch to electric vehicles. 186

ETS emissions in the main variants of options ETS_2 and ETS_3, that include the building and road transport sectors into the ETS or create (at least temporarily) a separate trading system for these sectors, reduce by 56% compared to 2005, which is less than in option ETS_1 without buildings and the road transport sector in the ETS. The carbon pricing scenarios show clearly that building emissions are expected to respond significantly stronger to carbon prices than transport emissions, with additional reductions between 2015 and 2030 compared to the baseline of 14 to 15 p.p. for residential and 9 to 12 p.p. for services, compared to 3 p.p. for road transport. One reason is that in the transport sector there are currently already often high explicit or implicit carbon prices through national carbon or energy taxation, unlike in the buildings sector, and therefore the additional incentive is smaller. For example for motor fuels, the EU27 unweighted average of implicit carbon prices of current MS nominal energy and carbon tax rates reported in the Taxes in Europe database amounts to around EUR 240 for petrol and around EUR 160 for diesel.

If heating related emissions of buildings were fully included into the ETS, ETS emissions reduce therefore stronger, by -65% compared to 2005. Most of the additional carbon price-induced emission reductions would be realised through fuel switching and electrification. If only transport were included in the ETS, the ETS emission reductions would be -53% compared to 2005, lower than with buildings only.

If all energy-related CO2 emissions were to be included, as it is proposed, for example, in the German national ETS, ETS emissions would reduce by -55%. Then also abatement options in non-road machinery and equipment, including in the agricultural sector, would be incentivised.

A strong point of options ETS_2 and ETS_3 is that the ETS has strong enforcement. It thus scores high on certainty to deliver the environmental outcome. The enforcement mechanisms in case of non-compliance with the obligations through the financial penalties under the EU ETS apply directly to the emitting entity. In the ESR the compliance obligation is on each Member State, through additional emission factors 187 and standard infringement procedures. The incentive to comply for an emitting entity is therefore stronger under the EU ETS, although this also depends what measures each Member State puts in place for the sectors covered by the ESR.

The option ETS_2.1, which not only extends the scope of the EU ETS, but sees a commensurate reduction of the ESR scope, has some significant implications for the ESR. It would require a smaller numerical increase of Member State targets than in the current ESR scope, with emissions having to decrease by 34 to 36% 188 instead of 39 to 40%. However, the ESR would lose in this option around 55% of the current emission scope and the share of emissions covered by the ESR would decrease in 2030 from 66 to 67% in option ETS_1 to 32 to 33%. This would change the characteristics of the ESR very significantly.

This would leave agriculture as the main remaining sector (CO2 and non-CO2 together around half of the remaining ESR scope), followed by industry with around 20% and waste and energy with both around 10% of the remaining ESR emissions. Around 40% would stem from CH4, around 30% from CO2, around 20% from N2O and around 5% from F-gases. This could further strengthen the visibility of the need for emission reductions and ambitious policies in the remaining ESR sectors. The major reduction in ESR scope could also lead to significant changes in Member State specific cost-efficiency gaps to achieve national targets based on fairness (GDP per capita) compared to the 2016 ESR impact assessment 189 . Hence if the current features of the ESR are maintained in this reduced scope, the target adjustment rules might need to be reconsidered. The increased role of agriculture in a reduced ESR would also invite to revisit the role of the LULUCF flexibility, which has been designed to compensate for the comparatively lower technical mitigation potential of agriculture.

If only buildings were to be shifted, the projected ESR emission reduction is only -29 to -31%, i.e. similar as the current numerical ESR reduction of -30%, thus raising less the prospect of an absolute need to review the ESR targets. If only transport were to be shifted, the opposite would apply, as the remaining ESR would reduce in this variant emissions by -45 to -47%.

The main variant of option ETS_3, which puts the buildings and road transport sector at least transitionally in a separate ETS, leads to two ETS systems of roughly similar size in 2030, each close to 35% of total emissions. If only transport is covered, the separate system would still cover around 25% of total emissions. A separate ETS covering only buildings would cover close to 10% of total emissions.

The environmental impacts would depend on the cap setting for the separate ETS. The presented reductions would only materialise if the separate cap is set in line with cost effective emission reductions. If initially set at a less ambitious level to test the impacts, the separate ETS would have lower impacts on additional national policies and not allow the sectors as a whole to achieve its cost-efficient GHG target ambition.

The reductions would also depend on the extent of flexibilities allowed between the existing EU ETS and new separate ETS for buildings and transport (as well as the flexibility between existing ETS and remaining ESR), and possibly with the LULUCF sector. Since one of the reasons for going for separate systems would be to first ensure the robustness of the new systems, with expected early challenges associated with lack of a robust and verified emissions data reference for the cap setting in the new ETS, limited or no linking at all could be foreseen in the first years of the system operating.

Maintaining ESR coverage in a transitional manner for some sectors newly covered by emissions trading, as foreseen in options ETS_2.2 and ETS_3, can lead to a situation where sectors in the ESR that are also in the ETS, reduce more than needed in the ESR as a whole, allowing sectors not covered by the ETS in the ESR to do less than what would be cost-efficient. Potentially, and with the assumption that the ESR target for these sectors is significantly lower than the ETS target for these sectors and lower than the cost-efficient ESR reduction, this could lead to a situation that both the ETS and ESR targets are met, but not the collective economy wide targets. Such as situation could happen if carbon pricing in the sector with overlap between the ETS and ESR, potentially in combination with other policies, is seen as strongly reducing emissions, resulting in less pressure on the Member State to achieve the ESR targets in the remaining sectors not covered by the ETS. This risk would be reduced in case the scope expansion covers a large part of ESR emissions or if ESR targets are set higher. This risk could also be limited by specific ambitious EU measures in these sectors, such as the F-gas regulation and EU circular economy and waste legislation, or a further greening of the CAP. Of course if the ETS would cover the whole of the ESR, the risk is reduced to zero assuming the ETS target is set at the corresponding level needed to achieve 50% or 55% GHG reductions economy wide. In addition to the need for mitigating such risks where relevant, maintaining ESR coverage with extended ETS (option ETS_2.2) would lead to the need to review the current ETS flexibility in the ESR in view of emerging interaction dynamics.

Impacts of additional national carbon pricing measures

In option ETS_4, the current ETS/ESR architecture continues, and related architectural impacts described under option ETS_1 also apply. However, it is complemented by an additional carbon price incentive to reduce emissions, in principle created by a national system. As currently and under option ETS_1, national environmental considerations and ambition levels would take precedent over EU internal market aspects in the covered sectors. An obligation to set up national trading systems would prioritise the certainty of the environmental impacts and counter rebound effects from cost reductions. National carbon taxation would have less certainty to achieve the targeted emission reductions, but more certainty on the level of the price signal. Furthermore, it might be a more practical alternative for MS with already existing carbon taxation or small MS.

The national emissions trading systems in option ETS_4 have the disadvantage that, if collectively the national caps are set at a level below the EU ambition for the sectors covered by these national systems, then this option will not achieve the required EU wide GHG reduction. If, even with caps set below the EU ambition, the sectors covered achieve the EU wide GHG ambition, then this means other policies or technology developments are driving this and the carbon price would be in a number of Member States, those with overachievement of the target under their trading system, weak and thus not serve as an incentive to take action to reduce emissions and hence defeat its purpose.

Finally the creation of a national trading system for a sector presently in the ESR could also be considered to facilitate convergence of carbon pricing systems and pave the way to an inclusion of more sectors into the EU ETS at a later stage 190 .

An interesting example illustrating option ETS_4 is the newly created German ETS system for energy-related CO2 emissions not covered by the EU ETS, which combines a cap with a fixed price in the first years and minimum (and maximum) carbon prices later.

Setting explicit minimum carbon price levels for these sectors by a revision of the EU energy taxation could mitigate internal market challenges by ensuring the same minimum carbon prices across all EU Member States, but in itself is no guarantee for delivery of the required emission reduction. The extent of the incentive of a national taxation would depend on national choices and would normally be influenced by the extent of national gaps regarding national effort sharing targets. Member States would also have a direct national choice on the strength of the price incentive compared to other means to achieve their ESR targets.

9.7.2Economic impacts

The general economic impacts of an increased ETS and ESR ambition and various scenarios are assessed in section 6.4. If the ESR and ETS targets are increased as in the current architecture and scope (option ETS_1), the flexibility between the ETS and ESR could be enlarged to increase cost-efficiency by allowing for more flexibility between the two systems reflecting Member State circumstances.

Options with an emissions trading system at the EU level (ETS_2 and ETS_3) can assist in first incentivising the cheapest reductions across Member States, improving cost-efficiency in the sectors covered and deliver increased environmental certainty at the emission reductions to be achieved. This is not the case with a variant of option ETS_4 with a national carbon tax, or where national trading system do not add up to the required overall ambition level.

An extension of the EU ETS to new sectors such as in option ETS_2 would not only represent a significant expansion in the availability of abatement options across the EU, but also sectors compared to the current situation. It would create a more integrated carbon market with a single carbon price, which could hence drive emission reductions where they are overall most cost-efficient. Hence, it would ensure the maximum cost-efficiency and not distort the single market. By contrast, options ETS_3 and ETS_4 could lead to different carbon prices for the buildings and road transport sectors, the current EU ETS sectors, or across Member States, and could therefore possibly be more adapted to diverse abatement potentials and ability to pay of different sectors and Member States.

This needs to be weighed against the problems, which the different national prices or different prices in different sectors, may create for the level playing field in the single market, in particular but not only in road transport. Variants of emissions trading options (ETS_2, ETS_3 and to an extent ETS_4) with inclusion of only one of the sectors would be comparatively less efficient than variants with both sectors, or with all energy-related emissions covered.

Covering building emissions fully by the current ETS (options ETS_2.1 and ETS_2.2) would provide a level playing field in terms of carbon pricing of domestic fossil-fuelled heating systems with district heating and electric heating already now covered by the ETS. There is no clear pattern regarding the relative size of attributable ETS and non-ETS emissions in the buildings sector across Member States. In 11 Member States the ETS based building emissions are larger than the ESR base, which can be explained by differences in the coverage of district heating systems and in electric heating and cooking in the Member States 191 . As such there may be suboptimal incentives presently, potentially creating an incentive of switching away from district heating due to inclusion in the EU ETS. Similarly, covering road transport emissions fully by the current ETS would provide a level playing field in terms of carbon pricing of fossil-fuelled road transport and rail with electric vehicles and electrified rail.

In principle it is difficult to argue for double EU regulation from an economic perspective, as for the same emissions two different parties would be obligated to reduce them, leading to potential inefficiencies. However, there is ample evidence that at least the short term price sensitivity in the buildings and transport sector is relatively low 192 , hence prices either cannot overcome all barriers or might need to be very high to achieve the outcome, a risk which modelling and the resulting carbon price of EUR 60 in CPRICE can only reflect to a certain extent.

In option ETS_2.2 the economic rationale for keeping the sectors newly covered in the EU ETS also in the scope of the ESR is to limit the carbon price impact risks for the industry sector by continuing to make sure that important non-price-sensitive abatement potentials would be addressed by the Member States. To be efficient, Member States would need to take into account the development of the EU ETS price and its impact on their domestic emissions in these sectors when specifying their policies.

Option ETS_3 starts from the economic rationale to create an EU level carbon pricing instrument (while option ETS_4 fosters such instruments at national level) to facilitate the cost-efficient achievement of the ESR reductions, while acknowledging that there are externalities less amenable to be addressed by prices, for which targeted national policies (and/or some targeted intensification of EU wide energy efficiency and renewables policies) could be also economically useful.

The ESR transfer flexibility between Member States may mitigate the economic impacts as it could allow Member States to sell ESR surpluses achieved through the ETS to other Member States. The opposite can also happen, with private entities under the ETS fully complying with the ETS, if need be by buying allowances, and Member States still required to buy ESR allocations from other Member States to comply with their ESR target. This could in itself be driven by a continued national target setting in the ESR that is focussed on differentiation between Member States based on per capita GDP, if cost-efficiency adjustments remain as limited as in the current ESR.

To further mitigate the economic impacts of covering some sectors by ETS and transitionally maintaining them in the ESR, the ex-ante limits for such transfers set in the ESR of up to 10% of a seller’s annual emission allocation for a given year 2026 to 2030 as well as the limited flexibility between ETS and ESR might need to be reviewed.

As mentioned above, as the shifting of new sectors from the ESR to the EU ETS under option ETS_2.1 also shifts the responsibility for the reduction achievement from Member States to economic actors, it reduces ceteris paribus the incentive for ambitious national policies which address specific barriers. What the materialisation of this risk could mean is reflected in the significant carbon price differences between the CPRICE and the MIX scenario (EUR 60 vs. 44 in 2030). The complementary policies introduced in a scenario like MIX would address barriers like imperfect information, slow responses to prices incentives due to the relative long time horizon of individual investments in buildings and cars, split incentives between owners and renters, which in itself allow to achieve more mitigation action at certain carbon prices, thus lowering the required carbon price increases.

In option ETS_4, the variant with national carbon taxation has the economic advantage over emissions trading (ETS_2, 3 and variant of 4 with national emissions trading systems) that prices are more predictable (subject to political interventions). However, emissions trading enables emission reductions to take place where least costly. To note, in the relatively few countries that have an effective carbon taxation for buildings and transport, carbon tax levels are often higher than current EU ETS prices.

Notably in the building sector the introduction of the carbon pricing will have a material impact on the pricing of certain carbon intensive energy carriers and correspondingly increased end user prices. While this would exactly provide for the economic incentive to reduce emissions, it can also impact lower income households’ spending (see also section 6.5.2 on the impacts for household spending).

Auctioning is the default method for allocating allowances in the EU ETS, because it is the most economically efficient and simplest system and avoids windfall profits. Free allocation of allowances is only continued as a safeguard for sectors at a significant risk of carbon leakage.

In the absence of an extension of the European Emissions Trading to the maritime sector, under options ETS_2-4, a possible reduction of road transport competitiveness compared to the maritime transport could result in an uneven playing field. In any case, it is expected that this would be rather limited as it is only a small proportion of routes where maritime transport competes with road transport. 193 Conversely, applying a carbon price to road transport could put it on an equal footing in competitive terms with rail freight transport.

An increase of fuel prices in road transport could also decrease the competitiveness of filling stations on the EU borders vis-à-vis filling stations just outside the EU borders, and thus regarding the impacts on end consumers, may encourage tank tourism. However, cross-border differences in fuel prices are already considerable and therefore the EU ETS is estimated to only have a modest impact on the scale of this. Figure 18 shows the sensitivity analysis for the effect of different carbon prices on fuel prices both in road transport and buildings in 2030.

The cost efficiency of the ETS at achieving additional emissions abatements might be limited by the current heterogeneity of the national fuel tax landscape. Indeed, current tax rates applied by Member States diverge quite widely, both in level and in structure. These differences distort the market and would therefore prevent EU cost-efficient emissions reduction 194 . This market distortion could be corrected by the integration of the transport sector in the ETS if the price increase from ETS inclusion was significant in relation to the energy tax levels 195 . A related dynamic that may impact is if Member States will leave their own taxation levels on transport fuels, to the extent that they are higher than the minimum requirements of the Energy Tax Directive, in place, or if they were tempted to lower any of these. This would of course distort the overall impact and require other sectors, also in other to reduce more. This should be avoided to not end up in a run to the bottom where inclusion in the ETS provides for incentives to reduce energy taxation rather than maintain it.

Buildings do not meet the criteria that would deem them to be at a risk carbon leakage either.

Because both sectors have relatively small or non-existing competitive pressure from outside the EU or even within the EU, free allocation risks resulting in windfall profits, with those receiving the free allocation incorporating the opportunity cost in their own price setting. This was also empirically noted in the beginning of the EU ETS for the electricity sector, where evidence emerged that free allocation was not stopping the incorporation of the carbon price in the price of electricity sold 196 . This was one of the principal reasons to make the shift to auctioning for that sector.

As discussed in section 6.4.2 auctioning puts a price on an externality, and allows to recycle revenues. If used to reduce distorting taxes it decreases the overall economic impacts and can even spur growth. It can also be used to invest in exactly the low-carbon investment needed to decarbonise.

Hence, auctioning is applied as the allocation method in all options with emissions trading to eliminate the risk of windfall profits and improve overall economic performance.

9.7.3Social and distributional impacts of policy aspects

Many of the policy aspects depend on the details of policy proposals, thus only a few policy related considerations can be provided at this stage.

For the buildings sector, the abatement potential varies by Member State, with the amount dependent on the building typology, the fuel mix, and the degree of market penetration of applicable abatement measures, purchasing power, and the relative levels of retail fuel prices. In the road transport sector, the abatement potential is related to the rate of vehicle fleet renewal in each Member State, baseline vehicle energy consumption, the degree of expected market penetration of applicable abatement measures and fuel prices. Hence the impacts of a uniform carbon price for these sectors under options ETS_2 and ETS_3 are expected to vary across Member States, depending also on the way ETS auctioning revenues are distributed.

The ESR has a relevant distributional impact on different Member States, mostly determined by the extent of gaps between emissions and targets 197 . A key distinction for several ESR elements is between higher income and lower income Member States. The scenarios indicate that additional emission reductions compared to baseline under the current ESR scope (option ETS_1) are roughly equally distributed between both groups.

Options ETS_2 and ETS_3 with ETS coverage of new sectors while maintaining them in the ESR could lead to additional distributional impacts between Member States depending on whether the national ESR targets would be significantly less or more stringent than ETS induced reductions.

9.7.4Administrative impacts

This section goes into the administrative costs and feasibility of the different options considered. If the current scope of ETS and ESR is maintained (option ETS_1), there would be no change of administrative impacts compared to the current ETS and ESR. Under the ESR, the administrative impact comprises annual emission reporting and five-yearly compliance checks, complemented by national action plans in case a Member State makes insufficient progress towards its national target including use of flexibilities. A higher ambition level could imply that such corrective action under Art. 8 of the ESR would need to be invoked more frequently than with the current targets. Considerations on stronger ESR enforcement mechanisms would be warranted, including if flexibilities with EU ETS are increased.

Presently inventories of ESR emissions are based on the economy wide GHG reporting by the EU and its Member States to the UNFCCC from which the verified ETS emissions data are subtracted for each Member State. If emissions trading is extended to new sectors (options ETS_2 and ETS_3), for such extension to be effective, it must be possible to measure and monitor emissions with high certainty and at reasonable cost and be able to attribute it to individual entities.

An extension will require a totally new monitoring, reporting and verification system for these new additional sectors. An extension to new sectors will trigger costs related to the setting in place and the operating of such a system, both for the regulated entities and public authorities, including in terms of IT infrastructure and human resources. Regulated entities’ participation in the system would imply obtaining a permit, a registry account, putting in place a monitoring, reporting and verification system, obtaining and surrendering allowances. Public authorities would need to ensure the running of the system and compliance by regulated entities with its requirements.

Different competent authority structures in the EU ETS framework are encountered across Member States (see Table 52). In most Member States more than one competent authority is responsible for all activities of the ETS. Furthermore, in many Member States also involve regional or local authorities in the administration for granting permission of installations, inspection, monitoring, reporting and verification or other issues. For these reasons, and due to possible coordination of monitoring and reporting with already existing requirements for the purpose of excise duty, it is not possible to give quantitative figures on the administrative costs incurred by regulators in the various Member States. Moreover, these costs could at least to some extent be offset by the new auction revenues, depending on how they would be used.

Table 52: Competent authorities’ structures across Member States in 2018 in the current EU ETS framework

Organisation

Number of countries

Centralised system in which one competent authority deals with all activities related to EU ETS

6

Centralised system in which one competent authority deals with all activities related to EU ETS for aviation

7

Centralised system for MRV activities and inspection/enforcement while the allocation and policy making, or auctioning are allocated to a different authority.

16

Local or regional authorities responsible for permitting or inspection but one centralised competent authority for approving the monitoring plans, dealing with changes to the monitoring plan, reviewing emission reports and approving improvement reports.

5

Decentralised system where multiple local and regional authorities are involved in inspection and MRV activities

11

Competent authorities that are responsible for installation’s MRV activities are organised differently than for aviation.

9

Source: ICF et al. assessment, European Commission, SQ Consult, UBA Vienna (2019), Application of the European Union emissions trading directive - Analysis of national responses under Article 21 of the EU ETS Directive in 2018

Looking at the setting in place of the system, the option whereby the existing ETS is extended (option ETS_2) has the advantage that the use of the existing infrastructure such as registry, auctioning arrangements or competent authorities’ structures in the Member States for the new sectors may be more obvious than if the new sectors are included into a new separate emissions trading system (option ETS_3). Nevertheless, also for option ETS_3 it seems likely that existing ETS infrastructure could to a certain degree be used. Whether emissions trading is extended to only one or to two sectors would not affect the one-time costs for setting up the system significantly.

Looking at the costs associated with the operating of the system, both options ETS_2 and ETS_3 would trigger recurring administrative cost and burden for regulated entities and public authorities. The cost of monitoring, reporting and verification plays a crucial role in this respect: for participants in the current EU ETS, the MRV cost has been estimated to represent about 70% of the total transaction costs and average MRV costs per entity have been estimated at around 22,000 €/year and 0.07 €/tCO2 198 . Furthermore, administrative costs include fees for the use of the registry – different across the Member States 199 .

Because of the large number of small emitters (many of which are private persons) and their proportionally higher administrative burden and cost, a pure downstream approach such as in the current ETS whereby the emitters themselves are regulated does not seem feasible when extending emissions trading to the two sectors.

An upstream approach whereby not the emitters themselves but entities further up the supply chain would be regulated, could to some extent remedy challenges stemming from the large number of small emitters in the two sectors 200 . It must thereby be ensured that the chosen point of regulation is technically feasible (volumes can be monitored and reported, and end use known), that incentives to reduce emissions can be passed on to consumers, and that the administrative costs are proportional to the reduction effect.

An assessment against these elements shows that the regional distributors for gas 201 , tax warehouses for oil 202  and distributors for coal could qualify for being upstream regulatory points. Gas supplies (gas being the most important fuel in the building sector and playing a very small role in transport) and oil supplies (oil being widely used in both transport and buildings) would need to be regulated regardless of whether both sectors are submitted to emissions trading, or only one of them. Coal supplies would only be relevant in case emissions trading is extended to buildings (coal playing only a minor role in buildings at the EU level but with variation between Member States).

While there are more than 2,300 regional distributors for gas, the cost of identifying supply streams to buildings and filling stations is expected to be moderate: data on volumes and fuel quality are already collected and since the delivery is done to end-customers, regional distributors should be able to clearly separate fuel for use in road transport and the built environment from fuel used for other purposes. On the basis of the individual consumption profile, gas distributers should also be able to distinguish supplies to residential buildings from supplies to commercial buildings. Though all of this will add additional transaction costs compared to a system that would include all gas use in the ETS.

With respect to oil, the number of regulated entities would be high (there are approximately 7,000 tax warehouses) but the administrative costs for these entities would be moderate since they are already heavily regulated and an administrative quantity metering system for monitoring and reporting already exists for the purpose of excise duty. Not all tax warehouses know the final user of their products and additional transaction costs will arise in the differentiation of fuels for heating, fuels for road transport and fuels for other purposes 203  or in design variants when only commercial buildings and freight transport are included. 

With respect to coal there would be a relatively high number of regulated entities (there are about 3,000 coal distributors). In comparison to the markets for oil and gas, the administrative impacts would be significantly higher since there would be many smaller regulated entities which have hardly been regulated up to now and which would need to establish reliable monitoring and reporting systems. Coal distributors would be able to identify the supply stream to buildings, as they deliver to end customers but this clearly would increase transactional costs.

With more effort, it also seems possible to distinguish between the commercial and private buildings. Nevertheless, the monitoring of coal supplies can be expected to be less accurate than oil and gas supplies, with more room for error and fraud, because of the variation in coal quality, difficulties to identify all regulated entities and all of their deliveries, and because of difficulties to control import and export. Adequate measures would need to be put in place to mitigate this risk 204 .

The above shows that as a result of the extension of emissions trading to the two sectors as foreseen in options ETS_2 and ETS_3, the number of regulated entities would more than double compared to the current number of regulated entities under the EU ETS. However, it can be expected that the monitoring and reporting rules that would be adopted for the upstream regulated entities would be not more complex as compared to the current EU ETS system. In the new sectors, only sales of largely standardised fuels for combustion purposes would be monitored. The calculation of emissions could continue to rely on emission factors, as in the current system. While tax warehouses and gas distributors are already heavily regulated entities which facilitates their identification and supervision, there would be more efforts for the regulators to identify and supervise the coal distributors.

The above also shows that limiting the upstream regulation to certain sectors can only be done with considerable effort, as from the upstream perspective, the tracking of fuels over the supply chain would be cumbersome and would give rise to complexities. This would be in particular the case for oil where tax warehouses often do not have a direct relationship with the end user of the supplied oil. Adopting an upstream approach when extending emissions trading to the two sectors as foreseen in options ETS_2 and ETS_3 would lead to a hybrid system whereby the sectors currently already covered under the well-established and well-functioning EU ETS would continue to be regulated downstream.

Any risk of double counting (e.g. upstream coverage of fuel being supplied to installations already covered by the EU ETS) or risk of loopholes (e.g. larger non-ETS gas consumers that do not purchase their gas from the distributors but have instead a direct connection to the gas TSO network) would need to be assessed and addressed appropriately. While this could in theory be done notably by providing for ex-ante exemptions when the regulated entity knows the status of the end consumer, and where necessary, compensation regimes to avoid double coverage or specific arrangements for firms that would otherwise not be captured by the regime, the practical design of such mechanisms would undoubtedly pose very complex challenges. 205 These challenges led Germany to include in its national ETS not only heating and transport fuels, but also fuels for small industry emitters not covered by the EU ETS, while foreseeing at the same time exemptions from the national ETS for EU ETS installations.

If all fossil fuels emissions were included into an emissions trading system, it would not be necessary to differentiate between individual sectors. This would address to a certain extent boundaries issues identified above and could reduce administrative impact. Still, the challenges coming from the combination of an upstream and downstream model (i.e. replacing the EU ETS with a new EU-wide-all-fossil-fuels upstream emissions trading system) and the risk of double counting would exist and need to be addressed. While a shift to a full upstream model may be seen to solve MRV issues, it would mean an overhaul of the ETS, which has proven to work well.

There may be also some administrative impacts resulting from the ETS coverage of certain sectors while maintaining them (transitionally) in the ESR under options ETS_2.2 and ETS_3. First, ESR administrative rules would continue to apply. However they are generic and the administrative costs related to ESR implementation are limited and are independent from the emission scope, as they always start from GHG inventory emissions deducting (or not) emissions covered by the EU ETS 206 . Second, there may be complexities resulting from differences in emission calculation methods under the EU ETS and under the GHG inventories. This would need to be further analysed as part of any legal proposal, however, there is ample experience from dealing with such issues and related risks for ESR compliance for the industry sector, where such calculation methods differ more strongly.

The administrative impact under option ETS_4 would depend on the sub-option chosen. To the extent that the sectors are included into an emissions trading system, similar considerations as those formulated above regarding the level of regulation, the need to identify sector fuel use and challenges coming from the combination of an upstream or downstream approach would apply. It is moreover likely that precise coverage and regulation in the different MS would differ leading to a heterogeneous design.

On the positive side, the systems could be more tailor-made in function of the existing situation in the MS (and take into account for example the country’s existing excise duty regime). If an obligation for a carbon tax is put on MS (several of which have already adopted such carbon tax), the tax would most likely apply to the same entities as those that would be regulated under an emissions trading system.

Where necessary, measures would need to be taken to distinguish, where this is not yet the case, fuels covered by the carbon tax from those not covered (such as fuels supplied to current ETS systems). A tax is expected to have an advantage that has lower start-up costs and subsequent operation. The use of the existing tax infrastructure may be more obvious than with an emissions trading system. A revision of the Energy Taxation Directive, which is a possibility for implementation of this option, would require unanimity among MS. Future energy policy framework (including transport aspects).



9.8Sector specific analysis of climate and energy policy interactions

This annex complements the analysis in section 6.8 on the interactions of climate and energy policy architecture and increased carbon pricing with sector specific considerations for the key relevant sectors, buildings/ heating and transport sectors.

Specific considerations for the buildings/ residential and services/ heating sector

Increasing the synergies between energy efficiency policies for buildings and policies fostering renewables deployment in heating & cooling and future more stringent energy efficiency standards for buildings, heating and cooking appliances and other equipment would require intensified policies to remove barriers and hassle related to renovations. Some previous EU attempts to introduce mandatory measures in this area have incurred in the past subsidiarity concerns. The EU financing has focused more on regions eligible under cohesion funding, although the instruments foreseen within the framework of the Recovery Plan could change the picture.

Only a limited number of Member States and countries in the world use the pricing of the carbon content of heating fuels through taxation or emissions trading as significant policy leverage. In the residential and commercial sector 78% of emissions of 42 OECD and G20 countries are not subject to a carbon price. Sixteen percent are priced between EUR 0 and EUR 30/tCO2, and 6% above EUR 30/tCO2 207 . Often there are economic and social reasons invoked for this, as the demand for heating fuels is also dependent on weather conditions and very inelastic to price in the short term. In the longer term household energy demand has been more price elastic, with values ranging from 0.23 to 0.5 in the EU and its MS 208 . Sweden is an example of a Member State which uses since long carbon taxation as key driver for reducing emissions and increasing the use of renewable energy, with recent tax rates set at EUR 110. It has been a key driver for large emission reductions in the building sector by reduced emissions from heating of homes and premises 209 .

In the buildings sector, the interactions of carbon pricing instruments with the horizontal energy efficiency instruments are more complex and require a careful design of the policy architecture. One of the main instrument of the EED is set in Article 7 that requires achievement of a cumulative energy savings target by 2030. This requirement drives to a large extent measures in the buildings sector. According to the information submitted in the NECPs (Annex III), in the period from 2021 to 2030 at least 52% of the energy savings will be realised on buildings (the remaining 48% would come from cross-cutting measures which could also target buildings). These are to be achieved either via energy savings obligations scheme, which are currently in place in 15 EU MS, or alternative measures. Depending on the type of carbon pricing introduced, the implications for the functioning of Article 7 would be very different.

The introduction of a carbon taxation as in option ETS_4 would have direct impacts on the alternative measures provisions. Given that the alternative measures have to be additional to those set by the EU legislation, the introduction of EU (or EU mandated national) carbon pricing taxation as analysed would not be accounted as an alternative measure under the EED. Furthermore, given that minimum tax level would be set at the EU level, the existing national taxation measures could not be accounted for under Article 7 if they are not above the EU minimum. Assuming an unchanged EED this would limit the possibility for MS to use taxation as a measure to comply with Article 7 and therefore Member States would have to seek new energy efficiency measures to comply with Article 7 energy savings obligation, or the specifications would need to be adapted.

The example of France shows that carbon taxation could complement the energy savings obligation scheme (ESOS). The French carbon tax includes the building sector and co-exists with a white certificate scheme that obliges energy suppliers to promote energy efficiency measures among their customers through the trade of energy efficiency certificates. Both schemes create a price signal aimed at reducing demand for energy. The carbon tax of EUR 45/tCO2 currently corresponds for natural gas used for heating purposes to EUR 8.45/MWh, while the ESOS price incentive corresponded in February 2019 to EUR 4.00/MWh. The instruments were found to complement each other, as they reinforce the incentives under each instrument. The energy efficiency schemes also mitigate against disproportionate impacts on low-income households, which may lack the capital to invest in energy efficiency in response to increased energy prices resulting from the carbon tax 210 .

In case of an extension of the ETS system to buildings (therefore covering not only district heating and electric heating/ heat pumps, but also gas, oil and coal consumption for heating purposes) or of an equivalent carbon taxation instrument, a significant additional price incentive for heating fuel savings and the switch to renewable heating could be provided. The energy efficiency measures promoted by the EPBD and the EED would likely become more cost effective, due to higher costs for building heating as a consequence of ETS implementation. This could therefore accelerate progress towards achieving the targets in the EED and increasing renovation rates, depending, however, significantly on the level of the carbon price or taxation.

However, the functioning and effectiveness of the energy savings obligation schemes as key delivery instrument could be affected. The two instruments would most likely have to rely on the same regulated entities, which could not always be easy to implement, because the obligated parties under the Article 7 energy savings obligation schemes are defined differently depending on the country. Usually these cover energy suppliers, but can also be energy (network) distributors. This potential overlap is not for instance an issue in Germany, in which an ETS targeting the residential sector is under development, because Germany does not rely on ESOS to achieve the energy savings target but on alternative measures.

Furthermore, such extension of the ETS could limit the possibility to pass the extra costs to consumers and would reduce the options and the capacity of the obligated parties to deliver abatement measures, as a carbon price would incentivise end-users for the same actions as typically pursued under the obligation schemes. The impact on administrative burden would also need to be carefully considered.

Concerning the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive, a possible extension of ETS to buildings will be confronted with existing market conditions as the majority of the barriers to energy renovation of buildings are local and often non-economic, whilst the ETS is primarily a tool to address economic barriers e.g. to fuel switching, even if it also makes energy services to address other barriers more profitable. The coverage of buildings by emissions trading could also influence the cost-optimal minimum requirements for new and existing buildings. Due to the impact on the cost-optimal balance between the investments involved and the energy performance improvements saved throughout the lifecycle of the building, Member States may need to revise their minimum requirements accordingly. Normally, these standards need to be revised every five years in any case under the EPBD to reflect market conditions and technological developments. Finally, there is a question to be addressed about interaction of the financial incentives that Member States are encouraged to put in place under Article 10 of the EPBD and the ETS market.

Similar considerations apply on the likelihood of interactions with the heating and cooling provisions under the Renewables Energy Directive, under an upstream approach in the ETS. There are already measures in the RED and the ETS being used complementarily tools in the electricity sector, so this administrative burden is likely to be manageable 211 . However an ETS alone would not address completely long entrenched barriers that still exist across the whole heating and cooling sector, such as the lack of information, lack of capacity to structure financing and projects, lack of skilled installers, lack of institutional capacity of heat planning, perceived risks and fragmented nature of renewable heating and cooling solutions. These barriers result in more limited price elasticity leading to suboptimal outcomes if using price signals alone, such as taxation or carbon pricing, but can benefit from specific measures and targets together with an overall adapted regulatory framework, through which such carbon price signals can fully exercise their impacts.

Specific considerations for the (road) transport sector

Already in the current EU policy set-up there are interactions between classic transport policies (i.e. regarding infrastructure, pricing and increasingly also connectivity) and energy and climate oriented transport policies, notably between the renewable fuel obligations under the recently adopted Renewable Energy Directive, the Fuel Quality Directive, the CO2 standards for vehicles, Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Directive, Eurovignette Directive that aims at the gradual internalisation of external costs (also beyond GHG emissions) and the minimum taxation for motor fuels under the EU Energy Taxation Directive. In addition, the Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Directive, Energy Performance of Buildings Directive and electricity market legislation support the rollout of recharging and refuelling infrastructure for zero-emission vehicles. Legislative and other instruments in the field of transport are numerous and policy interactions are acknowledged.

Member States can, for example, express the renewable fuel obligation as a requirement to reduce the GHG emission intensity of fuels, providing the RES-T share targets are met. The recently adopted CO2 standards for vehicles for 2025 and 2030, including further provisions incentivising the deployment of zero- and low-emission vehicles, are expected to be an effective driver for higher efficiency and switch toward zero-emission vehicles providing certainty for the roll-out of the related alternative fuels infrastructure, with benefits for consumers in terms of lower fuels bills, contributing to energy security and stimulating investments into the technologies needed for the transition towards zero-emission mobility. Altogether, these policies combined are projected to overachieve the minimum target set out for RES-T in 2030 in the Renewable Energy Directive by nearly 4 p.p.  212 .

An intensification of these policies as indicated in section 5.2.2.2 and 5.2.2.4 and reflected in the REG and MIX scenarios would increase these policy interactions. A further mainstreaming of renewable and low carbon fuels, beyond the current obligation on Member States to set an obligation on fuel suppliers to achieve a share of at least 14% renewable energy in the transport sector in 2030, including at least 3.5% of advanced biofuels and biogases, would further decrease the GHG intensity of fuels and facilitate the market diffusion of zero or low emission vehicles. The changes are most pronounced in the road transport as here stricter vehicle CO2 standards for 2030 further incentivising the deployment of zero- and low-emission vehicles would not only foster further specific emission reductions but also energy efficiency. For a quicker market uptake, a large-scale roll-out of recharging and refuelling infrastructure would be needed. A strengthening of minimum energy taxation (e.g. alignment of minima on energy content for diesel and petrol and mirroring the alignment in terms of energy content at MS level) could foster the wider uptake of more energy efficient vehicles but would not necessarily incentivise further emission reductions in the extent needed to achieve the GHG ambition. Here in addition minimum incentives for low and zero emissions vehicles in vehicle taxation would be needed if no carbon content element would be added.

This comprehensive policy mix, if highly intensified compared to current policies, which reduce emissions in road transport with 16% compared to 2015 by 2030, could increase road transport emission reductions by 5 p.p. to -21% (REG). It could lead to around 2 percentage points bigger reductions in transport emissions than using carbon pricing as main additional policy tool (CPRICE), to some extent also a result of a stronger reduction in transport energy demand, by 4% in REG compared to baseline instead of 2% in CPRICE.

Looking at all transport modes, there are already currently interactions of the analysed specific policies with carbon pricing instruments. Aviation emissions and emissions related to electrified rail and electric vehicles are covered by the EU ETS, amounting to less than 10% of total transport emissions. This share is expected to increase, notably through the increased use of electric vehicles. Inclusion of domestic and intra-EU maritime emissions under ETS as proposed by the European Green Deal is analysed in all policy scenarios.

Carbon pricing in road transport is also mentioned as an option to consider by the European Green Deal and there is already some experience of such policy. Several Member States (i.e. Denmark, Finland, France, Ireland, Luxembourg, Portugal, Slovenia and Sweden) apply specific carbon taxes for road transport as part of the fuel excise duties and electricity taxes, albeit with varying levels 213 . An OECD study on effective carbon pricing in 42 OECD and G20 countries found that in the road transport sector 34 of the 42 countries covered have already an implicit effective carbon rate above €60/tCO2, significantly stronger than in other sectors 214 . In the EU, the implicit carbon prices implied by the current nominal minimum energy taxation rates are around €150/tCO2 per for unleaded petrol and around €120 for diesel. Current unweighted EU27 averages of implicit carbon prices resulting from adding national energy and carbon taxation rates are around €240/tCO2 for petrol and €160/tCO2 for diesel 215 .

An EU carbon price of €60/tCO2 in 2030 which adds to the national energy and carbon taxation, combined with a low intensification of CO2 emission standards for vehicles and of the policies to improve the efficiency of the transport system and shift activity to more sustainable transport mode (as in CPRICE scenario) increase emission reductions below 2015 levels compared to baseline by 3 p.p. to 19%.

This policy combination with an EU carbon price would enhance electrification and create a more level playing field with fossil transport fuels and thus improve energy efficiency, reducing final energy demand in transport by 2% compared to baseline. It would incentivise an increase of the renewable energy share in transport by 45 p.p. compared to baseline, to 22% in 2030. While an additional €60 carbon price combined with CO2 standards and other policies can deliver emissions reduction, carbon pricing alone would be less effective. For example, it has been estimated that for achieving a 2030 target of 60 g CO2/km (measures according to the NEDC) without CO2 standards and only via carbon pricing, the average EU ETS price would need to be significantly higher (in that study €218/tCO2) 216 .

In general terms the estimated low short term price elasticities of road transport, which limit the effectiveness of carbon pricing, are due to the long investment lead times of private car users. The relatively low price elasticities in general are due to the fact that private consumers typically severely discount future fuel savings, only taking these into account on average up to a time horizon of a few years 217 . The long-term elasticity of freight transport is higher than for passenger transport. For commercial users and freight companies, the barriers highlighted are information asymmetries of SMEs compared to suppliers, limited access to finance and for lorries often also split incentives as the drivers do not pay the full fuel costs 218 .

The implementation of emissions trading for road transport could build on synergies with the Energy Taxation Directive. The transport fuels concerned are held in tax warehouses until they are released for consumption, at which point the excise duty must be paid. The amount of these fuels which is consumed for transport is therefore monitored and registered by tax warehouses. An upstream ETS inclusion for transport could likely rely on these mechanisms.

These considerations lead to the conclusion that in the transport sector the question is not about a regulation driven versus a carbon price driven policy mix, but about the extent and level where these different elements already present in the current policy mix are provided. For example, ETS coverage together with existing tax levels and CO2 standards for vehicles are complementary instruments, acting as incentives on the fuels use and on the introduction of technologies respectively. Just like higher carbon taxation or a revised Eurovignette along the lines of the Commission proposal, it would increase the price of every additional kilometre driven and increase the incorporation of externalities by the sector 219 .

There is possible overlap between REDII, the Fuel Quality Directive 220 and ETS coverage of road transport, as both could incentivise the use of renewable and low carbon fuels. However, as the abatement costs of renewable and low carbon fuels are relatively high, it is unlikely that ETS inclusion would have a significant impact here 221 .

In case of a further strengthening of the carbon pricing element next to a targeted intensification of specific regulatory energy and transport policies, it needs to be carefully weighed if this should better occur at EU level by introducing emissions trading (options ETS_2 and ETS_3 in section 6.7) or at the currently dominating national level, leaving a choice between national emissions trading and carbon taxation (or EU ETS opt-in, option ETS_ 4 analysed in section 6.7).



9.9Extended analysis on the role of the LULUCF policy architecture in achieving increased ambition in GHG removals

Current policy (Baseline: Option LULUCF_1) is focussed on ensuring that Member States do not backslide in the LULUCF sector compared to the evolution of the sink under ‘current practices’. This approach, however, places the commitment against the counterfactual of a decreasing forest sink, predicated on a reduced forest growth due to aging forests in the majority of zones in the EU27. By relating only to national greenhouse gas inventory results, the legislation also does not define any EU markets to internalise the positive impacts of carbon sequestration. It also still relies partly on data on carbon sinks that is incomplete or collated at a coarse level.

The decrease in reported sink is largely due to a reduction in forest sink (on managed forest lands) dominated by a handful of Member States with important divergence from historical trends in their forestry sectors, as well as natural hazards such as fires and pests.

Projections from modelling show a limited impact in the medium term (2030) – a consideration that remains one of the limiting factors in engaging in action with LULUCF. Conversely, the Long Term Strategy 222 showed that an increase of the net reported sink for the EU28 in the range of -300 to -500 MtCO2-eq./year by 2050 should be favoured (Figure 91). Options to better prepare for expanding the sink in the decades that follow in preparation of the shift to a climate neutral bio-economy are therefore required.

Figure 91: Emissions profile by 2050 for selected climate-neutral scenarios of the in depth analysis supporting the EU Long Term Strategy

Source: PRIMES and GLOBIOM models

What can be the LULUCF sector’s contribution to achieving the -50% to -55% GHG reductions?

The climate-neutral scenarios of the in-depth analysis underpinning the communication “A clean planet for all” are clear: to be climate neutral by 2050 and a net GHG remover thereafter, the EU will have to rely on a substantial amount of carbon removals, going beyond the current 264 MtCO2-eq/year LULUCF sink reported today. Both nature-based and technological solutions are required to offset around 500 MtCO2 of residual fossil and non-biogenic emissions that are too difficult or costly to abate.

However, the immediate contribution of LULUCF in the shorter term is more nuanced. Acting on deforestation can have an immediate impact, whereas afforestation or fundamental adjustments to forest structure (species, age class distributions) to generate more sink will take decades (section 6.2.3). A renewed focus towards natural restoration and “old growth” forests requires stands to develop over centuries, so as to become “old” and develop substantive carbon stocks – although existing stocks are key factors in this equation, too. Soil carbon restoration may also take decades to be significantly improved. The long-term transition needs to be planned urgently and implementation started with a sense of urgency.

In the period up to 2030, therefore, the most promising mitigation measures relate to emission avoidance from agricultural land (histosols), perennial cropping, changes in harvest intensity, optimization of thinnings, and afforestation. Many of these actions are synergistic with action on biodiversity, if handled in a manner appropriate for the local context. Annual mitigation of 50 MtCO2 to 80 MtCO2 annually is considered technically feasible across EU27. However, there is an emerging mismatch between responsibility for action, incentives and governance, and actors and financing sources.

Along the pathway to a climate neutral bio-economy, it is of key importance to properly assess the interlinkages between the dynamic of the forest sink, the use of biomass in other sectors of EU economy and any associated environmental impact, including indirectly the impact on carbon stocks due to displacement of other land-based activities. Afforestation, reforestation 223 and reduced deforestation are obvious options to increase the coverage of EU forests potential, together with possible co-benefits of many other ecosystem services such as biodiversity and reduced risks of soil erosion, floods, and air and water pollution. Land is a finite resource and extending forest coverage may, if carried out over large scales 224 , intensify the competition for land with other sectors of the economy. Afforestation for instance may displace agricultural production of food, feed, fibre or energy, and subsequently increase GHG emissions in other sectors.

Territorial imbalances

The current baseline deliberately restricts Member States from optimising LULUCF action (e.g. afforestation or land use restoration) at the best location in the Union. Instead, it requires the action to take place within a Member State’s territory. Consequently, the first most significant conclusion of the baseline policy approach is that not only would the incentive for action be limited in geographic scope, but that also action in the sector would not be cost-efficient. This also partly explains the relatively limited uptake of action so far in the sector.

Furthermore, according to the IPCC 225 , global land use will undergo very significant transitions over the next three decades. These changes are caused by shifting weather and climate patterns, as well as by increased demands on biomass, agricultural and forest feedstocks in general, and competing demands for land to produce them. This dynamic also translates at the level of the EU, and will have a significant impact on removals from forests, emissions from crop production, livestock management etc. Long-term optimisation of sustainable land use will be a major challenge that starts already this decade.

The increased action to redress the loss of biodiversity experienced over the past decades on the EU’s territory will also require substantial land management change. These can however become positive actions for climate, for example where protected areas underpin nature-based carbon storage and carbon sequestration. A similar response may be identified for climate adaptation actions, where these lead to the reduction of natural hazard effects created by drought, fire and pest.

What policy architecture could we use?

Based upon the Kyoto Protocol rules, the current regulation presents a potential mismatch between actors (individuals) directly managing land on the one hand, and state-level responsibility and interests on the other. For the latter, relatively weak definitions of global level rules and governance provide only a limited mandate to act; and for the former, only exceptionally direct incentives are tangible either via pricing or specific regulatory – and usually nationally focussed – frameworks. The currently adopted EU legislative framework, while respecting the EU’s international commitment under its NDC, only acts as a floor against which Member States risk being penalised.

Instead, a better match between the actors and the (financial, cost-driven) incentives needs to be made to unlock the significant mitigation potential offered by land, thereby mobilising the necessary financial means to reward action. Such an architecture could build on the current LULUCF accounting framework, be it through eco-schemes or the Rural Development Programme in the Common Agriculture Policy through direct rewards to farmers and foresters. However, the CAP alone cannot be taken as sufficient to deliver the total carbon sequestration needed; the distribution of CAP financing is not indexed on this priority alone, and will also not relate to dynamic factors such as biomass pricing signals.

As a starting point, voluntary frameworks for trading additional action on land between private actors should be fostered; even if this approach would need to be correctly integrated into the national inventories reported at EU and MS level to be meaningful. The development, in due course, of a comprehensive regulatory framework for certification of carbon removals based on robust and transparent carbon accounting – as announced in the Circular Economy Action Plan 226 – would provide certainty to all actors and enable a larger deployment of carbon removal solutions. As set out in the Farm-to-Fork strategy 227 , the Commission is piloting – together with local actors – “carbon farming” initiatives to provide financial incentives to farmers and foresters, financed by the means mentioned above or through EU programs such as LIFE 228 or in the framework of the recovery package.

The LULUCF regulation and related framework should therefore be developed to better enable such initiatives at the level of Member States or private market actors. This can be done through strengthening of existing rules, introducing LULUCF targets set at national level; or increasing existing flexibility for Member States to use their sink to compensate hard-to-abate emissions in other sectors of the economy; or through a combination of these approaches. The key issue is to ensure that the relative pricing of action and carbon sequestered is optimised to the extent possible, and to avoid that carbon is instead imported or emissions “leaked” through land use “displacement”.

Increasing the flexibility of LULUCF credits towards the ESR and/or ETS

With regard to the flexibility towards the ESR, Member States are today the sole actors in terms of generating LULUCF credits and buying/selling LULUCF credit. This means every Member State has the sole responsibility to design national incentive schemes to transmit a carbon price signal to their farmers and foresters. However, few Member States have presented ambition to exploit this path, and very few programmes are being developed with significant ambition.

Instead, Member States have preferred to remain cautious over the enhancement of removals in the sector. Under this assessments baseline, removals slightly increase by 2030 and are in the medium term (2030-40) likely to remain stable (see section 6.2.3). A key part of a revision of the 2030 framework needs therefore to be directed towards removing the existing barriers in the current architecture, and increasing the incentives to take more action both at Member State level and (in contrast with the current LULUCF Regulation) at the level of farmers and foresters.

Raising ambition through more stringent rules

A further option to increase sink is to place more stringency in the accounting system. Such an approach may be justified in view of the risk of decreasing sink at EU level, and the competing complex demands on land and biomass, and the complexities in the existing system concerning the setting of the Forest Reference Level benchmarks for each Member State. Introducing a more stringent sectoral LULUCF target would theoretically require Member States to introduce incentives to generate more sink than under current policies and plans.

However, unless the existing flexibility from the ESR – which also serves as the last resort compliance mechanism for the whole of the non-ETS including LULUCF – is closed, such extra ‘sink’ may be delivered by sectors other than LULUCF, or by action outside the national territory. The governance of the two sectors would therefore need to undergo revision, possibly also including reciprocal adaptations of the current LULUCF flexibility under the ESR.

In the long-term, the optimal level of the forest benchmark would need to be determined, such that the foresters have sufficient and adequate financial and regulatory incentives for additional action. Land managers could be encouraged to engage in win-win actions for climate and biodiversity, such as the rewetting of organic soils and peatlands as well as afforestation projects in line with the Biodiversity Strategy (also including agroforestry). These areas offer good opportunities to spearhead the development of carbon removal credits and to develop reliable MRV rules.

On the one hand, a framework should emerge such that the other sectors do not transfer windfall profits from decarbonisation (for example, through the low-cost access to biomass) to actors, for forest growth and harvesting that would happen in any case. On the other hand, the framework should also avoid an overloading of the use of imported biomass, for which the climate mitigation credibility may be called into question. The necessary regulatory mechanisms to achieve this balance should be examined in future impact assessment work, upon the selection of the overall policy architecture, and be based upon a much more economically oriented discussion on the optimal pricing incentives.

The pathway to a 2050 climate neutral bioeconomy

In the case that the sectors included in the ESR would be considerably changed, e.g. all energy CO2 emissions would be included in the EU ETS and taken out of the scope of the ESR (see section 6.7), or when they are reduced to marginal size, agricultural emissions would become relatively isolated. These may become the dominant component of what is today the ESR, and hence be assigned a de facto sectoral target in accordance with the legislative framework agreed in 2018. The non-ETS sectors – including LULUCF – would in effect be an extended form of the IPCC’s combined Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use (AFOLU) configuration 229   230 . Given that biomass related emissions in other sectors are conceptually set to zero by the IPCC, the removal and emissions scope of these sectors also corresponds to the biomass related emissions of the bioeconomy.

Such a configuration would imply that flexibility to offset non-CO2 emissions from agriculture with LULUCF carbon removals is widely available. Member States’ sectoral targets would likely be based on their (very heterogeneous) potential for carbon removals and emission reductions. Thus, these targets differ widely: while in some Member States the combined sectors will have to become a net sink, in others it may still remain a source.

The EU-wide market for carbon removals (discussed above) may again prove a useful instrument to address this geographic heterogeneity. New digital technologies and governance models would facilitate the individual certification of carbon removals, making them robust and trustworthy. For instance, livestock farmers or biomass users could compensate their emissions by buying carbon removals from forest or wetland owners geographically distant and within the EU. Again, national accounting registries would be adjusted to cater for traded emissions and removals. Finally, this provides scope for larger operators, for example dairy producers under the ETS, to link with credits or specialised allowances under the EU ETS (of course, depending on the ETS ambition and scope).

Overall, even if such LULUCF sectoral targets were achieved by Member States, the EU net sink as reported in the inventory is not guaranteed to increase across the EU. In summary, the setting of the Member State level target may require:

·A detailed individual sub-sector analysis (cropland, managed forest land, etc.), to help determine the fair and cost effective effort beyond the (accounting rule) baseline; or

·The re-adjustment of the LULUCF Regulation accounting rules to a more stringent level: most obviously the simplification of the forest related benchmark. The international risks for the EU, should a move away from long established conventions be selected, must be considered.

·The redesign of the governance and target compliance framework, separate from the ESR, that is currently absent in the LULUCF Regulation (and would also require fundamental adjustments to the ESR legislation too)

·The redesign of the internal LULUCF flexibility rules, to oblige sink increase (target compliance) in each individual Member State before flexibility and trading of the benefit of the sink elsewhere (geographically) or in other sectors.



Box: Incorporating LULUCF into the target metric

The current 2030 climate legislation uses a metric showing reductions of fossil emissions compared to a base year, ignoring the reported information from LULUCF. However, the move to a future paradigm under the Climate Law proposal - where fossil emissions are marginal, and the key to “climate neutrality” is the correct accounting of biogenic emissions and balancing of any residual non-biogenic emissions – means that at some point a move to a new metric to describe the advancement towards climate neutrality is required.

A decision therefore needs to be taken as to when the accounting framework should move from ‘accounted’ LULUCF to ‘reported’ LULUCF metrics. The re-framing of the EU baseline would place it in line with the Paris Agreement and Climate Law proposals, where reported GHG anthropogenic emissions and removals are aggregated each reporting year to determine the achievement of climate neutrality. In this sense, the direction of assessing the achievement is clearly towards the reported (rather than accounted) GHG inventories.

While attractively simplifying the EU target framework, the application of LULUCF reporting values in the computation of a pathway/reduction compared to a base year (e.g. 1990) raises a number of considerations:

·Total GHG emissions including the full reported LULUCF sink (though excluding international maritime and aviation emissions) have reduced by 1.3% more over the period 1990-2018 than the conventional computation excluding LULUCF. Redefining the baseline by including the full reported LULUCF sink may be perceived as a “windfall” use of the sector, even though it would also fully capture any potential negative impacts on the performance of the overall LULUCF sink, including increased harvesting, forest stand ageing or natural hazards such as forest fires.

·If LULUCF sink is assumed constant at 2018 levels - and other emissions decline – the difference in relative achieved reduction with or without inclusion of the LULUCF grows. This is a crucial feature of the transition to climate neutrality. If the EU manages to enhance its sink to around 500 MtCO2, the EU would achieve climate neutrality when non-LULUCF emissions are reduced by 90%, compared to 1990.

·Reliability of LULUCF data – which have shown variability and uncertainty – from 1990 is certainly questionable, especially if broken down to Member State level; indeed, such uncertainties (particularly bias of estimates of significant carbon pools) has led to the development of a complex set of accounting rules to minimise these effects. Agreeing which verified data would be used may be difficult 231 . The current LULUCF regulation, for example, has selected a period (2005-2009) as an average to help address such concerns.

·Inter-member state variability: some of the 27 Member States will present already significant LULUCF emission/removal profiles that lead to national climate neutrality (or even sinks), sooner than others, whereas others will be sources (emissions).

·The change may remove policy action incentive through the elimination of “mere presence” of sinks due to legacy land use: for example, where forest land delivers a very significant reported sink in the 1990 base year. The incentive for action in other sectors must be maintained, for example by stepping up overall ambition of EU climate policy.

The application of a LULUCF report-based target frame, while being the intended destination of a climate neutral bioeconomy assessed the balancing of greenhouse gases, needs careful application to the determination of the trajectory milestones.



9.10Context of the 2030 Climate Target Plan

9.10.1Current policies and progress achieved 

9.10.1.12020 targets: progress to date and trends for the European energy system

In 2007, the European Union proposed the first dedicated energy and climate policy package to address at the same time emissions reduction and energy sector reform. The package set national energy and climate targets for the year 2020; improvements and extension of the EU Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) 232 ; a legislative scheme for renewable energy (the Renewable Energy Directive); energy efficiency (the Energy Efficiency Directive) as well as the 3rd package of energy market liberalisation. The implementation of the legislation that emerged clearly facilitated a faster transition to a decarbonised energy sector.

The EU28 set for itself the target to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 20% by 2020 compared to 1990. In Europe, economic growth decoupled from GHG emissions several decades ago. Between 1990 and 2018 total emissions 233 in the EU28 decreased by 22%, while the EU’s combined GDP grew by 58%. In the period from 2014 to 2018, emissions stagnated but emissions fell again in 2019.

Higher carbon prices in the ETS, high generation from renewable producers and historically low gas prices reduced generation from coal in 2019. Emission under the EU ETS decreased by 8.7% year on year. Electricity generation from solid fossil fuels (coal and lignite) in the European Union fell by 26% on a year-on-year basis in 2019 234 and was the single largest contributor to the drop in emissions in EU. The power sector has made the most progress towards decarbonisation. In 2018, nearly 59% of all EU electricity was generated from emissions free sources compared to under half in 2010 235 .

This shift away from coal foretells deeper structural changes. As the aging fleet of European coal fired power plants nears the end of economic lifetime, 14 Member States have announced a phase-out of coal power generation.

In the short term, coal-to-gas switch in power generation can lead to significant year-to-year emissions reduction. In the medium term, gas-fired power plants may provide the flexibility needed to integrate increasing shares of variable renewables. However, unabated emissions from natural gas are incompatible with the European decarbonisation ambition. Therefore, overall its consumption needs to decrease in a transition to a climate neutral economy.

For sectors not covered by the EU Emissions Trading System (excluding LULUCF), the EU 2020 target is an 8% reduction compared to 2005 236 . The target is implemented through binding Member State targets under the Effort Sharing Decision 237 . In 2018, EU emissions reached the reduction target, with the majority of Member States having emissions below their national targets.

Since 1990, GHG emissions have decreased in all sectors of the European economy, except for transport. Greenhouse gas emissions from transport saw a strong increase in the period 1990 – 2007. Emissions decreased between 2007 and 2014 but saw an increase again since 2014, following the sharp drop on oil prices in 2014. In 2018 emissions of the transport sector in the EU (excluding international aviation and maritime navigation) were 23% higher than in 1990. Abating transport emissions remains challenging and, notably in urban environments, the impact of air pollution from fuel combustion, from transport as well as other sectors, is often a major concern. To reverse this trend, by 2021 new cars sold in the EU will have to emit, on average, no more than 95 gCO2/km. The average CO2 emissions of new cars sold in the EU28 in 2018 was around 121 gCO2/km 238 . In 2018, transport emissions excluding international aviation and maritime navigation represented 22% of the total EU emissions 239 . Adding international aviation and international maritime navigation would increase these total emissions by 3.4% and 3.6% respectively 240 .

In 2018, manufacturing activities and construction contributed to about 21% of total GHG emissions. In the period between 1990 and 2018, the sector reduced emissions by 33% 241 . This is the second largest contribution to the EU’s emissions reduction after the power sector.

The EU’s balance of emissions and removals for the land 242 sector results in net removals of CO2 from the atmosphere. In 1990 the EU net sink resulted in 255 MtCO2 net removals. This increased in the period up to 2009 by over 70 MtCO2, but has since seen a reversal. In 2018 the net removal by land (mostly forest) was 263 MtCO2-eq.

Overall, the EU is thus on track to overachieve its target under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) of reducing GHG emissions by 20% by 2020. In 2018 EU greenhouse gas emissions, excluding the UK and including emissions of all outgoing aviation were 20.7% below 1990 levels 243 . Including emissions and removals of the EU’s Land-Use, Land-Use Change and Forestry sector, net emissions have reduced by around 24% compared to 1990.

The EU has also set a 20% energy efficiency target for 2020. Final energy consumption in the EU28 244 fell by 5.8%, from 1194 Mtoe in 2005 to 1124 Mtoe in 2018. It decreased at an annual average rate of 0.42% between 2005 and 2018. However, the trend reversed in recent years and energy consumption kept rising since 2014 (which was an exceptionally warm winter with low heating demand). Amid continued economic growth, energy consumption rose by 5.3% in the period from 2014 to 2018. This is 3.5 percentage points (p.p.) above the 2020 final energy consumption target of 1086 Mtoe. In 2018, energy consumption increased by only 0.1% compared to the previous year.

Primary energy consumption in the EU28 decreased from 1721 Mtoe in 2005 to 1552 Mtoe in 2018 – a 9.8% drop. This is 4.65 p.p. above the 2020 target of 1483 Mtoe. Following three years of increase, a 0.7 % drop in primary energy consumption was recorded in 2018. Overall, without taking into account the impact of the COVID-19 crisis, both primary and final energy consumption were just above the trajectory towards the 2020 energy efficiency target. Clearly, over the long term, decoupling of energy consumption from economic growth is evident. Energy intensity of GDP decreased 38% between 1990 and 2018. Final energy consumption in 2018 is 3.3% higher than in 1990 while GDP grew by 61%.

The third target for 2020 aims at a 20% share of renewable energy in gross final energy consumption. Renewable energy has been increasing continuously in the EU. Helped by Member States support policies, the share of renewable energy in gross final energy consumption grew from 9.6% to 18.9% in the period between 2004 and 2018. This result put the Union on track to reach its target for 2020 245 . Over this period, direct and indirect employments in renewable energy in the EU28 more than doubled, increasing from 660 000 to 1.51 million jobs 246 .

Policies implemented by both the European Union and Member States were instrumental in bringing about the remarkable cost reduction experienced by renewable energy sources – in particular solar PV and wind energy – in the past decade.

As a result, in a majority of Member States, new-built renewable power generation is now cheaper than gas and coal power plants 247 . In the EU, electricity generated by wind energy increased more than 3 times between 2010 and 2018 and electricity generated by solar PV increased almost 5 times 248 . Cost reductions in offshore wind technology, pioneered by developments in the North Sea, are opening vast additional renewable energy resources. Offshore wind capacity in the European Union 249 increased from 1.6 GW in 2010 to 12.2 GW in 2019 250 .

Considering the magnitude and rate of the changes, the European power networks have coped well with the rise of variable renewables. Policy and regulatory measures have been instrumental in developing interconnected and integrated trans-European electricity markets. Forty projects – of which 30 related to power networks – have been implemented under the TEN-E policy framework aimed at improving cross-border exchange.

Investments in renewable energy are increasingly driven by market decisions. Member States increasingly grant support for renewable energy through competitive tenders and ensure that renewable energy installations are integrated in the electricity market, as required by State aid rules. Power markets in Europe are adapting to these changes. The volume of renewable electricity sold with power purchase agreements (PPAs) is increasing rapidly. At the beginning of 2020, corporations worldwide signed contracts to purchase almost 60 GW of green power under PPAs with renewable producers (6 GW of which were in the EU). The market tripled since 2017 251 . New business models are emerging for energy communities and demand response schemes. A flexible, decentralised power market will have to be complemented by smart distribution and transmission networks. To this aim, 29 interconnection projects have been identified aimed at developing electricity and smart grids and are expected to be implemented by 2022.

Over the period from 2004 to 2018, the renewables share in the heating and cooling in the EU almost doubled from 11.7% to 21.1%. Helped by increased penetration of renewables, CO2 emissions in the EU residential sector in 2018 were almost 29% below 1990 levels. However, increased energy use meant that emissions increased by 3% between 2014 and 2018.

The share of renewables in transport reached 8.3% in 2018 for the EU compared to only 2% in 2005. This provides a solid ground to reach the 10% target in the Renewable Energy Directive. Battery electric vehicles and plug-in hybrids represent only 3.3% of the new vehicles sold in 2019, but new models are coming to the market. 252

9.10.1.2Current 2030 climate and energy framework

In October 2014, the European Council concluded that the EU set a target of an at least -40% reduction in domestic economy-wide emissions of greenhouse gases by 2030 compared to 1990. The European Council also agreed on a target of at least 27% renewable energy consumption and on a target of 27% for energy efficiency. The GHG target was incorporated in the EU Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) to the Paris Agreement. It was implemented in three main pieces of legislation: The first legislative deliverable under the Energy Union to implement the 2030 targets was the revised ETS directive 253 , which regulates GHG emissions from large point sources (mainly power sector and industry) and aviation. The annual ETS cap reduction was increased with a view of achieving 43% reductions by 2030 compared to 2005, while the Market Stability Reserve was strengthened to address the surplus of EU allowances that has built up historically. A second set of legislation under the 2030 climate and energy framework, (the Effort Sharing Regulation 254 and the LULUCF Regulation 255 on the inclusion land use, land use change and forestry) regulates emissions and removals of the sectors outside the EU-ETS. It does so by setting binding emission trajectories and reduction objectives per Member State, taking into account their different capabilities to reduce GHG emissions, and including rules to ensure that greenhouse gas emissions from the LULUCF sector are offset by at least an equivalent removal of CO₂ from the atmosphere.

In 2018 and 2019, the EU adopted a comprehensive update of its energy policy framework to facilitate the energy transition and to deliver on the EU’s commitments under the Paris Agreement. The Clean Energy for All Europeans consists of eight legislative acts setting the European energy targets for 2030 and paving the way for their achievement. The new legal framework set an EU binding target of at least 32% for renewable energy sources in the EU’s energy mix and of at least 32.5% energy efficiency by 2030. It also includes legislation to adapt the electricity market design to increasing shares of decentralised and variable generation assets. 256

The binding 32% renewable energy target to be achieved collectively by the EU in 2030 moved away from national binding targets agreed for the 2020 framework as Member States have set their contributions to the Union target in their National Energy and Climate Plans. In addition, a renewable energy target for transport of 14% has been set with a sub-target to promote advanced biofuels. A specific indicative target to increase the share of renewables by 1.3 p.p. a year has been defined for the heating and cooling sector. Further, the agreement includes measures to facilitate the participation of citizens in the energy transition through self-consumption and energy communities and to enhance the sustainability of bioenergy.

The combined impact of these energy targets if fully implemented is a significant reduction in energy related emissions, which taking into account expected development in non-energy related GHG emissions is projected to lead to more than 40% GHG reductions in the EU by 2030 compared to 1990 levels. The results of the combined impacts of the greenhouse gas emissions, renewable energy sources and energy efficiency, have been modelled for the purpose of this impact assessment and confirm the findings of earlier simulations of the existing policy framework, that combined, the existing 2030 targets would reduce emissions by more than 40% in the EU. For more detail see annex 9.3.3.2.

In the transport area, the Commission adopted a European strategy for low-emission mobility in 2016. 257 It acknowledged that achieving deep emissions reductions will require an integrated system approach that includes promoting (i) overall vehicle efficiency, low- and zero emission vehicles and infrastructure; (ii) a long-term switch to alternative and net-zero carbon fuels for transport; (iii) increased efficiency of the transport system – by making the most of digital technologies and smart pricing and by further encouraging multi-modal integration and shifts towards more sustainable transport modes such as inland waterways, short-sea shipping and rail. Changes in behaviour and consumer choice to shift from private transportation to low-carbon public transport, shared mobility and zero-carbon mobility (biking, walking) were also acknowledged as key. The low-emission mobility strategy framed the policy initiatives that were adopted by the Commission in the three 2017-2018 Mobility Packages. 258

In addition, the new Regulation of the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action has established an integrated energy and climate planning, monitoring and reporting framework 259 . It has created a unique system of energy and climate governance ensuring that the Union and its Member States can plan together and fulfil collectively the 2030 targets. In 2018, all Member States have, for the first time, prepared draft integrated National Energy and Climate Plans (NECPs). The Commission published a Communication assessing the 28 draft NECPs in June 2019 (COM/2019/285), together with specific recommendations and a detailed "Staff Working Document" for each Member State. Member States were to submit final NECPs by 31 December 2019. All Member States have done so.

In the 2020 State of the Energy Union report, the Commission will assess the final plans against current EU-level energy efficiency and renewable energy targets and identify policies and measures to achieve the Union’s 2030 targets if there is a gap.

A similar process of preparing National Forestry Accounting Plans was also followed for the establishment of key benchmarks for forestry accounting, under the LULUCF Regulation 260 . The governance process also provides an opportunity to update the plans by 2024 to reflect experience and to take advantage of new opportunities for the remainder of the decade. The EU Forest Strategy to be adopted in 2021 will contribute to these goals.

9.10.1.3The COVID-19 crisis – unfolding impact on the energy system and economy wide GHG emissions

The COVID-19 pandemic has affected countries across the globe. No region has been spared and the worldwide count of confirmed cases continued to rise rapidly through August, with around 21 million confirmed cases globally in the middle of the month 261 . Economies have been particularly affected both from the health and economic perspectives. Lockdowns have been enforced across the EU and in countries around the world. At their peak, emissions in individual countries decreased by 26% on average, while for 2020 as a whole global CO2 emissions are expected to fall by 4-7% 262 .

The disruptions in economic value chains related to the lockdowns have triggered sharp declines in economic activity across the globe, with a high degree of uncertainty regarding future developments that are relevant for this impact assessment.

At the global level, the IMF’s June World Economic Outlook 263 projects world economic output to shrink by 4.9% in 2020 while the World Bank’s Global Economic Prospects 264 shows a similar figure of -5.2%. Although both anticipate a rebound in 2021 (respectively +5.4% and +4.2%), the global GDP level projected for 2021 is markedly below pre-COVID estimates. Advanced economies are projected to be affected significantly more than emerging markets and developing economies, whose output is projected to decline by 2-3% in 2020 before growing 4.9-5.9% in 2021. Both the IMF and the World Bank stress the extreme uncertainty surrounding these projections and that risks remain on the downside, including a longer duration of the current outbreak or its resurgence at a later stage.

The Commission’s Spring Economic Forecast 265 was the basis for the macro-economic assumptions underpinning the COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX scenarios. It projects the EU economy to contract by 7.4% in 2020, followed by a recovery of around 6% in 2021. While this supposes a relatively quick rebound in economic activity and the absence of a second wave of the pandemic, it would still leave real GDP in 2021 2.3% lower than would have been the case under the autumn forecast 2019. The Commission also indicated at the time that risks were mainly on the downside and highlighted the unprecedented level of uncertainty regarding the projections as the full scale and duration of the pandemic remain uncertain. 266 Furthermore, Member States themselves are projected to be affected to varying degrees by the crisis, with the Commission’s spring forecast indicating contractions in real GDP in 2020 ranging from -4.3% to -9.7%.

The European Central Bank’s June macro-economic projections are along the same lines, with euro-area GDP expected to shrink by 8.7% in 2020 before growing 5.2% and 3.3% in 2021 and 2022, respectively 267 . This would still leave euro-area real GDP 4.2% below its previously projected level in 2022.

The slump in economic activity has also triggered sharp increases in temporary lay-offs and unemployment and to massive cuts in hours worked across the EU. The Commission’s Spring Economic Forecast projects that 5 million jobs would be lost in 2020 compared to a year earlier (a 2.4% drop) and that employment would remain 2.1 million under that level in 2021. Similarly, the ECB projects a 2.8% fall in employment in 2020, followed by a modest 0.4% increase in 2021.

Workers in certain services sectors, including retail, hospitality, tourism or leisure have been particularly hit. The rise in unemployment and the differentiated distribution of impacts across sectors and skills levels therefore could potentially exacerbate existing social inequality within Member States. It could also generate lasting effects on private consumption as households increase precautionary saving.

The lockdowns have affected sectoral activity to very different degrees. Passenger air travel has been cut down to a fraction of normal activity rates, with the IATA reporting 4.5 million flight cancellations worldwide until June 2020. Revenue passenger kilometres fell 94.3% year-on-year in April 2020 268 , while cargo tonne kilometres declined 27.7% 269 . At the European level, Eurocontrol indicates that airline traffic fell to nearly 90% below the previous year’s level in April before recovering slowly 270 .

Road transport has also been significantly affected, both in terms of passengers and freight. This is evidenced by sharp declines in congestion indices in major cities and by lower levels of NO2 concentrations 271 . Road freight was significantly disrupted within the EU at the onset of the pandemic, which created issues in terms of border crossings 272 . Rail passenger traffic has been heavily disrupted, by the significant reduction in domestic services offered and in many cases the stop of international connections.

The reduction of economic activity has sharply decreased energy demand since the onset of the crisis. Electricity demand in the EU decreased between 10% and 33% from March 9 to May 25, depending on Member State 273 . This has translated into much lower electricity day-ahead prices (up to -70% 274 ). In the context of a robust contribution of renewables 275 , which reached 49% of the EU power production, this situation put pressure on other generators 276 , notably coal (which reduced by 30% year-on-year in the first quarter of 2020 277 ), gas in Southern Europe and nuclear that reached record lows in France (300 TWh expected in 2020, versus 413 TWh produced in 2018 278 ). The EU energy sector had to implement exceptional arrangements to ensure continuity of operations of critical infrastructure.

In the context of a rift among oil producing countries, lower transport activity has led to a rapid contraction of oil demand and consequently to a sharp decline in international fuel prices. In response, oil producers have cut output, bringing crude oil spot prices to US$35-US$40 per barrel in June, after having reached in April a record low of US$20 per barrel 279 . This is still markedly lower than the US$50-65 of 2019 280   281 . Natural gas prices fell significantly as well, in the first quarter about 40-50% year-on-year on European hub prices 282 . Energy prices are expected to bounce back progressively with the recovery of the global economic activity, although the pace, the degree and the level of stabilisation of international energy markets are still uncertain.

Low energy demand and prices combined with the supply chain disruptions (EU and international) have created turmoil with energy industry investment and growth plans. Global investment in the energy sector is expected to fall 20% compared to 2019, mostly driven by a reduction in the oil and gas industry (-32%), followed by coal (-15%), energy efficiency (-12%), the power system (-10%) and renewables (-10%) 283 .

Merchant renewable electricity projects and corporate PPAs, dependent on the wholesale prices, have also been affected. Auctions to subsidise new projects have been cancelled or delayed 284 . Beyond renewables, the crisis has weakened the financial solidity and capacity to invest for the whole energy sector, including for the electricity sector where the logistical and supply chains for grid technologies, storage and nuclear technologies have also been disrupted. Overall, the clean energy transition industries are facing a significant slowdown, even if to a lesser extent than fossil fuel ones. One of Europe’s fastest growing sectors, necessary for reaching climate neutrality as well as contributing to our energy security of supply, risks stagnation and the loss of its leading international position.

The European Union and Member States, similarly to other major economies, rapidly put in place emergency measures in order to address the socio-economic impact of the pandemic. In part, this has taken the form of income support to households. In part, this has also involved the provision of State aid to avoid a wave of bankruptcies, as facilitated by the Temporary Framework for State Aid Measures to Support the Economy in the Current COVID-19 Outbreak 285 . Based on policy measures adopted up to late-April 2020, the Commission’s Economic Spring 2020 Forecast projected all Member States to run general government deficits ranging from 2.8% to 11.1% of GDP in 2020, with an average of 8.3% for the EU. Facing an unstable context and highly uncertain prospects, gross fixed capital formation is expected to fall 13.2% in 2020. Compared to the levels projected in the autumn 2019 forecast, the cumulated shortfall in investment in the EU is expected to amount to 6% of EU GDP.

Beyond the need for emergency measures, the EU needs to invest in sectors and activities that will make its economy more resilient and sustainable over time. It has also become evident that ensuring a strong and sustained recovery will require additional support from public finances as well as securing productive private investments aligned with the Green Deal objectives. A significant part of the long-term recovery measures will be implemented at the national level and will be shaped by policy choices by Member States. At the EU level, the Commission has proposed a Recovery plan in order to address the recession (annex 9.11.1).

Overall, major uncertainties remain about the evolution of the pandemic itself and economic developments in the short and medium term. First, the sharp downturn in economic activity may result in a temporary increase in bankruptcies and accelerate structural change. More vulnerable and less productive firms would likely be more affected and this could free up resources (labour and capital) and redirect them towards firms operating with improved technologies and production processes. The pandemic could also potentially lead to structural social and economic shifts, including as a result of behavioural changes by consumers and new business strategies by producers. The following broad trends could emerge, in part reinforced by policy developments:

·A global trend towards somewhat less globalised value chains, which would affect international trade flows and demand for international air and maritime transport, driven by:

oenterprises, particularly in industrial sectors viewed as strategic, in the EU and elsewhere, seeking to address the potential vulnerabilities that the pandemic has evidenced;

opolicy measures as governments aim at reducing reliance on imports in certain sectors;

oincreased consumer preferences for locally produced goods.

·Changed mobility patterns:

oincreased recourse to teleworking practices, with associated impacts on commuting needs and urban congestion;

oincreased recourse to tele-conferencing in services sectors, with reduced demand for international business travel;

oincreased substitution of long-distance tourism with shorter-distance tourism.

·A faster development of digitalisation of the economy, including e-services (e.g. tele-medicine or other services), e-commerce and teleworking, and the related productivity changes (gains in a number of sectors, but also possible losses associated to teleworking).

A higher awareness of both businesses and consumers of the positive environmental impacts of lower pollution, especially in cities as experienced during the lock down, leading to higher willingness to change habits.

The assessment of the impact of the COVID crisis in this document builds upon the BSL and MIX scenarios on which a sensitivity analysis was conducted to assess the potential impacts of the current COVID-19 crisis. Using the E3Modelling GEM-E3 computable general equilibrium model 286 , the associated downward revision in real GDP growth was disaggregated to sectoral impacts, including resulting impacts on transport, energy and industrial demand between 2020 and 2030. This resulted in projections with significant negative impacts first and foremost in transport, including road and air. Construction is also expected to suffer from a double-digit fall in gross value added in 2020, which has repercussions on providers of inputs to the sector, including cement and other non-metallic minerals. Other energy intensive industries are expected to be somewhat less negatively affected, even though they are likely to also take a significant hit in 2020. Market services, in turn, are expected to contract more than overall GDP, while output in agriculture is unlikely to be fall to any major extent.

It is projected that the share in total gross value added of transport, industry and to some extent construction would decline somewhat by 2030 compared to the pre-COVID projections, due to structural shifts as well as reduced investments due to lower economic growth. This would be compensated by a moderate increase in the share of less energy intensive market and non-market services. The share of the energy sector in total gross value added is expected to remain broadly unchanged as the substitution from imported fossil-fuels to higher-valued added domestic electricity production is expected to continue regardless.

These post-COVID macro-economic projections have been used to conduct a sensitivity analysis (COVID-BSL and COVID-MIX) with the PRIMES energy system model applied on the MIX scenario achieving 55% GHG reductions. As for the BSL and other policy scenarios developed for this impact assessment, the sensitivity analysis therefore relies on a fully coherent system and set of assumptions.

In 2020, gross inland energy consumption and final energy consumption 287 in the COVID-MIX scenario are estimated respectively at 7.7% and 6.2% below the MIX scenario. By 2025, this gap is projected to decrease to 1.9% and 0.4% for GIC and FEC respectively. The gap in energy demand between the COVID-MIX and MIX scenarios in 2030 decreases further to 1.5% for GIC and 0.3% for FEC.

Compared to MIX, FEC in COVID-MIX in 2030 is projected to be lower in services (-3.7%) and nearly unchanged in industry (-0.3%) and transport (+0.8%), but higher in the residential sector (+1.6%) because of lower renovation rates following the economic crisis. Demand for electricity is also lower by 2.1%.

In 2030 the cost of ETS allowances is €35/tCO2-eq in the COVID-MIX scenario compared to €44/tCO2-eq in MIX. Over the period 2021-2030, the sensitivity analysis shows that annual energy system investment needs (excluding transport) would be affected only marginally, at EUR 409.8 billion (constant prices of 2015) under COVID-MIX and EUR 417.8 billion under MIX. While the fall could be somewhat larger on the demand side than on the supply side, the differences are small in both instances.

The modelling confirms that even with COVID, investment in the energy system would need to increase at rates almost identical to a situation without the COVID-crisis. This while presently the economy is rather confronted with an investment drop. This contributes to the investment gap, as identified in the analysis accompanying the Communication ‘Europe's moment: Repair and Prepare for the Next Generation’.

9.10.1.4The priorities of the current Commission and the European Green Deal

The President of the European Commission has made the European Green Deal 288 a priority for her mandate from the start. It strengthens and consolidates the Commission’s commitment to tackling climate and environmental-related challenges. It is a new growth strategy that aims to transform the EU into a sustainable, fair and prosperous society, with a modern, resource-efficient and competitive economy where there are no net emissions of greenhouse gases in 2050 and where economic growth is decoupled from resource use. This strategy also aims to protect, conserve and enhance the EU's natural capital, and protect the health and well-being of citizens from environment-related risks and impacts, and includes the green oath to “not do harm”. The European Green Deal includes a dedicated roadmap 289 with key policies and measures to further this transformation. The main building blocks of the European Green Deal are illustrated in Figure 92.

Figure 92: Representation of the main building blocks of the European Green Deal

Source: European Commission

The European Green Deal brings together an important set of policy initiatives, such as:

·European Green Deal Investment Plan (Sustainable Europe Investment Plan) that will mobilise at least €1 trillion of investment over the next decade; 290

·Just Transition Mechanism including a Just Transition Fund to ensure a fair transition and leaving no one behind; 291

·European Climate Law to enshrine climate neutrality of the EU by 2050; 292

·European Climate Pact bringing together regions, communities, and businesses 293 ;

·European Industrial Strategy to jump-start the green and digital transition while setting global standards; 294

·Circular Economy Action Plan to decouple economic growth from resource use; 295

·Farm to Fork Strategy to make food systems more sustainable; 296

·EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 to bring nature back on a path to recovery; 297

·Strategy for sustainable and smart mobility planned by the end of 2020,

·Proposal for a Revision of the Energy Taxation Directive planned in 2021

·Proposal for a Carbon Border Adjustment mechanism for specific sectors planned in 2021

·Zero Pollution Action Plan due in 2021.

·Proposal for extending the EU ETS to the Maritime sector, due in 2021

·New EU Strategy on Adaptation to climate change in 2021

These initiatives all matter to achieve the transition towards climate neutrality. 298  They will be reinforced and accelerated by the massive investment towards a green recovery from the COVID-19 crisis that the EU is putting forward (see annex 9.11.1)

9.10.2Key elements to improve the further coherence when developing energy, climate and transport policies

Renewable energy policy and offshore renewable energy strategy

Having in mind EU’s climate neutrality objective, there is currently an unused potential contrasted with a need for further very significant deployment of renewable energy across all sectors: electricity (centralised and decentralised), heating & cooling as well as transport. Renewable electricity can also serve to produce renewable and low-carbon fuels such as hydrogen or biomethane from waste and residues. The role of policy initiatives which aim at facilitating deployment and more Europeanised approach 299 in development of renewable power is not sufficiently scaled up.

More specifically, relatively new renewable energy such as offshore wind will be playing an increasingly important role in the European electricity system. The already strong growth is set to accelerate and NECPs envisage a strong increase of capacity by 2030. Offshore wind projects and accompanying infrastructure have been developed in the context of the Member States’ policies. However, this national approach will not suffice to foster the scale-up in a coherent manner and further measures, as proposed by the offshore renewable energy strategy 300 will be needed 301 .

Heating and cooling is key to Europe’s energy sector decarbonisation 302 . Due to its fragmented nature, however, renewable heat solutions face challenges in their competition with gas. Renewable heat is addressed in several EU legal and policy instruments in a fragmented manner 303 . Without more effective policies in support of renewables in this sector, its full decarbonisation potential will not be exploited. 

Given that the transport sector is a major emitter, the RED II aims to promote the use of renewable and low-carbon fuels (e.g. advanced biofuels, e-fuels and hydrogen) by obliging each EU Member State to set out a supply obligation promoting the use of renewable fuels, designed to ensure the achievement of the 14% renewable energy target as well as a 3.5% sub-target for advanced biofuels 304 . While RED II already includes special incentives for the deployment of such fuels in the aviation and maritime sector, the efficiency of these measures needs to be reviewed. Additional measures for uptake of renewable and other sustainable alternative fuels in these modes will be assessed in ReFuelEU Aviation 305 and FuelEU Maritime 306 initiatives. In addition, the FQD sets an obligation to reduce the greenhouse gas intensity of transport fuel by 6% at the latest by 2020 compared to 2010, expected to be fulfilled mostly with renewable fuels.

Given increased climate ambition, further acceleration and deployment of renewable and low-carbon fuels (e.g. advanced biofuels, e-fuels and hydrogen), in particular in those transport modes that are hard to decarbonise with other technologies, at Member State and EU level is necessary in the context of the climate neutrality objective. It is notably clear that the increased use of renewable energy in transport, for those part of the sector that have limited other mitigation options, will rely in the medium and long term on a significant uptake of renewable and low-carbon fuels, which will require significant increase in the generation of renewable electricity. Similarly, better waste treatment and valorisation will need to mobilise sufficient amount of feedstock for the production of advanced biofuels 307 . Still, any fuel policy must be accompanied by measures to improve efficiency. Deployment of renewable and low-carbon fuels therefore needs to be combined with efficiency measures that also comprise modal shift towards more sustainable transport modes.

Finally, re-enforcing measures such as streamlined permitting and administrative arrangements would encourage local and regional administrative bodies to include heating and cooling from renewable sources in the planning of city infrastructure as well as uptake for renewables self-consumption and renewable energy communities.

Energy efficiency legislation and the ‘Renovation Wave’ initiative

The EU policies have led to substantial energy savings and GHG emission reductions. However, market failures and barriers persist and prevent us from tapping the full potential of energy efficiency. In some sectors, notably ICT, emerging trends of increase in energy consumption would require to be addressed rapidly. Current barriers and market failures prevent investments, lead to high perceived risks, inefficient use of public funding, and lack of mobilisation of private financial resources.

The overall 2030 ambition for energy efficiency, the measures to achieve it and the scope of action might not be sufficient in the light of an increased 2030 climate target. In this context, the energy efficiency legislation, including the EED, EPBD, Ecodesign and energy labelling legislation targeting the energy efficiency of products, equipment and appliances should be more effectively implemented and can play a stronger role. The EED has an unused potential to provide for enhanced and expanded measures that could deliver higher savings contributing to climate ambition, especially that several articles have not been revised in 2018 and could offer a significant contribution to reducing GHG and air pollutant emissions. The energy efficiency first principle, recently included in the energy legislation, would need to be full exploited too. Beyond EED, the full energy efficiency legislation, including the EPBD, Ecodesign and energy labelling legislation targeting the energy efficiency of products, equipment and appliances should be more effectively implemented and can play a stronger role.

75% share of building stock has a poor energy performance and thus contributes significantly to emissions. The current renovation rates are not sufficient even to meet the current targets and should be scaled up 308 . This problem will be addressed by the upcoming Renovation wave initiative. Particularly, deep renovations – achieving significant energy savings – need to increase in number, floor area and depth. Cost-effective approaches with the right financing and investment tools as well as green criteria 309 applied to procurement policy in the public sector will be necessary.

Energy system integration and hydrogen strategy

Today’s energy system is built on parallel vertical energy value chains, which rigidly link specific energy resources with specific end-use sectors 310 . Market rules largely follow this setup. This separation is technically and economically inefficient and produces substantial losses in the form of waste heat and low energy efficiency, which in turn affect GHG emissions and pollution levels.

Scarce integration of the energy system hinders decarbonisation of electricity. Insufficient coordination and synchronisation across Member States does not ensure proper functioning of the internal market. Storage capabilities are not adequate to support a larger, more renewables-based power system. The network infrastructure 311 requires development enabling efficient low and zero carbon solutions at both the supply and demand side (higher RES, GHG neutral hydrogen, heat pumps, demand response, e-mobility etc.) and hence lower cost of decarbonisation.

In order to meet increased climate ambition, further deployment of renewable gaseous fuels 312 and, more broadly low-carbon gases will be needed which will be hindered without a suitable policy framework for their market uptake increasing tradability of renewable gases and allowing decentralised renewable gas producers to play an adequate role in the energy system. 

While GHG neutral hydrogen is generally envisaged 313 as a promising energy carrier and feedstock to support the EU’s climate neutrality objective, no supply and no market for clean hydrogen exist in Europe, due to high uncertainties.

The EU strategies on Energy System Integration and on hydrogen shed light on how to efficiently integrate decarbonised supply of electricity and hydrogen with transport, heating and cooling for buildings or industrial processes in order to maximise the synergies between the sectors. This integration could be facilitated by increasing consistency between the sectoral policies.

Sustainable and smart mobility strategy and transport investments

Transport (excluding international aviation and maritime navigation) accounts for around 22% of the EU27’s greenhouse gas emissions (in 2018 emissions from transport were still 23% higher than in 1990). Meanwhile, international aviation emissions have grown by 140% since 1990 and international navigation emissions by 38%. Transport is also a major contributor to air pollution and noise. Road, rail, aviation and waterborne transport are making efforts to decarbonise but these efforts must be increased and sustained. The European Green Deal has set the key objective to deliver a 90% reduction in transport-related greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 to support the EU’s aim to become the first climate neutral economy.

To accelerate the shift to sustainable and smart mobility, the transport sector will require important investments in the coming decade as regards the networks use, the infrastructure and the fleets.

For passenger transport, the completion of the TEN-T Core Network is needed by 2030 to radically change the transport offer in Europe with new high-speed rail links, good connections to all major airports allowing to offer alternatives to short-haul flights, the development of multimodal passenger hubs in urban nodes and accessibility to all users.

For freight transport, the completion of key cross-border sections and missing links, the upgrade of major interoperable freight routes fit for 740m trains, the upgrade of connections to ports and logistics centres, the massive increase of capacity in terminals and rolling motorways is necessary for the rail sector to attract significantly larger volumes of freight. Investments in inland waterways and short-sea-shipping, notably serving the hinterland of maritime ports, need to accompany this change. The smart component of the TEN-T related to traffic data and traffic management 314 should be boosted, to get more out of the existing capacity, fast 315 .

The deployment of alternative fuels and smart European-wide systems is necessary for environmental improvements and efficiency gains. This will require the deployment of recharging/refuelling infrastructure for cars and light-duty vehicles, the deployment of recharging and refuelling for long distance / heavy duty vehicles, further electrification of rail tracks, modernisation and (renewable) electrification of rail fleet as well as enhanced clean public transport in urban areas. It will also require investments to accelerate the development and roll-out of renewable and low carbon technological solutions and fuels for the maritime and inland waterways sector and to support the production and use of advanced biofuels and e-fuels for the aviation sector, as well as the greening of ports and airports.

Digitalisation, automation, the emergence of shared, collaborative economy, and innovative mobility platforms are all disruptive trends challenging the current mobility and transport landscape, while also offering great possibilities for its enhancement. Investments in 5G, artificial intelligence, block-chain and common databases can also benefit the transport sector.

To boost the resilience of the transport system to future pandemic and other crises, it must also secure under all circumstances the smooth cross-border flow of citizens and goods. A fair and functioning internal market for transport is still not a reality. Obstacles remain to free mobility of persons, goods and services, including their accessibility, and to competition that is needed to boost innovation, service quality and ensure affordable mobility for all.

The price of transport must reflect the impact it has on the environment and on health, requiring a look at current tax exemptions and subsidies and extension of ETS to maritime navigation.

The comprehensive strategy on ‘Sustainable and Smart Mobility’ will build on the other Green Deal initiatives and actions that the Commission already deployed for the recovery of the sector, with a view to contributing to the increased EU 2030 climate target, clean energy transition and climate neutrality by 2050.

9.10.3Climate change and its impact, how to increase resilience and adaptation

Climate change is already occurring and its impacts felt across the world. Europe has warmed faster than any other continent over recent decades with European temperature almost 2°C above temperatures of the latter half of the 19th century 316 , with impacts and adaptation needs that we are feeling already now and that are expected to grow.

317 318 The past five years were the warmest on record, with global average temperature reaching 1.1°C above pre-industrial levels in 2019. Human-induced global warming is presently increasing at a rate of 0.2°C per decade. However, temperature increase is not the same everywhere. Regions for example the Arctic regions are warming faster and if current trends continue, there is a risk for cascading tipping points.

319 The effects of rising temperatures and greenhouse gas emissions are being felt in Europe and around the world. Heatwaves were the deadliest meteorological hazard in the 2015–2019 period and are becoming more intense in Europe. In summer 2019 they led to more deaths than the seasonal average in parts of Europe as temperatures broke records in several countries, including a new record of over 34°C above the Arctic Circle. In Europe almost all years since 2000 show above-average fire danger, with a number of associated disastrous events in the recent past, such as Pedrógão Grande wildfires (Portugal) in 2017 and the Scandinavian fire season in 2018.

There is a strong possibility that global warming will reach and overshoot 1.5°C, at least temporarily, before temperatures can be reduced again, raising the question of what it means for warming to cross the global 1.5°C threshold, and how impacts and the adaptation challenge in Europe will evolve. In examining these issues, this section builds upon section 5.9 of the in-depth analysis in support of the Commission Communication on the EU long term strategy 320  and updates findings since 2018.

The Commission announced in the Communication on the European Green Deal, COM(2019) 640 final, that the Commission will adopt a new, more ambitious EU strategy on adaptation to climate change. This is essential, as climate change will continue to create significant stress in Europe in spite of the mitigation efforts. Strengthening the efforts on climate-proofing, resilience building, prevention and preparedness is crucial. Work on climate adaptation should continue to influence public and private investments, including on nature-based solutions. It will be important to ensure that across the EU, investors, insurers, businesses, cities and citizens are able to access data and to develop instruments to integrate climate change into their risk management practices. The Adjusted Commission Work Programme 2020, COM(2020) 440 final, Annex I, includes the New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change for adoption in Q1 2021.

9.10.3.1Global impacts due to climate change

The recent reports of the IPCC 321 find that robust differences in climate characteristics are projected between the present-day and global warming of 1.5°C, and between 1.5°C and 2°C. The main differences in impacts between these warming levels are examined systematically in SR1.5. These are summarised in Table 53 and Table 54. Further detail is provided in the subsequent IPCC reports on climate change and land (SRCCL) and on ocean and cryosphere in a changing climate (SROCC). SRCCL finds that risks associated with permafrost degradation, wildfire, coastal degradation and stability of food systems are high at 1.5°C, while risks associated with soil erosion, vegetation loss, and change in nutrition become high at higher temperature thresholds due to increased possibility for adaptation. SROCC focuses largely on differences in impacts between a below 2°C scenario and a high emissions scenario 322 and shows that keeping warming below 2°C will lead to multi-metre differences in sea-level rise beyond 2100. Limiting warming will also slow ice loss and reduce impacts on the ocean (such as marine heatwaves and acidification due to the ocean’s absorption of CO2) which in turn harm marine life and fisheries. Limiting warming to 1.5°C therefore increases the chances of ecosystem-based adaptation measures (such as wetland preservation and restoration) proving effective.

On the issue of Earth system tipping points, such as slowdown of the Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (Gulf Stream) or instability of the Greenland and West Antarctic ice sheets, SR1.5 finds greater risks at lower temperatures compared to the previous (fifth) assessment report of IPCC, with moderate risk at 1°C of warming and high risk at 2.5°C of warming. While the IPCC does not explicitly label global warming of 1.5°C as an Earth system tipping point, there appears to be abundant evidence that impacts and risks are greater at higher temperatures (every tenth of a degree matters). Articles such as Lenton et al. (2019) 323 make a precautionary case for keeping global warming as low as possible on the basis that while low probability, high impact events are little understood, science has progressively assessed them as being more likely at lower temperatures as knowledge has improved.

The Council conclusions on Climate Diplomacy 324 underlines that climate change multiplies threats to international stability and security in particular affecting those in most fragile and vulnerable situations, reinforcing environmental pressures and disaster risk, contributing to the loss of livelihoods and forcing the displacement of people.

Table 53: Selected Climate Change Impacts to Natural Systems at 1.5°C & 2°C

At 2°C

At 1.5°C

Extreme hot days

4°C hotter

3°C hotter

Sea level rise by 2100

around 0.1m more than at 1.5°C

(less time to adapt)

0.26-0.77m

Ecosystems

13% of global land area changes from one ecosystem type to another

area at risk ~50% lower than at 2°C

Habitat Loss

18% of insects, 16% of plants and 8% of vertebrates lose over half their climatically determined geographic range

6% of insects, 8% of plants and 4% of vertebrates lose over half their climatically determined geographic range

Permafrost thawing

1.5 – 2.5 million km2 greater than at 1.5°C

Woody shrubs encroaching into the tundra already at 1°C

Arctic Ocean

At least one sea ice-free summer per decade

One sea ice-free summer per century

Coral reefs

largely disappear (>99% loss)

decline by 70-90%

Fisheries

Global annual marine catch (one model)

over 3 million tonnes lower

1.5 million tonnes lower

Greater risk at 2°C than 1.5°C is specified but not quantified 325

·Droughts and precipitation deficits;

·Heavy precipitation events;

·Heavy precipitation associated with tropical cyclones;

·Larger area affected by flood hazards due to precipitation;

·Spread of invasive species

·Forest fires

·Marine ice sheet instability in Antarctica and/or irreversible loss of the Greenland ice sheet could be triggered around 1.5°C to 2°C of global warming

·Oceans (greater risk at 2°C spanning several impacts including species range shift and impacts of ocean acidification on marine species)

Note: Impacts above are attributed a confidence level of at least medium in the IPCC report’s Summary for Policymakers

Source: IPCC Special Report on global warming of 1.5°C

Table 54: Selected Climate Change Impacts to Human Systems at 1.5°C & 2°C

At 2°C

At 1.5°C

Populations exposed to climate-related risks and susceptible to poverty

Numbers affected expected to increase

Several hundred million fewer people affected than at 2°C by 2050.

Water stress

Additional 8% of world’s population affected (based on year 2000 population)

Affects up to 50% less of the world’s population compared to 2°C

Greater risk at 2°C than 1.5°C is specified but not quantified

·Human health: heat-related morbidity & mortality, ozone-related mortality

·Vector-borne diseases (e.g. malaria, dengue): increased risk, shifting geographic range

·Crops (cereals, rice): reductions in yields and/or nutritional quality

·Reductions in projected food availability

·Risks to global aggregated economic growth

·Exposure to multiple, compound climate-related risks

·Greater adaptation needs

Note: Impacts above are attributed a confidence level of at least medium in the IPCC report’s Summary for Policymakers

Source: IPCC Special Report on global warming of 1.5°C

9.10.3.2The need to adapt in the EU

Successful mitigation action is the first necessary step to reduce the risk of climate change. However, in parallel, the EU economy as a whole must adapt to the risks that will result from already committed emissions. These risks grow as we lag behind schedule in stabilising global temperatures. Limiting global warming to 1.5°C, compared with 2°C, could reduce the number of people susceptible to poverty globally 326 by up to several hundred million by 2050. Each 0.5ºC of warming avoided can be significant, increasing the chances of achieving SDGs related to poverty, hunger, health, water, cities and ecosystems. Among others, EU agricultural, Arctic and coastal dependent communities would benefit significantly; adaptation of fragile ecosystems and the services they provide (e.g. coral reefs, wetlands, and mangrove forests) would be more effective. In general, overshooting the 1.5ºC limit will make climate-resilient development pathways (CRDPs) more elusive and impacts on water-energy-food-biodiversity links more difficult to manage.

Conventional and incremental approaches to adaptation that do not consider long-term sustainable development or consider adaptation and mitigation separately will not deliver the Paris Agreement. More emphasis on ‘transformational’ adaptation measures as a complement to ‘incremental’ adaptation may be required 327 . These adaptation measures and options may include not only “hard” structural and physical measures (e.g. coastal protection, infrastructure) but also “soft” social policies (e.g. awareness, health services) and governance improvements (e.g. implementation, cross-sector coordination, mainstreaming). A combination of both “hard” and “soft” adaptation may produce best results 328 , and joining efforts from several EU Member States may also improve protection, e.g. monitoring and mapping jointly coastal areas for a more reliable early warning of extreme weather 329 .

It is necessary to better integrate long-term planning of emissions reduction and adaptation because:

a)Adaptation provides opportunities and economic and social stability – climate change will interact with other socio-economic developments 330 . It can be expected that climate change adaptation projects or the impact of climate extremes will involve a higher level of public intervention than today 331 , which calls for effective and efficient adaptation strategies, particularly at local scale. Public resources may be severely drained if the climate reaches certain tipping points 332 . On the other hand, both public and private investments in adaptation provide opportunities and risk management opportunities that can spur the creation of market niches: e.g. for climate services or green infrastructure. In addition, supporting adaptation in developing countries may also bring stability and security within the EU's borders. The New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change will have a prominent international dimension.

b)There are co-benefits and, if done incorrectly, trade-offs between mitigation and adaptation – so both policies must be developed together as components of any credible long-term climate action. Early integration of both adaptation and mitigation in coherent climate-resilient development pathways entails that specific vulnerabilities are factored in when a given economic sectors starts implementing a decarbonisation strategy. For instance, adaptation must ensure that low-emission agricultural techniques withstand higher temperatures, it must lead to renewable electricity networks that are climate-resilient and protect forests so that they keep functioning as carbon sinks. Transformative climate action in cities, in particular, depends on the right mix of mitigation and adaptation actions to both protect citizens against climate impacts and enable emissions reduction within stringent legal and budgetary boundaries.

(c) Adaptation improves the functionality and resilience of human and natural systems. Effective adaptation action reduces both the vulnerability and exposure of natural ecosystems and communities to the risks associated with climate extreme events (floods, wildfires, hurricanes, etc.), and improves their capacity to recover and re-establish after a climate-related perturbation. These aspects ensure that the functionality of ecosystems (e.g. absorption of CO2) is maintained over the long-term, or at least that such functionality is recovered shortly after an extreme event. In 2013, the European Commission adopted an EU Adaptation Strategy to tackle climate change risks to the EU economy and society. The 2013 Adaptation Strategy – which will be updated with the New EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change in Q1 2021 – focuses on developing better knowledge and understanding of climate impacts, climate proofing of specific sectoral policies and the promotion of action by Member States and cities through non-legislative means. The recent evaluation of the Strategy highlighted the urgency for action because of the important risks facing the EU in certain economic areas 333 . For instance:

·By the end of the century, under a high emissions scenario 334 and without specific adaptation measures undertaken, the EU could experience a welfare loss of around 2% of GDP per year by 2100, i.e. EUR 240 billion per year from only six impact sectors assessed 335 :

oWeather-related disasters could affect about two-thirds of the European population annually (351 million people per year) 336 , compared with 5% of the population between 1981-2010. This would increase the related fatalities per year by fifty times by the year 2100 (from 3 000 deaths per year presently, to 152 000 deaths per year by 2100) 337 ;

oFlooding alone may cost EU countries up to EUR 1 trillion per year in damages by the end of the century. Most of this would be due to coastal flooding (up to EUR 961 billion). Damages from river flooding could also rise to up to EUR 112 billion compared to EUR 5 billion today, and there is considerable increase in river flood risk for Europe even under a 1.5º C warming scenario 338 . This could also affect transport infrastructure. By the end of the century, under a high warming scenario, about 200 airports and 850 seaports of different size across the EU could face the risk of inundation due to higher sea levels and extreme weather events.

·Climate change is already affecting agriculture production both in direct and indirect ways: through temperature and precipitation changes, increasing variability, and extremes. It is also affecting the long-term perspective of agriculture through slow on-setting events such as soil salinization, land degradation and desertification, and sea-level rise. This has a direct impact on production and yields, income and livelihoods, as well as the processing industry altogether accounting for high economic impacts. In a 2°C scenario before 2100, irrigated crop yields are projected to decline in most regions of Europe, with rain-fed yields depending on changes in water availability 339 . At EU level, the prolonged drought of 2018 has triggered higher CAP advanced payments and derogations from greening requirements. 340 Repeated droughts in Europe will have repercussions for climate mitigation policies: the water and carbon cycles are interlinked because CO2 rates in the atmosphere increase when terrestrial water storage diminishes: major droughts may cause drastic regional reductions in land carbon sinks 341 . Drought is already ravaging Europe's soils, whose moisture shows a marked decreasing trend over the 1979-2017 period 342 . Furthermore, moisture decrease is a crucial factor in the ferocity and expanded reach of recent forest fires (that would jeopardise viability of forests as carbon sink).

·As regards the building sector, new and renovated buildings need to prepare for climate change impacts as they, together with most of the remaining built environment, are particularly vulnerable to: (1) Extreme temperatures affect the comfort of the occupants and building energy efficiency; (2) Climatic conditions (humidity, temperatures) can affect the structural integrity of the constructions; (3) More frequent and intense flooding events can do more harm to more buildings; and (4) Water scarcity could in the future make domestic water supply more expensive. Adaptation may for instance include: (i) Green roofs and walls contribute to reducing the heat island effect and enhance water retention in towns; and (ii) Domestic rain water cisterns contribute to urban water retention.

The PESETA 343 project analysed climate change projections for 2050 considering the Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) of 8.5 W/m2 (with corresponding global warming levels ranging between 1.6°C and 2.7°C compared to pre-industrial levels), as well as for 1.5°C and 2°C warming conditions. Results show that climate change will pose a threat to global food production in the medium to long term, and that Europe will also be affected. Forced by the projected changes in daily temperature, precipitation, wind, relative humidity, and global radiation, grain maize yields in the EU will decline between 1% and 22%. In addition, wheat yields in Southern Europe are expected to decrease by up to 49%.

The vulnerability of forests and ecosystems to climate change has been highlighted in a number of studies and reports from the European Environmental Agency (EEA) 344 and the Joint Research Centre (JRC) 345 .

In addition, climate-change related risks can also have implications on the assessment of medium-term inflation outlook by central banks. Recently, the European Central Bank (ECB) stated that catastrophic climate change could force the ECB to rethink its current monetary policy framework 346 . The EIB will end financing for fossil fuel energy projects from the end of 2021 347

Looking at risks from a more territorial angle, evidence is mounting on the distributional effects of climate impacts across Europe. Impacts and opportunities will not be equally spread across the EU territory, as shown in the map below:

Figure 93: Risk of climate change impacts across Europe

Source: European Environmental Agency

There are specific climate risks that are of major concern to some EU regions and communities. In the absence of adaptation, for instance 348 :

·While Europe as a whole will be more prone to flood risk (with mean annual river flow set to increase), water stress will be more pronounced in Southern European regions534, and may well cause tensions between different users of dwindling reservoirs and aquifers. Under 2°C warming, median river flows in Mediterranean regions are expected to fall in all four seasons.

·Higher temperatures by the end of the century are expected to have various impacts such as a 10-15% loss in outdoor labour productivity in several Southern European countries as well as increases in heat-related mortality.

·Habitat loss and forest fires are also serious risks. 16% of the present Mediterranean climate zone (an area half the size of Italy) could become arid by the end of the century. Drier soils in the Mediterranean also increase the area prone to forest fires.

·Loss of Alpine tundra, even at 2°C could have important impacts on water regulation (including for human consumption), as well as economic impacts including in the tourism sector.

·Specific risks (e.g. hurricanes, sea level rise, extreme heat) threaten to unravel EU efforts to support its nine Outermost Regions, most of them small and isolated islands. The impacts of hurricanes Irma and Maria on the Caribbean in 2017, and notably on St-Martin, Guadeloupe and Martinique (three of the EU's outermost regions) came as a stark warning of the potential impacts such regions face.

·Transport: From road and rail networks to ports, airports and inland waterways, critical transport resources are facing unprecedented threats from a climate, which is already changing. Spain, for example, has just suffered the most powerful storms experienced in decades, destroying bridges, cutting off roads and railway lines and submerging entire towns in coastal areas. Flooding from high precipitation and extreme storms, in possible association with related impacts including landslides and slope failures, will bring major risks across the region for all modes of transport (road - and airport - infrastructure, railway and inland waterways). Rising sea levels and greater wave activity causing erosion put vital coastal transport infrastructure (i.e. coastal roads, railways, seaports and airports) at risk. Over 60% of EU seaports 349 may be under high inundation risk by 2100, causing disruptions to operations and damages to port infrastructure and vessels, especially along the North Sea coast, where the traffic of over 500 ports accounts for up to 15% of the world’s cargo transport. Rising temperatures linked to increased heat waves and drier and hotter summers will affect roads, where pavement damages, damages to bridges and increased landslides in mountainous areas are among key risks. Areas considered particularly worthy of more detailed analysis include E-Roads in Southern Europe (South-Eastern France, Italy, Western Balkans, Portugal, Spain, Greece, and Turkey) as well as in Nordic countries (Norway, Sweden and Finland). Climate proofing not only individual infrastructure investment projects, but also existing transport corridors, networks and systems will be increasingly relevant, as the majority of the existing infrastructure is built for the past climatic conditions.

·On major rail networks – where potential impacts include buckling of tracks, slope failures and speed restrictions – infrastructure in the Mediterranean (Spain, Italy, France), northern Europe, and Croatia are among those that could warrant more in-depth review.

·Warming is also associated with increased navigational risks on inland waterways, with significant implications for the transport of goods and people, which is already problematic in parts of central Europe.

·Cities as well as rural areas are directly and indirectly impacted by the impacts of climate change. As the level of governance closest to citizens, they are often at the forefront of responding to natural disasters and taking action on mitigate emissions and adapt to climate change. Through their concentration of people and assets, cities are the major consumers of energy and emitters of greenhouse gas emissions, but have also pioneered actions to reduce emissions and adapt to climate. Including through initiatives such as the EU and Global Covenant of Mayors, committing to reduce emissions by at least 40% by 2030, and taking action to adapt to climate change".

The EU Taxonomy on sustainable finance will also address climate related risks.

9.10.3.3Mitigation and adaptation: co-benefits and trade-offs

Measures to cut emissions can undermine resilience to climate change in certain contexts, and vice versa. On the other hand, there are adaptation measures that are also beneficial for decarbonisation (e.g. protection of certain coastal ecosystems that both tackle sea level rise and remove CO2). A recent OECD report 350 highlights that climate investments and projects must consider the links between adaptation and mitigation to minimise climate risk: the greater the perceived risks of a project, the higher the returns investors will demand, and the higher the costs passed onto end users and government sources of funding. The report provides a summary of potential synergies and trade-offs between adaptation and mitigation measures:

Table 55: Co-benefits and trade-offs between adaptation and mitigation

Positive for mitigation

Potential trade-off with mitigation

Positive for adaptation

Reduced deforestation: sequesters carbon and provides ecosystems services

Agricultural practices (e.g. no till) that can sequester carbon while boosting farmers income

Wetland restoration: carbon sequestration and reduced flood risk

Renewable energy – wind and solar: lower water use than thermal generation

Desalination: addresses water shortage but is energy intensive

Increased irrigation: helps farmers manage variable precipitation but can be energy intensive

Construction of hard defences: reduces the risk of extreme events, but the construction may in some cases lead to substantial greenhouse gas emissions

Air-conditioning: reduces the impact of high temperatures, but is energy intensive. However, redesign of buildings to enable passive cooling and natural ventilation in buildings is a better and more sustainable solution.

Potential trade-off with adaptation

Inappropriate expansion of biofuels: could exacerbate food price shocks if biofuels displace crops

Hydropower: could increase the complexity of managing water resources

N/A

In some areas, the potential to maximise the mutual reinforcement between adaptation and mitigation should guide long-term EU efforts to decarbonise and climate-proof the economy. Examples for ecosystems, energy and cities are mentioned below.

Land and coastal ecosystems

Terrestrial and marine ecosystems globally absorb around 50% of anthropogenic emissions 351 . The rest remains for prolonged times in the atmosphere, increasing greenhouse gas concentrations and causing climate change.

Climate change is affecting ecosystems, modifying species range and prompting natural vegetation changes. Global warming has led to shifts of climate zones in many world regions, including expansion of arid climate zones and contraction of polar climate zones. As a consequence, many plant and animal species have experienced changes in their ranges, abundances, and shifts in their seasonal activities. 7.5% of global land area will change from one ecosystem type to another at 1.5°C, and 13% at 2°C.

This absorption capacity has its own limits. In case of oceans this uptake is associated with increased acidification, having negative impacts on marine biodiversity. In case of terrestrial ecosystems, ecosystem degradation and deforestation actually result in significant greenhouse gas emissions, while being detrimental for biodiversity. Preserving and restoring terrestrial and marine ecosystems contribute both to mitigation and adaptation (for example, they contribute to water retention, control floods and protect against erosion or air quality).

In general, the joint implementation of adaptation and mitigation strategies contribute to the health, functionality and resilience of ecosystems, and therefore improve the availability and delivering of goods and services to EU citizens. Many environmental, welfare and climate objectives may be reached simultaneously through ecosystem-based initiatives 352 . For example, marine vegetated habitats (seagrasses, salt-marshes, mangroves and others) contribute 50% of carbon storage in marine sediments despite occupying only 0.2% of the ocean surface globally. They reduce wave energy and raise the seafloor, and as such moderate the impacts of sea level rise and contribute to safeguard people, infrastructure, and property along coastlines 353 .

Land restoration, reforestation and reduced and avoided degradation in forests, as well as rehabilitation of wetlands, contributes to and increased land use sink. Forests offer a good example of the co-benefits that can arise from coordinated adaptation and mitigation. Indeed, EU forests absorb the equivalent of just over 400 MtCO2, or almost 10% of total EU greenhouse gas emissions each year. At the same time, they lower temperatures, act as a buffer for hydrological extremes and purify water, which means they are also crucial in adapting to climate change. Recent case-studies in Ireland, Spain and the Czech Republic have shown that adaptation measures and good forestry practices enhance the role of forests as carbon sinks 354 . It is important to act with a long-term perspective because aging and degraded forests, agro-forestry systems and more recent forest plantations all require adaptation planning today in order to withstand a changing climate.

Energy

Due to climate change alone, and in the absence of adaptation, annual damage to Europe’s critical infrastructure could increase ten-fold by the end of the century under business-and-usual scenarios 355 , from the current EUR 3.4 billion to EUR 34 billion. Losses would be highest for the industry, transport, and energy. One of the greatest challenges is how to assess impacts on energy production which may occur as a consequence of the projected increase in the intensity of extreme weather events, as research gaps include economic modelling of extreme events and vulnerabilities of transmission infrastructure 356 .

Impacts on renewable energy sources are of specific concern, given their critical contribution to emissions reduction. There is some evidence on impacts on hydropower production due to water scarcity, but also on wind, solar, biomass 357 . As regards hydropower in particular, the main mechanisms through which climate change can affect hydropower production are changes in river flow, evaporation, and dam safety 358 . For Europe, most studies show a positive effect of climate change impacts on hydropower for Northern Europe and a negative effect for South and Eastern Europe557  359   360   361   362 . The extent to which climate change affects hydropower in Europe as a whole differs among the studies from almost no effect558 to decreases of 5-10% by the end of the century or even before559  363 . Adaptation measures in hydropower production could offset these impacts in Europe on a yearly average (not for all months of the year): e.g. by increasing efficiency560 or water storage 364 . As regards solar and wind energy, there are studies that indicate that production might be negatively affected on some regions in the EU 365   366   367 .

Thermoelectric generation will be under more pressure in Southern European regions where their water cooling needs may no longer be met: they may generate up to 20% less under a 3ºC scenario; 15% less in a 2ºC world. 555Thermal electricity generation may suffer most from water stress in the near term in the Mediterranean, France, Germany and Poland 368 .

While the magnitude of these impacts is not expected to jeopardise Europe's long-term decarbonisation path, it may entail higher costs and different regional energy mixes, unless adaptive measures are deployed such as increased plant efficiencies, replacement of cooling systems and fuel switches560. Private stakeholders in the energy system and EU and national policies should reinforce the right market framework to ensure that the climate impacts do not jeopardise the EU’s stability and security of energy supply. Transitions in the electricity sector should encompass both mitigation and adaptation planning, if they are to sustain and secure a sustainable water–energy nexus in the next few decades.

The illustration 369 below indicates a range of selected climate change impacts on the energy system across Europe:

The 2019 JRC report 370 provides further reading on the water-energy nexus. Water availability is among the key constraints affecting the European energy sector, which currently requires 74 billion m3/year of freshwater, similar to the water needs of agriculture. The decarbonisation of the energy system could reduce its water needs by 38% by 2050, yet water availability will play an essential role on the way to climate neutrality by 2050. At the same time, projections indicate that water resources are expected to be under major stress, primarily due to climate change. Higher water stress is expected in Mediterranean regions and extreme weather variability is also expected in north-west Europe. That may lead to increased strain in regions where freshwater is key for cooling thermal power plants or where hydropower capacity plays a significant role in the power system.

Cities

The need to integrate adaptation and mitigation pathways is most apparent in the transformation of European cities. They are home to 360 million people, i.e. 73% of Europe’s population, and account for 80% of the continent’s energy consumption and for 85% of Europe’s GDP 371 . Yet, only around 40% of EU cities with more than 150.000 inhabitants have adopted adaptation plans to protect citizens from climate impacts. Globally, a 2015 OECD report recognises that, in spite of the important role local authorities have to deliver climate resilience through regulatory frameworks and incentives, “support for urban adaptation remains uneven”527.

Trade-offs between mitigation and adaptation goals must be avoided in cities. In general, for example, densification may benefit emissions reduction (e.g. less transport needs), but can also increase vulnerability to regional climate impacts (e.g. more people and assets in less space when a flood occurs). Cities also suffer from higher temperatures than the surrounding areas, due to the concentration of built environment (“heat island effect”).

There are opportunities to optimise climate action when developing joint mitigation and adaptation in urban planning. For example, urban green spaces and green infrastructure can deliver adaptation benefits and absorb emissions and pollution, and permeable surfaces to address floods in urban areas. Cities will also be major clients for climate services and emerging businesses may provide solutions to city planners that combine optimal mitigation and adaptation ideas. Cities that prioritise resilient and low-emission urban development at once will enjoy a competitive advantage and attract investments 372 .

9.10.4Progress globally on the fight against climate change 

For 2030, over 180 countries have made pledges to reduce emissions under the UNFCCC Paris Agreement, called nationally determined contributions (NDCs) 373 . The EU has put in place the policies to meet its existing NDC target, which is a domestic reduction in greenhouse gas emissions of at least 40% by 2030 compared to 1990. However, few other major emitting economies are on track to meet their NDC commitments 374 and the world is not doing enough collectively to stop global warming, let alone limit it to 1.5°C or well below 2°C. Meanwhile emissions have risen up to 2019 with a temporary slowdown in the middle of the decade, which indicated that dedicated policies can slow and reverse emission growth.

In this context, it is important to recall that the fall in CO2 emissions seen in 2020 due to the COVID-19 crisis, estimated at 4-7% in 2020 375 is the result of an extraordinary shock and not the start of a sustainable transition towards climate neutrality, and will most likely be temporary in the absence of climate-friendly recovery options and upscaling of climate policies.

Figure 94: Global Greenhouse Gas Emissions in Reference and NDC scenarios with below 2°C and 1.5°C pathways

Note: estimated impact of COVID-19 is based on IMF short-term GDP estimates from April 2020, assuming the same annual GHG/GDP intensity as the GECO 2019 Reference scenario

Source: JRC Global Energy and Climate Outlook (GECO), 2019. https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/geco

9.10.5Central role of the global energy transition 

The energy use for power generation, transportation and heating, together with the emissions from industry, is responsible for 73% of the global GHG emissions 376 . Carbon dioxide produced mainly by the combustion of fossil fuels 377 and industrial processes is by far the largest cause of climate change accounting for almost 65% of total global GHG emissions 378 . For this reason, fighting climate change depends on a radical transformation of the energy system and energy use in all sectors of the economy (industry, transport, buildings and agriculture), which can also bring co-benefits for health and other environmental issues.

The global energy system has evolved over the past decades. CO2 intensity of energy supply decreased relatively little over the last half century, having been reduced only by 7.3% in 2018 from its maximum in 1973. After an intermediate increase of the CO2 intensity between 2000 and 2010, the trend has been changing with the rapid introduction of renewable energy reducing the CO2 intensity by 2.1% between 2010 and 2018.

The long lasting economic recovery of the last decade was characterised by rapidly increasing primary energy demand, which grew by 11% over the 2010-2018 period, while energy intensity of GDP decreased 379 . Total energy supply (approximately 14 Gtoe in 2018) is still dominated by fossil fuels 380 , which represented 81% of the total global energy in 2018 (almost the same share as in 2010 381 ). This trend conceals contrasted dynamics: natural gas consumption increased 19% over the 2010-2018 period; oil increased by 9% and coal by 5%. In contrast, renewables have grown by 25% in the same period.

Figure 95: Global total primary energy supply

Note: * IEA WEO estimations for 2018, except coal and natural gas

Source: IEA World Energy Statistics and IEA WEO 2019

In 2018, solid fossil fuels 382 accounted for 27% of the world total energy supply. This is slightly lower than the maximum value reached in 2015. Coal still generated 36% of the world electricity in 2019 – corresponding to about 9800 TWh, 2.6% lower than the all-time-high of about 10100 TWh in 2018. At the same time, final investment decision for coal fired power plants decreased by more than 80% between 2015 and 2019 383 . Coal is also playing a smaller role in final energy demand, with a 6% decrease between 2010 and 2018. In the EU, the share of coal in electricity generation was 21% in 2018 or 45% lower than the global share in the same year.

Liquid and gaseous fossil fuels still play a major role in the energy use, notably in transportation (which is still overwhelmingly dominated by oil), heating (natural gas represent around 23% of energy consumed in industry and in buildings) and power generation (23% from natural gas). The most striking recent development is a large-scale development of shale gas and tight oil resources. Moreover, this expansion has not been without negative environmental impacts, beyond GHG emissions.

Nuclear energy is contributing to the total energy demand with 5%, a level comparable to 2010 384 . Anticipating a significant increase in electricity demand, some countries are planning to make increased use of nuclear energy 385 .

Figure 96: Global gross electricity production

Note: * including geothermal, ** no growth due to statistical differences

Source: BP Statistical Review of World Energy June 2020

The most rapidly changing element of the global energy system is the acceleration of the electrification of energy demand. Globally, final consumption of electricity increased by almost 20% between 2010 and 2017, twice as much as the increase in final energy consumption overall 386 . Final consumption of electricity increased in all sectors. In the same period, approximately 1.2 billion people gained access to grid electricity, however around 800 million people still lack access to it 387 .

Another major trend of the energy system is the rise of renewable energy. Renewables saw their share of total supply increasing to 14% (vs. 12.5% in 2010). While bioenergy is still the largest energy source (9.5% of total energy supply), the growth of renewable energy was the largest in the power generation, reaching a share of 27% of the total electricity production in 2019. Wind and solar increased by nearly a factor 6 compared to 2010 and by a factor 2 compared to 2015. The average yearly growth between 2015 and 2019 was 15% for wind and 30% for solar. The wind capacity installed worldwide in 2019 increased by 19% compared to 2018, raising the global wind capacity to 620 GW 388 . Meanwhile, solar capacity increased by 21% to reach 586 GW587. Globally, the increase of electricity from non-fossil origin (around +3000 TWh) did not outpace the increase of total electricity production (around +5500 TWh) between 2010 and 2019. In the EU, the increase of electricity from non-fossil origin (+200 TWh) clearly outpaced the increase of total electricity production which was practically zero in the last decade. In 2019, this also happened at the global level: around 450 TWh of additional electricity from non-fossil origin versus only 350 TWh of additional total electricity production.

Increased replacement of fossil fuels by electricity from emissions-free sources like wind and solar will be an important measure to reduce emissions and to tackle air pollution. In the road transport sector, due to improvement in battery technology, the share of electric vehicles is rapidly growing. Heat pumps and other forms of electrical heating also have a large potential for reducing emissions from heating and cooling in buildings and to decarbonise low temperature processes in industry.

The growth of renewable energy was made possible by a sharp decline of the cost of electricity renewable technologies and battery storage. Since 2010, the cost of electricity from wind has fallen 49%. PV costs have dropped 85% 389 with a similar drop in battery prices 390 . These trends are expected to continue in the future.

Figure 97: Global weighted average total installed costs, capacity factors and LCOE for onshore wind power, 2010-2019

Source: IRENA, Renewable power generation costs in 2019

Figure 98: Global weighted average total installed costs, capacity factors and LCOE for solar PV, 2010-2019

   Source: IRENA, Renewable power generation costs in 2019

The changes had deep consequences for energy investments worldwide. Annual global investment in renewable power has increased 55% since 2010 391 and renewable sources accounted for two thirds of global investments in the power sector in 2017 392 . At the same time, investments in conventional, non-renewable, sources have diminished significantly since 2014, although upstream investments in oil and gas projects increased modestly in recent years, mostly driven by spending in the shale sector590.

There is a consensus that the transformation of the energy system will continue. The energy and GHG intensity of the global economy should decrease further. Pressure on natural resources will promote the uptake of technologies aimed at improving energy and resource efficiency. Given that costs are expected to fall further, renewables should continue to expand at the expense of the most carbon-intensive sources of energy: coal used in power generation and oil used in transport. However, the emergence of a global consumer class 393 – and the associated increase in energy demand – slows down improvements in energy intensity. 394  

9.10.6EU action in a global context to limit temperature increase to well below 2°C and pursue efforts to limit it to 1.5°C

9.10.6.1Temperature thresholds and carbon budgets

The latest IPCC Special Report on 1.5°C (SR1.5) 395 estimates that at the current rate of temperature increase, global warming (defined as in the 30-year average of global temperature) is likely to reach 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels at some point between 2030 & 2052 396 .

In SR1.5, all pathways consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C foresee the use of carbon dioxide removal (CDR) technologies and actions, and most of them require net negative emissions to return global warming to this level following a peak in temperature above 1.5°C. Chapter 2 of SR1.5 considered 54 emissions reduction pathways consistent with limiting global warming to 1.5°C by 2100, with a greater than 50% chance, and with no or limited temperature overshoot 397 . Of these, 19 were assessed as having a likely (>66%) chance of limiting warming to 1.5°C by 2100, and 9 were assessed as avoiding any overshoot of 1.5°C during the 21st century. However, none of the assessed pathways both limit global warming to 1.5°C by 2100 with a likely chance and avoid overshoot entirely. Therefore even with strong global action to limit greenhouse gas emissions, there is a strong possibility that global warming will reach and overshoot 1.5°C, at least temporarily, before temperatures can be reduced again.

Stopping global warming continuing requires net CO2 emissions to fall to zero or below, as well as achieving a decline in the overall warming (net radiative forcing) from other greenhouse gases and forcers596. The term carbon budget is used to quantify the cumulative level of remaining CO2 emissions associated with keeping global warming below a temperature threshold, such as 2°C or 1.5°C. Budgets are quantified in CO2 since this is the most abundant long-lived forcer in the atmosphere. Once emitted, it accumulates in the atmosphere over decades to centuries, meaning that there is a close relationship between cumulative emissions and global temperature increase.

The level at which global temperature will peak is strongly determined by the level of cumulative CO2 emissions 398 . In the long-term, limiting warming to below 2°C or 1.5°C requires either reducing net emissions to zero before these limits are reached, or by achieving net negative global emissions (through use of natural carbon sinks or carbon dioxide removal technologies) after the limits are exceeded.

The latest IPCC carbon budget estimates come from the Special Report on 1.5°C (SR1.5) 399 . For limiting warming to 2°C, SR1.5 gives central estimates starting in 2018 of around 1500 and 1170 GtCO2 for a 50% and 66% chance respectively. For 1.5°C, the 50% and 66% chance estimates are 580 and 420 GtCO2 respectively. These budgets represent the most authoritative assessment available since they are based on multiple lines of evidence following comprehensive review of the scientific literature. However, they are subject to considerable uncertainty ranges due to the inherent complexity of the interactions in the climate system. The main sources of uncertainty around the central estimates are related to the temperature response to CO2 and non-CO2 emissions (+/- 400 GtCO2), and the level of historic warming 400 (+/- 250 GtCO2). Furthermore, Earth System feedbacks (such as release of CO2 and methane from permafrost thawing) could reduce this budget further, out to 2100 (-100 GtCO2 best estimate). Since SR1.5 gives remaining CO2 budgets from the start of 2018, it is also important to recall that they are being depleted by around 42 GtCO2 annually due to continued emissions from fossil fuels, industry and land use change. The next comprehensive assessment of carbon budgets will be included in the Sixth Assessment Report of the IPCC which is expected to be available in 2021-2022.

Taken by themselves, carbon budgets do not tell us how to reduce GHG emissions in a manner consistent with limiting global warming to well below 2°C or 1.5°C. For this, it is necessary to consider emissions reduction pathways that combine the atmospheric science for all greenhouse gases, not just CO2 as summarised by the carbon budgets, as well as the technological and socioeconomic possibilities for reducing emissions of CO2 and other greenhouse gases, including the extent to which net negative emissions will be needed.

9.10.6.2Emissions reduction pathways and scenarios (EU and global)

The pathways and scenarios typically considered by Integrated Assessment Models look at all sources of emissions human activity and can in an integrated manner assess feasible socio economic and technology emission pathways at a global scale. The SR1.5 database 401 of such scenarios constitutes the most authoritative source on the assessment of pathways compatible with the Paris Agreement objective of keeping average global temperature rise well below 2°C and pursuing efforts to achieve 1.5°C compared to pre-industrial levels.

The more recent UNEP Emissions Gap Report (UNEP GAP 2019) 402 bases its analysis on the SR1.5 database and gives a median estimate of around 25 GtCO2e in 2030 (with a range of 22-31 GtCO2e) for a least-cost pathway with a 66% of limiting warming to 1.5°C by 2100. This represents a 50% reduction compared to 2010 global GHG emissions. The 1.5°C scenarios of UNEP GAP 2019 allow maximum emissions of 600 GtCO2 from 2018 up to the point of reaching net zero CO2 emissions, and cumulative 2018-2100 emissions of at most 380 GtCO2 (implying that after reaching zero, CO2 emissions become net negative). This is consistent with the no or limited overshoot scenarios of SR1.5 403 .

Neither report provides information on regional pathways consistent with the Paris goals. However, 1.5°C scenarios including EU28-level reductions are provided by for instance the ADVANCE 404 project (a multi-model scenario assessment project that is one of the contributors to the SR1.5 database). ADVANCE includes a set of 25 runs from 4 different scenarios and 8 different models aiming at limiting global warming to 1.5°C within a stricter budget than UNEP GAP 2019 405 . When compared to the ADVANCE results, the MIX and ALLBNK scenarios (including the emissions and removals of the LULUCF sector) appears in line with EU results for global 1.5°C scenarios (Figure 99) 406 .

Figure 99: 50-55% reduction pathways and ADVANCE 1.5°C scenario

Source: IAMC 1.5°C Scenario Explorer

Figure 100 places this EU effort in historical context and compares this to 1.5°C consistent pathways for other regions taken from the SR1.5 database. Historical data show that the EU began reducing emissions earlier than the OECD as a whole. While the EU28 has reduced emissions by more than 20% below 1990 levels by 2017, emissions in the rest of the OECD increased by almost 20% (the 2000-2010 OECD reduction shown in Figure 100 is due to the EU emission reductions). Emissions in the rest of the world have grown by even more, especially since 2000.

Figure 100: Emissions reductions compared to 1990, EU, OECD and Global 1.5°C pathways and EU objective of 50-55% reduction by 2030 leading climate neutrality by 2050

Note: EU emissions (incl. LULUCF) is based on EEA for 1990-2010 407 , and ADVANCE for 2020-2050 (same pathway as EU ADVANCE Median pathway Figure 99). Other regions are based on EDGAR + Global Carbon Project for 1990-2010, and IAMC 1.5°C Scenario Explorer median 1.5°C projections with no or limited overshoot for 2020-2050. Data is shown in 10-year steps with straight line in between. Series are harmonised by applying uniform scaling factor based on 2010 data.

In the projections by the ADVANCE project, with cost-efficient global scenarios, achieving climate neutrality by 2050 is not a pre-requisite for the EU, nor for OECD countries or the world in general, with projections requiring net negative emissions later in the second half of the century. Also SR1.5 concludes that global climate neutrality is achieved before around 2070 and negative emissions thereafter to achieve 1.5°C by the end of the century 408 .

The EU objective of climate neutrality by 2050, defined as achieving net zero GHG emissions by 2050, combined with the 50-55% milestone in 2030, gives a strong signal that the EU is assuming its leading role on climate action in line with these scientific projections.

The EU has been reducing emissions since 40 years, with our emissions having peaked just before 1980. According to the EDGAR database, the EU share of global emissions (excluding LULUCF) has continued to fall from 15.7% in 1990 to 8% in 2015. This reduction has occurred in large part due to reductions in the energy intensity of the economy and carbon intensity of the EU energy supply, outweighing the effects of growth in GDP and population. Today the EU is one of the most efficient, if not the most efficient, major economy in term of GHG emitted by unit of production.

Figure 101: Decomposition of historic and projected drivers in EU emissions (EU28)

Note: emissions refer to EU28

Source: European Environment Agency (2018) 409  

Looking beyond a least-cost approaches, SR1.5 notes that different principles and methodologies generate different calculated contributions, responsibilities and capacities 410 . Höhne et al. (2018) 411 distinguish for instance between approaches based on technical necessity (including cost optimisation and use of indicators such as emissions per capita, or per unit of GDP), and approaches based on moral obligation (such as measures that takes countries’ income levels or historical emissions into account). Furthermore, questions of moral obligation related to climate change are broader than the setting of emissions reductions targets, encompassing efforts to raise ambition in other countries, as well as provision of climate finance and other assistance 412 . Estimates of EU effort for 2030 in a 1.5°C scenario included Robiou du Pont et al. (2017) 413 , that look at a number of different metrics to divide efforts, give a central value of 68% below 1990 levels, with extremes of -43% to -87%, excluding LULUCF 414 . However, the study does not attempt to model EU or global transition pathways that would lead to these reductions, and clarifies that they could in principle be met by a combination of domestic mitigation, international emissions trading and support to 3rd country emissions reductions. Therefore such studies do not really look into what emission reductions the EU should and can achieve domestically but apply a set of possible equity principles without any connection to real possible emission pathways. Similarly, the website Climate Action Tracker synthesises results from a range of effort sharing studies and calculates 2030 1.5°C reductions ranging from 45% below 1990 to over 120% below 1990 levels 415 .



9.11EU policies as an enabler

This section elaborates on enabling policies that would facilitate achieving higher GHG, EE and RES ambition, with a focus on policies being developed in the context of:

9.11.1Green recovery from the COVID-19 crisis 

Though the COVID-19 crisis in itself has clearly resulted in a downward pressure on GHG emissions, it does not change the fact that to achieve climate neutrality changes will be needed. The building renovation rate will need to be increase significantly, the vehicle stock will need to be replaced with low and zero emitting technologies, our energy system will need to be converted more and more to a renewables based one and our industries will need to invest in new production capacity with modern climate neutral, efficient and increasingly circular technology solutions.

The economic fallout from the COVID crisis will likely make it more challenging for private agents to mobilise the necessary levels of investment in the energy system as many agents may face weaker balance sheets and capital positions as well as higher levels of indebtedness. As assessed in section 6.4.1.3 on energy system investments, the transition to a climate neutral economy will require significant additional investments, with an estimated total investment requirement in the energy system (excluding transport) of around EUR 400 billion (2015 EUR) per annum in the next decade.

Delivering on that investment challenge, in the current economic context of increased uncertainty will thus make it all the more important that recovery plans focus have a very strong focus on green investment. This will not only deliver the much needed short term investment stimulus, it would also support long term sustainable growth (see section 6.4.2 on macro-economic impacts).

The Economic Recovery plan adopted on 27 May 2020 and adopted by the European Council in July 2020, which the Commission headlined “Europe’s moment: repair and prepare for the next generation”, aims to stimulate economic recovery across the EU to respond to the current crisis. The Recovery plan underlines the importance of a green, digital and resilient recovery, and is based on two key elements: firstly, an emergency Next Generation EU (NGEU) instrument of EUR 750 billion 416 to temporarily boost the financial firepower of the EU budget with funds raised on the financial markets. Secondly, a reinforced multiannual financial framework (MFF) for 2021-2027 with a size of EUR 1 074.3 billion.

These two sets of stimulus mean a total of EUR 1.8 trillion of targeted and front-loaded support to Europe's recovery. In addition, there are measures worth EUR 540 billion, already endorsed by the April European Council on important safety nets for workers, businesses and sovereigns.

The plan confirms energy policy, and specifically clean green energy as a cornerstone of the recovery. While the financing instruments for the recovery are largely horizontal, energy investments within the framework of key upcoming energy initiatives can be supported by various sources. For the recovery fund, like the general budget, 30% would be earmarked for delivering the climate goals of the Green Deal. The European Council specifically agreed that 2021-2027 MFF and NGEU instruments have to comply with the objective of EU climate neutrality by 2050 and contribute to achieving the Union's new 2030 climate targets. All EU expenditure will have to respect the green oath to ‘do no harm’. A large part of the (EUR 750bn) Next Generation EU instrument will be spent through a new Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) (EUR 672.5 billion) aimed at allowing Member States to support investments and reforms, including investments linked to green transition based on the Member States’ Recovery and Resilience Plans outlining their priorities. The RRF will provide grant (EUR 312.5 billion) and loan support (EUR 360 billion) for the Member States to carry out needed reforms in line with the European Semester recommendations, the National Energy and Climate Plans and the Just Transition Plans, making sure that green transition is at the heart of the reforms. In addition to the close alignment with the European Semester and the country specific recommendations, the draft Regulation on the RRF includes interactions with the National Reform Programmes, the National Energy and Climate Plans, the Just Transition Plans and the partnership agreements and operational programmes adopted under the Union funds.

The other key parts of the plan are:

·Increase the Just Transition Fund (the 1st pillar of Just Transition Mechanism) from EUR 7.5 billion to EUR17.5 billion to facilitate transition in coal and carbon-intensive regions where transition will present the biggest challenge. The revamped Just Transition Fund should support and incentivise transition choices in coal and carbon-intensive regions.

·A proposal for the 3rd pillar of Just Transition Mechanism - a loan facility for public authorities in just transition regions to help investments in areas such as clean heating, buildings renovation and clean mobility.

·The REACT-EU initiative includes EUR 47.5 billion of additional funds that will be made available mainly to the cohesion policy through the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and the European Social Fund (ESF) – until end of 2023.

·The InvestEU scheme (EUR 8.4 billion budget provision). It will also include a new Strategic Investment Facility (EUR 15 billion provision) will be the key EU instrument to crowd in private capital to support investments in policy areas essential for achieving the European Green Deal objectives: including renewable energy, energy efficiency, decarbonised energy infrastructure or research and innovation in green technologies. All projects above a certain size financed by InvestEU will be subject to sustainability proofing, to ensure they are in line with the Green Deal.

·A Technical Support Instrument to ensure that Member States will benefit from tailor-made expertise for developing and implementing sustainable and growth enhancing reforms. Under this instrument, Member States would be able to receive support for scaling up and improving the quality of green investments, including in the context of the National Recovery and Resilience Plans.

The EU recovery plan follows the calls from other quarters who point to the need and opportunity of implementing green recovery plans. The IEA recently released a Sustainable Recovery Plan 417 for actions that can be taken over the next three years to boosting economic growth, creating jobs and building more resilient and cleaner energy systems. The IEA plan identified six key sectors – electricity, transport, industry, buildings, fuels and emerging low carbon technologies. The analysis carried out estimates that implementing the plan would lead to a peak in global emissions, putting the world on a path towards achieving the Paris Agreement goals while leaving global GDP in 2023 3.5% higher than it would have been otherwise. Implementing the plan would require investing approximately 0.7% of global GDP.

To achieve the desired effect, recovery plans should focus on the immediate future. Funds swiftly allocated to projects would allow kick starting the energy and climate transition. For an industrialised economy such as the European Union, it will have to be assessed whether and which forms of conditionality for public support to existing businesses could contribute to the achievement of climate priorities.

The recovery packages adopted by Member States and at the EU level will determine not only the speed at which our economies will recover, but also the structure of our economies for decades to come. The European Parliament and a significant number of Member States have stressed the essential need to ensure that recovery packages are structured so as to achieve the twin objective of generating a rapid pick-up in economic activity and setting our economies firmly and definitively on an environmentally and socially sustainable path in the long term, including through the transition to a climate neutral economy by 2050. These two objectives are complementary rather than exclusive. In particular, it will be crucial to ensure that public support for investment focus on assets that promote the climate, energy and digital transition, ensure the long-term competitiveness of EU enterprises and their role in the clean technologies and products of the future, and create sustainable jobs (e.g. in buildings renovation, electric vehicles or renewables electricity equipment and infrastructure). The enabling environment will also play a critical role in facilitating and channelling private investment in the necessary areas identified above. The recently adopted Regulation 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment (hereinafter, ‘Taxonomy Regulation’) aims to incentivise private sector investment in environmentally sustainable economic activities in general, and as such, will be crucial for guiding investments into the green recovery. The European Investment Bank is among the front runner financial institutions, which through their internal energy lending policy (revised in late 2019) 418 has set out a pathway for channelling financing to decarbonised solutions. The future revision of the Commission’s guidelines on State aid for environmental protection and energy will also provide a strengthened framework to support the necessary investment in the energy system, fully aligned with the objective of climate neutrality by 2050.

9.11.2Energy financing and climate mainstreaming of the next MFF

The EU 2021-2027 budget was designed with a horizontal 25% 419 climate-mainstreaming target across all EU programmes. The Council’s agreement on the Recovery plan increased the overall climate mainstreaming ambition up to 30%. The “global” climate mainstreaming objective is translated into programme-specific targets. 420 A large number of those programmes support energy either as an explicit objective or under broader sets of priorities:

·60% of the Connecting Europe Facility 421 funds will contribute directly to the climate target, with EUR 5.18 billion proposed for energy infrastructure investments.

·30% of funds under the European Regional Development Fund (EUR 196.9 billion) and 37% of the Cohesion Fund (EUR 42.5 billion) 422 support climate objectives, funding investments in for instance clean and fair energy transition (through the policy objective of a greener, low-carbon Europe), including measures to promote energy efficiency, renewable energy and the smartening of grids.

·Horizon Europe 423 , the new research and innovation framework programme, with an overall proposed budget of EUR 80.9 billion and a dedicated Climate, Energy and Mobility cluster, will see 35% of its funds supporting the achievement of the climate goals.

·The LIFE Programme 424 (EUR 4.8 billion) has an ambitious 61% climate mainstreaming target: under LIFE, the Clean Energy Transition sub-programme (about EUR 1 billion) will create enabling framework for energy efficiency and renewables implementation building the capacity of private and public actors to create the right market & regulatory conditions and to mobilise investments in clean energy.

·The InvestEU Programme (with EUR 8.4 billion reserved under the EU budget for the provisioning of the budgetary guarantee is expected to contribute 30% of the overall financial envelope to climate objectives. This includes a 60% combined climate and environmental mainstreaming under the Sustainable Infrastructure Window that will support a large number of energy related investments (infrastructure, energy efficiency, including in buildings, renewable energy).

·The Just Transition Fund (EUR 17.5 billion) with a focus on the transition process towards a climate-neutral economy of the Union by 2050 is also linked to the National Energy and Climate Plans and the energy transition. The whole of the budget of the Just Transition Fund is focussed on climate action.

Outside the EU budget, albeit not explicitly included in the climate mainstreaming target, the Modernisation Fund and the Innovation Fund (c.a. EUR 14 and EUR 10 billion respectively) will help support investments in areas crucial for decarbonisation and reducing GHG emissions. Proposed areas of action include: modernisation of energy networks, renewable energy, energy storage, energy efficiency, just transition in carbon intensive regions, innovative low carbon technologies in renewable energy generation and energy intensive industries or CCUS.

9.11.3Sustainable finance 

The European Commission’s sustainable finance initiative, set out in the 2018 Action Plan on Financing sustainable growth and the associated legislative and non-legislative elements brings finance closer to the needs of the real economy for the benefit of the planet and society. It puts finance at the service of decarbonisation, environmental and social objectives, therefore it is closely tied to European climate, energy and environmental policies. The initiative responds to the reality that the overwhelming proportion of capital to cover investment needs will come from private sources. Sustainable finance policy seeks to transform the financial sector by reorienting capital to sustainable investments, managing financial risks stemming from climate change and environmental degradation and fostering transparency and long-term outlook for financial and economic activity thus supporting companies in their transition towards more sustainable business models.

The sustainable finance initiatives aims at creating a clear and predictable policy framework for financial market participants and non-financial undertakings to guide their investment decisions towards more sustainable solutions. Its elements are designed with a level of flexibility that allows for re-adjustments in their features as technological development and legislative changes concerning the climate and environmental targets make it necessary. This can be observed in the main building block of sustainable finance, the EU Taxonomy. Integrating the 2030 climate and energy targets and the 2050 vision of a climate neutrality, the Taxonomy will be an important enabler to scale up sustainable investment and to implement the European Green Deal. The EU Taxonomy is a harmonised, uniform classification system of environmentally and socially sustainable economic activities. It sets a framework and principles for assessing economic activities against six environmental objectives and defines technical screening criteria that determines whether an economic activity could be considered environmentally sustainable. It is used as a reference point across a number of other elements of the 2018 Sustainable Finance Action Plan as well as in the European Green Deal Investment Plan.

9.11.4Just transition, skills development and protecting vulnerable citizens 

The analysis presented in sections 6.4 and 6.5 shows that the impact of the climate targets will be overall small but uneven. The impact on growth, for example, is estimated to be small compared to both unpredictable economic shocks (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) and long-term macroeconomic trends (such as demographic changes). However, the results presented in section 6.5 show that the costs of the transition might put an unfair share of the burden on low-income citizens. Similarly, macroeconomic analysis consistently shows that the impact of climate policies – including the targets analysed in this impact assessment – on employment is small. However, the results presented in section 6.4.2 shows that the impact on some sector (e.g., mining) will be large and disruptive.

The unwanted effects of energy and climate policies tend to be highly localised. The analysis supporting long-term decarbonisation strategy showed that only two EU regions have employment shares of more than 1% in sectors that are expected to decline. However, the closure of a coal-mine can lead to the loss of thousands of direct and indirect jobs in a mining region.

When considering the industries that will have to transform (manufacture of chemicals and chemical products, manufacture of other non-metallic mineral products, manufacture of basic metals, manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers, it becomes apparent that many more regions will be affected. Out of the EU’s 28 Member States 425 , 24 have regions where more than 1% of the work force is employed in such a sector, with higher shares in Member States with lower GDP per capita levels. The regions with the highest exposure are Strední Cechy in the Czech Republic (10.4%), Közép-Dunántúl in Hungary (9.7%), and Vest in Romania (9.3%) 426 .

To mitigate the uneven effects of the energy transition, policy intervention is necessary at all levels of governance: from the local and regional levels to the national and European levels. In this context, local and regional policies have a direct role to play in enabling the climate and energy transition.

For instance, the experience of already completed transitions away from coal in some European countries shows the importance of designing and implementing a planned process, supported by measures aimed at alleviating socioeconomic consequences while promoting the development of new, future-oriented economic activities at national, regional and local levels. This is why since 2017 the European Commission has launched the Initiative for Coal Regions in Transition, 427 with the objective of supporting EU coal regions and their local communities in their efforts to decarbonise their energy production and diversify their local economy. Specifically, it supports coal regions (including peat and oil shale) across the EU in achieving a just transition through tailored, needs-oriented assistance and capacity-building 428 . In the context of EU Green Deal the Just Transition Mechanism is most recent concrete example of how EU-level policy measure can facilitate targeted actions decided at the local level as it builds on and expands the work of the existing Initiative for Coal Regions in Transition, also including carbon- intensive regions.

The Commissions has proposed in May 2020 a revised ambitious Just Transition Mechanism resting on three pillars:

1.Upon developing a territorial just transition plan, Member States can access the Just Transition Fund to support a socio-economic transition in regions at NUTS-3 level highly dependent on extractive, carbon- and energy-intensive industries, notably coal, lignite, peat, oil shale and carbon intensive industries.

2.A dedicated InvestEU just transition scheme, implemented through InvestEU financial products, will support economically viable investments by private and public sector entities, providing complementarity and synergies with the Just Transition Fund. Being part of InvestEU, the final use of InvestEU will remain demand-driven and will depend on the project pipeline.

3.The public sector loan facility will encourage investments that support the transition towards a climate-neutral economy by public sector authorities to the benefit of coal- and carbon-intensive regions. The facility will be implemented with the involvement of the European Investment Bank.

It aims to mobilise up to EUR 150 billion of investments to alleviate the socio-economic impacts of the climate transition and build growth along with locally decided economic diversification strategies.

The transition to a low-carbon economy and decarbonisation will translate into new constraints on the labour market and shifts to new clean and energy-saving production processes. These will require active education and training policies and investment to meet the emerging skills needs (professional and transversal) of both emerging and existing occupations and industries 429 . The New Skills Agenda for Europe 430 , adopted by the Commission on 10 June 2016, launched 10 actions to make the right training, skills and support available to people in the EU. The updated Skills Agenda for Europe, adopted by the Commission on 1 July 2020 together with a Youth Employment Support (YES) package, consists of 12 actions to boost skills for jobs, including to support strategic national upskilling action, support the green and digital transitions, and improve the enabling framework to unlock Member States' and private investments in skills.

The transition may also increase the risk of energy poverty if vulnerable households do not manage to invest in the required low carbon technologies, while being confronted with increasing prices for carbon intensive fuels for instance due to carbon pricing or revisions of energy taxation. Policies targeting energy poverty by investing in energy efficiency measures for the social vulnerable groups can alleviate the households’ energy costs while achieving important energy savings. Lump sum transfers have already been mentioned in section 6.5 as a way to mitigate the regressive impact of higher energy prices. Combinations of measures may be suited best, e.g. targeted energy efficiency measures, for example in the form of energy efficiency obligation schemes or subsidies to low-income households, job retraining programmes and funding low carbon technologies via general taxation or carbon revenues (instead than with a surcharge on electricity consumption). The upcoming Recommendation on Energy Poverty will help Member States to better identify the number of households in energy poverty and design adequate mitigating measures that support energy poor households in ways that take into consideration the building types, geographical specificities of regions and complementary financial support available to such households. The Recommendation shall underline the need to promote actions at local level (i.e. authorities and social housing associations) and to allow stakeholders to familiarise themselves with most recently identified best practices.

Other examples of EU policies with direct bearing on the just transition include the ongoing revision of the Energy Taxation Directive. Energy taxation has a direct impact on the cost of energy for European consumers. Aligning taxation of energy products with EU energy and climate policies could contribute to the climate targets, but also affect the way the burden of the transition is shared. The revision of the Guidelines on State aid for environmental protection and energy (foreseen for 2021) will affect how national resources are spent in the energy sector. The State aid instruments set the compatibility criteria for State aid measures for environmental protection and energy (for example for support to the production of renewable energy, to energy efficiency or to carbon capture and storage). Those rules ensure that support targets an objective of common interest in the environmental and energy field while ensuring at the same time that the support is limited to the minimum necessary to achieve the objective of common interest. A close alignment between State aid rules and the European Green Deal priorities will allow setting the right incentives for the use of national resources in a cost-effective manner.

9.11.5Behavioural changes and their impact on energy and emission profiles

Behavioural changes may influence the future trajectory of emissions and energy use alike. A sector where this has long been recognised is transport. Recently, more walking, cycling and public transport have become more popular. Likewise, the sharing of vehicles seems to become more attractive to younger people compared to vehicle ownership, particularly in urban areas. Such trends, if they are economy-wide, increase the circularity of the transport sector and may decrease energy and material consumption and, hence, emissions. Air transport, on the other hand, has seen continuous increase in the demand for long distance air. With increasing material welfare, this trend is projected to continue, leading to increased emissions and energy consumption 431 .

Transport is not the only sector in which consumption patterns influence greenhouse gas emissions. Other important behavioural changes which can have a sizeable role include: 432

·More sustainable, low-emission dietary choices. Food products differ a lot with regards to the GHG emission and energy consumption during their production and transport. Examples for a GHG-intensive dietary choice are the consumption of red meat that is often resource and energy intensive, and contributes directly to methane emissions, but also fruits and vegetables that have to be transported over long distances, or cooled for non-seasonal consumption. The Farm to Fork Strategy will propose actions that will help consumers in following their preference for sustainably-produced food. Amongst others, the Farm to Fork strategy is to propose minimum mandatory criteria for sustainable food procurement, a proposal to empower consumers through a sustainable food labelling framework, and to further include sustainability aspects into European food promotion programs.

·House and living preferences. The size of a residence influences its energy consumption, but other elements, such as the temperature that is perceived as comfortable, also play a role. Consequently, emissions from buildings will also be influenced by the life-style choices of their inhabitants. Where one choses to live may have an impact on emissions from commuting and other trips.

·Uptake of new technologies, notably communication technologies. While this may increase energy consumption (e.g. higher consumption of data centres), digitalization may also deliver significant energy and emissions savings. Teleworking and better energy demand management are two examples that potentially can have such effect. 433  

·Consumer preferences need the right regulatory environment to drive the change that consumers desire. This is particularly true in the demand for energy-intensive goods – such as those made from steel or from non-ferrous metals. The Circular Economy Action Plan sets out to support consumers in making the choices they want in creating lead markets for energy-intensive products such as steel or cement. Actions announced under this plan include sustainable product policy as a key theme for, among others, legislative action on empowering consumers for active participation in the green transition 434 .

The COVID-19 crisis has displayed in dramatic fashion the short-term impact of changing consumption patterns – most notably with an impressive drop in transport activity. Transport activity is resuming as societies emerge from lockdown. However, the pandemic may impact consumers’ behaviour in the long-term. The impact on energy demand and emission could be both positive (if less daily trips are made or more sustainable transport modes are chosen) or negative (e.g. more private vehicle use to avoid public transportation).

9.11.6Circular economy and its impacts on climate change mitigation 

As outlined in the Commission’s Long Term Strategic Vision on GHG Emissions Reduction scenarios 435 , to become climate neutral by 2050 and achieve net GHG removals thereafter, the EU will have to rely on a variety of mitigation strategies. A circular economy coupled with more climate-, environment-friendly and healthier consumer choices are a key such strategy. A reduction of materials input through prevention, re-use and recycling will improve competitiveness, create business opportunities and jobs, and require less energy, in turn reducing pollution and greenhouse gas emissions. A more circular and shared economy will also contribute positively to alleviating expected growing competition for access to strategic minerals and raw materials 436 that will be increasingly required in the ecological and digital transition.

The EU Circular Economy Action Plan will support the objective of substantial greenhouse gas emissions reductions by 2030 and climate neutrality by 2050, by addressing circularity in key economic sectors. Implementation of a highly circular economy will also benefit a green recovery, providing resilience and autonomy of key product value chains as well as job creation and increased GDP. In the context of moving towards a more resource-efficient economy, the Commission will also present an initiative on sustainable corporate governance 437

Science and policy-makers nowadays acknowledge the relevance of resource efficiency and the circular economy for climate action. Increased circularity, in this view, can be an effective tool in the mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions. This recognition is, however, relatively new. For example, the first Circular Economy Action Plan of 2015 438 mentioned the synergies with climate policy, but without a strong emphasis or data.

A seminal report by Material Economics and Sitra, in 2018, entitled The circular economy – A powerful force for climate mitigation 439 was one of the first attempts to quantitatively measure the potential impacts of the circular economy for GHG emissions reductions. The study focusses on energy intensive sectors such steel, cement, plastics, aluminium, passenger cars and buildings. The study concluded that “in an ambitious scenario, as much as 296 million tonnes CO2 per year in the EU by 2050, out of 530 in total – and some 3.6 billion tonnes per year globally. Demand-side measures thus can take us more than halfway to net-zero emissions from EU industry, and hold as much promise as those on the supply side”. The analysis included circular practices like more materials circulation (i.e. reuse and recycling), product materials efficiency and more circular business models for mobility and buildings (e.g. sharing). The combined effect of such approaches would lead to 56% emissions reduction in these sectors. The report, however, recognised that there were still many methodological uncertainties and that more research was needed. Whether all of the potential GHG emissions reductions can be obtained in practice is also an open question for research.

The Commission’s Long Term Strategy on GHG Emissions Reduction, Communication and in-depth analysis A Clean Planet for All, included circular economy actions in one of the two scenarios achieving climate neutrality by 2050 440 . It found that circular economy and lifestyle changes combined prove a cost-effective mitigation strategy which required a total level of annual investment around 5% and 8% lower, respectively, than that of the other pathways with a similar level of ambition. Even though the in-depth analysis recognised methodological limitations, the assumptions were considered very prudent and “no-regret options”.

Moreover, the Commission’s plastics strategy of 2018 estimated that the production and incineration of plastics produce globally every year 400 MtCO2-eq emissions. If it were possible to avoid that emissions from plastics reach the atmosphere, the equivalent to 3.5 billion of oil barrels per year would be saved. Recycling a million of tonnes of plastics is equivalent to the emissions of one million cars 441 .

Already in 2017, the UN’s International Resources Panel (IRP) estimated that, by 2050, resource efficiency policies could reduce global extractions by 28%. Combined with an ambitious climate action, such policies can reduce greenhouse gas emissions around 63%, and increase economic growth by 1.5% 442 . This initial analysis was further refined, upon demand of the G7, with the report 2020 Resource Efficiency and Climate Change: Material Efficiency Strategies for a Low-Carbon Future 443 . The report assesses the reduction potential of GHG emissions from material efficiency strategies applied in residential buildings and light duty vehicles. Emissions from the production of materials as a share of global GHGs increased from 15% in 1995 to 23% in 2015. This corresponds to the share of GHG emissions from agriculture, forestry, and land use change combined, yet they have received much less attention than other sectors. An estimated 80% of emissions from material production were associated with material use in construction and manufactured goods. It is expected that 70% of the global population will live in cities in 2050, and 50% of this urban environment is not yet built 444 . Consequently, cement and steel production and their associated GHG emissions will have a large potential for mitigation with upgraded construction materials and techniques.

GHG emissions from the material cycle of residential buildings in the G7 and China could be reduced substantially by 2050 through: resource efficiency approaches include more intensive use of homes (up to 70% reduction in 2050 in the G7), designing buildings which use less material (8– 10% in 2050 in the G7), and sustainably harvested timber (1–8% in 2050 in the G7). However, it has to be recognised that the higher end of the plausible mitigation potential would come from substantial lifestyle changes, for instance in housing, that might be seen by some as a loss of comfort. On the other hand, consumers increasingly demand more sustainable lifestyle options but are hampered in obtaining them in practice 445 . Improved recycling of construction material could reduce GHGs by 14-18% in 2050 in the G7. Overall, using these strategies in the G7 could result in cumulative savings in the period 2016-2050 amounting to 5–7 GtCO2-eq. Regarding transport, modelling by the International Resources Panel shows that GHG emissions from the material cycle of passenger cars in 2050, considering their production, use and disposal, could be reduced by up to 70% in G7 countries through ride-sharing, car-sharing, and a shift towards trip-appropriate smaller cars, among others.

Additional evidence comes from the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre (JRC). The JRC has quantified the climate impacts of the circular economy through the life cycle assessment-based JRC’s consumption and consumer footprints 446 . The latter has the advantage of showing different environmental impacts including on climate change 447 , thereby providing information on potential trade-offs to other environmental impacts. This is very relevant under the European Green Deal, which aims at tackling current environmental issues (climate change, biodiversity loss, pollution and resources depletion) in a systemic manner. Nonetheless, current models assess the benefits of specific circular economy scenarios rather than a comprehensive assessment of the full potential of circular economy-related intervention. A comprehensive scenario representing the whole circular economy quantifying the actual impact on decarbonisation is still under development.

The abundance of the different circular economy actions affecting multiple supply-chains makes it hard to grasp the cumulative effect of these actions on overall greenhouse gas mitigation. The current state of the literature does not yet allow a full quantification, though efforts are well underway 448 . A study commissioned by the EEA 449 concluded that circular actions in non-energy sectors “can make modest, yet valuable impacts on GHG abatement throughout sectors and throughout the different lifecycle stages of products in Europe”. Such impacts are likely to increase overtime, from “around 80-150 MtCO2-eq per year by 2030 in Europe, which equals to around 2 to 4% of the GHG baseline emissions by 2030 in the EU Reference Scenario. By 2050, the GHG abatement potential is estimated to rise to around 300-550 MtCO2-eq per year in Europe, amounting to around 10-18% of the GHG baseline emissions by 2050 in the EU Reference Scenario”. The study also confirms that there are not, to date, publications that give a comprehensive overview of all circular actions and points out the sectors with more potential: materials (plastics, cement, steel), food (including food waste, packaging and nutrient recycling), construction, waste management sector, and automotive (car sharing, durability, improved end of life). The study provides estimates of GHG emissions reductions for these sectors by 2050, mainly based on the Material Economics-SITRA study, as well as other sources for food waste and sustainable diets 450 , the collaborative economy and waste management 451 . On the latest, the increased recycling targets that the European Parliament and Council adopted in May 2018 as a result of the Circular Economy Action Plan of 2015 are estimated to avoid 477 million tonnes of greenhouse gases emissions between 2015 and 2035 452 .

At present, the different interventions therefore may imply emissions reductions as per the following examples, focused on circular economy strategies for reuse, waste prevention, use of recycled material and waste valorisation. In terms of climate impacts, the main areas of consumption are food, mobility, housing, household goods and appliances:

-The substitution of virgin steel produced with blast furnace by recycled steel with electric arc technology can reduce climate change impacts by almost 80% (low-alloyed steel). A steel scrap sector exists in Europe to support such change 453 , though market constraints on the availability of steel scrap in a very high demand case exist. An increase in the recycled content of steel in vehicles for satisfying the mobility demand of EU citizens by 10% and avoiding the landfilling by increasing steel recycling at the end of life would have a limited effect on the climate change impact of the life cycle of vehicles (reduction of 0.3%). If current market constraints would be modified, however, and a recycled content up to 75% could be expected, climate change impacts could be reduced up to 3.5%.

-The re-use of 50% furniture up would decrease the climate change impact of the consumption of this household product in the EU by more than 40%. The implementation of combined food waste prevention measures could reduce up at least 10% of the climate change impact of the EU food system.

-An increased remanufacturing of household appliances enlarging their lifespan (between 10 and 20%) could decrease the climate change impacts of their life cycle between 3% (e.g. washing machine) to 6.5% (tumble dryer).

-The substitution of virgin PET by recycled PET in polyester textiles could reduce by at least 11% the climate change impact of this material used in textile.

-The use of recycled PET in the packaging of bottled mineral water would reduce by 8% the impact of this product.

-In the housing sectors, an increase by 20% of the recycled content of concrete materials and a raise in the current recycling rate from 47% to 90% would decrease by 2.2% the climate change impact of the infrastructure of buildings.

-An increased use of recycled material in concrete production between 20% and 50%, depending on national standards, can decrease climate change impacts between 1.4% and 3.5% 454 .

The modelling of the climate and environmental impacts of the circular economy remains an area where more research is needed. All current methodologies and approaches have caveats and are not easily fit to integrate the traditional energy and climate models, notably the framework used by the Commission services. The numbers provided by the studies mentioned here are based on several assumptions and have to be considered as orders of magnitude. In any case, current research confirms the relevance of the circular economy to reach the EU climate ambition – together with other environmental and economic benefits.

9.11.7R&D 

Research and innovation (R&I) plays a crucial role of providing solutions in testing, demonstrating and providing solutions through individual technology development, system deployment or even social innovation. Solutions may materialise over different time horizons, ranging from the next ten years to well beyond 2050, in line with long investment cycles typically seen in capital-intensive sectors such as the energy and industry sectors. R&I can set direction and address trade-offs to ensure that long-term targets are met.

R&I will define the speed at which the decarbonisation can take place, at which costs and with which co-benefits. Reaching costs competitiveness requires a combination of deployment to scale and focussed technology improvements. Successful R&I would benefit the EU's private sector in building leadership in the upcoming global clean technologies markets and would yield the positive economic and social impacts that will underpin the necessary political support a climate transition requires 455 .

The key to success in the long-term is to develop a wide portfolio of cost-effective and efficient carbon-free alternatives for each GHG-emitting activity, in combination with solutions for an integrated energy system, built on digitalisation and sector integration. In the near future, the rate at which the European R&I system succeeds in developing and commercialising such innovative solutions will steer the EU’s future competitiveness of its existing and newly emerging industries. In order to secure the transition to GHG neutrality, technological development activities need to go along climate research and research on socio-economic systems.

Figure 102: Relevant research and innovation areas

As described in section 6.2.1, electrification will be key for the decarbonisation of the energy sector. Efforts are needed to further optimise mature renewable energy technologies (e.g. onshore wind, solar photovoltaics, and established bioenergy) accelerate the deployment of proved technologies (e.g. offshore wind) and to widen the portfolio of options, such as in the field of ocean energy (wave/tidal), alternative photovoltaic concepts (thin-film, concentrated PV), or concentrated solar power.

On the demand side, electrification offers great opportunities to contribute to the decarbonisation of the transport, heating and industry sectors, which largely still use fossil fuels. Bringing supply and demand side together will require enabling technologies and concepts. Batteries will become one of the key technological components of a low-carbon economy and a fast growing global value chain is emerging.

Hydrogen may provide an alternative fuel for transport, heating and industry where direct electrification might face challenges. In particular, hydrogen can help integrate renewable electricity in cases when generation by far exceeds the system load as is expected to be increasingly the case between 2030 and 2050. Innovation will be needed along the entire hydrogen supply chain to improve performance and reduce cost (e.g. for electrolysers and stationary and mobile fuel cell applications). The Commission’s hydrogen strategy provides guidance to the actions needed for rolling out a European hydrogen economy. Both direct electrification as well as the production of hydrogen using electricity will increase the complexity of the energy system as supply and demand sectors will be interconnected in multiple ways. Technological innovation, taking stock of advances in digitalisation will be required for an integration of increasingly decentralised supply and demand sectors. Energy research also includes technologies, which will likely not be deployed before 2050 such as the International Thermonuclear Experimental Reactor (ITER) project, in which all major economies (EU, USA, China, Japan Russia, South Korea and India) explore the feasibility of nuclear fusion energy.

Industrial GHG related research addresses the reduction of emissions, energy needs and material fluxes, including synergies between these. Energy- and material-intensive industries can reduce their environmental footprint by converting most material fluxes into closed loops, in cases where this is decreasing the required amount of energy and raw materials. Carbon capture and storage is an option to reduce emissions of industries which have high process-related greenhouse gas emissions such as blast furnaces.

Research and innovation in the bioeconomy focusses on sustainable forestry and agricultural practices, in particular those that increase production while reducing non-CO2 emissions and with the objective of enriching and conserving carbon in soils that can play a role as a potential source of negative emissions. Furthermore, there remains significant potential for alternatives for industrial production of fertilisers, bio-waste management, ruminant livestock management, and a reduction in burning of agricultural residues. Research addresses how to use the available land in the best way, as to increase the carbon uptake (carbon productivity), and to use the available biomass in the most resource efficient way without damaging biodiversity and environmental quality.

Socio-economic research includes the development and implementation of new business models, their financial and social attractiveness and the role of possible enablers such as trade, consumers' habits, digitalisation, big data, block-chain or artificial intelligence.

The EU shows both strengths and weaknesses in this race to new low carbon technologies markets. Europe is still a very active actor of the global research landscape, accounting for 30% of all scientific publications and one fifth of global research expenditure 456 . European enterprises are responsible for an important share of technological innovation and are responsible for almost two thirds of the EU’s R&D investments 457 . However, the EU is progressively falling behind, spending comparatively less on research than other regions. The ratio of expenditures to GDP, also known as R&D intensity, remains at 2%, hence below the targeted 3% envisaged in the Europe 2020 Strategy 458 and well below levels in Japan (3.3% in 2015) and the USA (2.8% in 2017). China is also progressing and, with almost 2.1% in 2017, is now spending more on R&D per share of GDP than the EU. 459 This is due to lower private investment in research and innovation in Europe.

Figure 103: Gross domestic expenditure on R&D compared to GDP

Source: Eurostat 460

In 2018, the EU spent 0.03% of GDP on energy-related research 461 . Patenting in clean energy technologies has been increasing over the last decade, with European companies targeting "high value" inventions with international protection, which displays a growing confidence of their competitiveness in the global energy technology market 462 ,  463 .

These general trends also reflect in the situation of EU companies, which are very active in the global clean energy market (sized at USD 1.4 trillion in 2016 464 ). Indeed, in 2017 Europe was hosting 41 of the top 100 global energy companies, and the EU 6 of the 25 largest renewables companies 465 . European renewable energy businesses employed almost 1.5 million people (out of 10 million globally 466 ). They are accelerating R&I investments with an increasing number of patents filed (+50% between 2010 and 2016 467 ), clearly contributing to the global shift towards renewables developments (global patents in the field have doubled over 2010-2016). However, international competition is increasing, with Asian and North American companies getting an increasing weight in the market 468 .

Over the years, the EU has put in place a number of instruments to deliver on research and innovation for the EU economy as a whole, and on clean energy and climate change mitigation activities in particular:

·The EU R&D programmes Horizon 2020 469 (by 2020), including the Green Deal Call which will be launched in September with a budget of EUR 1 billion to support R&I projects which address the major priorities of the European Green Deal, including: climate; clean, secure and affordable energy; clean and circular industry; energy and resource efficient buildings; sustainable and smart mobility; food systems and Farm to Fork; ecosystems and biodiversity; and zero-pollution.

·Horizon Europe 470 (2021-2027), which should benefit from a budget increase to EUR 94.4 billion, of which 35% is dedicated to climate action. Cluster 5 is on Climate, Energy and Mobility (EUR 13.706bn + 3.449bn extra proposed in the recovery plan).

·The four Green Deal Missions under Horizon Europe cover critical areas: (1). Healthy Oceans, Seas, Coastal and Inland Waters; (2). Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities; (3). Soil Health and Food; and (4). Adaptation to Climate Change, including Societal Transformation. These Missions aim to catalyse action and drive the Green Deal objectives by setting targeted, measurable and time-bound actions for systemic change.

·The Strategic Energy Technologies (SET) Plan 471 enhancing the coordination and synergies between the EU, Member State and industry has put in place 10 platforms promoting market uptake by technologies, or the European Energy Research Alliance 472 that brings together 175 research organisation across the EU.

·The SET Plan is complemented by the Knowledge Innovation Community scheme (KIC), which aims at spurring public-private partnerships on different societal challenges, including on energy 473 .

·The Innovation Fund under the Emissions Trading System is an instrument to support the development of innovative low carbon technologies. It aims to create financial incentives to invest in the next generation of clean technologies that can enable the climate transition. The Innovation Fund also helps to boost the competitiveness of EU companies in this growing sector.

·R&I is a key dimension of the National Energy and Climate Plans (NECPs 474   475 ). The inclusion of specific and measurable R&I objectives in the NECPs will help integrating national strategies and priorities at EU level in a 2030-2050 perspective.

·Publication in Autumn of the first Progress Report on Competitiveness with the State of the Energy Union, underpinned by the ”Clean energy transition technologies and innovations report”, an evidence-based assessment of the technology status, gaps and competitiveness of the EU clean technologies.

·InvestEU (EUR 31.6 billion of provisioning for a EUR 75 billion budget guarantee) with a sustainable Infrastructure Window (doubling of guarantee) and a strategic Investment Facility (EUR 15 billion provisioning for a EUR 31 billion budget guarantee), which includes an R&I window.

·Energy related innovation is among the most frequently identified priorities in the current 120 Smart Specialisation Strategies that chart out the investment of over EUR 41 billion from European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) programmes. The current Smart Specialisation Platforms 476 (on agriculture, energy, industrial modernisation, all relevant topics for the decarbonisation) help coordinating the efforts and use of regional funds to strengthen the regional innovation capacities. As of 2021, a new interregional innovation investment scheme under the Interreg part of the ERDF will further strengthen the cooperation of regions around shared smart specialisation priorities.

·The EU is participating in international fora on innovation related to decarbonisation, in particular as a member of the Clean Energy Ministerial 477 and of the Mission Innovation 478 , the global initiatives launched in the context of COP15 and COP21, to accelerate clean energy innovation. Members of the Mission Innovation 479 have committed to double governments’ clean energy research and development investments, and to cooperate on different Innovation Challenges 480 . Furthermore, the EU supports the IPCC which makes a major contribution to the advancement, assessment and dissemination of climate science.

9.11.8Maritime Policy

Member States’ National Energy and Climate Plans already envisage at least four fold increase of offshore wind deployment by 2030 and this will also be reflected in the maritime spatial plans that they will submit to the Commission by March 2021. Furthermore, the policy scenarios and the zero carbon scenarios of the “Clean Planet for all” Communication foresees a further threefold increase by 2050. This implies allocating more than a quarter of some Member States waters 481 . Site selection takes 2 years, consenting another 4, financial closure 2 more and installation a further 3 years thus planning for this expansion cannot wait. Even if the process can be speeded up, space will need to be found for these installations in the next year or so. At the same time, plans will need to take into account the potential of these locations to host the low-trophic aquaculture for food and feed that can compensate for land lost for biomass production.

These plans will necessarily need to apply the ecosystem-based approach and take into account the need to protect or reinforce biodiversity. This requires surveying potential sites beforehand and monitoring them during construction and operation. Industry has reported that the different requirements of Member States increase their costs. Scientists and environmental groups insist that a more common approach in each sea basin, taking into account ongoing monitoring for other purposes, would give more confidence that biodiversity targets would be met. 482

In the light of this, the Commission will undertake an evaluation of the Maritime Spatial Planning legislation to determine how to incorporate a more long-term approach and take into account plans of neighbours. This could build on existing mechanisms such as the North Sea Energy Cooperation. At the same time an impact assessment will examine options for a more joined-up approach to ocean observation.



Glossary

Term or acronym

Meaning or definition

AFOLU

EU Agriculture, Forestry and Land Use

BACS

Building Automation and Control Systems

Biofuels

Biofuels are liquid or gaseous transport fuels such as biodiesel and bioethanol which are made from biomass.

Biofuels (conventional)

Biofuels are produced from food and feed crops.

Biofuels (advanced)

Biofuels produced from a positive list of feedstock (mostly wastes and residues) set out in Part A of Annex IX of Directive (EU) 2018/2001.

BOE

Barrels of oil equivalent

CAP

Common Agricultural Policy

CAPRI (model)

Common Agricultural Policy Regionalised Impact model: a global multi-country agricultural sector model, supporting decision making related to the Common Agricultural Policy and environmental policy.

CCS

Carbon Capture and Storage: a set of technologies aimed at capturing, transporting, and storing CO2 emitted from power plants and industrial facilities. The goal of CCS is to prevent CO2 from reaching the atmosphere, by storing it in suitable underground geological formations.

CCU

Carbon Capture and Utilisation: the process of capturing carbon dioxide (CO2) to be recycled for further usage.

CEDEFOP

European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training

CEF

Connecting Europe Facility: an EU funding instrument to promote growth, jobs and competitiveness through targeted infrastructure investment at European level.

CGE

Computable General Equilibrium: a family of economic models.

CHP

Combined Heat and Power: a combined heat and power unit is an installation in which energy released from fuel combustion is partly used for generating electrical energy and partly for supplying heat for various purposes.

CH4

CH4 is the chemical formula for methane, a greenhouse gas. CH4 is used as shorthand to refer to methane.

CO2-eq

CO2-eq stands for carbon dioxide-equivalent. This is a measure used to compare quantities of different greenhouse gases in a common unit on the basis of their global warming potential over a given time period.

COP

Conference of the Parties: decision-making body of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (see UNFCCC)

CORSIA

Carbon Offsetting and Reduction Scheme for International Aviation

COVID-19

Global pandemic caused by a coronavirus unknown before the outbreak began in Wuhan, China, in December 2019.

DG ECFIN

Directorate General Economic and Financial Affairs

E3ME

Energy-Environment-Economy Macro-Econometric Model: a model for macroeconomic analysis.

ECB

European Central Bank

EE

Energy Efficiency

EEA

European Environment Agency

EED

Energy Efficiency Directive: Directive 2012/27/EU and amending Directive 2018/2002/EU

E-fuels

Liquid fuels produced on the basis of hydrogen obtained from electricity via electrolysis

E-gas

Gaseous fuels produced on the basis of hydrogen obtained from electricity via electrolysis

EIB

European Investment Bank

EII

Energy intensive industries

Energy system costs

Sum of fixed and variable costs for the energy system, including investments, operations and maintenance, as well as fuels.

EPBD

Energy performance of buildings directive: Directive 2010/31/EU and amending Directive 2018/844/EU

EPC

Energy Performance Certificates
(see also EPBD)

ERDF

European Regional Development Fund

ESOS

Energy savings obligation scheme

ESR

Effort Sharing Regulation: Regulation 2018/842/EU

ETD

Energy Taxation Directive: Directive 2003/96/EC

EU ETS

European Union Emissions Trading System as established under Directive 2003/87/EC

EU, EU27

European Union with 27 Member States since 1 February 2020

EU28

European Union with 28 Member States from 1 July 2013 to 31 January 2020

EUTL

European Union Transaction Log: central transaction log, run by the European Commission, which checks, records and authorises all transactions between accounts in the Union Registry (see also EU ETS, NIMs)

FAO

Food and Agriculture Organization

FEC

Final Energy Consumption: all energy supplied to industry, transport, households, services and agriculture, excluding deliveries to the energy transformation sector and the energy industries themselves (see also GIC, PEC)

F-GASES

Fluorinated greenhouse gases, including hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6).

FRL

Forest Reference Level (see also LULUCF)

G20

Group of 20: international forum for the governments and central bank governors from 19 countries and the European Union (EU) 483 .

GAINS (model)

Greenhouse gas and Air Pollution Information and Simulation

GDP

Gross Domestic Product

GEM-E3-FIT (model)

General Equilibrium Model for Energy Economy Environment interactions: a computable general equilibrium model, version operated by E3Modelling, a company (see also JRC-GEM-E3).

GHG

Greenhouse Gas

GIC

Gross Inland Consumption: the quantity of energy necessary to satisfy inland consumption of the geographical entity under consideration, i.e. the Total Energy Supply, plus the international aviation (see also FEC, PEC).

GLOBIOM (model)

Global Biosphere Management Model: a model for land use of agriculture, bioenergy, and forestry.

GtCO2

Giga tonnes of CO2

GW

Gigawatt

HBS

Household Budget Surveys: national surveys of households focusing mainly on consumption expenditure.

Hydrogen

A feedstock for industrial processes and energy carrier that can be produced through a variety of processes from fossil fuels or electricity via electrolysis.

Hydrogen (GHG neutral)

Hydrogen from GHG neutral sources, mainly through electrolysis using GHG neutral electricity. This includes renewable hydrogen, which is from renewable electricity via electrolysis.

Hydrogen (Clean, Renewable)

Hydrogen, which is from renewable electricity via electrolysis.

IA

Impact assessment

IATA

International Air Transport Association

ICAO

International Civil Aviation Organisation

ICT

Information and Communication Technology

IEA

International Energy Agency

IIASA

International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis

IMO

International Maritime Organization

IPCC

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

IRENA

International Renewable Energy Agency

JRC

Joint Research Centre of the European Commission

JRC-GEM-E3

General Equilibrium Model for Energy Economy Environment interactions: a computable general equilibrium model, version operated by the JRC (see also GEM-E3-FIT)

LRF

Linear Reduction Factor (see also ETS)

LTS

COM(2018) 773: A Clean Planet for all - A European strategic long-term vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy

LULUCF

Land Use, Land-Use Change, and Forestry

LULUCF regulation

Regulation on emissions and absorptions of the LULUCF sector: Regulation (EU) 2018/841

MFF

Multiannual Financial Framework

MRV

Monitoring, Reporting and Verification scheme implemented in Regulation (EU) 2015/757 on the monitoring, reporting and verification of CO2 emissions from maritime transport

MSR

Market Stability Reserve (see also EU ETS)

MtCO2

Million tonnes of CO2

Mtoe

Million tonnes of oil equivalent

MWh

Megawatt hour

N2O

N2O is the chemical formula for nitrous oxide, a greenhouse gas. N2O is used as shorthand to refer to nitrous oxide.

NDC

Nationally Determined Contributions (as required by the Paris Agreement)

NECP

National Energy And Climate Plan

NGEU

Next Generation EU

NIMs

National Implementation Measures, submitted under Article 11 of the ETS Directive (see also ETS)

NOX

Nitrogen Oxide(s)

‘No Debit rule’

Under EU legislation adopted in May 2018, EU Member States have to ensure that greenhouse gas emissions from land use, land use change or forestry are offset by at least an equivalent removal of CO₂ from the atmosphere in the period 2021 to 2030.

NZEB

Near Zero Energy Building

OECD

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development

PDF (indicator)

Potentially Disappeared Fraction of global species

PEC

Primary Energy Consumption: Gross Inland Consumption (GIC) minus the energy included in the final non-energy consumption
(see also, FEC, GIC)

PHS

Pumped Hydropower Storage

PM 2.5

Particulate Matter with a diameter of 2.5 micrometre or less

POLES-JRC (model)

Prospective Outlook on Long-term Energy Systems: a global long-term energy system model operated by the JRC

PRIMES (model)

Price-Induced Market Equilibrium System: an energy system model for the European Union.

PRIMES-TREMOVE (model)

Model for the transport sector, integrated in the PRIMES model.

PtG

Power to gas: technologies for the production of E-gases (see also E-gases)

PtL

Power to liquids: technologies for the production of E-fuels (see also E-fuels)

QUEST / E-QUEST (model)

Quarterly Economic Simulation Tool: a global macroeconomic model used by the Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN)

RED / RED II

Renewable Energy Directives 2009/28/EC and 2018/2001/EU

RES

Renewable Energy Sources

RES-E

Renewable Energy Sources in the generation of Electricity

RES-H&C

Renewable Energy Sources in Heating and Cooling

RES-T

Renewable Energy Sources in Transport

RFNBO

Renewable Fuels of Non-Biological Origin: liquid or gaseous fuels which are used in the transport sector other than biofuels or biogas, the energy content of which is derived from renewable sources other than biomass

SET-Plan

EU Strategic Energy Technology Plan

Sink

Any process, activity or mechanism that removes a greenhouse gas, an aerosol, or a precursor to a greenhouse gas from the atmosphere

SME

Small and Medium-sized Enterprise

Synthetic fuels and gases

See E-fuels, E-gases

TEN-E

Trans-European Networks for Energy

TEN-T

Trans-European Networks for Transport

TFEU

Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union

TWh

Terawatt-hour

UN

United Nations

UNFCCC

United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

VAT

Value Added Tax

ZELV

Zero and low emissions vehicles

ZEV

Zero emissions vehicles



List of Figures

Figure 21: Interlinkages between models    14

Figure 22: Schematic representation of the PRIMES model    15

Figure 23: Schematic representation of the GEM-E3 model    22

Figure 24: Projected EU GDP (2015 = 100)    25

Figure 25: Oil price projections in 2030 according to various sources    27

Figure 26: Gross Inland Consumption in the Baseline    32

Figure 27: Primary energy production in the Baseline    33

Figure 28: Gross electricity generation in the Baseline    33

Figure 29: Net installed capacity in the Baseline    34

Figure 30: Final energy consumption by sector in the Baseline    34

Figure 31: Final energy consumption by fuel in the Baseline    35

Figure 32: Evolution of CO2 emissions by sector (left) and their shares (right) in BSL    35

Figure 33: Non-CO2 emissions by sector and by gas in the Baseline    36

Figure 34: GHG emissions profile in the Baseline    37

Figure 35: GHG reductions in the Baseline    38

Figure 36: Energy gross inland consumption    50

Figure 37: Final energy demand by energy carrier    51

Figure 38: Evolution of final energy consumption (compared to 2005)    52

Figure 39: Share of sectors in final energy consumption    53

Figure 40: Renewables shares    53

Figure 41: Renewable energy production    55

Figure 42: Disaggregation of the renewables share in heating and cooling    55

Figure 43: Disaggregation of the renewable transport target as per RED II    56

Figure 44: Final electricity demand    57

Figure 45: Evolution of final electricity demand (compared to 2015)    57

Figure 46: Electricity production    58

Figure 47: Installed power production capacities    59

Figure 48: Electricity storage and new fuels production capacity    60

Figure 49: Consumption of gaseous fuels per gas type.    61

Figure 50: Consumption of gaseous fuels per sector.    62

Figure 51: Evolution of the energy consumption in buildings in 2030 (compared to 2005)    65

Figure 52: Renovation rates (Type 1) in buildings in 2026-30    66

Figure 53: Renovation rates (Type 1) per type of energy renovation in Residential buildings in 2026-30    67

Figure 54: Renovation rates (Type 1) per type of energy renovation in Services buildings in 2026-2030    67

Figure 55: Energy demand in residential buildings    69

Figure 56: Energy demand in services    69

Figure 57: Non-electricity energy consumption in (residential and services) buildings    70

Figure 58: International maritime freight activity in BSL in 2015, 2030 and 2050    72

Figure 59: Car stock by type of drivetrain in 2030 and 2050    73

Figure 60: Van stock by type of drivetrain in 2030 and 2050    74

Figure 61: Heavy Goods Vehicle stock by type of drivetrain in 2030 and 2050    74

Figure 62: Share of alternative fuels in Transport (incl. aviation and maritime navigation)    75

Figure 63: Fuels in transport (including aviation and maritime navigation)    76

Figure 64: CO2 emissions from Transport    77

Figure 65: CO2 emissions in industry by sector and type (sectoral emissions refer to energy-related emissions)    80

Figure 66: Energy Consumption in Industrial Sectors    80

Figure 67: Differences in energy consumption in industry compared to Baseline    81

Figure 68: Historic GHG emissions related to industrial sectors in the EU ETS (EU27, Norway and Iceland)    82

Figure 69: 2030 marginal abatement cost curve across all non-CO2 greenhouse gases    86

Figure 70: 2030 marginal abatement cost curve by non-CO2 greenhouse gas    87

Figure 71: 2030 marginal abatement cost curve for all non-CO2 greenhouse gas emissions in the agricultural sector    89

Figure 72: Evolution of consumption of animal products for five different possible dietary choice    91

Figure 73: Greenhouse gas emissions effects of different dietary choices through 2030    91

Figure 74: LULUCF emissions and removals in the EU    93

Figure 75: Changes vs. 1990 in emissions or removals by LULUCF category in the EU    93

Figure 76: Wood production in the EU    94

Figure 77: Use of bioenergy by sector and by scenario    95

Figure 78: Gross inland consumption of biomass and waste for energy    95

Figure 79: Break down of bioenergy feedstocks    96

Figure 80: Imports of Bioenergy    97

Figure 81: Potential for carbon sequestration and LULUCF sink enhancement at different carbon prices in 2030    98

Figure 82: Technical potential for CO2 and non-CO2 emission reductions on agriculture land by 2030 (EcAMPA 3)    99

Figure 83: GHG emissions from wildfire in the EU28    100

Figure 84: Additional number of days per year with high-to-extreme fire danger for different levels of global warming compared to present (1981-2010).    101

Figure 85: Changes in land use in the baseline scenario (dashed line) and in the mitigation scenario (solid line)    103

Figure 86: Potentially Disappeared Fraction of global species (PDF) indicator    104

Figure 87: Average price of electricity    107

Figure 88: Average annual energy system investment on the supply (patterned bars) and demand sides (full bars), baseline, 55% scenarios and MIX-50, 2021-2030, 2031-2050 and 2021-2050 (billion euros 2015)    108

Figure 89: Expenditures for energy-related products by income decile in the EU*    115

Figure 90: Changes in relative welfare by income decile due to changes in relative prices (fragmented action REG, MIX and CPRICE scenarios with 55% level of ambition)    116

Figure 91: Emissions profile by 2050 for selected climate-neutral scenarios of the in depth analysis supporting the EU Long Term Strategy    148

Figure 92: Representation of the main building blocks of the European Green Deal    167

Figure 93: Risk of climate change impacts across Europe    180

Figure 94: Global Greenhouse Gas Emissions in Reference and NDC scenarios with below 2°C and 1.5°C pathways    188

Figure 95: Global total primary energy supply    189

Figure 96: Global gross electricity production    190

Figure 97: Global weighted average total installed costs, capacity factors and LCOE for onshore wind power, 2010-2019    191

Figure 98: Global weighted average total installed costs, capacity factors and LCOE for solar PV, 2010-2019    192

Figure 99: 50-55% reduction pathways and ADVANCE 1.5°C scenario    195

Figure 100: Emissions reductions compared to 1990, EU, OECD and Global 1.5°C pathways and EU objective of 50-55% reduction by 2030 leading climate neutrality by 2050    196

Figure 101: Decomposition of historic and projected drivers in EU emissions (EU28)    197

Figure 102: Relevant research and innovation areas    212

Figure 103: Gross domestic expenditure on R&D compared to GDP    214



List of Tables

Table 29: Desired 2030 ambition on the climate target    7

Table 30: Desired 2030 ambition on the renewable energy target    9

Table 31: Desired 2030 ambition on the energy efficiency target    10

Table 32: Opportunities related to a higher 2030 climate ambition    11

Table 33: Challenges related to a higher 2030 climate ambition    12

Table 34: International fuel prices assumptions – non-COVID scenarios    26

Table 35: International fuel prices assumptions – COVID scenarios    28

Table 36: Key energy indicators for BSL and COVID-BSL    38

Table 37: Scenario assumptions description (scenarios produced with the PRIMES-GAINS-GLOBIOM modelling suite)    40

Table 38: Key modelling variables reflecting underlying policy assumptions    44

Table 39: Sectoral greenhouse gas emissions per scenario    48

Table 40: Emission reduction potential based on provisional updated benchmarks repressing medium and best performing installations    83

Table 41: Emissions of non-CO2 greenhouse gases in AR4 and AR5 across all sectors (MtCO2-eq)    85

Table 42: Baseline emissions for non-CO2 greenhouse gases by sector (MtCO2-eq, AR5)    85

Table 43: 2030 mitigation options for non-CO2 GHG emissions across all sectors in the EU27 compared to baseline (MtCO2-eq, AR5)    86

Table 44: Potential emission reductions of non-CO2 greenhouse gases by sector in 2030 in the EU27 compared to baseline (AR5)    88

Table 45: Sectoral disaggregation of Energy System Costs    106

Table 46: Average annual investment for BSL, all policy scenarios and MIX-nonCO2 variant (2011-2015, 2016-2020, 2021-2030 and 2031-2050, billion euros 2015)    109

Table 47: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU sectoral investment (deviation from baseline, percent)    111

Table 48: Impacts of 50% and 55% reduction on EU consumer prices (deviation from baseline, percent)    112

Table 49: Impact of policies and company behaviour on output in ETS sectors (55% fragmented action, deviation from baseline)    113

Table 50: Energy Related Expenditure per Household (excluding transport) (€'15/household)    114

Table 51: Current and 2030 ETS and ESR shares for different scenarios and sectoral coverages    129

Table 52: Competent authorities’ structures across Member States in 2018 in the current EU ETS framework    137

Table 53: Selected Climate Change Impacts to Natural Systems at 1.5°C & 2°C    175

Table 54: Selected Climate Change Impacts to Human Systems at 1.5°C & 2°C    176

Table 55: Co-benefits and trade-offs between adaptation and mitigation    183

(1)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/sites/clima/files/docs/pages/com_2018_733_analysis_in_support_en_0.pdf  

(2)

More information and model documentation: https://e3modelling.com/modelling-tools/primes/  

(3)

E3Modelling ( https://e3modelling.com/ ) is a private consulting, established as a spin-off inheriting staff, knowledge and software-modelling innovation of the laboratory E3MLab from the National Technical University of Athens (NTUA).

(4)

SEC(2011)1569 : https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/sec_2011_1569_2.pdf

(5)

https://www.odyssee-mure.eu/

(6)

Source: https://www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/info_nems_archive.php

(7)

Source: https://eippcb.jrc.ec.europa.eu/reference/  

(8)

Source: https://data.jrc.ec.europa.eu/collection/id-00138

(9)

Source: https://data.jrc.ec.europa.eu/dataset/jrc-emhires-wind-generation-time-series

(10)

Source: https://www.renewables.ninja/

(11)

Source: https://www.entranze.eu/

(12)

Source: http://bpie.eu/

(13)

Source: https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/potencia/jrc-idees

(14)

Source: https://ec.europa.eu/energy/en/eubuildings  

(15)

Source: https://www.tmleuven.be/en/navigation/TREMOVE

(16)

Several model enhancements were made compared to the standard TREMOVE model, as for example: for the number of vintages (allowing representation of the choice of second-hand cars); for the technology categories which include vehicle types using electricity from the grid and fuel cells. The model also incorporates additional fuel types, such as biofuels (when they differ from standard fossil fuel technologies), LPG, LNG, hydrogen and e-fuels. In addition, representation of infrastructure for refuelling and recharging are among the model refinements, influencing fuel choices. A major model enhancement concerns the inclusion of heterogeneity in the distance of stylised trips; the model considers that the trip distances follow a distribution function with different distances and frequencies. The inclusion of heterogeneity was found to be of significant influence in the choice of vehicle-fuels especially for vehicles-fuels with range limitations.

(17)

Source: https://ec.europa.eu/transport/facts-fundings/statistics_en

(18)

Source: http://gains.iiasa.ac.at/models/  

(19)

Source: http://www.iiasa.ac.at/

(20)

Source : http://www.iiasa.ac.at/

(21)

See You, L., Wood, S. (2006). An Entropy Approach to Spatial Disaggregation of Agricultural Production, Agricultural Systems 90, 329–47 and http://mapspam.info/ .

(22)

Herrero, M., Havlík, P., et al. (2013). Biomass Use, Production, Feed Efficiencies, and Greenhouse Gas Emissions from Global Livestock Systems, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 110, 20888–93.

(23)

MCPFE (2015). Forest Europe, 2015: State of Europe's Forests 2015. Madrid, Ministerial Conference on the Protection of Forests in Europe: 314.

(24)

  https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/poles

(25)

  https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/poles/publications  

(26)

For non-EU. Sources for the EU are consistent with those of the PRIMES energy model.

(27)

  https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/geco  

(28)

Source: https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/gem-e3/model

(29)

Source: https://e3modelling.com/

(30)

The data sources of energy statistics are the same as in the PRIMES model.

(31)

  https://www.camecon.com/how/e3me-model/  

(32)

  https://www.e3me.com/

(33)

https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/economic-and-fiscal-policy-coordination/economic-research/macroeconomic-models_en

(34)

  https://ec.europa.eu/energy/data-analysis/energy-modelling/eu-reference-scenario-2016_en  

(35)

  https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/population-demography-migration-projections/population-projections-data  

(36)

The 2018 Ageing Report: Economic and Budgetary Projections for the EU Member States (2016-2070): https://ec.europa.eu/info/publications/economy-finance/2018-ageing-report-economic-and-budgetary-projections-eu-member-states-2016-2070_en

(37)

  https://ec.europa.eu/energy/data-analysis/energy-modelling/eu-reference-scenario-2016_en  

(38)

IEA, Global Energy Review 2020, June 2020

(39)

IEA, Oil Market Report, June 2020 and US EIA, July 2020.

(40)

JRC118275

(41)

The 2030 climate and energy framework did set three key targets for the year 2030: (a) at least 40% cuts in greenhouse gas emissions (from 1990 levels), (b) at least 27% share for renewable energy, and (c) at least 27% improvement in energy efficiency. They built on the 2020 climate and energy package.

(42)

Conclusions of the European Council of 23 and 24 October 2014.

(43)

Directive 2003/87/EC

(44)

Decision (EU) 2015/1814

(45)

Regulation (EU) 421/2014

(46)

Regulation (EU) 2017/2392

(47)

Regulation (EU) 2018/842

(48)

Regulation (EU) 2018/841

(49)

Regulations (EU) 2019/631

(50)

Regulation (EU) 2019/1242

(51)

Directive 2009/30/EC

(52)

Directive 2018/2001/EU

(53)

Amendment 2018/2002 of Directive 2012/27/EU

(54)

This takes into account the withdrawal of the United Kingdom and the Commission decision for an equivalent target after EU law no longer applies to the United Kingdom.

(55)

Directive 2010/31/EU and amendement 2018/844/EU

(56)

Regulation (EU) 2015/757

(57)

https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/qanda_20_24

(58)

COM(2020) 102 final,

(59)

COM(2020) 98 final

(60)

COM(2020) 381 final

(61)

COM(2020) 380 final

(62)

In May 2020, the Commission has proposed a powerful, modern and revamped long-term EU budget boosted by Next Generation EU - see COM(2020) 442 final

(63)

https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe-next-research-and-innovation-framework-programme_en

(64)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/food-farming-fisheries/key-policies/common-agricultural-policy/future-cap_en  

(65)

Including peat and oil shale, waste, and ambient heat.

(66)

Final energy demand in the transport sector excludes international aviation and international maritime navigation.

(67)

Refinery CO2 emissions are included under industry, consistent with annex 9.4.2.7. Supply side includes power generation, district heating and the energy branch excluding refineries. Transport emissions include total aviation (intra and extra EU) but only inland navigation (covering inland waterways and national maritime navigation).

(68)

Transport emissions include total aviation (intra and extra EU) but not the international maritime sector.

(69)

  Annex of the draft delegated act 22 June 2020 - Commission expert group on Land Use, Land Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF)

(70)

Assuming such a meaningful carbon price, as well as assuming the achievement of the RES and EE targets in BSL would likely require a review of the MSR, as is foreseen in 2021 to keep the surplus from increasing again.

(71)

Excluding LULUCF and including intra EU navigation and aviation

(72)

Mitigation potential based on the GAINS model marginal abatement cost curve (see Figure 69 ) but interpolated to fit PRIMES optimisation.

(73)

The existing legislation sets for newly registered passengers cars, an EU fleet-wide average emission target of 95 gCO2/km from 2021, phased in from 2020. For newly registered vans, the EU fleet-wide average emission target is 147 gCO2 /km from 2020 onward. Stricter EU fleet-wide CO2 emission targets, start to apply from 2025 and from 2030. In particular emissions will have to reduce by 15% from 2025 for both cars and vans, and by 37.5% and 31% for cars and vans respectively from 2030, as compared to 2021. From 2025 on, also trucks manufacturers will have to meet CO2 emission targets. In particular, the EU fleet-wide average CO2 emissions of newly registered trucks will have to reduce by 15% by 2025 and 30% by 2030, compared to the average emissions in the reference period (1 July 2019–30 June 2020). For cars, vans and trucks, specific incentive systems are also set to incentivise the uptake of zero and low-emission vehicles.

(74)

In the public consultation, the sectors rated by the respondents as important to increase the 2030 GHG emissions target were energy supply (48%), mobility and transport (16%), industry (13%), and buildings (7%).

(75)

Including domestic and intra EU aviation and navigation

(76)

Including power generation, energy branch, refineries and district heating

(77)

Including process CO2 emissions from industry

(78)

By convention, both the production of e-gas and e-liquids and the inputs for this production are accounted for in gross inland energy consumption.

(79)

The policy scenarios considered see a ramp up of the installed electrolyser capacity between 37-66 GW by 2035, responsible for a production of up to ca. 8 Mt of hydrogen in 2035.

(80)

The effect is more visible in CPRICE scenario as new fuels are developing stronger in that scenario.

(81)

Non-biomass renewables in the total energy demand are hydroelectricity, wind electricity, solar electricity, solar heat, geothermal heat, ambient heat (from heat pumps) and ocean electricity.

(82)

Excluding non-energy uses of oil

(83)

See: Tsiropoulos I., Nijs W., Tarvydas D., Ruiz Castello P., Towards net-zero emissions in the EU energy system by 2050 – Insights from scenarios in line with the 2030 and 2050 ambitions of the European Green Deal, EUR 29981 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-13096-3, doi:10.2760/081488, JRC118592.

(84)

Including international aviation

(85)

While biomass would double by 2050, other renewables would grow sevenfold compared to current level.

(86)

Compared to the Baseline, natural gas reduces most (up to 80% lower).

(87)

A majority in the public consultation perceived that an increase to greater than 40% for energy efficiency by 2030 was required. This is driven mainly by the opinion of individuals rather than professional respondents.

(88)

The Energy System Integration Strategy further elaborates on the linking of multiple energy carriers, infrastructures, and consumption sectors as an enabler for a greenhouse gas neutral energy system for the EU.

(89)

Defined as per Directive (EU) 2018/2001 of 11 December 2018 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources (recast).

(90)

A majority in the public consultation was in favour of increasing renewable energy shares in final energy consumption by 2030 greater than 40%. This is driven mainly by the opinion of individuals rather than professional respondents.

(91)

According to Articles 25-27 of Directive 2018/2001/EC (revised RED) where specific caps and multipliers apply for different renewable fuels. If the share was to be calculated according to the methodology in Directives 2009/28/EC and 2015/1513/EC (RED up to 2020) it would be equal to 7%.

(92)

Due to geographical conditions, its growth potential in Europe is limited, apart from the extension =of pumped hydropower and small hydropower. Potential developments will need to take into account the need to restore freshwater ecosystems and the natural functions of rivers in order to achieve the objectives of the Water Framework Directive.

(93)

Articles 25-27 revised RED where specific caps and multipliers apply for different renewable fuels

(94)

Relative to the level in 2015, demand increases to between 240 and 250 Mtoe by 2030, between 270 and 290 Mtoe by 2050

(95)

The nuclear capacity somewhat increases post-2035. The 2030 nuclear capacity in the scenarios is close to what appears in the latest Nuclear Illustrative Programme (PINC) as per COM(2017) 237 final. Further information on the assumptions can be found in the methodological annex 7.3.

(96)

Gearing up these will require overcoming a number of barriers, in terms of costs decrease but also, like for offshore wind, anticipating potential conflicting uses of sea, seabed and coastal areas. It is paramount to guarantee that the expected deployment of offshore renewable energy does not harm the environment and contributes to the wider objectives of the European Green Deal, beyond the climate-neutrality target.

(97)

Measured in terms of electricity going into the electrolyser

(98)

The deployment to scale of hydrogen infrastructure implies an enabling regulatory framework to trigger the development of new lead markets as well as sustained research and innovation bringing solutions to the market. Taking all steps would allow for an accelerated deployment of this option towards 2030, as foreseen by the Hydrogen Strategy.

(99)

Tsiropoulos I., Nijs W., Tarvydas D., Ruiz Castello P., (2020). Towards net-zero emissions in the EU energy system by 2050 – Insights from scenarios in line with the 2030 and 2050 ambitions of the European Green Deal, EUR 29981 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-13096-3, doi:10.2760/081488, JRC118592.

(100)

With similar 2030 climate and energy targets, the in-depth analysis attached to the long term strategy (Communication COM(2018) 773) showed markedly lower demand for natural gas than in the impact assessment: the main difference stems from the consideration, in this impact assessment, of the coal phase out policies announced by Member States.

(101)

The public consultation revealed that most stakeholders believed that natural gas’ continued use will create issues for achieving the 2030 climate ambitions, and that the focus should be on energy efficiency and electrification (2 265 stakeholders, 59%). There was, however, a significant difference between respondents in individual capacity (64%) and respondents in professional capacity (35%). This is also reflected in the responses to infrastructure planning where individuals prioritised electricity transmission and smart grids (40%) while professionals saw a balance between electricity and gas infrastructure as important (34%). The role of gas in the transition was, for example, also made by the paper submitted by EUROGAS.

(102)

In 2030, solid fossil fuels and oil have marginal shares in the fuel mix of buildings already in BSL. These fuels are used by buildings that do not have the full menu of options (remote areas or poor households).

(103)

Energy renovation means the change of one or more building elements (building envelope and technical building systems), which leads to energy savings and improves the energy performance of a building. There are different approaches to define the depth of renovation of the building envelope. It can be defined based on the total floor area affected by renovations (in square meters) or based on achieved energy savings (average annual reduction of energy consumption for different renovation depths, that represent different ranges of energy savings achieved).

- Light renovations (3% ≤ x ≤ 30% savings)

- Medium renovations (30% < x ≤ 60% savings)

- Deep renovations (x > 60% savings)

The different depths do not necessarily need to cover a specific minimum number of measures but are just classified depending on the savings achieved compared to the energy performance level of the building before the energy renovation.

The annual renovation rate is defined as the percentage of the building stock that is renovated. The bulk of the existing building stock was built without serious energy performance requirements, while the current renovation rate is only about 1% annually. The rate of deep renovation is only around 0,2%.

(104)

The option rated as most relevant in the public consultation for residential buildings is also improving the thermal properties of buildings (‘better isolation’) as 1 426 stakeholders (40% rating 5) answered. For non-residential buildings this is not the top option but still achieved rating 5 for 26% of all responses – introducing more energy efficient heating and cooling system also is rated 5 for a high number of respondents. Decarbonising the heating and cooling systems through improving thermal efficiency, substituting fossil fuel heat by different technologies (such as electrification or solar power) and building renovations to upgrade older systems was also the focus of the position papers submitted.

(105)

In fact, the BSL and all policy scenarios apply existing measures under the EPBD, which require new buildings to be nearly-zero energy buildings in terms of energy consumption as of 2021 (2019 for public buildings).

(106)

PRIMES model solves for every 5-year period and cannot reflect precisely scaling up of the renovation rates during these 5-year periods.

(107)

See discussion in section Error! Reference source not found. on the impacts of recycling of carbon price revenues.

(108)

The paper submitted by Energy Norway for example also mentions electrification of buildings and its dependency on energy efficiency and infrastructure.

(109)

Flights between EU member states and third countries

(110)

According to the Directive 2014/94/EU, ‘alternative fuels’ means fuels or power sources which serve, at least partly, as a substitute for fossil oil sources in the energy supply to transport and which have the potential to contribute to its decarbonisation and enhance the environmental performance of the transport sector. They include, inter alia: electricity, hydrogen, biofuels, synthetic and paraffinic fuels, natural gas, including biomethane, in gaseous form (compressed natural gas (CNG)) and liquefied form (liquefied natural gas (LNG)), and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).

(111)

Bouman, E. A., Lindstad, E., Rialland, A. I., & Strømman, A. H. (2017).

(112)

Total industrial emissions (energy combustion and process emissions), including refineries sector.

(113)

Including the submissions in the public consultation of major industrial associations, including Business Europe, CEFIC, CEMBUREAU, CEPI, CERAME-UNIE, EUROFER, Eurometaux, European Aluminium, Fertilisers Europe, Fuels Europe, Glass Alliance Europe, IFIEC Europe and confederations of national industries e.g. from AU, CZ, DE, FR, PL, etc.

(114)

  Wyns et. al., (2019), Industrial Transformation 2050 – Towards an Industrial Strategy for a Climate Neutral Europe, IES

(115)

  ICF & DIW (2020), Industrial Innovation: Pathways to deep decarbonisation of Industry. Part 3: Policy Implications

(116)

  Climate Strategies (2019), Building blocks for a climate-neutral European industrial sector

(117)

Based on date from the European Transaction Log of verified emissions reported by industrial installations with adjustments made to take into consideration the heat flows between installations, the emissions related to electricity production and the transfer of waste gases outside of the installations boundaries for electricity production. Data collected in the National Implementation Measures submitted under the ETS Directive by September 2019 was used for correcting EUTL emissions. Data presented is for EU27 plus Norway and Iceland, while the PRIMES projections presented only cover EU27. Furthermore, PRIMES includes a number of installations that produces heath or electricity linked to industrial in the power sector, while these are included in industrial emissions in this assessment based on the European Transaction Log of verified emissions.

(118)

National Implementation Measures submitted under the ETS Directive by September 2019 with industrial historical emission and production data

(119)

Small and very small emitters excluded under Articles 27 and 27a of the ETS Directive, installations renouncing to free allocation and installations for which data is incomplete have been removed from the analysis.

(120)

Study contract – Assessment of potential carbon leakage in the third and fourth trading phase of EU Emissions Trading System. Under Framework contract CLIMA.001/FRA/2015/0014. Öko-Institut, Trinomics, Ricardo, Adelphi, (2020).

(121)

COMMISSION DELEGATED REGULATION (EU) 2020/1044 of 8 May 2020 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council with regard to values for global warming potentials and the inventory guidelines and with regard to the Union inventory system and repealing Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 666/2014.

(122)

  https://www.iea.org/reports/methane-tracker-2020/methane-abatement-options#abstract

(123)

Marks, Levi (2019): ”The Abatement Cost of Methane Emissions from Natural Gas Production“, Job Market Paper, University of California at Santa Barbara.

(124)

  https://www.edf.org/icf-methane-cost-curve-report

(125)

Environmental Investigation Agency (2020): “Environmental Investigation Agency’s contribution to the Public consultation on the Roadmap “2030 Climate Target Plan”.

(126)

Municipal Waste Europe (2020): “MWE Response to the European Commission Roadmap on the Inception impact assessment on the Climate 2030 Target Plan”, dated April 2020.

(127)

Orsted (2020): “Roadmap 2030 Climate Target Plan – Inception impact assessment. Orsted comments.”

(128)

International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (2020): “IOGP feedback to the Impact Inception Assessment

‘2030 Climate Target Plan’”, dated 15 April 2020.

(129)

Forthcoming: Pérez Domínguez I., Fellmann T., Witzke P., Weiss F., Hristov J., Himics M., Barreiro Hurle J., Gómez Barbero M., Leip A. (2020), Economic assessment of GHG mitigation policy options for EU agriculture: A closer look at mitigation options and regional mitigation costs (EcAMPA 3), EUR 30164 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-17854-5, doi:10.2760/4668, JRC120355

(130)

COM(2020) 380 final

(131)

Barreiro-Hurle, J., Bogonos, M., Himics, M., Hristov, J., Pérez-Domiguez, I., Sahoo, A., Salputra, G., Weiss, F., Baldoni, E., Elleby, C. 2020. Modelling environmental and climatic ambition in the agricultural sector with the CAPRI model. The case of the Farm to Fork and Biodiversity strategies and the 2030 Climate targets, EUR30317, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-20889-1, doi: 10.2760/98160.

(132)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/sites/clima/files/docs/pages/com_2018_733_analysis_in_support_en_0.pdf  

(133)

COM(2020) 381 final

(134)

FAO and WHO (2019), Sustainable healthy diets – guiding principles.

(135)

Aquaculture is not part of the mitigation options modelled in this impact assessment.

(136)

High Level Group of Scientific Advisers “Food from the Oceans”, 2017

(137)

Nijdam et al. (2012): “The price of protein: Review of land use and carbon footprints from life cycle assessments of animal food products and their substitutes”, Food Policy, Volume 37, Issue 6, December 2012, pages 760-770

(138)

FAO Aquaculture, Capture and Global production databases

(139)

Cazzaniga N.E., Jonsson R., Pilli R., Camia A. (2019). Wood Resource Balances of EU-28 and Member States. EC Joint Research Centre, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, doi:10.2760/020267, JRC114889.

(140)

EEA Report No 5/2016 – European Forest ecosystems – State and trends333

(141)

Ceccherini, G., Duveiller, G., Grassi, G. et al. Abrupt increase in harvested forest area over Europe after 2015. Nature 583, 72–77 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-020-2438-y  

(142)

The energy losses in the transformation of the bioenergy feedstock to the final form of bioenergy explain the differences in energy content shown in Figure 77 and Figure 79 .

(143)

Since the 2030 bioenergy imports are very similar in baseline and policy scenarios, the differences across baseline and policy scenarios in emission impacted and accounted in third countries from EU bioenergy imports would be marginal. The difference between baseline and policy scenarios would be more noticeable by 2050 depending on the sources of the biomass.

(144)

  www.s2biom.eu  

(145)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/sites/clima/files/docs/pages/com_2018_733_analysis_in_support_en_0.pdf

(146)

Pérez Domínguez I., et al. (2020). Economic assessment of GHG mitigation policy options for EU agriculture: A closer look at mitigation options and regional mitigation costs (EcAMPA 3), EUR 30164 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-17854-5, doi:10.2760/4668, JRC120355

(147)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/climate-change-impacts-and-vulnerability-2016#tab-figures-used ; https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/peseta-iii  

(148)

Bugmann, H., et al. 2019. Tree mortality submodels drive simulated long‐term forest dynamics: assessing 15 models from the stand to global scale. Ecosphere 10( 2)

(149)

  EEA indicator assessment of forest fires – Januray 2020

(150)

  https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/peseta-iv

(151)

  IPBES 2019

(152)

This section focuses on the assessment of the impact on biodiversity of bioenergy deployments. Other renewables are not addressed due to the lack of information that could allow an assessment of their impact on biodiversity, however this impact is expected to be rather limited and can be positive in some circumstances (e.g. offshore wind, can allow for fish stock regeneration).

(153)

IPBES, glossary, at: https://ipbes.net/glossary/biodiversity-loss  

(154)

Chaudhary et al. 2015. Quantifying land use impacts on biodiversity: combining species−area models and vulnerability indicators. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2015, 49 (16), 9987−9995.

(155)

The PDG indicator builds on the responses of species to different land uses and intensities of forest management for four vertebrate taxa (mammals, birds, amphibians, and reptiles) and for vascular plants and includes 804 ecoregions. It follows a methodology recommended by the joint Life Cycle Initiative under the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the Society of Environmental Toxicology and Chemistry (SETAC).

(156)

Newbold et al. 2018. Future effects of climate and land-use change on terrestrial vertebrate community diversity under different scenarios. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspb.2018.0792  

(157)

EEA, 2015, State of nature in the EU, EEA Technical Report No 2/2015, European Environment Agency.

(158)

In this exercise the category 'other natural land’ was assumed to have a similar PDF as undisturbed land, i.e. 0 to recognise it is typically more species diverse.

(159)

The PDF indicator used for this assessment focuses on land use management and land use changes in the EU. It does not reflect the potential impact on biodiversity of indirect land use changes (ILUC) that could happen in other regions of the world in case of a non-sustainable production or consumption of bioenergy. The Renewable Energy Directive sets limits on high ILUC-risk biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels with a significant expansion in land with high carbon stock and that could also impact biodiversity.

(160)

The calculated cost is influenced by the discount rate used. The discount rate of 10% is used to reflect in the perspective of the private investor faced with real world investment constraints. It is also applied ex-post to calculate system costs. The value of 10% is kept constant between modelling scenarios, including BSL to ensure comparability with of scenarios. For planning investments, the model uses slightly different discount rates that are representative of investors’ hurdle rates in the sector. For a detailed explanation we can refer to the 2016 reference projection that included a full annex dedicated to this methodology.

https://ec.europa.eu/energy/data-analysis/energy-modelling/eu-reference-scenario-2016_en )

(161)

Capacity investments cover power generation installations and electrolysers for hydrogen production. In the former category there are also fossil fuels capacities that will be scrapped prematurely (i.e. stranded assets).

(162)

https://ec.europa.eu/knowledge4policy/foresight_en  

(163)

The CEDEFOP Skills Forecast provides comprehensive information on future labour market trends in Europe. It forecast trends in skill supply and demand for Europe every two years, with a dataset that includes projections on occupational and skill breakdowns (41 occupations and 3 skill levels) for 66 sectors out to 2030. The forecast acts as an early warning mechanism to help alleviating potential labour market imbalances.

(164)

Food beverages and tobacco; clothing and footwear; housing and water charges; fuels and power; household equipment and operation (excluding heating and cooking appliances); heating and cooking appliances; medical care and health; purchase of vehicles; operation of personal transport equipment; transport services; communication; recreational services; miscellaneous goods and services; and education.

(165)

The Governance Regulation, however, requires that the Commission proposes EU level measures in case of the insufficient ambition or progress of Member States towards the 2030 EU targets in order to ensure that these targets could be met.

(166)

The energy efficiency framework has been adjusted, with the 2018 review of the EED and EPBD and the adoption of the Governance regulation. For the period up to 2020 Member States had substantial autonomy in the way they set their level of ambition and proposing measures to reach it.

(167)

The highest ranked options in the public consultation are encouraging better urban planning and construction of sustainable buildings and green infrastructure, encouraging the construction sector to apply circular approaches, and providing better education and training of architects, engineers, and workforce to provide quality renovation. Respondents in professional capacity also viewed the removal of administrative barriers, raising awareness of the benefits of sustainable building and financial mechanisms as important which were less important for respondents in individual capacity. The public consultation also provides insights in the public’s view how renovation could be incentivised.

(168)

Those being built, sold and rented and for buildings over 250 m2 occupied by a public authority and frequently visited by the public.

(169)

The cost-optimal minimum requirements for new buildings and for existing buildings undergoing major renovations are revised every five years by Member States in order to take into account technology and market uptake, cost variation of different measures as well as national economic and climate conditions. As of 2021 all new buildings have to be nearly zero-energy buildings (NZEB), meaning buildings with high energy performance (high performing envelope and technical building systems, combined with RES solutions).

(170)

E.g. through specific requirements for the energy performance of the insulation, windows, heating systems, etc. or a minimum energy performance expressed in kWh/m2.y or a minimum energy performance class).

(171)

E.g. dwellings rented out having to meet a minimum energy performance class.

(172)

It requires the Member States to ensure that large companies carry out an energy audit every four years, but it does not require implementing energy efficiency improvement measures identified in the audits, and thus the impact of the current measure is limited unless it is required by national law. In addition, Member States have high flexibility in relation to the uptake of energy audits by small and medium-sized enterprises and households.

(173)

The methodology is set out in Article 27 of recast Renewable Energy Directive (Directive (EU) 2018/2001)

(174)

1.3% point yearly increase requirement in the share of renewable heating and cooling in the period of 2021-2030. The target can be fulfilled up to 40% with waste heat/cold sources. If a Member States chooses not to use waste heat/cold, the target can be reduced to 1,1% point, can be averaged over two five-year periods of 2021-2025 and 2026-2030 and to be fulfilled fully with renewables.

(175)

1% point yearly increase in the period of 2021-2030. This target is also indicative and can be fulfil with the use of waste heat/cold up to 100%.

(176)

The capacity of district heating to supply renewable and low-carbon heat at high efficiency has been underpinned by ENER/C1/2018-494 (on-going), which models technology specific heat of primary energy factors.

(177)

ETS ambition based on current ETS scope (including only intra-EU aviation).

(178)

E.g. Eurelectric response to the consultation

(179)

Based on the current ETS framework with its two five-yearly allocation periods 2021-25 and 2026-30, for the purpose of this analysis, all results are presented for a start in 2026. However, earlier start as of 2023 is also possible. This envisaged start will be assessed in the possible review of the ETS.

(180)

As per the ETS Directive, the LRF does not have an end date and the current analysis focuses on reaching the increased 2030 ambition level. A LRF beyond 2030 in line with the 2050 climate neutrality objective will be assessed in the possible review of the ETS.

(181)

Further assessment of the LRF options and their interaction with the Market Stability Reserve will be performed in the possible review of the ETS and the MSR review in 2021, this interaction and review is supported by both industry and academic stakeholders.

(182)

Rebasing is a in Sitra’s consultation reply – 2019 study by the Oeko institute “The role of the EU ETS in increasing EU climate ambition: Assessment of policy options”

(183)

These illustrative calculations should not be read as prejudging the ESR revision. This issue will be dealt with as part of the legal proposal planned for 2021.

(184)

For a 50% reduction, the corresponding value would be well above 60%.

(185)

The ETS scope starting point used in the calculations in this table corresponds to the current EU ETS scope, i.e. covering stationary installations covered by the ETS directive and intra-EU aviation.

(186)

Results from bottom-up modelling by ICF et al. (forthcoming), using carbon prices between €30 and €90.

(187)

If a Member State misses its ESR target in year x by 1 million tonnes, it would have to over-achieve its ESR target in the subsequent year by 1.08 million tonnes.

(188)

If all energy CO2 is excluded from the ESR, the required reduction is with -29 to 32% still smaller, while the other impacts are similar.

(189)

SWD(2016) 247 final

(190)

Already the current ETS legislation allows a Member State to ask for switching sectors from the ESR to the EU ETS, so called ETS opt-ins. Under option ETS_4, it could be considered to allow this possibility to comply with the obligation to establish an effective carbon price.

(191)

ICF et al, forthcoming.

(192)

Ibid.

(193)

CE Delft et al. (2014), Analysis of the options to include transport and the built environment in the EU ETS

(194)

Öko-Institut, Policy mix in the transport sector: What role can the EU ETS play for road transport (2015). Available at https://www.oeko.de/oekodoc/2221/2015-006-en.pdf

(195)

Ibid.

(196)

See e.g. Sijm, J., Neuhoff, K. and Chen, Y. (2006), CO2 cost pass through and windfall profits in the power sector, Working Paper 0639 and EPRG Working Paper 0617.

(197)

See for details section 5.1 of the impact assessment of the Effort Sharing Regulation proposal, Commission SWD/2016/0247 final.

(198)

Monitoring, reporting and verifying emissions in the climate economy, 25 March 2015, V.Bellassen, N.Stephan, I.Cochran, J.-P.Chang, M.Deheza, G.Jacquier, M.Afriat, E.Alberola, C.Chiquet, R.Morel, C.Dimopoulos, I.Shishlov, C.Foucherot, A.Barker, R.Robinson. Nature climate change, VOL 5, April 2015

(199)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/ets/registry_en#tab-0-1  

(200)

For example, EDF have argued that a cost-efficient solution could be to place compliance obligations for small emissions sources higher up in the supply chain, e.g. on fuel suppliers and distributors.

(201)

In principle also Transmission System Operators (TSO) could qualify as regulated entities, but given that TSOs are not the legal owner of the gas, possible legal obstacles at this level would need to be considered.

(202)

Oil refineries could in principle also be chosen as point of regulation. In that case it would be necessary to also regulate imported and exported oil, which is not the case for tax warehouses.

(203)

The CE Delft study noted with respect to transport fuels that “Currently, not all tax warehouse keepers are able to distinguish to which transport mode fuels are delivered. However, since many tax warehouse keepers act also as excise duty points and since at these levels in many Member States different fuel tax rates are applied for road, rail and IWT transport (and also for agricultural and construction vehicles), it should be technically feasible to made this distinction at every tax warehouse. However, this may require an extension of the monitoring and reporting obligations set for tax warehouse keepers.” With respect to heating fuels, the CE Delft study noted that “Some countries use the same tariff for fuels used for heating purposes and fuels used in other sectors. In these countries the excise duty administration might not be sufficient to distinguish between fuel use in the built environment and fuel use elsewhere (…) and additional measures will have to be taken to include fuel use in the excise duty administration for the purpose of the ETS.

(204)

This could include for example requiring coal suppliers to monitor both coal they purchase and coal supplied to end-users in a mass-balance approach, and an assumption that in principle all coal that passes through a supplier is intended for end-users in the built environment, unless proven otherwise.

(205)

For a detailed analysis of the important practical challenges of an extension of emissions trading to sectors not covered by the EU ETS, see Felix Matthes, “Ein Emissionshandelssystem für die nicht vom EU ETS erfassten Bereiche”, available at https://www.oeko.de/fileadmin/oekodoc/Emissionshandelssystem-fuer-nicht-vom-EU-ETS_-erfassten-Bereiche.pdf  

(206)

See for details section 5.6 of the impact assessment of the Effort Sharing Regulation proposal, Commission SWD/2016/0247 final.

(207)

OECD (2018): Effective Carbon Rates 2018: Pricing Carbon Emissions Through Taxes and Emissions Trading, OECD Publishing, Paris.

(208)

ICF et al. forthcoming

(209)

E.g. Nilsson, Lars J. et al., In the Light of the Future – Steering towards Zero Emissions in 2050 (in Swedish), Climate Research Programme LETS 2050 at Lund University, 2013, https://www.lth.se/fileadmin/lets2050/Rapporter_o_Abstracts/130522_I_Ljuset_av_LETS_2050_webb.pdf , Ricardo Energy and Environment, Sweden Energy and Carbon Tax Policy. 2018, https://es.catapult.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Sweden-Case-Study-FINAL.pdf  

(210)

ICF et al. forthcoming

(211)

ICF et al. forthcoming

(212)

Based on the methodology set out in the Renewable Energy Directive, which applies multipliers for the calculation of the RES-T share.

(213)

European Commission, Transport taxes and charges in Europe – An overview study of economic internalization measures applied in Europe (2019), p.27

(214)

OECD (2018): Effective Carbon Rates 2018: Pricing Carbon Emissions Through Taxes and Emissions Trading, OECD Publishing, Paris

(215)

ICF et al. (forthcoming)

(216)

Cambridge Econometrics, The Impact of Including the Road Transport Sector in the EU ETS, 2014. Available at https://www.ebb-eu.org/EBBpressreleases/Cambridge_ETS_transport_Study.pdf  

(217)

See e.g. Greene, D. L., Evans, D. H., Hiestand, J., Survey evidence on the willingness of U.S. consumers to pay for automotive fuel economy (2013). In: Energy Policy. 61, pp. 1539–1550.

(218)

European Commission, impact assessment Accompanying the document Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council setting CO2 emission performance standards for new heavy duty vehicles, SWD(2018) 185 final, pages 12-16.

(219)

For an analysis to what extent transport has not yet incorporated all externalities, see also the Handbook on the external costs of transport Version 2019

https://ec.europa.eu/transport/sites/transport/files/studies/internalisation-handbook-isbn-978-92-79-96917-1.pdf  

(220)

“The Commission decided in 2016 to pursue renewable mainstreaming measures in the transport sector through the proposal recast of the Renewable Energy directive, finally adopted in 2018”.

(221)

CE Delft, Analysis of the options to include transport and the built environment in the EU ETS (2014), p. 60

(222)

See In-depth analysis document: https://ec.europa.eu/knowledge4policy/publication/depth-analysis-support-com2018-773-clean-planet-all-european-strategic-long-term-vision_en  

(223)

i.e. the re-planting of harvested forest land with better adapted mix of species

(224)

IPCC Special report on Climate Change and Land https://www.ipcc.ch/srccl/

(225)

Ibid.

(226)

  https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2020:98:FIN  

(227)

  https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52020DC0381  

(228)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/budget_en  

(229)

See 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories, Volume 4. Agriculture, Forestry, and Other Land Use, https://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html  

(230)

For reporting, Agriculture and LULUCF are still reported separately, consistently with the Paris Agreement rulebook (decision 18/CMA 1).

(231)

However, this issue does not apply to the climate neutrality assessment, which is based upon reporting in the time period around 2050.

(232)

Directive 2003/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 October 2003 establishing a system for greenhouse gas emission allowance trading within the Union and amending Council Directive 96/61/EC

(233)

Including all outgoing international aviation and excluding emissions from LULUCF.

(234)

European Commission, Quarterly Report on the European Electricity Market, Q4 2019.

(235)

  https://ec.europa.eu/energy/data-analysis/energy-statistical-pocketbook_en  

(236)

For the EU28 the target was a 10% reduction compared to 2005.

(237)

Decision No 406/2009/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 on the effort of Member States to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions to meet the Community’s greenhouse gas emission reduction commitments up to 2020

(238)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/highlights/new-cars-and-vans-sold  

(239)

Within this sector, road transport is by far the biggest emitter accounting for more than 70% of all GHG emissions.

(240)

EEA Greenhouse Data viewer, EU27 emissions (Convention basis), https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/data/data-viewers/greenhouse-gases-viewer  

(241)

A decreasing share of manufacturing in total GDP also contributed to this trend.

(242)

Refers to Land Use, Land Use Change & Forestry (LULUCF)

(243)

EEA Greenhouse Data viewer, EU27 emissions (Convention basis), https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/data/data-viewers/greenhouse-gases-viewer  

(244)

Energy efficiency target for 2020 are set for the EU28 using FEC2020-2030 and PEC2020-2030 indicators.

(245)

With some Member States overachieving and some underachieving their national targets.

(246)

  https://www.eurobserv-er.org/ , Data for the EU28. Excluding the UK 1,38 million jobs in 2018 in the renewables sector.

(247)

Estimates from Bloomberg New Energy Finance.

(248)

IEA Data and Statistics.

(249)

Following the withdrawal of the UK from the European Union, Data related to the European Union exclude the UK.

(250)

Wind Europe, Offshore Wind in Europe, key Trends and Statistics 2019.

(251)

Bloomberg Corporate PPA Deal Tracker, March 2020.

(252)

  https://www.eafo.eu/vehicles-and-fleet/m1  

(253)

Directive (EU) 2018/410 amending Directive 2003/87/EC to enhance cost-effective emission reductions and low-carbon investments, and Decision (EU) 2015/1814

(254)

Regulation (EU) 2018/842 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on binding annual greenhouse gas emission reductions by Member States from 2021 to 2030 contributing to climate action to meet commitments under the Paris Agreement and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013

(255)

Regulation (EU) 2018/841 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May 2018 on the inclusion of greenhouse gas emissions and removals from land use, land use change and forestry in the 2030 climate and energy framework, and amending Regulation (EU) No 525/2013 and Decision No 529/2013/EU

(256)

      https://ec.europa.eu/transport/themes/strategies/news/2016-07-20-decarbonisation_en  

(257)

      https://ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/road/road-initiatives_en  

(258)

Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 December 2018 on the Governance of the Energy Union and Climate Action, amending Regulations (EC) No 663/2009 and (EC) No 715/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Directives 94/22/EC, 98/70/EC, 2009/31/EC, 2009/73/EC, 2010/31/EU, 2012/27/EU and 2013/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, Council Directives 2009/119/EC and (EU) 2015/652 and repealing Regulation (EU) No 525/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council

(259)

 SWD(2019) 213 final, COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT, ASSESSMENT OF THE NATIONAL FORESTRY ACCOUNTING PLANS https://europa.eu/!yp46uj  

(260)

Based on data from the Johns Hopkins University, Coronavirus Resource Center.

(261)

Le Quéré et al. (2020) Temporary reduction in daily global CO2 emissions during the COVID-19 forced confinement. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-020-0797-x  

(262)

World Economic Outlook Update, June 2020: A Crisis Like No Other, An Uncertain Recovery

(263)

World Bank, Global Economic Prospects, June 2020

(264)

European Commission, DG ECFIN, European Economic Forecast, Institutional Paper 125, May 2020

(265)

DG ECFIN’s Summer Economic Forecast 2020, which came out too late to be used in this impact assessment, projects EU GDP to contract by 8.3% in 2020 and grow by 5.8% in 2021. The t+10 projections were also not updated as part of this forecast.

(266)

  https://www.ecb.europa.eu/pub/projections/html/index.en.html  

(267)

  https://www.iata.org/en/iata-repository/publications/economic-reports/air-passenger-monthly-analysis---apr-20202/

(268)

  https://www.iata.org/en/iata-repository/publications/economic-reports/air-cargo-market-analysis---march-2020/

(269)

  https://www.eurocontrol.int/covid19  

(270)

For example, the Tomtom congestion index in Madrid fell from a typical weekday morning peak of around 60% in late April 2019 to around 5% in April 2020. Under the lockdown, the congestion index has remained relatively stable throughout the day, with much less significant morning and evening peaks. The same phenomenon is observed in London, Milan, Paris or Rome. ( https://www.tomtom.com/covid-19/ ). The European Environment Agency similarly reports significantly lower levels of NO2 concentrations in major cities across the EU. ( https://www.eea.europa.eu/themes/air/air-quality-and-covid19/air-quality-and-covid19 ).

(271)

The European Commission’s Green Lanes initiative helped improved the situation and road freight appears to have stabilised after the initial sharp decline.

(272)

Sources: ENTSO-E; Power in Europe, Issue 823, May 18, 2020 and European Power Daily, May 22, 2020 as analysed in JRC120950 - Impact of COVID-19 on European energy value chains and the operation of our energy system: Bulletin No. 5: 2 June 2020.

(273)

Sources: ENTSO-E and Power in Europe, Issue 823, May 18, 2020 as analysed in JRC120950 - Impact of COVID‑19 on European energy value chains and the operation of our energy system: Bulletin No. 5: 2 June 2020.

(274)

The contribution of renewables can be explained, in a context of lower demand, by lower short run marginal costs of production than other generators, notably solar and wind, as well as by the priority rule dispatch under Regulation (EU) 2019/943 of 5 June 2019 on the internal market for electricity (Article 12).

(275)

Sources: Power in Europe, issue 821, April 20, 2020 and issue 822, May 4, 2020 as analysed in JRC120807 - Impact of COVID-19 on European energy value chains and the operation of our energy system: Bulletin No. 4: 15 May 2020.

(276)

European Commission, Quarterly Report on European Electricity Markets, July 2020

(277)

  https://ec.europa.eu/energy/data-analysis/energy-statistical-pocketbook_en  

(278)

The Brent crude oil price had not been as low as US$20/bl (nominal price) since February 2002.

(279)

  https://www.eia.gov/dnav/pet/PET_PRI_SPT_S1_D.htm  

(280)

West Texas Intermediate crude oil even briefly traded Futures contracts at negative prices at the end of April.

(281)

European Commission, Quarterly Report on European Gas Markets, July 2020

(282)

IEA, World Energy Investment 2020

(283)

For instance in Portugal, France, Italy

(284)

  https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_20_496  

(285)

  https://e3modelling.com/modelling-tools/gem-e3/  

(286)

Final energy consumption does not include international aviation. If the latter is included, FEC under COVID-MIX is 9.1% below MIX in 2020 and 1.5% lower in 2025 and 2030.

(287)

COM(2019) 640 final

(288)

COM(2019) 640 final

(289)

COM(2020) 21 final

(290)

COM(2020) 22 final

(291)

COM(2020) 80 final

(292)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/policies/eu-climate-action/pact_en  

(293)

COM(2020) 102 final

(294)

COM(2020) 98 final

(295)

COM(2020) 381 final

(296)

COM(2020) 380 final

(297)

Research and innovation are also part of the Green Deal with, e.g. Horizon Europe strictly linking its missions to the European Green Deal objectives.

(298)

 Notably via different regional cooperation groups.

(299)

Announced in the European Green Deal and scheduled for adoption in 2020 according to the Commission Work programme for 2020.

(300)

The massive deployment of offshore wind requires a sound and prudent planning. While offshore wind parks can be beneficial for biodiversity (e.g. construction of artificial reefs), planning needs to address environmental problems and ensure that different uses and biodiversity can co-exist.

(301)

As a sector contributes to 50% of EU energy consumption.

(302)

The measures for increasing the share of renewable energy in heating and cooling in a sustainable and coherent manner have been included for the first time in the Renewable Energy Directive (RED II) recast.

(303)

Replacing the current 10% renewable energy target in transport to be achieved by 2020.

(304)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12303-ReFuelEU-Aviation-Sustainable-Aviation-Fuels  

(305)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12312-FuelEU-Maritime-  

(306)

The Commission will regularly assess whether the positive list of feedstock that can be used for the production of advanced biofuels can be extended in line with the RED.

(307)

The circularity principle should be fundamental for buildings and smart technologies (using full potential of digitalisation) can help achieving it. Nature-based solutions like green walls and green roofs can also help making buildings more sustainable.

(308)

For instance related to energy and materials efficiency,

(309)

For instance, petroleum products are predominant in the transport sector and as feedstock for industry. In turn, coal and natural gas are mainly used to produce electricity and heating. Electricity and gas networks are planned and managed independently from each other.

(310)

Including smart grids, hydrogen infrastructure, CCS infrastructure and charging & hydrogen fuelling stations for transport.

(311)

The most significant renewable gases in the EU are biogas and biomethane producing today some 17 bcm annually. There were more than 17000 biogas installations and around 450 biomethane installations in the EU in 2015. Biogas is mainly used for producing electricity and heat supported by subsidy schemes. Once support schemes end, existing biogas plants may decide to invest into upgrading biogas to biomethane to inject it into the gas grid. Investments in new plants are expected to increase biogas and biomethane production.

The study “ Optimal use of biogas from waste streams ” (CE Deflt, 2016) performed for the European Commission found that until 2030 the production of renewable gases could be doubled. One of the main recommendations of this study for EU regulation was to ensure EU-wide harmonisation and enable biomethane cross-border trade.

(312)

All Long Term Strategy decarbonisation scenarios show that clean hydrogen will play an important role in reaching climate neutrality by 2050 – it is thus not a question of whether but a question on when precisely this will happen.

(313)

     European Rail Traffic Management System, Intelligent Transport Systems, Air Traffic Management Systems, Vessel Traffic Monitoring and Information Systems, e-Maritime services, River Information Service.

(314)

In the light of long duration of work related projects, this is the fastest way of enhancing the quality of transport and making a visible difference.

(315)

Copernicus Climate Change Service (2019). European State of the Climate, 2019. https://climate.copernicus.eu/ESOTC/2019/surface-temperature  

Note that land has warmed more rapidly than the ocean. Therefore, most populated regions of the world have experienced warming above the global average. However, Europe has warmed more than other regions.

(316)

WMO Statement on the State of the Climate in 2019

(317)

IPCC Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C (2018). Section 1.1

(318)

United in Science (2019), High-level synthesis report of latest climate science information convened by the Science Advisory Group of the UN Climate Action Summit 2019. https://public.wmo.int/en/resources/united_in_science  

(319)

  https://ec.europa.eu/clima/sites/clima/files/docs/pages/com_2018_733_analysis_in_support_en_0.pdf  

(320)

Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C – SR15 (2018), Special Report on Climate Change and Land – SRCCL (2019) and Special Report on Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate – SROCC (2019)

(321)

These are scenarios RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 respectively. Warming under RCP8.5 is widely considered to be greater than current business-as-usual scenarios.

(322)

Lenton, M., et al. (2019). Climate tipping points — too risky to bet against. Nature | Vol 575 | 28 November 2019.

(323)

Council conclusions on Climate Diplomacy, ST-5033-2020 of 20 January 2020, https://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-5033-2020-INIT/en/pdf  

(324)

Some of these impacts are regional rather than global, though regions in this context are large. E.g. heavy precipitation events are projected to be higher in northern hemisphere high latitude/high elevation regions, eastern Asia and eastern North America. More specific phenomena within these categories may be quantified in the underlying IPCC report.

(325)

Summary for Policymakers, IPCC Special Report, Global Warming of 1.5°C, B.5.1

(326)

 Transformational adaptation, according to the IPCC (2014 AR5, Chapter 14:  https://www.ipcc.ch/site/assets/uploads/2018/02/WGIIAR5-Chap14_FINAL.pdf ) "seeks to change the fundamental attributes of systems in response to actual or expected climate and its effects, often at a scale and ambition greater than incremental activities. It includes changes in activities, such as changing livelihoods from cropping to livestock or by migrating to take up a livelihood elsewhere, and also changes in our perceptions and paradigms about the nature of climate change, adaptation, and their relationship to other natural and human systems". See also EEA 2017 climate, impacts and vulnerability report and 2016 EEA report on Urban adaptation to CC in Europe.

(327)

OECD (2015), Climate Change Risk and Adaptation - Linking Policy and Economics, http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264234611-en  

(328)

For example, a new European seabed map stitched together from surveys originally made for navigation has improved storm surge forecasts in the North Sea. See: http://www.emodnet.eu/improving-storm-surge-modelling-north-sea  

(329)

EEA (2017), Climate change, impacts and vulnerabilities in Europe 2016,

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/climate-change-impacts-and-vulnerability-2016  

(330)

Daniel Bailey (2015), The Environmental Paradox of the Welfare State: The Dynamics of Sustainability, New Political Economy, 20:6, 793-811, DOI: 10.1080/13563467.2015.1079169

(331)

Steffen et al. (2018), Trajectories of the Earth System in the Anthropocene, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences Aug 2018, 115 (33) 8252-8259; DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1810141115

(332)

Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council on the implementation of the EU Strategy on adaptation to climate change.

(333)

In this section, the term "high emissions scenario", unless specified otherwise, refers to the IPCC's Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) 8.5. In the RCP 8.5 scenario, greenhouse gas emissions continue to rise throughout the 21st century.

(334)

JRC (2018), Climate Impacts in Europe, Final report of the JRC PESETA III project. doi:10.2760/93257.

https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/eur-scientific-and-technical-research-reports/climate-impacts-europe

(335)

Forzieri et al. (2017), Increasing risk over time of weather-related hazards to the European population: a data-driven prognostic study, https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(17)30082-7  

(336)

High emissions scenario, in this particular case, means scenario SRES A1B.

(337)

Alfieri et al. (2018). Multi-Model Projections of River Flood Risk in Europe under Global Warming. Climate, 2018 6, 16; doi:10.3390/cli6010016: https://www.mdpi.com/2225-1154/6/1/6/pdf

(338)

Commission Staff Working Document: Evaluation of the EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change SWD(2018)461final.

(339)

Commission Press release – “Commission offers further support to European farmers dealing with droughts”, Brussels, 2 August 2018. http://europa.eu/rapid/press-release_IP-18-4801_en.htm  

(340)

Humphrey et al. (2018), Sensitivity of atmospheric CO2 growth rate to observed changes in terrestrial water storage, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-018-0424-4  

(341)

 Copernicus Climate Services (C3S): European State of the Climate 2017: https://climate.copernicus.eu/climate-2017-european-wet-and-dry-indicators  

(342)

PESETA: https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/peseta-iv

(343)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/climate-change-impacts-and-vulnerability-2016  

(344)

  https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/peseta-iii ; https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/peseta-iv

(345)

Speech by Benoît Cœuré, Member of the Executive Board of the ECB, at a conference on “Scaling up Green Finance: The Role of Central Banks”, organised by the Network for Greening the Financial System, the Deutsche Bundesbank and the Council on Economic Policies, Berlin, 8 November 2018

(346)

  https://www.eib.org/en/press/all/2019-313-eu-bank-launches-ambitious-new-climate-strategy-and-energy-lending-policy.htm#

(347)

Where not otherwise specified, information provided comes from Commission Staff Working Document: Evaluation of the EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change SWD(2018)461final.

(348)

 UNECE:  https://www.unece.org/info/media/presscurrent-press-h/transport/2020/unece-study-maps-transport-infrastructure-at-high-risk-due-to-climate-change-in-pan-european-region-and-canada/doc.html  

(349)

OECD (2017), Investing in Climate, Investing in Growth, OECD Publishing, Paris.

http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264273528-en  

(350)

Around 50% globally, according to A. P. Ballantyne, C. B. Alden, J. B. Miller, P. P. Tans, J. W. C. White. Increase in observed net carbon dioxide uptake by land and oceans during the past 50 years. Nature, 2012; 488 (7409): 70 DOI: 10.1038/nature11299

(351)

Faivre et al. 2018; https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2017.12.015

(352)

Duarte, C.M., Losada, I.J., Hendriks, I.E., Mazarrasa, I., Marbà, N. The role of coastal plant communities for climate change mitigation and adaptation. Nature Climate Change, 3 (11), pp. 961-968 (2013).

(353)

 European Forest Institute – 2018

https://www.efi.int/publications-bank/climate-smart-forestry-mitigation-impacts-three-european-regions

(354)

Forzieri et al. (2018), Escalating impacts of climate extremes on critical infrastructures in Europe, Global Environmental Change 48, 97–107,

(355)

Chandramowli et Felder (2014), Impact of climate change on electricity systems and markets – A review of models and forecasts, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seta.2013.11.003

(356)

See COACCH 1st synthesis report.

(357)

Mideksa and Kalbekken (2010), The impact of climate change on the electricity market: A review, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2010.02.035  

(358)

Hamududu and Killingtveit (2012), Assessing Climate Change Impacts on Global Hydropower, doi:10.3390/en5020305

(359)

Lehner et al.,(2005), The impact of global change on the hydropower potential of Europe: a model-based analysis, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enpol.2003.10.018  

(360)

Van Vliet et al,(2016), Power-generation system vulnerability and adaptation to changes in climate and water resources, https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2903  

(361)

Teotónio et al.(2017), Assessing the impacts of climate change on hydropower generation and the power sector in Portugal: A partial equilibrium approach, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2017.03.002  

(362)

Chandramowli et Felder (2014), Impact of climate change on electricity systems and markets – A review of models and forecasts, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seta.2013.11.003  

(363)

Berga (2016), The Role of Hydropower in Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation: A Review, https://doi.org/10.1016/J.ENG.2016.03.004  

(364)

Karnauskaset al. (2018), Southward shift of the global wind energy resource under high carbon dioxide emissions, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41561-017-0029-9

(365)

Tobin et al. (2018), Vulnerabilities and resilience of European power generation to 1.5 °C, 2 °C and 3 °C warming, https://doi.org/10.1088/1748-9326/aab211

(366)

Jerez et al. (2015), The impact of climate change on photovoltaic power generation in Europe, https://doi.org/10.1038/ncomms10014  

(367)

Behrens et al. (2017): Climate change and the vulnerability of electricity generation to water stress in the European Union, https://doi.org/10.1038/nenergy.2017.114  

(368)

EEA Report No 01/2019 “Adaptation challenges and opportunities for the European energy system - Building a climate‑resilient low‑carbon energy system”, ISSN 1977‑8449, https://www.eea.europa.eu/publications/adaptation-in-energy-system  

(369)

  https://ec.europa.eu/jrc/en/publication/eur-scientific-and-technical-research-reports/water-energy-nexus-europe  

(370)

HELIX - https://www.helixclimate.eu/

(371)

E3G (2014), “Underfunded, underprepared, underwater? Cities at risk”.

(372)

While most countries’ 1st NDCs have time frames up to 2030, some have time frames up to 2025.

(373)

See for example the UN Environment Emissions Gap Report 2019, which estimates that apart from EU, five G20 countries are on track to achieve their 2030 targets. Some are on track to overachieve by more than 15%, indicating that these countries have room for raising their ambition levels.

(374)

Le Quéré et al. (2020) Temporary reduction in daily global CO2 emissions during the COVID-19 forced confinement. Nature Climate Change. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41558-020-0797-x . See also IEA Global Energy Review 2020. https://www.iea.org/reports/global-energy-review-2020  

(375)

80% when excluding LULUCF, source: IEA (2020), "Emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O, HFCs, PFCs and SF6", IEA CO2 Emissions from Fuel Combustion Statistics (database), https://doi.org/10.1787/data-00431-en (accessed on 26 June 2020).

(376)

In 2017, CO2 emissions from fuel combustion alone amounted to almost 33 GtCO2 – source: IEA CO2 emissions statistics.

(377)

IPCC, 2015, 5th Assessment Report, Synthesis Report, SPM.2.

(378)

Primary energy demand, source: estimate of IEA World Energy Outlook 2019

(379)

Coal and lignite, oil, natural gas

(380)

IEA World energy balances and statistics.

(381)

Coal and lignite

(382)

From 95 GW in 2015 to 17 GW in 2019; source: IEA World Energy Investment 2020

(383)

The reduction of nuclear power production in Japan following the Fukushima accident has been compensated by the commissioning of new capacities, notably in China.

(384)

There are currently 55 nuclear reactors under construction worldwide (against 440 in operation), including 12 in China and 7 in India.

(385)

IEA World energy balances and statistics.

(386)

IEA SDG7, Data and Projections and IRENA’s Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report (2020) . The report also shows that affordability and utility of off-grid solutions (especially solar) has increased, allowing a growing number of people to access (off-grid) electricity services.

(387)

IRENA, Renewable capacity statistics 2020

(388)

BloombergNEF, New Energy Outlook 2019

(389)

According to BloombergNEF, battery prices, which were above $1,100 per kilowatt-hour in 2010, have fallen 87% in real terms to $156/kWh in 2019: https://about.bnef.com/blog/battery-pack-prices-fall-as-market-ramps-up-with-market-average-at-156-kwh-in-2019/  

(390)

IEA, World Energy Investment 2019.

(391)

Adjusting for cost reductions, see IEA World Energy Investment 2018.

(392)

By 2030, the consumer class is expected to reach 5 billion people. This means 2 billion more people with increased purchasing power than today (estimates from the JRC “ Megatrends Hub ”).

(393)

In 2018, energy intensity decreased by only 1.2%, the slowest rate since the start of the decade. This marked the third consecutive year of weakening energy intensity improvements.

(394)

  https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/  

(395)

See IPCC Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C Section 1.2. Global warming is defined in this case as the 30-year average of Global Mean Surface Temperature (GMST), which is a blend of sea surface temperature and air temperature over land. Note that the IPCC use two different measures of global temperature. For discussion of carbon budgets and emissions reduction pathways, this section follows the convention of the IPCC in using Global Surface Air Temperature (GSAT – average near-surface air temperature over both land and sea) which gives somewhat more restrictive carbon budgets than GMST. Both measures are equally valid scientifically. However, GMST is typically used in observations, while GSAT is used for models and projections. Warming since pre-industrial times, is approximately 0.2°C higher when measured by GSAT due to different warming rates of air and water, and the effect of melting sea ice.

(396)

Limited overshoot is defined overshooting 1.5°C temporarily by no more than 0.1°C

(397)

Maximum temperature is determined by cumulative emissions of long-lived forcers, and by the emissions from short-lived forcers around the time of CO2 emissions reaching net zero. CO2 is the most abundant long-lived forcer, but others such as N2O are also significant. Some short-lived forcers such as methane are more powerful than CO2 on per kilogramme basis and must therefore be regulated as part of climate policy. However, since short-lived forcers have a shorter lifetime in the atmosphere, they do not accumulate over time to form a cumulative ‘budget’ in the same way as CO2.

(398)

  https://www.ipcc.ch/sr15/  

(399)

SR1.5 estimates warming in the period 2006-15 to be 0.87°C above the level of 1850-1900 but with a likely range of +/- 0.12°C.

(400)

Huppmann, D., Kriegler, E., Krey, V., Riahi, K., Rogelj, J., Rose, S.K. et al. (2018a). IAMC 1.5°C Scenario Explorer and Data Hosted by IIASA. https://data.ene.iiasa.ac.at/iamc-1.5c-explorer .

(401)

United Nations Environment Programme (2019). Emissions Gap Report 2019. UNEP, Nairobi. http://www.unenvironment.org/emissionsgap  

(402)

Chapter 3 of UNEP GAP 2019 explains how its pathways relate to those of SR1.5.

(403)

ADVANCE synthesis scenario database:

https://db1.ene.iiasa.ac.at/ADVANCEDB/dsd?Action=htmlpage&page=welcome  

(404)

The ADVANCE scenarios (from 2016-16) have a 2011-2100 budget of 400 GtCO2. This is stricter than the UNEP GAP 2019 and SR1.5 budgets which only begin in 2018.

(405)

Note that this includes the UK, which typically reduces GHG by 2030 in such projections more compared to 1990 than the remaining EU27.

(406)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/data/data-viewers/greenhouse-gases-viewer  

(407)

See Table 2.4 of the IPCC Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C, Chapter 2

(408)

  https://www.eea.europa.eu/data-and-maps/daviz/decomposition-analysis-of-key-historic

(409)

See Section 5.5.3.2 of IPCC Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C (2018)

(410)

Höhne et al. (2018). Assessing the ambition of post-2020 climate targets: a comprehensive framework, Climate Policy, 18:4, 425-441, DOI: 10.1080/14693062.2017.1294046

(411)

See Council Conclusions on Climate Diplomacy, 20 January 2020

(412)

Robiou du Pont et al. (2017). Equitable mitigation to achieve the Paris Agreement goals. Nature Climate Change volume 7, pages38–43. DOI: 10.1038/nclimate3186

(413)

From Table 2 of Robiou du Pont et al. adjusted for 1990 baseline (EU28). The land sector globally is omitted from the study’s effort share calculations.

(414)

  https://climateactiontracker.org/ Fair Share data download from EU page, adjusted for 1990 baseline (EU28). The land sector globally is omitted from the Climate Action Tracker calculations.

(415)

All figures of the NGEU and MFF are expressed in 2018 constant prices unless otherwise indicated.

(416)

Sustainable Recovery, IEA 2020, https://www.iea.org/reports/sustainable-recovery  

(417)

As per its new lending policy, the European Investment Bank will end financing for fossil fuel energy projects from the end of 2021; unlock EUR 1 trillion of climate action and environmental sustainable investment in the decade to 2030 (including to accelerate clean energy innovation, energy efficiency and renewables); and align all financing activities with the goals of the Paris Agreement from the end of 2020.

(418)

Raised from 20% in the 2014-2020 MFF

(419)

The mainstreaming targets as per 2018 MFF proposal. The increased climate mainstreaming target of 30% will need to be appropriately translated into relevant sectoral legislation and to be agreed upon by co-legislators.

(420)

  https://ec.europa.eu/inea/en/connecting-europe-facility  

(421)

Total values proposed for both programmes respectively as per May 2020 MFF proposal

(422)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/horizon-europe-next-research-and-innovation-framework-programme_en  

(423)

  https://ec.europa.eu/easme/en/life  

(424)

Before the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union.

(425)

A Clean Planet for all A European long-term strategic vision for a prosperous, modern, competitive and climate neutral economy.

(426)

  https://ec.europa.eu/energy/topics/oil-gas-and-coal/EU-coal-regions/initiative-for-coal-regions-in-transition_en  

(427)

Following report is a good example of such support: Kapetaki, Z., Ruiz, P. et al., Clean energy technologies in coal regions: Opportunities for jobs and growth: Deployment potential and impacts, Kapetaki, Z. (editor), EUR 29895 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2020, ISBN 978-92-76-12330-9, doi:10.2760/063496, JRC117938.

(428)

See forthcoming Employment and Social Developments in Europe 2020 report.

(429)

COM(2016) 381 final, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52016DC0381&from=EN  

(430)

https://ec.europa.eu/clima/sites/clima/files/docs/pages/com_2018_733_analysis_in_support_en_0.pdf

(431)

The responses received in the public consultation displayed the following options selected the most: Travelling less by plane (18%), reduced car-use in favour of walking, cycling and the use of public transport (17%), avoiding overconsumption (16%), and changing dietary habits towards more healthy and less carbon intensive ones (16%). This is driven by the responses of individuals, professionals also see recycling and reducing of waste as a possible change.

(432)

Studies suggest, though, that teleworking can have significant rebound effects: “A systematic review of the energy and climate impacts of teleworking” (2020, Andrew Hook et al.)

(433)

  https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12467-Empowering-the-consumer-for-the-green-transition  

(434)

The eighth scenario builds upon the previous scenario but assesses the impact of a highly circular economy and the potential beneficial role of a change in consumer choices that are less carbon intensive. It also explores how to strengthen the land use sink, to see by how much this reduces the need for negative emissions technologies.

(435)

See COM(2020) 474 final on “Critical Raw Materials Resilience: Charting a Path towards greater Security and Sustainability”

(436)

Public consultation is open until October 2020: https://ec.europa.eu/info/law/better-regulation/have-your-say/initiatives/12548-Sustainable-corporate-governance

(437)

Communication “Closing the loop - An EU action plan for the Circular Economy”, COM(2015)614 final.

(438)

 Material Economics and SITRA (2018) The circular economy – A powerful force for climate mitigation. Stockholm, Material Economics Sverige AB. In: https://media.sitra.fi/2018/06/12132041/the-circular-economy-a-powerful-force-for-climate-mitigation.pdf

(439)

1.5LIFE, including a more circular economy, changing consumer preferences and a high incentive to enhance the LULUCF sink.

(440)

Communication “A European Strategy for Plastics in a Circular Economy“ COM(2018) 28 final.

(441)

UNEP (2017) Resource Efficiency: Potential and Economic Implications. Nairobi: UN Environment. In: http://www.resourcepanel.org/reports/resource-efficiency

(442)

 IRP (2020) Resource Efficiency and Climate Change: Material Efficiency Strategies for a Low-Carbon Future. Hertwich, E., Lifset, R., Pauliuk, S., Heeren, N. A report of the International Resource Panel. Nairobi: United Nations Environment Programme.

(443)

https://www.un.org/en/ecosoc/integration/pdf/fact_sheet.pdf

(444)

https://www.beuc.eu/publications/most-eu-consumers-open-eat-more-sustainably-face-hurdles-new-survey-shows/html  

(445)

Sala S., Beylot A., Corrado S., Crenna E., Sanyé-Mengual E, Secchi M. (2019) Indicators and Assessment of the environmental impact of EU consumption. Consumption and Consumer Footprint for assessing and monitoring EU policies with Life Cycle Assessment. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

The complete technical report: Sala S., Benini L., Beylot A., Castellani V., Cerutti A., Corrado S., Crenna E., Diaconu E., Sanyé-Mengual E, Secchi M., Sinkko T., Pant R. (2019) Consumption and Consumer Footprint: methodology and results. Indicators and Assessment of the environmental impact of EU consumption. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. For a scientific paper describing the methodology, see: Sala, S., & Castellani, V. (2019) “The consumer footprint: Monitoring sustainable development goal 12 with process-based life cycle assessment”. Journal of Cleaner Production, 240, 118050.

(446)

 The 16 environmental impact categories of the Environmental Footprint method are covered: climate change, ozone depletion, human toxicity – cancer, human toxicity – non-cancer, particulate matter, ionizing radiation – human health, photochemical ozone formation – human health, acidification, eutrophication – terrestrial, eutrophication – freshwater, eutrophication – marine, ecotoxicity – freshwater, land use, water use, resource use – minerals and metals, resource use - fossil.

(447)

https://de.ramboll.com/-/media/files/rm/rapporter/methodology-and-analysis-of-decarbonization-benefits-of-sectoral-circular-economy-actions-17032020-f.pdf?la=de  

(448)

Svatikova, K. et al. (2018) Quantifying the benefits of circular economy actions on the decarbonisation of EU economy. Study commissioned by the European Environment Agency, by Trinomics, Ricardo and TNO.

(449)

Deloitte (2016) Circular economy potential for climate change mitigation; PBL (2011) The protein puzzle: the consumption and production of meat, dairy and fish in the European Union.

(450)

CE Delft (2016) The circular economy as a key instrument for reducing climate change; Eunomia (2014) impact assessment on Options Reviewing Targets in the Waste Framework Directive, Landfill Directive and Packaging and Packaging Waste Directive; Final Report for the European Commission DG Environment.

(451)

  https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52015SC0259

(452)

BDSV (2020): “Results of the Fraunhofer Insitute’s Umsicht Study on the Future of Steel Scrap. An Investigation for the BDSV”, June 2020.

(453)

Note here that the use of virgin or recycled materials for concrete production has no effect on the concrete production technology. Therefore, we are considering the difference between extracting virgin materials or using recycled ones (with the processes needed, e.g. fragmentation). In the case of steel, we observed higher climate change benefits as there was a technological change from blast furnace (virgin) to electric arc (recycled).

(454)

The High-Level Panel on Decarbonisation Pathways Initiative formulated a range of recommendations for future R&I research under Horizon Europe and other EU an Member State programmes:
http://ec.europa.eu/transparency/regexpert/index.cfm?do=groupDetail.groupDetailDoc&id=36435&no=1  

(455)

European Commission (2016), Open innovation, Open Science, Open to the World – a vision for Europe,

https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/news/open-innovation-open-science-open-world-vision-europe

(456)

European commission (2018), Smarter, greener, more inclusive? — Indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy - 2018 edition,

http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/products-statistical-books/-/KS-02-18-728  

(457)

European Commission (2018), Europe 2020 strategy,

https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/economic-and-fiscal-policy-coordination/eu-economic-governance-monitoring-prevention-correction/european-semester/framework/europe-2020-strategy_en  

(458)

In the public consultation, the most selected options which areas of RI&D funding would be most important to achieve GHG emission reductions by 2030, keeping in mind 2050 targets were: Energy storage (12%), circular or zero-carbon industry (12%), and renewable energy (11%). Responses from professionals differed in this regard. While also mentioning the previous areas quite frequently, energy efficiency (10%), hydrogen and fuel cells (8%), and technology integration, infrastructure and digitalisation (7%) scored similarly for this group. Also business organisations such as the Verband der Industriellen Energie- und Kraftwirtschaft eV believe that more financial support for R&D is needed.

(459)

Eurostat (2018), Statistics explained, R&D expenditure,

http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php/R_%26_D_expenditure#Main_statistical_findings  

(460)

European commission (2020), Indicators for monitoring progress towards Energy Union objectives, https://ec.europa.eu/energy/en/atico_countrysheets/scoreboard?dimension=Research%2C+innovation+and+competitiveness  

(461)

  JRC (2017), Monitoring R&I in Low-Carbon Energy Technologies,

http://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC105642

(462)

  JRC SETIS, https://setis.ec.europa.eu/publications/setis-research-innovation-data ; JRC112127 Pasimeni, F.; Fiorini, A.; Georgakaki, A.; Marmier, A.; Jimenez Navarro, J. P.; Asensio Bermejo, J. M. (2018): SETIS Research &   Innovation country dashboards. European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC) [Dataset] PID: http://data.europa.eu/89h/jrc-10115-10001

(463)

Advanced Energy Economy (2017), 2017 Market Report,

https://info.aee.net/aen-2017-market-report  

(464)

Thomson Reuters (2017), Top 100 Global Energy Leaders.

https://www.thomsonreuters.com/en/products-services/energy/top-100.html  

(465)

IRENA (2018). Renewables and Jobs – Annual Review 2018,

https://irena.org/-/media/Files/IRENA/Agency/Publication/2018/May/IRENA_RE_Jobs_Annual_Review_2018.pdf  

(466)

IRENA (2018), Database on patents evolution,

http://resourceirena.irena.org/gateway/dashboard/  

(467)

Stash Investments, Top 10 Largest Clean Energy Companies by Revenue,

https://learn.stashinvest.com/largest-clean-energy-companies-revenue

(468)

  https://ec.europa.eu/programmes/horizon2020/en/  

(469)

European commission (2018), Horizon Europe - the next research and innovation framework programme,

https://ec.europa.eu/info/designing-next-research-and-innovation-framework-programme/what-shapes-next-framework-programme_en  

(470)

COM (2015) 6317 https://ec.europa.eu/energy/en/topics/technology-and-innovation/strategic-energy-technology-plan  

(471)

  https://www.eera-set.eu/  

(472)

  http://www.innoenergy.com

(473)

COM(2016) 759 final/2

(474)

https://ec.europa.eu/energy/en/topics/energy-strategy-and-energy-union/governance-energy-union

(475)

  http://s3platform.jrc.ec.europa.eu  

(476)

  http://www.cleanenergyministerial.org/about-clean-energy-ministerial  

(477)

  http://mission-innovation.net/  

(478)

As of September 2018: the EU, 9 EU Member States and 14 non-EU large countries

(479)

The European Commission is co-leading on 3 of them: "Affordable heating and cooling of buildings", "Converting Sunlight" and "Hydrogen"

(480)

WindEurope, Our energy, our future How offshore wind will help Europe go carbon-neutral, November 2019

(481)

 European Sustainable Energy Week - Green Deal and Ocean Observation, June 2019
https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/maritimeforum/en/node/4705  

(482)

The Group of Twenty (G20) is a forum made up of the European Union and 19 countries: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Germany, France, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Mexico, Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, South Korea, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States.